vk.com/club152685050 | vk.

com/id446425943

ANSYS Fluent Tutorial Guide

ANSYS, Inc. Release 2019 R1

Southpointe January 2019
2600 ANSYS Drive
Canonsburg, PA 15317 ANSYS, Inc. and
[email protected] ANSYS Europe,
Ltd. are UL
http://www.ansys.com registered ISO
(T) 724-746-3304 9001: 2015
(F) 724-514-9494 companies.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Copyright and Trademark Information

© 2018 ANSYS, Inc. Unauthorized use, distribution or duplication is prohibited.

ANSYS, ANSYS Workbench, AUTODYN, CFX, FLUENT and any and all ANSYS, Inc. brand, product, service and feature
names, logos and slogans are registered trademarks or trademarks of ANSYS, Inc. or its subsidiaries located in the
United States or other countries. ICEM CFD is a trademark used by ANSYS, Inc. under license. CFX is a trademark
of Sony Corporation in Japan. All other brand, product, service and feature names or trademarks are the property
of their respective owners. FLEXlm and FLEXnet are trademarks of Flexera Software LLC.

Disclaimer Notice

THIS ANSYS SOFTWARE PRODUCT AND PROGRAM DOCUMENTATION INCLUDE TRADE SECRETS AND ARE CONFID-
ENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY PRODUCTS OF ANSYS, INC., ITS SUBSIDIARIES, OR LICENSORS. The software products
and documentation are furnished by ANSYS, Inc., its subsidiaries, or affiliates under a software license agreement
that contains provisions concerning non-disclosure, copying, length and nature of use, compliance with exporting
laws, warranties, disclaimers, limitations of liability, and remedies, and other provisions. The software products
and documentation may be used, disclosed, transferred, or copied only in accordance with the terms and conditions
of that software license agreement.

ANSYS, Inc. and ANSYS Europe, Ltd. are UL registered ISO 9001: 2015 companies.

U.S. Government Rights

For U.S. Government users, except as specifically granted by the ANSYS, Inc. software license agreement, the use,
duplication, or disclosure by the United States Government is subject to restrictions stated in the ANSYS, Inc.
software license agreement and FAR 12.212 (for non-DOD licenses).

Third-Party Software

See the legal information in the product help files for the complete Legal Notice for ANSYS proprietary software
and third-party software. If you are unable to access the Legal Notice, contact ANSYS, Inc.

Published in the U.S.A.

vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Table of Contents
Using This Manual ...................................................................................................................................... xxi
1. What’s In This Manual ........................................................................................................................ xxi
2. How To Use This Manual .................................................................................................................... xxi
2.1. For the Beginner ....................................................................................................................... xxi
2.2. For the Experienced User .......................................................................................................... xxi
3. Typographical Conventions Used In This Manual ................................................................................ xxi
1. Fluid Flow in an Exhaust Manifold .......................................................................................................... 1
1.1. Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 1
1.2. Prerequisites ..................................................................................................................................... 2
1.3. Problem Description ......................................................................................................................... 2
1.4. Setup and Solution ........................................................................................................................... 2
1.4.1. Preparation .............................................................................................................................. 3
1.4.2. Meshing Workflow ................................................................................................................... 3
1.4.3. General Settings ..................................................................................................................... 15
1.4.4. Solver Settings ....................................................................................................................... 15
1.4.5. Models ................................................................................................................................... 16
1.4.6. Materials ................................................................................................................................ 16
1.4.7. Cell Zone Conditions .............................................................................................................. 16
1.4.8. Boundary Conditions ............................................................................................................. 17
1.4.9. Solution ................................................................................................................................. 19
1.4.10. Postprocessing ..................................................................................................................... 26
1.5. Summary ........................................................................................................................................ 33
2. Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow ................................................................................... 35
2.1. Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 35
2.2. Prerequisites ................................................................................................................................... 35
2.3. Problem Description ....................................................................................................................... 35
2.4. Setup and Solution ......................................................................................................................... 36
2.4.1. Preparation ............................................................................................................................ 37
2.4.2. Launching ANSYS Fluent ........................................................................................................ 37
2.4.3. Reading the Mesh .................................................................................................................. 40
2.4.4. Setting Up Domain ................................................................................................................. 43
2.4.5. Setting Up Physics .................................................................................................................. 46
2.4.6. Solving .................................................................................................................................. 58
2.4.7. Displaying the Preliminary Solution ........................................................................................ 68
2.4.8. Adapting the Mesh ................................................................................................................. 80
2.5. Summary ........................................................................................................................................ 93
3. Postprocessing ...................................................................................................................................... 95
3.1. Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 95
3.2. Prerequisites ................................................................................................................................... 96
3.3. Problem Description ....................................................................................................................... 96
3.4. Setup and Solution ......................................................................................................................... 96
3.4.1. Preparation ............................................................................................................................ 97
3.4.2. Reading the Mesh .................................................................................................................. 97
3.4.3. Manipulating the Mesh in the Viewer ...................................................................................... 97
3.4.4. Adding Lights ........................................................................................................................ 99
3.4.5. Creating Isosurfaces ............................................................................................................. 103
3.4.6. Generating Contours ............................................................................................................ 106
3.4.7. Generating Velocity Vectors .................................................................................................. 110
3.4.8. Creating an Animation ......................................................................................................... 115
3.4.9. Displaying Pathlines ............................................................................................................. 119

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. iii
vk.com/club152685050
Tutorial Guide | vk.com/id446425943

3.4.10. Creating a Scene With Vectors and Contours ....................................................................... 124

3.4.11. Advanced Overlay of Pathlines on a Scene .......................................................................... 126
3.4.12. Creating Exploded Views .................................................................................................... 128
3.4.13. Animating the Display of Results in Successive Streamwise Planes ....................................... 133
3.4.14. Generating XY Plots ............................................................................................................ 135
3.4.15. Creating Annotation ........................................................................................................... 138
3.4.16. Saving Picture Files ............................................................................................................. 140
3.4.17. Generating Volume Integral Reports ................................................................................... 141
3.5. Summary ...................................................................................................................................... 141
4. Modeling Periodic Flow and Heat Transfer ......................................................................................... 143
4.1. Introduction ................................................................................................................................. 143
4.2. Prerequisites ................................................................................................................................. 143
4.3. Problem Description ..................................................................................................................... 144
4.4. Setup and Solution ....................................................................................................................... 144
4.4.1. Preparation .......................................................................................................................... 145
4.4.2. Mesh .................................................................................................................................... 145
4.4.3. General Settings ................................................................................................................... 148
4.4.4. Models ................................................................................................................................. 148
4.4.5. Materials .............................................................................................................................. 148
4.4.6. Cell Zone Conditions ............................................................................................................ 150
4.4.7. Periodic Conditions .............................................................................................................. 151
4.4.8. Boundary Conditions ............................................................................................................ 151
4.4.9. Solution ............................................................................................................................... 152
4.4.10. Postprocessing ................................................................................................................... 157
4.5. Summary ...................................................................................................................................... 165
4.6. Further Improvements .................................................................................................................. 165
5. Modeling External Compressible Flow ............................................................................................... 167
5.1. Introduction ................................................................................................................................. 167
5.2. Prerequisites ................................................................................................................................. 167
5.3. Problem Description ..................................................................................................................... 167
5.4. Setup and Solution ....................................................................................................................... 168
5.4.1. Preparation .......................................................................................................................... 168
5.4.2. Mesh .................................................................................................................................... 168
5.4.3. Solver .................................................................................................................................. 170
5.4.4. Models ................................................................................................................................. 170
5.4.5. Materials .............................................................................................................................. 171
5.4.6. Boundary Conditions ............................................................................................................ 173
5.4.7. Operating Conditions ........................................................................................................... 176
5.4.8. Solution ............................................................................................................................... 177
5.4.9. Postprocessing ..................................................................................................................... 192
5.5. Summary ...................................................................................................................................... 197
5.6. Further Improvements .................................................................................................................. 197
6. Modeling Transient Compressible Flow .............................................................................................. 199
6.1. Introduction ................................................................................................................................. 199
6.2. Prerequisites ................................................................................................................................. 199
6.3. Problem Description ..................................................................................................................... 199
6.4. Setup and Solution ....................................................................................................................... 200
6.4.1. Preparation .......................................................................................................................... 200
6.4.2. Reading and Checking the Mesh ........................................................................................... 200
6.4.3. Solver and Analysis Type ....................................................................................................... 203
6.4.4. Models ................................................................................................................................. 204
6.4.5. Materials .............................................................................................................................. 205

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
iv of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Tutorial Guide

6.4.6. Operating Conditions ........................................................................................................... 205

6.4.7. Boundary Conditions ............................................................................................................ 206
6.4.8. Solution: Steady Flow ........................................................................................................... 209
6.4.9. Enabling Time Dependence and Setting Transient Conditions ............................................... 224
6.4.10. Specifying Solution Parameters for Transient Flow and Solving ............................................ 226
6.4.11. Saving and Postprocessing Time-Dependent Data Sets ....................................................... 230
6.5. Summary ...................................................................................................................................... 242
6.6. Further Improvements .................................................................................................................. 242
7. Modeling Flow Through Porous Media ............................................................................................... 243
7.1. Introduction ................................................................................................................................. 243
7.2. Prerequisites ................................................................................................................................. 243
7.3. Problem Description ..................................................................................................................... 244
7.4. Setup and Solution ....................................................................................................................... 244
7.4.1. Preparation .......................................................................................................................... 244
7.4.2. Mesh .................................................................................................................................... 245
7.4.3. General Settings ................................................................................................................... 247
7.4.4. Models ................................................................................................................................. 247
7.4.5. Materials .............................................................................................................................. 248
7.4.6. Cell Zone Conditions ............................................................................................................ 250
7.4.7. Boundary Conditions ............................................................................................................ 253
7.4.8. Solution ............................................................................................................................... 256
7.4.9. Postprocessing ..................................................................................................................... 261
7.5. Summary ...................................................................................................................................... 276
7.6. Further Improvements .................................................................................................................. 276
8. Modeling Radiation and Natural Convection ..................................................................................... 277
8.1. Introduction ................................................................................................................................. 277
8.2. Prerequisites ................................................................................................................................. 277
8.3. Problem Description ..................................................................................................................... 277
8.4. Setup and Solution ....................................................................................................................... 278
8.4.1. Preparation .......................................................................................................................... 278
8.4.2. Reading and Checking the Mesh ........................................................................................... 279
8.4.3. Solver and Analysis Type ....................................................................................................... 279
8.4.4. Models ................................................................................................................................. 280
8.4.5. Defining the Materials .......................................................................................................... 284
8.4.6. Operating Conditions ........................................................................................................... 285
8.4.7. Boundary Conditions ............................................................................................................ 286
8.4.8. Obtaining the Solution ......................................................................................................... 291
8.4.9. Postprocessing ..................................................................................................................... 298
8.4.10. Comparing the Contour Plots after Varying Radiating Surfaces ............................................ 310
8.4.11. S2S Definition, Solution, and Postprocessing with Partial Enclosure ...................................... 315
8.5. Summary ...................................................................................................................................... 318
8.6. Further Improvements .................................................................................................................. 318
9. Using a Single Rotating Reference Frame ........................................................................................... 319
9.1. Introduction ................................................................................................................................. 319
9.2. Prerequisites ................................................................................................................................. 319
9.3. Problem Description ..................................................................................................................... 319
9.4. Setup and Solution ....................................................................................................................... 320
9.4.1. Preparation .......................................................................................................................... 321
9.4.2. Mesh .................................................................................................................................... 321
9.4.3. General Settings ................................................................................................................... 321
9.4.4. Models ................................................................................................................................. 323
9.4.5. Materials .............................................................................................................................. 325

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. v
vk.com/club152685050
Tutorial Guide | vk.com/id446425943

9.4.6. Cell Zone Conditions ............................................................................................................ 325

9.4.7. Boundary Conditions ............................................................................................................ 327
9.4.8. Solution Using the Standard k- ε Model ................................................................................. 329
9.4.9. Postprocessing for the Standard k- ε Solution ........................................................................ 336
9.4.10. Solution Using the RNG k- ε Model ...................................................................................... 345
9.4.11. Postprocessing for the RNG k- ε Solution ............................................................................. 347
9.5. Summary ...................................................................................................................................... 352
9.6. Further Improvements .................................................................................................................. 352
9.7. References .................................................................................................................................... 353
10. Using Multiple Reference Frames ..................................................................................................... 355
10.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 355
10.2. Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................... 355
10.3. Problem Description ................................................................................................................... 355
10.4. Setup and Solution ..................................................................................................................... 356
10.4.1. Preparation ........................................................................................................................ 356
10.4.2. Mesh .................................................................................................................................. 357
10.4.3. Models ............................................................................................................................... 357
10.4.4. Materials ............................................................................................................................ 358
10.4.5. Cell Zone Conditions .......................................................................................................... 358
10.4.6. Boundary Conditions .......................................................................................................... 358
10.4.7. Solution ............................................................................................................................. 360
10.4.8. Postprocessing ................................................................................................................... 363
10.5. Summary .................................................................................................................................... 364
10.6. Further Improvements ................................................................................................................ 365
11. Using Sliding Meshes ........................................................................................................................ 367
11.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 367
11.2. Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................... 367
11.3. Problem Description ................................................................................................................... 367
11.4. Setup and Solution ..................................................................................................................... 368
11.4.1. Preparation ........................................................................................................................ 368
11.4.2. Mesh .................................................................................................................................. 369
11.4.3. General Settings ................................................................................................................. 369
11.4.4. Models ............................................................................................................................... 372
11.4.5. Materials ............................................................................................................................ 372
11.4.6. Cell Zone Conditions .......................................................................................................... 373
11.4.7. Boundary Conditions .......................................................................................................... 376
11.4.8. Operating Conditions ......................................................................................................... 382
11.4.9. Mesh Interfaces .................................................................................................................. 382
11.4.10. Solution ........................................................................................................................... 384
11.4.11. Postprocessing ................................................................................................................. 402
11.5. Summary .................................................................................................................................... 406
11.6. Further Improvements ................................................................................................................ 406
12. Using Overset and Dynamic Meshes ................................................................................................. 407
12.1. Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................... 408
12.2. Problem Description ................................................................................................................... 408
12.3. Preparation ................................................................................................................................. 409
12.4. Mesh .......................................................................................................................................... 409
12.5. Overset Interface Creation ........................................................................................................... 412
12.6. Steady-State Case Setup .............................................................................................................. 415
12.6.1. General Settings ................................................................................................................. 415
12.6.2. Models ............................................................................................................................... 415
12.6.3. Materials ............................................................................................................................ 417

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
vi of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Tutorial Guide

12.6.4. Operating Conditions ......................................................................................................... 417

12.6.5. Boundary Conditions .......................................................................................................... 417
12.6.6. Reference Values ................................................................................................................ 419
12.6.7. Solution ............................................................................................................................. 419
12.7. Unsteady Setup .......................................................................................................................... 425
12.7.1. General Settings ................................................................................................................. 425
12.7.2. Compile the UDF ................................................................................................................ 425
12.7.3. Dynamic Mesh Settings ...................................................................................................... 426
12.7.4. Report Generation for Unsteady Case ................................................................................. 429
12.7.5. Run Calculations for Unsteady Case .................................................................................... 430
12.7.6. Overset Solution Checking ................................................................................................. 431
12.7.7. Postprocessing ................................................................................................................... 431
12.7.8. Diagnosing an Overset Case ............................................................................................... 434
12.8. Summary .................................................................................................................................... 441
13. Modeling Species Transport and Gaseous Combustion ................................................................... 443
13.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 443
13.2. Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................... 443
13.3. Problem Description ................................................................................................................... 443
13.4. Background ................................................................................................................................ 444
13.5. Setup and Solution ..................................................................................................................... 444
13.5.1. Preparation ........................................................................................................................ 444
13.5.2. Mesh .................................................................................................................................. 445
13.5.3. General Settings ................................................................................................................. 445
13.5.4. Models ............................................................................................................................... 447
13.5.5. Materials ............................................................................................................................ 450
13.5.6. Boundary Conditions .......................................................................................................... 453
13.5.7. Initial Reaction Solution ...................................................................................................... 459
13.5.8. Postprocessing ................................................................................................................... 463
13.5.9. NOx Prediction ................................................................................................................... 470
13.6. Summary .................................................................................................................................... 479
13.7. Further Improvements ................................................................................................................ 479
14. Using the Eddy Dissipation and Steady Diffusion Flamelet Combustion Models ............................ 481
14.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 481
14.2. Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................... 481
14.3. Problem Description ................................................................................................................... 481
14.4. Setup and Solution ..................................................................................................................... 482
14.4.1. Preparation ........................................................................................................................ 483
14.4.2. Mesh .................................................................................................................................. 483
14.4.3. Solver Settings ................................................................................................................... 484
14.4.4. Models ............................................................................................................................... 484
14.4.5. Boundary Conditions .......................................................................................................... 485
14.4.6. Solution ............................................................................................................................. 487
14.4.7. Postprocessing for the Eddy-Dissipation Solution ................................................................ 489
14.5. Steady Diffusion Flamelet Model Setup and Solution ................................................................... 495
14.5.1. Models ............................................................................................................................... 496
14.5.2. Boundary Conditions .......................................................................................................... 497
14.5.3. Solution ............................................................................................................................. 498
14.5.4. Postprocessing for the Steady Diffusion Flamelet Solution ................................................... 498
14.6. Summary .................................................................................................................................... 501
15. Modeling Surface Chemistry ............................................................................................................. 503
15.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 503
15.2. Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................... 503

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. vii
vk.com/club152685050
Tutorial Guide | vk.com/id446425943

15.3. Problem Description ................................................................................................................... 504

15.4. Setup and Solution ..................................................................................................................... 505
15.4.1. Preparation ........................................................................................................................ 505
15.4.2. Reading and Checking the Mesh ......................................................................................... 505
15.4.3. Solver and Analysis Type ..................................................................................................... 507
15.4.4. Specifying the Models ........................................................................................................ 507
15.4.5. Defining Materials and Properties ....................................................................................... 509
15.4.6. Specifying Boundary Conditions ......................................................................................... 520
15.4.7. Setting the Operating Conditions ....................................................................................... 527
15.4.8. Simulating Non-Reacting Flow ............................................................................................ 528
15.4.9. Simulating Reacting Flow ................................................................................................... 530
15.4.10. Postprocessing the Solution Results .................................................................................. 536
15.5. Summary .................................................................................................................................... 542
15.6. Further Improvements ................................................................................................................ 542
16. Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray ................................................................................................. 543
16.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 543
16.2. Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................... 543
16.3. Problem Description ................................................................................................................... 543
16.4. Setup and Solution ..................................................................................................................... 544
16.4.1. Preparation ........................................................................................................................ 544
16.4.2. Mesh .................................................................................................................................. 545
16.4.3. Solver ................................................................................................................................. 548
16.4.4. Models ............................................................................................................................... 548
16.4.5. Materials ............................................................................................................................ 551
16.4.6. Boundary Conditions .......................................................................................................... 552
16.4.7. Initial Solution Without Droplets ......................................................................................... 558
16.4.8. Creating a Spray Injection ................................................................................................... 568
16.4.9. Solution ............................................................................................................................. 577
16.4.10. Postprocessing ................................................................................................................. 586
16.5. Summary .................................................................................................................................... 596
16.6. Further Improvements ................................................................................................................ 596
17. Using the VOF Model ......................................................................................................................... 597
17.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 597
17.2. Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................... 597
17.3. Problem Description ................................................................................................................... 597
17.4. Setup and Solution ..................................................................................................................... 599
17.4.1. Preparation ........................................................................................................................ 599
17.4.2. Reading and Manipulating the Mesh ................................................................................... 600
17.4.3. General Settings ................................................................................................................. 604
17.4.4. Models ............................................................................................................................... 606
17.4.5. Materials ............................................................................................................................ 607
17.4.6. Phases ................................................................................................................................ 609
17.4.7. Operating Conditions ......................................................................................................... 612
17.4.8. User-Defined Function (UDF) .............................................................................................. 612
17.4.9. Boundary Conditions .......................................................................................................... 613
17.4.10. Solution ........................................................................................................................... 617
17.4.11. Postprocessing ................................................................................................................. 624
17.5. Summary .................................................................................................................................... 628
17.6. Further Improvements ................................................................................................................ 628
18. Modeling Cavitation .......................................................................................................................... 629
18.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 629
18.2. Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................... 629

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
viii of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Tutorial Guide

18.3. Problem Description ................................................................................................................... 629

18.4. Setup and Solution ..................................................................................................................... 630
18.4.1. Preparation ........................................................................................................................ 630
18.4.2. Reading and Checking the Mesh ......................................................................................... 631
18.4.3. Solver Settings ................................................................................................................... 632
18.4.4. Models ............................................................................................................................... 633
18.4.5. Materials ............................................................................................................................ 635
18.4.6. Phases ................................................................................................................................ 638
18.4.7. Boundary Conditions .......................................................................................................... 641
18.4.8. Operating Conditions ......................................................................................................... 646
18.4.9. Solution ............................................................................................................................. 647
18.4.10. Postprocessing ................................................................................................................. 651
18.5. Summary .................................................................................................................................... 655
18.6. Further Improvements ................................................................................................................ 656
19. Using the Multiphase Models ........................................................................................................... 657
19.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 657
19.2. Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................... 657
19.3. Problem Description ................................................................................................................... 657
19.4. Setup and Solution ..................................................................................................................... 658
19.4.1. Preparation ........................................................................................................................ 658
19.4.2. Mesh .................................................................................................................................. 659
19.4.3. Solver Settings ................................................................................................................... 660
19.4.4. Models ............................................................................................................................... 661
19.4.5. Materials ............................................................................................................................ 662
19.4.6. Phases ................................................................................................................................ 663
19.4.7. Cell Zone Conditions .......................................................................................................... 663
19.4.8. Boundary Conditions .......................................................................................................... 664
19.4.9. Solution ............................................................................................................................. 665
19.4.10. Postprocessing ................................................................................................................. 667
19.5. Summary .................................................................................................................................... 671
20. Modeling Solidification ..................................................................................................................... 673
20.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 673
20.2. Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................... 673
20.3. Problem Description ................................................................................................................... 673
20.4. Setup and Solution ..................................................................................................................... 674
20.4.1. Preparation ........................................................................................................................ 675
20.4.2. Reading and Checking the Mesh ......................................................................................... 675
20.4.3. Specifying Solver and Analysis Type .................................................................................... 676
20.4.4. Specifying the Models ........................................................................................................ 678
20.4.5. Defining Materials .............................................................................................................. 679
20.4.6. Setting the Cell Zone Conditions ......................................................................................... 682
20.4.7. Setting the Boundary Conditions ........................................................................................ 682
20.4.8. Solution: Steady Conduction ............................................................................................... 691
20.4.9. Solution: Transient Flow and Heat Transfer ........................................................................... 702
20.5. Summary .................................................................................................................................... 713
20.6. Further Improvements ................................................................................................................ 713
21. Using the Eulerian Granular Multiphase Model with Heat Transfer ................................................. 715
21.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 715
21.2. Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................... 715
21.3. Problem Description ................................................................................................................... 715
21.4. Setup and Solution ..................................................................................................................... 716
21.4.1. Preparation ........................................................................................................................ 716

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. ix
vk.com/club152685050
Tutorial Guide | vk.com/id446425943

21.4.2. Mesh .................................................................................................................................. 717

21.4.3. Solver Settings ................................................................................................................... 718
21.4.4. Models ............................................................................................................................... 719
21.4.5. UDF ................................................................................................................................... 720
21.4.6. Materials ............................................................................................................................ 721
21.4.7. Phases ................................................................................................................................ 722
21.4.8. Boundary Conditions .......................................................................................................... 726
21.4.9. Solution ............................................................................................................................. 732
21.4.10. Postprocessing ................................................................................................................. 745
21.5. Summary .................................................................................................................................... 747
21.6. Further Improvements ................................................................................................................ 747
21.7. References .................................................................................................................................. 747
22. Modeling One-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI) Within Fluent ................................................. 749
22.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 749
22.2. Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................... 749
22.3. Problem Description ................................................................................................................... 749
22.4. Setup and Solution ..................................................................................................................... 750
22.4.1. Preparation ........................................................................................................................ 750
22.4.2. Structural Model ................................................................................................................. 752
22.4.3. Materials ............................................................................................................................ 752
22.4.4. Cell Zone Conditions .......................................................................................................... 754
22.4.5. Boundary Conditions .......................................................................................................... 755
22.4.6. Solution ............................................................................................................................. 758
22.4.7. Postprocessing ................................................................................................................... 760
22.5. Summary .................................................................................................................................... 763
23. Modeling Two-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI) Within Fluent ................................................. 765
23.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 765
23.2. Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................... 765
23.3. Problem Description ................................................................................................................... 766
23.4. Setup and Solution ..................................................................................................................... 766
23.4.1. Preparation ........................................................................................................................ 766
23.4.2. Solver and Analysis Type ..................................................................................................... 769
23.4.3. Structural Model ................................................................................................................. 769
23.4.4. Materials ............................................................................................................................ 770
23.4.5. Cell Zone Conditions .......................................................................................................... 771
23.4.6. Boundary Conditions .......................................................................................................... 771
23.4.7. Dynamic Mesh Zones ......................................................................................................... 774
23.4.8. Solution Animations ........................................................................................................... 778
23.4.9. Solution ............................................................................................................................. 788
23.4.10. Postprocessing ................................................................................................................. 791
23.5. Summary .................................................................................................................................... 793
24. Using the Adjoint Solver – 2D Laminar Flow Past a Cylinder ............................................................ 795
24.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 795
24.2. Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................... 795
24.3. Problem Description ................................................................................................................... 796
24.4. Setup and Solution ..................................................................................................................... 796
24.4.1. Step 1: Preparation ............................................................................................................. 796
24.4.2. Step 2: Define Observables ................................................................................................. 798
24.4.3. Step 3: Compute the Drag Sensitivity .................................................................................. 801
24.4.4. Step 4: Postprocess and Export Drag Sensitivity ................................................................... 805
24.4.4.1. Boundary Condition Sensitivity .................................................................................. 806
24.4.4.2. Momentum Source Sensitivity ................................................................................... 806

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
x of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Tutorial Guide

24.4.4.3. Shape Sensitivity ....................................................................................................... 808

24.4.4.4. Exporting Drag Sensitivity Data .................................................................................. 810
24.4.5. Step 5: Compute Lift Sensitivity ........................................................................................... 813
24.4.6. Step 6: Modify the Shape .................................................................................................... 814
24.5. Summary .................................................................................................................................... 820
25. Simulating a Single Battery Cell Using the MSMD Battery Model .................................................... 823
25.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 823
25.2. Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................... 823
25.3. Problem Description ................................................................................................................... 823
25.4. Setup and Solution ..................................................................................................................... 824
25.4.1. Preparation ........................................................................................................................ 824
25.4.2. Reading and Scaling the Mesh ............................................................................................ 825
25.4.3. Loading the MSMD battery Add-on ..................................................................................... 825
25.4.4. NTGK Battery Model Setup ................................................................................................. 825
25.4.4.1. Specifying Solver and Models ..................................................................................... 826
25.4.4.2. Defining New Materials for Cell and Tabs .................................................................... 831
25.4.4.3. Defining Cell Zone Conditions .................................................................................... 835
25.4.4.4. Defining Boundary Conditions ................................................................................... 836
25.4.4.5. Specifying Solution Settings ....................................................................................... 836
25.4.4.6. Obtaining Solution .................................................................................................... 840
25.4.5. Postprocessing ................................................................................................................... 842
25.4.6. Simulating the Battery Pulse Discharge Using the ECM Model ............................................. 850
25.4.7. Using the Reduced Order Method (ROM) ............................................................................ 851
25.4.8. External and Internal Short-Circuit Treatment ...................................................................... 852
25.4.8.1. Setting up and Solving a Short-Circuit Problem .......................................................... 852
25.4.8.2. Postprocessing .......................................................................................................... 854
25.5. Summary .................................................................................................................................... 859
25.6. Appendix .................................................................................................................................... 859
25.7. References .................................................................................................................................. 861
26. Simulating a 1P3S Battery Pack Using the MSMD Battery Model .................................................... 863
26.1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 863
26.2. Prerequisites ............................................................................................................................... 863
26.3. Problem Description ................................................................................................................... 863
26.4. Setup and Solution ..................................................................................................................... 864
26.4.1. Preparation ........................................................................................................................ 864
26.4.2. Reading and Scaling the Mesh ............................................................................................ 865
26.4.3. Loading the MSMD battery Add-on ..................................................................................... 866
26.4.4. Battery Model Setup ........................................................................................................... 866
26.4.4.1. Specifying Solver and Models ..................................................................................... 866
26.4.4.2. Defining New Materials .............................................................................................. 871
26.4.4.3. Defining Cell Zone Conditions .................................................................................... 875
26.4.4.4. Defining Boundary Conditions ................................................................................... 876
26.4.4.5. Specifying Solution Settings ....................................................................................... 877
26.4.4.6. Obtaining Solution .................................................................................................... 881
26.4.5. Postprocessing ................................................................................................................... 883
26.5. Summary .................................................................................................................................... 889
27. In-Flight Icing Tutorial Using Fluent Icing ......................................................................................... 891
27.1. Fluent Airflow on the NACA0012 Airfoil ...................................................................................... 891
27.2. Flow Solution on the Rough NACA0012 Airfoil ............................................................................. 892
27.3. Droplet Impingement on the NACA0012 ..................................................................................... 895
27.3.1. Monodispersed Calculation ................................................................................................ 896
27.3.2. Langmuir-D Distribution ..................................................................................................... 900

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. xi
vk.com/club152685050
Tutorial Guide | vk.com/id446425943

27.3.3. Post-Processing Using Quick-View ...................................................................................... 903

27.4. Fluent Icing Ice Accretion on the NACA0012 ................................................................................ 912
27.5. Postprocessing an Ice Accretion Solution Using CFD-Post Macros ................................................. 919
27.6. Multi-Shot Ice Accretion with Automatic Mesh Displacement ....................................................... 925
27.7. Multi-Shot Ice Accretion with Automatic Mesh Displacement – Postprocessing Using CFD-Post .... 929

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
xii of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

List of Figures
1.1. Manifold Geometry for Flow Modeling .................................................................................................... 2
1.2. Mass Flow Rate History ......................................................................................................................... 26
1.3. Residuals .............................................................................................................................................. 26
1.4. Pathlines Through the Manifold ............................................................................................................. 28
1.5. Scene Containing the Mesh and Pathlines Throughout the Manifold ...................................................... 31
1.6. Contours of Velocity Magnitude at the Outlet ........................................................................................ 33
2.1. Problem Specification ........................................................................................................................... 36
2.2. The Hexahedral Mesh for the Mixing Elbow ........................................................................................... 43
2.3. Convergence History of the Mass-Weighted Average Temperature ......................................................... 66
2.4. Residuals .............................................................................................................................................. 66
2.5. Predicted Velocity Distribution after the Initial Calculation ..................................................................... 70
2.6. Predicted Temperature Distribution after the Initial Calculation .............................................................. 72
2.7. Velocity Vectors Colored by Velocity Magnitude ..................................................................................... 73
2.8. Resized Velocity Vectors ........................................................................................................................ 74
2.9. Magnified View of Resized Velocity Vectors ............................................................................................ 74
2.10. Outlet Temperature Profile for the Initial Solution ................................................................................ 77
2.11. Contours of the Dynamic Head Custom Field Function ......................................................................... 79
2.12. Cells Marked for Adaption ................................................................................................................... 83
2.13. Alternative Display of Cells Marked for Adaption .................................................................................. 85
2.14. The Adapted Mesh .............................................................................................................................. 87
2.15. The Complete Residual History ............................................................................................................ 88
2.16. Convergence History of Mass-Weighted Average Temperature ............................................................. 88
2.17. Filled Contours of Temperature Using the Adapted Mesh ..................................................................... 89
2.18. Outlet Temperature Profile for the Adapted Coupled Solver Solution .................................................... 90
2.19. Outlet Temperature Profiles for the Two Solutions ................................................................................ 93
3.1. Problem Specification ........................................................................................................................... 96
3.2. Mesh Display of the Chip and Board Surfaces ........................................................................................ 99
3.3. Graphics Window with Default Lighting ............................................................................................... 101
3.4. Display with Additional Lighting: - Headlight Off .................................................................................. 102
3.5. Display with Additional Lighting ......................................................................................................... 103
3.6. Filled Contours of Temperature on the Symmetry Surfaces ................................................................... 108
3.7. Filled Contours of Temperature on the Clipped Surface ........................................................................ 109
3.8.Temperature Contours on the Surface,Y= 0.25 in. ................................................................................. 110
3.9. Velocity Vectors in the Module Symmetry Plane ................................................................................... 112
3.10. Velocity Vectors Intersecting the Surface ............................................................................................ 114
3.11. Velocity Vectors After Mirroring ......................................................................................................... 115
3.12. Filled Temperature Contours on the Chip and Board Top Surfaces ...................................................... 117
3.13. Filled Temperature Contours on the Chip and Board Top Surfaces ...................................................... 118
3.14. Pathlines Display Colored by Static Pressure ....................................................................................... 122
3.15. Sphere Pathlines Display Colored by Static Pressure ........................................................................... 123
3.16. Sphere Pathlines Colored by Static Temperature ................................................................................ 124
3.17. Temperature Contours and Velocity Vectors Scene ............................................................................. 126
3.18. Overlay of Pathlines Colored by Pressure on Velocity Vectors and Temperature Contours Scene .......... 128
3.19. Exploded Scene Display of Temperature and Velocity ......................................................................... 133
3.20. Temperature Along the Top Centerline of the Module ........................................................................ 138
3.21. A Display with Annotation ................................................................................................................. 140
4.1. Schematic of the Problem ................................................................................................................... 144
4.2. Mesh for the Periodic Tube Bank .......................................................................................................... 147
4.3. Contours of Static Pressure .................................................................................................................. 158
4.4. Contours of Static Pressure with Symmetry .......................................................................................... 159

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. xiii
vk.com/club152685050
Tutorial Guide | vk.com/id446425943

4.5. Contours of Static Temperature ........................................................................................................... 160

4.6. Velocity Vectors ................................................................................................................................... 162
4.7. Static Temperature at x=0.01, 0.02, and 0.03 m ..................................................................................... 165
5.1. Problem Specification ......................................................................................................................... 168
5.2. The Entire Mesh .................................................................................................................................. 169
5.3. Magnified View of the Mesh Around the Airfoil .................................................................................... 169
5.4. Pressure Contours After 50 Iterations ................................................................................................... 186
5.5. Magnified View of Pressure Contours Showing Wall-Adjacent Cells ....................................................... 187
5.6. Velocity Magnitude History ................................................................................................................. 190
5.7. Drag Coefficient Convergence History ................................................................................................. 191
5.8. Lift Coefficient Convergence History .................................................................................................... 191
5.9. Moment Coefficient Convergence History ........................................................................................... 192
5.10. XY Plot of y+ Distribution .................................................................................................................. 193
5.11. Contour Plot of Mach Number ........................................................................................................... 194
5.12. XY Plot of Pressure ............................................................................................................................ 195
5.13. XY Plot of x Wall Shear Stress ............................................................................................................. 195
5.14. Contour Plot of x Component of Velocity ........................................................................................... 196
5.15. Plot of Velocity Vectors Downstream of the Shock .............................................................................. 197
6.1. Problem Specification ......................................................................................................................... 200
6.2. 2D Nozzle Mesh Display with Mirroring ............................................................................................... 202
6.3. Mass Flow Rate History ........................................................................................................................ 218
6.4. 2D Nozzle Mesh after Adaption ........................................................................................................... 220
6.5. Contours of Static Pressure (Steady Flow) ............................................................................................. 221
6.6. Velocity Vectors Showing Recirculation (Steady Flow) .......................................................................... 223
6.7. Mass Flow Rate History (Transient Flow) .............................................................................................. 230
6.8. Pressure Contours at t=0.017136 s ....................................................................................................... 234
6.9. Mach Number Contours at t=0.017136 s .............................................................................................. 236
6.10. Pressure Contours at t=0.017993 s ..................................................................................................... 238
6.11. Pressure Contours at t=0.019135 s ..................................................................................................... 239
6.12. Mach Number Contours at t=0.017993 s ............................................................................................ 239
6.13. Mach Number Contours at t=0.019135 s ............................................................................................ 240
6.14. Velocity Vectors at t=0.018849 s ......................................................................................................... 242
7.1. Catalytic Converter Geometry for Flow Modeling ................................................................................. 244
7.2. Mesh for the Catalytic Converter Geometry ......................................................................................... 247
7.3. Mass Flow Rate History ........................................................................................................................ 261
7.4. Velocity Vectors on the y=0 Plane ........................................................................................................ 270
7.5. Contours of Static Pressure on the y=0 plane ....................................................................................... 272
7.6. Plot of Static Pressure on the porous-cl Line Surface ............................................................................ 273
7.7. Contours of the X Velocity on the x=95, x=130, and x=165 Surfaces ...................................................... 274
8.1. Schematic of the Problem ................................................................................................................... 278
8.2. Graphics Display of Mesh .................................................................................................................... 279
8.3. Temperature Surface Report ................................................................................................................ 297
8.4. Scaled Residuals ................................................................................................................................. 297
8.5. Contours of Static Temperature ........................................................................................................... 300
8.6. Contours of Wall Temperature ............................................................................................................. 302
8.7. Contours of Radiation Heat Flux .......................................................................................................... 304
8.8. Vectors of Velocity Magnitude ............................................................................................................. 305
8.9. Temperature Profile Along the Outer Surface of the Box ....................................................................... 310
8.10. Contours of Wall Temperature: 100 Face per Surface Cluster ............................................................... 311
8.11. Contours of Wall Temperature: 800 Faces per Surface Cluster .............................................................. 312
8.12. Contours of Wall Temperature: 1600 Faces per Surface Cluster ............................................................ 312
8.13. A Comparison of Temperature Profiles along the Outer Surface of the Box .......................................... 314

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
xiv of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Tutorial Guide

8.14. Wall Temperature Profile Comparison ................................................................................................ 318

9.1. Problem Specification ......................................................................................................................... 320
9.2. Mesh Display for the Disk Cavity .......................................................................................................... 322
9.3. Mass Flow Rate History (k- ε Turbulence Model) ................................................................................... 335
9.4. Magnified View of Velocity Vectors within the Disk Cavity ..................................................................... 338
9.5. Contours of Static Pressure for the Entire Disk Cavity ............................................................................ 340
9.6. Radial Velocity Distribution—Standard k- ε Solution ............................................................................ 342
9.7. Wall Yplus Distribution on wall-6— Standard k- ε Solution ................................................................... 344
9.8. Radial Velocity Distribution — RNG k- ε and Standard k- ε Solutions ..................................................... 349
9.9. RNG k- ε and Standard k- ε Solutions (x=0 cm to x=1 cm) ..................................................................... 350
9.10. wall-6 — RNG k- ε and Standard k- ε Solutions (x=0 cm to x=43 cm) ................................................... 352
10.1. Case Geometry ................................................................................................................................. 356
10.2. Contours of Static Pressure ................................................................................................................ 364
11.1. Rotor-Stator Problem Description ...................................................................................................... 368
11.2. Rotor-Stator Display .......................................................................................................................... 370
11.3. Residual History for the First Revolution of the Rotor .......................................................................... 392
11.4. Mass Flow Rate at the Inlet During the First Revolution ...................................................................... 393
11.5. Mass Flow Rate at the Outlet During the First Revolution .................................................................... 393
11.6. Static Pressure at the Interface During the First Revolution ................................................................. 394
11.7. Mass Flow Rate at the Inlet During the Next 3 Revolutions ................................................................. 397
11.8. Mass Flow Rate at the Outlet During the Next 3 Revolutions ............................................................... 397
11.9. Static Pressure at the Interface During the Next 3 Revolutions ............................................................ 398
11.10. Static Pressure at a Point on The Stator Interface During the Final Revolution .................................... 402
11.11. FFT of Static Pressure at the Stator ................................................................................................... 404
11.12. Mean Static Pressure on the Outer Shroud of the Axial Compressor .................................................. 406
12.1. Schematic of Problem ....................................................................................................................... 408
12.2. Close View of Bay Area ...................................................................................................................... 409
12.3. Cell Marking on component .............................................................................................................. 438
12.4. Cell Marking on fluid-background ..................................................................................................... 438
12.5. Dead Cells in the Component ............................................................................................................ 440
12.6. Dead Cells in the Background ............................................................................................................ 441
13.1. Combustion of Methane Gas in a Turbulent Diffusion Flame Furnace .................................................. 444
13.2. The Quadrilateral Mesh for the Combustor Model .............................................................................. 446
13.3. Contours of Temperature ................................................................................................................... 464
13.4. Velocity Vectors ................................................................................................................................. 466
13.5. Contours of CH4 Mass Fraction .......................................................................................................... 466
13.6. Contours of O2 Mass Fraction ............................................................................................................ 467
13.7. Contours of CO2 Mass Fraction .......................................................................................................... 467
13.8. Contours of H2O Mass Fraction .......................................................................................................... 468
13.9. Contours of NO Mass Fraction — Prompt and Thermal NOx Formation ............................................... 474
13.10. Contours of NO Mass Fraction—Thermal NOx Formation ................................................................. 476
13.11. Contours of NO Mass Fraction—Prompt NOx Formation .................................................................. 477
13.12. Contours of NO ppm — Prompt NOx Formation ............................................................................... 479
14.1. Can Combustor Geometry ................................................................................................................. 482
14.2. Mesh Display of the Can Combustor .................................................................................................. 484
14.3. Scaled Residuals ................................................................................................................................ 488
14.4. Convergence History of Mass-Weighted Average CO2 on the Outlet ................................................... 489
14.5. Contours of CO2 Mass Fraction .......................................................................................................... 493
14.6. Contours of O2 Mass Fraction ............................................................................................................ 494
14.7. Contours of Static Temperature on the Combustor Walls .................................................................... 495
14.8. Contours of Mean Mixture Fraction .................................................................................................... 499
14.9. Contours of CO2 Mass Fraction .......................................................................................................... 499

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. xv
vk.com/club152685050
Tutorial Guide | vk.com/id446425943

14.10. Convergence History of Mass-Weighted Average CO2 on the Outlet ................................................. 501
15.1. Schematic of the Reactor Configuration ............................................................................................. 504
15.2. Mesh Display .................................................................................................................................... 507
15.3. Contours of Surface Deposition Rate of Ga ......................................................................................... 534
15.4. Scaled Residuals ................................................................................................................................ 535
15.5. Temperature Contours Near wall-4 .................................................................................................... 538
15.6. Contours of Surface Deposition Rate of ga ......................................................................................... 539
15.7. Contours of Surface Coverage of ga_s ................................................................................................ 539
15.8. Plot of Surface Deposition Rate of Ga ................................................................................................. 542
16.1. Problem Specification ....................................................................................................................... 544
16.2. Air-Blast Atomizer Mesh Display ........................................................................................................ 548
16.3. Scaled Residuals ................................................................................................................................ 562
16.4. Velocity Magnitude at Mid-Point of Atomizer Section ......................................................................... 565
16.5. Pathlines of Air in the Swirling Annular Stream ................................................................................... 568
16.6. Convergence History of Mass Fraction of ch3oh on Fluid .................................................................... 585
16.7. Convergence History of DPM Mass Source on Fluid ............................................................................ 585
16.8. Convergence History of Total Mass in Domain .................................................................................... 586
16.9. Convergence History of Evaporated Particle Mass .............................................................................. 586
16.10. Particle Tracks for the Spray Injection ............................................................................................... 588
16.11. Contours of DPM Temperature ......................................................................................................... 590
16.12. Contours of DPM Sauter Diameter ................................................................................................... 590
16.13. Vectors of DPM Mean Velocity Colored by DPM Velocity Magnitude .................................................. 592
16.14. Full Atomizer Display with Surface of Constant Methanol Mass Fraction ........................................... 595
16.15. Atomizer Display with Surface of Constant Methanol Mass Fraction Enhanced .................................. 596
17.1. Schematic of the Problem ................................................................................................................. 598
17.2. Default Display of the Nozzle Mesh .................................................................................................... 600
17.3. The Quadrilateral Mesh ..................................................................................................................... 601
17.4. Mesh Display of the Nozzle Mirrored and Upright .............................................................................. 604
17.5. Contours of Water Volume Fraction After 6 μs .................................................................................... 626
17.6. Contours of Water Volume Fraction After 12 μs ................................................................................... 626
17.7. Contours of Water Volume Fraction After 18 μs ................................................................................... 627
17.8. Contours of Water Volume Fraction After 24 μs ................................................................................... 627
17.9. Contours of Water Volume Fraction After 30 μs ................................................................................... 628
18.1. Problem Schematic ........................................................................................................................... 630
18.2. The Mesh in the Orifice ...................................................................................................................... 632
18.3. Contours of Static Pressure ................................................................................................................ 653
18.4. Mirrored View of Contours of Static Pressure ...................................................................................... 654
18.5. Contours of Turbulent Kinetic Energy ................................................................................................. 654
18.6. Contours of Vapor Volume Fraction .................................................................................................... 655
19.1. Problem Schematic ........................................................................................................................... 658
19.2. Mesh Display of the Mixing Tank ........................................................................................................ 660
19.3. Residual History ................................................................................................................................ 666
19.4. Contours of Air Volume Fraction on the XZ plane ............................................................................... 668
19.5. Contours of Air Volume Fraction on the z=0.08 plane ......................................................................... 669
19.6. Vectors of Water Velocity Magnitude on the XZ plane ......................................................................... 670
19.7. Vectors of Air Velocity Magnitude on the XZ plane ............................................................................. 670
20.1. Solidification in Czochralski Model .................................................................................................... 674
20.2. Mesh Display .................................................................................................................................... 676
20.3. Contours of Temperature for the Steady Conduction Solution ............................................................ 700
20.4. Contours of Temperature (Mushy Zone) for the Steady Conduction Solution ...................................... 702
20.5. Contours of Temperature at t=0.2 s .................................................................................................... 708
20.6. Contours of Stream Function at t=0.2 s .............................................................................................. 709

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
xvi of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Tutorial Guide

20.7. Contours of Liquid Fraction at t=0.2 s ................................................................................................. 710

20.8. Contours of Temperature at t=5 s ....................................................................................................... 711
20.9. Contours of Stream Function at t=5 s ................................................................................................. 712
20.10. Contours of Liquid Fraction at t=5 s ................................................................................................. 713
21.1. Problem Schematic ........................................................................................................................... 716
21.2. Mesh Display of the Fluidized Bed ..................................................................................................... 718
21.3. Initial Volume Fraction of Granular Phase (solids) ............................................................................... 743
21.4. Plot of Mixture-Averaged Heat Transfer Coefficient in the Cell Next to the Heated Wall Versus Time ..... 745
21.5. Contours of Static Pressure ................................................................................................................ 746
21.6. Contours of Volume Fraction of Solids ................................................................................................ 747
22.1. Problem Schematic ........................................................................................................................... 750
22.2. Velocity Magnitude on the Symmetry Plane ....................................................................................... 751
22.3. Contours of Total Displacement ......................................................................................................... 763
23.1. Problem Schematic ........................................................................................................................... 766
23.2. Steady-State Velocity Magnitude ....................................................................................................... 767
23.3. Duct with Mirroring .......................................................................................................................... 768
23.4. Contours of Velocity Magnitude ........................................................................................................ 792
23.5. Contours of Total Displacement ......................................................................................................... 792
23.6. The Mesh of the Displaced Flap ......................................................................................................... 793
24.1. Mesh Close to the Cylinder Surface .................................................................................................... 797
24.2. Contours of Velocity Magnitude ........................................................................................................ 797
24.3. Adjoint Observables Dialog Box ........................................................................................................ 798
24.4. Manage Adjoint Observables Dialog Box ........................................................................................... 799
24.5. Create New Observable Dialog Box .................................................................................................... 799
24.6. Manage Observables Dialog Box ....................................................................................................... 800
24.7. Adjoint Observables Dialog Box ........................................................................................................ 801
24.8. Adjoint Solution Controls Dialog Box ................................................................................................. 802
24.9. Adjoint Residual Monitors Dialog Box ................................................................................................ 804
24.10. Run Adjoint Calculation Dialog Box .................................................................................................. 805
24.11. Residuals for the Converged Solution .............................................................................................. 805
24.12. Adjoint Reporting Dialog Box .......................................................................................................... 806
24.13. Contours Dialog Box When Plotting Adjoint Fields ........................................................................... 807
24.14. Adjoint Sensitivity to Body Force X-Component Contours ................................................................ 808
24.15. Vectors Dialog Box .......................................................................................................................... 809
24.16. Shape Sensitivity Colored by Sensitivity to Mass Sources (Cell Values) ............................................... 810
24.17. The Design Tool Dialog Box ............................................................................................................. 811
24.18. Morphing Region Around Cylinder .................................................................................................. 812
24.19. The Design Tool Dialog Box Objectives Tab ...................................................................................... 813
24.20. Morphing Preview of Cylinder ......................................................................................................... 819
24.21. Mesh After Deformation .................................................................................................................. 820
25.1. Schematic of the Battery Cell Problem ............................................................................................... 824
25.2. Model Options .................................................................................................................................. 827
25.3. Conductive Zones ............................................................................................................................. 829
25.4. Electric Contacts ............................................................................................................................... 830
25.5. Residual History of the Simulation ..................................................................................................... 841
25.6. Report Plot of Discharge Curve at 1 C ................................................................................................ 841
25.7. History of Maximum Temperature in the Domain ............................................................................... 842
25.8. Contour Plot of Phase Potential for the Positive Electrode .................................................................. 844
25.9. Contour Plot of Phase Potential for the Negative Electrode ................................................................. 845
25.10. Contour Plot of Temperature ........................................................................................................... 847
25.11. Vector Plot of Current Density .......................................................................................................... 848
25.12. NTGK Model: Discharge Curves ........................................................................................................ 849

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. xvii
vk.com/club152685050
Tutorial Guide | vk.com/id446425943

25.13. NTGK Model: Maximum Temperature in the Domain ........................................................................ 850

25.14. Battery Pulse Discharge ................................................................................................................... 851
25.15. Internal Short Circuit Region Marked for Patching ............................................................................ 853
25.16. The Vector Plots of Current at the Positive Current Collectors ............................................................ 857
25.17. The Vector Plots of Current at the Negative Current Collectors .......................................................... 857
25.18. Contour Plot of Temperature ........................................................................................................... 858
26.1. Schematic of the Battery Pack Problem .............................................................................................. 864
26.2. Model Options .................................................................................................................................. 867
26.3. Conductive Zones ............................................................................................................................. 869
26.4. Electric Contacts ............................................................................................................................... 870
26.5. Residual History of the Simulation ..................................................................................................... 882
26.6. Surface Report Plot of Discharge Curve at 200W ................................................................................ 882
26.7. Volume Report Plot of Maximum Temperature in the Domain ............................................................ 883
26.8. Vector Plot of Current Density ............................................................................................................ 885
26.9. Contour Plot of Temperature ............................................................................................................. 887
26.10. Ohmic Heat Generation Rate ........................................................................................................... 888
26.11. Total Heat Generation Rate .............................................................................................................. 889
27.1. NACA0012 Structured C-Mesh Overview and Close-Up ...................................................................... 891
27.2. Scaled Residuals ................................................................................................................................ 894
27.3. Convergence of Lift and Drag Coefficients of the Rough Airfoil ........................................................... 894
27.4. Convective Heat Flux over the NACA0012 .......................................................................................... 895
27.5. Convergence of Momentum, LWC and Average Residuals ................................................................... 898
27.6. Convergence of Total Beta and Change in Total Beta Curves ............................................................... 898
27.7. Collection Efficiency of Monodispersed Droplets over a NACA0012 .................................................... 899
27.8. LWC of Monodispersed Droplets Around a NACA0012 ....................................................................... 900
27.9. Collection Efficiency of Droplets with Langmuir-D Distribution over a NACA0012 ............................... 902
27.10. LWC of Droplets with Langmuir-D Distribution Around a NACA0012 ................................................ 902
27.11. LWC of a Langmuir D Droplet Cloud over a NACA0012 at an AoA of 4 Degrees, Showing the Shadow
Zone (Blue Region) ................................................................................................................................... 905
27.12. Collection Efficiency of a Langmuir D Droplet Cloud on the Surface of the Airfoil at an AoA of 4 De-
grees ........................................................................................................................................................ 906
27.13. Collection Efficiency of a Langmuir D Droplet Cloud on the Surface of the Airfoil at an AoA of 4 De-
grees ........................................................................................................................................................ 907
27.14. Collection Efficiency on the Surface of the Airfoil at an AoA of 4 Degrees, Langmuir D Droplet Solu-
tions ......................................................................................................................................................... 909
27.15. Collection Efficiency on the Surface, Langmuir D vs. Monodisperse ................................................... 911
27.16. Lwc Distribution and Shadow Zones for 44.4 Micron Droplets (Left) and 6.2 Micron Droplets (Right) .. 912
27.17. Mass Conservation Table Printed in the Log File of Fluent Icing ......................................................... 914
27.18. Ice View in Viewmerical Showing Shaded + Wireframe, -25 °C ........................................................... 915
27.19. Ice View in Viewmerical Showing Metallic + Smooth, , -7.5 °C ............................................................ 916
27.20. Ice Shapes at -25, -10, and -7.5 C ....................................................................................................... 917
27.21. Film Height Variation over the Ice at -25, -10, and -7.5 C .................................................................... 918
27.22. Ice View with CFD-Post, Ice Cover ..................................................................................................... 921
27.23. Ice View in CFD-Post, Ice Cover with Display Mesh ............................................................................ 922
27.24. Ice View in CFD-Post, Instantaneous Ice Growth over Ice Cover Surface ............................................. 923
27.25. 2D-Plot in CFD-Post, Clean Wall Surface and Ice Cover Surface .......................................................... 924
27.26. 2D-Plot in CFD-Post, Water Film Distribution .................................................................................... 925
27.27. 3-Shots Ice Shape at -7.5 C ............................................................................................................... 927
27.28. Ice Shapes at -7.5 C, Obtained Using One Shot and Three Shots Computations .................................. 928
27.29. Ice View in CFD-Post, Final Ice Shape ................................................................................................ 930
27.30. Ice View in CFD-Post, Instantaneous Ice Growth over Ice Cover Surface, Final Ice Shape ..................... 931
27.31. 2D-Plot in CFD-Post, Ice Shapes of the Multishot Simulation ............................................................. 932

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
xviii of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

List of Tables
1. Mini Flow Chart Symbol Descriptions ..................................................................................................... xxii
2.1. View Manipulation Instructions ............................................................................................................. 42
7.1. Values for the Principle Direction Vectors ............................................................................................. 253
7.2. Values for the Viscous and Inertial Resistance ....................................................................................... 253
12.1. Meaning of Values ............................................................................................................................. 436
15.1. Selected Species ............................................................................................................................... 512
15.2. Selected Site and Solid Species .......................................................................................................... 514
15.3. Reaction Parameters ......................................................................................................................... 515
15.4. Properties of Species ......................................................................................................................... 518
15.5. Properties of Species ......................................................................................................................... 519
17.1. Ink Chamber Dimensions .................................................................................................................. 598
27.1. Flight Condition Table ....................................................................................................................... 892

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. xix
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
xx of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Using This Manual

This preface is divided into the following sections:
1. What’s In This Manual
2. How To Use This Manual
3.Typographical Conventions Used In This Manual

1. What’s In This Manual

The ANSYS Fluent Tutorial Guide contains a number of tutorials that teach you how to use ANSYS Flu-
ent to solve different types of problems. In each tutorial, features related to problem setup and postpro-
cessing are demonstrated.

2. How To Use This Manual

Depending on your familiarity with computational fluid dynamics and the ANSYS Fluent software, you
can use this tutorial guide in a variety of ways.

2.1. For the Beginner

If you are a beginning user of ANSYS Fluent you should first read and solve Tutorial 1, in order to famil-
iarize yourself with the interface and with basic setup and solution procedures. You may then want to
try a tutorial that demonstrates features that you are going to use in your application.

You may want to refer to other tutorials for instructions on using specific features, such as custom field
functions, mesh scaling, and so on, even if the problem solved in the tutorial is not of particular interest
to you. To learn about postprocessing, you can look at Postprocessing (p. 95), which is devoted entirely
to postprocessing (although the other tutorials all contain some postprocessing as well).

2.2. For the Experienced User

If you are an experienced ANSYS Fluent user, you can read and/or solve the tutorial(s) that demonstrate
features that you are going to use in your application. For example, if you are planning to solve a
problem using the non-premixed combustion model, you should look at Using the Eddy Dissipation
and Steady Diffusion Flamelet Combustion Models (p. 481).

You may want to refer to other tutorials for instructions on using specific features, such as custom field
functions, mesh scaling, and so on, even if the problem solved in the tutorial is not of particular interest
to you. To learn about postprocessing, you can look at Postprocessing (p. 95), which is devoted entirely
to postprocessing (although the other tutorials all contain some postprocessing as well).

3. Typographical Conventions Used In This Manual

Several typographical conventions are used in this manual’s text to help you find commands in the
user interface.

• Different type styles are used to indicate graphical user interface items and text interface items. For example:

Iso-Surface dialog box

surface/iso-surface text command

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. xxi
vk.com/club152685050
Using This Manual | vk.com/id446425943

• The text interface type style is also used when illustrating exactly what appears on the screen to distinguish
it from the narrative text. In this context, user inputs are typically shown in boldface. For example,
solve/initialize/set-fmg-initialization

Customize your FMG initialization:

set the number of multigrid levels [5]

set FMG parameters on levels ..

residual reduction on level 1 is: [0.001]

number of cycles on level 1 is: [10] 100

residual reduction on level 2 is: [0.001]

number of cycles on level 2 is: [50] 100

• Mini flow charts are used to guide you through the ribbon or the tree, leading you to a specific option, dialog
box, or task page. The following tables list the meaning of each symbol in the mini flow charts.

Table 1: Mini Flow Chart Symbol Descriptions

Symbol Indicated Action

Look at the ribbon

Look at the tree

Double-click to open task page

Select from task page

Right-click the preceding item

For example,

Setting Up Domain → Mesh → Transform → Translate...

indicates selecting the Setting Up Domain ribbon tab, clicking Transform (in the Mesh group box)
and selecting Translate..., as indicated in the figure below:

And

Setup → Models → Viscous Model → Realizable k-epsilon

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
xxii of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Typographical Conventions Used In This Manual

indicates expanding the Setup and Models branches, right-clicking Viscous, and selecting Realizable
k-epsilon from the Model sub-menu, as shown in the following figure:

And

Setup → Boundary Conditions → velocity-inlet-5

indicates opening the task page as shown below:

In this manual, mini flow charts usually accompany a description of a dialog box or command, or a
screen illustration showing how to use the dialog box or command. They show you how to quickly
access a command or dialog box without having to search the surrounding material.

• In-text references to File ribbon tab selections can be indicated using a “/”. For example File/Write/Case...
indicates clicking the File ribbon tab and selecting Case... from the Write submenu (which opens the Select
File dialog box).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. xxiii
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
xxiv of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 1: Fluid Flow in an Exhaust Manifold

This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
1.1. Introduction
1.2. Prerequisites
1.3. Problem Description
1.4. Setup and Solution
1.5. Summary

1.1. Introduction
This tutorial illustrates the setup and solution of a three-dimensional turbulent fluid flow in a manifold.
The manifold configuration is encountered in the automotive industry. It is often important to predict
the flow field and temperature field in the area of the mixing region in order to properly design the
junction.

This tutorial demonstrates how to do the following in ANSYS Fluent:

• Use the Watertight Geometry guided workflow to:

– Import a CAD geometry

– Generate a surface mesh

– Cap inlets and outlets

– Extract a fluid region

– Generate a volume mesh

• Set up appropriate physics and boundary conditions.

• Calculate a solution.

• Review the results of the simulation.

For more information about using the guided workflows, see Working With Fluent Guided Workflows
in the Fluent User's Guide.

Related video that demonstrates steps for setting up, solving, and postprocessing the solution results
for a turbulent flow within a manifold:

• ANSYS Fluent: Complete Meshing-to-Postprocessing Workflow

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 1
vk.com/club152685050
Fluid Flow in an Exhaust|Manifold
vk.com/id446425943

1.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial is written with the assumption that you have completed one or more of the introductory
tutorials (Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35), for example) found in this manual and
that you are familiar with the ANSYS Fluent outline view and ribbon structure. Some steps in the setup
and solution procedure will not be shown explicitly.

1.3. Problem Description

The manifold modeled here is shown in Figure 1.1: Manifold Geometry for Flow Modeling (p. 2). Air
flows through the three inlets with a uniform velocity of 10 m/s, and then exits through the outlet.

Figure 1.1: Manifold Geometry for Flow Modeling

1.4. Setup and Solution

The following sections describe the setup and solution steps for this tutorial:
1.4.1. Preparation
1.4.2. Meshing Workflow
1.4.3. General Settings
1.4.4. Solver Settings
1.4.5. Models
1.4.6. Materials
1.4.7. Cell Zone Conditions
1.4.8. Boundary Conditions
1.4.9. Solution
1.4.10. Postprocessing

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
2 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

1.4.1. Preparation
To prepare for running this tutorial:

1. Download the exhaust_manifold.zip file here.

2. Unzip manifold.zip to your working directory.

The SpaceClaim CAD file manifold.scdoc can be found in the folder. In addition, the manifold.pm-
db file is available for use on the Linux platform.

3. Use Fluent Launcher to start the 3D version of ANSYS Fluent.

4. Ensure that the Display Mesh After Reading option is enabled.

5. Enable Double Precision.

6. Enable Meshing Mode.

7. Ensure Parallel is selected under Processing Options.

8. Set Processes to 4.

1.4.2. Meshing Workflow

1. Start the meshing workflow.

a. In the Workflow tab, select the Watertight Geometry workflow.

b. Review the tasks of the workflow.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 3
vk.com/club152685050
Fluid Flow in an Exhaust|Manifold
vk.com/id446425943

Each task is designated with an icon indicating its state (for example, as complete, incomplete,
etc. For more information, see Understanding Task States in the Fluent User's Guide). All tasks are
initially incomplete and you proceed through the workflow completing all tasks. Additional tasks
are also available for the workflow. For more information, see Customizing Workflows in the
Fluent User's Guide.

2. Import the CAD geometry (manifold.scdoc).

a. Select the Import Geometry task.

b. For Units, keep the default setting as mm.

c. (optional) Enable Advanced Options to expose additional options that may be required when importing
a CAD geometry.

In this tutorial, we are keeping the default settings, so you can deselect the Advanced Options.

Many workflow tasks have advanced options that you may want to inspect before updating a task.

d. For File Name, enter the path and file name for the CAD geometry that you want to import (mani-
fold.scdoc).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
4 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Note

The workflow only supports *.scdoc (SpaceClaim) and the intermediary *.pmdb
file formats.

e. Select Import Geometry.

This will update the task, display the geometry in the graphics window, and allow you to proceed
onto the next task in the workflow.

Note

Alternatively, you can use the … button next to File Name to locate the CAD geometry
file, after which, the Import Geometry task automatically updates, displaying the
geometry in the graphics window, and the workflow automatically progresses to the
next task.

Throughout the workflow, you are able to return to a task and change its settings using either the
Edit button, or the Revert and Edit button. For more information, see Editing Tasks in the Fluent
User's Guide

3. Add local sizing.

a. In the Add Local Sizing task, you are prompted as to whether or not you would like to add local sizing
controls to the faceted geometry.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 5
vk.com/club152685050
Fluid Flow in an Exhaust|Manifold
vk.com/id446425943

b. For the purposes of this tutorial, you can keep the default setting of no.

c. Click Update to complete this task and proceed to the next task in the workflow.

4. Create the surface mesh.

a. In the Create Surface Mesh task, you can set various properties of the surface mesh. for the faceted
geometry.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
6 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

b. For the purposes of this tutorial, you can keep the default settings.

Note

The red boxes displayed on the geometry in the graphics window are a graphical
representation of size settings. These boxes change size as the values change, and
they can be hidden by using the Clear Preview button.

c. Click Create Surface Mesh to complete this task and proceed to the next task in the workflow.

5. Describe the geometry.

When you select the Describe Geometry task, you are prompted with questions relating to the
nature of the imported geometry.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 7
vk.com/club152685050
Fluid Flow in an Exhaust|Manifold
vk.com/id446425943

a. Since we plan on extracting a fluid region from this solid model, and adding capping surfaces,
for the purposes of this tutorial, you can keep the default settings.

b. Click Describe Geometry to complete this task and proceed to the next task in the workflow.

6. Cover any openings in your geometry.

Select the Enclose Fluid Regions (Capping) task, where you can cover, or cap, any openings in
your geometry in order to later extract the enclosed fluid region.

a. Create a cap for the inlets.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
8 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. In the Name field, assign a name for the capping surface (for example, inlet) to be assigned to
all of the manifold's inlets.

ii. For the Zone Type, keep the default setting of velocity-inlet.

iii. For the Select By field, keep the default setting of label.

iv. In the Labels list, select in1, in2, and in3 for the openings that you want to cover.

The graphics window indicates the selected items.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 9
vk.com/club152685050
Fluid Flow in an Exhaust|Manifold
vk.com/id446425943

v. Click Enclose Fluid Regions (Capping) to complete this task and proceed to the next task in the
workflow.

Once completed, this particular task will return you to a fresh task in order to assign additional
capping surfaces, if necessary. We will proceed to assign a cap for the remaining opening
and assign it to be an outlet.

b. Create a cap for the outlet.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
10 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. In the Name field, assign a name for the capping surface (for example, outlet) to be assigned to
the manifold's outlet.

ii. For the Zone Type, change the setting to pressure-outlet.

iii. For the Select By field, keep the default setting of label.

iv. In the Labels list, select out1 for the outlet that you want to cover.

v. Click Enclose Fluid Regions (Capping) to complete this task.

Now, all of the openings in the geometry are covered.

7. Create the fluid region.

a. Select the Create Regions task, where you can determine the number of fluid regions that need to be
extracted. ANSYS Fluent attempts to determine the number of fluid regions to extract automatically.

b. For the Estimated Number of Fluid Regions, keep the default selection of 1.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 11
vk.com/club152685050
Fluid Flow in an Exhaust|Manifold
vk.com/id446425943

c. Click Create Regions.

8. Update your regions.

a. Select the Update Regions task, where you can review the names and types of the various regions
that have been generated from your imported geometry, and change them as needed.

b. Keep the default settings, and click Update Regions.

Aside from fluid regions, and solid regions, you can also have voids within your geometry that are
designated as dead regions. As you can see, there are four dead regions (corresponding to the four
bolt holes near the outlet that were covered when the outlet was covered), a solid region, and a fluid
region.

Once the regions have been updated, the fluid region is displayed by default in the graphics window.
You can use the Draw Regions button to display other options, such as drawing just the solid region,
just the dead regions, or all regions.

9. Create the volume mesh.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
12 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select the Create Volume Mesh task, where you can set properties of the boundary layer mesh, as well
as properties of the volume mesh itself.

b. Keep the default settings, and click Create Volume Mesh.

ANSYS Fluent will apply your settings and proceed to generate a volume mesh for the manifold
geometry. Once complete, the mesh is displayed in the graphics window and a clipping plane is
automatically inserted with a layer of cells drawn so that you can quickly see the details of the volume
mesh.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 13
vk.com/club152685050
Fluid Flow in an Exhaust|Manifold
vk.com/id446425943

10. Check the mesh.

Mesh → Check

11. Save the mesh file (manifold.msh.gz).

File → Write → Mesh...

12. Save the case file (manifold.cas.gz).

File → Write → Case...

13. Switch to Solution mode.

Now that a high-quality mesh has been generated using ANSYS Fluent in meshing mode, you can
now switch to solver mode to complete the set up of the simulation.

We have just checked the mesh, so select Yes when prompted to switch to solution mode.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
14 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

1.4.3. General Settings

In the Mesh group box of the Domain ribbon tab, set the units for length..

Domain → Mesh → Units...

This opens the Set Units dialog box.

1. Select length under Quantities.

2. Select mm under Units.

3. Close the Set Units dialog box.

1.4.4. Solver Settings

In the Solver group box of the Physics ribbon tab, retain the default selection of the steady pressure-
based solver.

Physics → Solver

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 15
vk.com/club152685050
Fluid Flow in an Exhaust|Manifold
vk.com/id446425943

1.4.5. Models
1. Set up your models for the CFD simulation using the Models group box of the Physics ribbon tab.

Note

You can also use the Models task page, which can be accessed from the tree by expanding
Setup and double-clicking the Models tree item.

2. Select the standard - turbulence model.

You will use the default settings for the standard - turbulence model, so you can enable it directly
from the tree by right-clicking the Viscous node and choosing Standard k-epsilon from the context
menu.

Setup → Models → Viscous Standard k-epsilon

1.4.6. Materials
Ordinarily, you would set up the materials for the CFD simulation using the Materials group box of the
Physics ribbon tab.

In this tutorial, we will keep the default materials of air and aluminum.

1.4.7. Cell Zone Conditions

Ordinarily, you would set up the cell zone conditions for the CFD simulation using the Zones group
box of the Physics ribbon tab.

In this tutorial, we will keep the default assignments of air for the fluid zone and aluminum for the
solid zone.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
16 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

1.4.8. Boundary Conditions

1. Set the velocity and turbulence boundary conditions for the first inlet (inlet).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → inlet Edit...

a. Enter 10 m/s for Velocity Magnitude.

b. In the Turbulence group box, select Intensity and Hydraulic Diameter from the Specification
Method drop-down list.

c. Enter 10 % for the Turbulent Intensity.

d. Enter 40 mm for the Hydraulic Diameter.

e. Click OK to close the Velocity Inlet dialog box.

2. Apply the same conditions to the other inlets (inlet1, and inlet2).

a. Select inlet from the Boundary Conditions node of the Outline View, right-click and select Copy from
the context menu.

This opens the Copy Conditions dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 17
vk.com/club152685050
Fluid Flow in an Exhaust|Manifold
vk.com/id446425943

b. Select inlet 1 and inlet2 from the To Boundary Zones list.

c. Click Copy, click OK in the confirmation prompt, and close the Copy Conditions dialog box.

3. Set the boundary conditions at the outlet (outlet).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → outlet Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
18 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Retain the default setting of 0 for Gauge Pressure.

b. In the Turbulence group box, select Intensity and Hydraulic Diameter from the Specification
Method drop-down list.

c. Retain the default value of 10% for the Backflow Turbulent Intensity.

d. Enter 40 mm for the Backflow Hydraulic Diameter.

e. Click OK to close the Pressure Outlet dialog box.

4. Retain the remaining default (wall and interior) boundary conditions.

1.4.9. Solution
1. Specify the discretization schemes.

In the Solution ribbon tab, click Methods... (Solution group box).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 19
vk.com/club152685050
Fluid Flow in an Exhaust|Manifold
vk.com/id446425943

Solution → Solution → Methods...

a. Retain the default selection of Coupled from the Scheme drop-down list.

b. Retain the default selection of Least Squares Cell Based from the Gradient drop-down list in the
Spatial Discretization group box.

c. Retain the default selection of Second Order Upwind from the Momentum drop-down list.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
20 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

d. Retain the default selection of Pseudo Transient.

e. Retain the default selection of Warped-Face Gradient Correction.

2. Create a surface report definition of the velocity at the outlet (outlet).

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Surface Report → Facet Maximum...

Note

You can also access the Surface Report Definition dialog box by right-clicking Report
Definitions in the tree (under Solution) and selecting New/Surface Report/Facet Max-
imum... from the menu that opens.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 21
vk.com/club152685050
Fluid Flow in an Exhaust|Manifold
vk.com/id446425943

a. Enter point-vel for the Name of the report definition.

b. Enable Report File, Report Plot, and Print to Console in the Create group box.

During a solution run, ANSYS Fluent will write solution convergence data in a report file, plot the
solution convergence history in a graphics window, and print the value of the report definition to the
console.

c. Select Velocity... and Velocity Magnitude from the Field Variable drop-down lists.

d. Select outlet from the Surfaces selection list.

e. Click OK to save the surface report definition and close the Surface Report Definition dialog box.

The new surface report definition point-vel will appear under the Solution/Report Definitions
tree item. ANSYS Fluent also automatically creates the following items:

• point-vel-rfile (under the Solution/Monitors/Report Files tree branch)

• point-vel-rplot (under the Solution/Monitors/Report Plots tree branch)

3. Monitor the mass flow rate at the inlets.

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Flux Report → Mass Flow Rate...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
22 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter mass-in for the Name of the report definition.

b. Select Mass Flow Rate under Options.

c. Select in1, in2, in3, as well as inlet, inlet1, inlet2 from the Boundaries selection list.

d. Enable Report File, Report Plot, and Print to Console in the Create group box.

e. Click OK to save the surface report definition and close the Flux Report Definition dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 23
vk.com/club152685050
Fluid Flow in an Exhaust|Manifold
vk.com/id446425943

The new surface report definition mass-in will appear under the Solution/Report Definitions
tree item. ANSYS Fluent also automatically creates the following items:

• mass-in-rfile (under the Solution/Monitors/Report Files tree branch)

• mass-in-rplot (under the Solution/Monitors/Report Plots tree branch)

4. Monitor the total mass flow rate through the entire domain.

Perform the same procedure as described above, naming the report mass-tot, and selecting all
boundaries.

5. Monitor the mass balance.

Use expressions to create a report definition for the mass balance using existing report definitions.

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Expression...

This opens the Expression Report Definition dialog box.

a. Select mass-tot from the Select Operand Field Functions from drop-down list.

b. Select the / operand.

c. Select mass-in from the Select Operand Field Functions from drop-down list.

d. Enter mass-bal for the Name of the expression.

e. Enable Report File, Report Plot, and Print to Console in the Create group box.

f. Click Define to save the expression definition and close the Expression Report Definition dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
24 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

6. Initialize the flow field using the Initialization group box of the Solution ribbon tab.

Solution → Initialization

a. Retain the default selection of Hybrid from the Method list.

b. Click Initialize.

7. Save the case file (manifold_solution.cas).

File → Write → Case...

8. Start the calculation by requesting 100 iterations in the Solution ribbon tab (Run Calculation group box).

Solution → Run Calculation

a. Enter 100 for No. of Iterations.

b. Click Calculate to begin the iterations.

As the solution progresses, the mass flow rate graph flattens out, as seen in Figure 1.2: Mass Flow
Rate History (p. 26).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 25
vk.com/club152685050
Fluid Flow in an Exhaust|Manifold
vk.com/id446425943

Figure 1.2: Mass Flow Rate History

c. Similarly, the residuals history will be plotted in the Scaled Residuals tab in the graphics window
(Figure 1.3: Residuals (p. 26)).

Figure 1.3: Residuals

9. Save the case and data files (manifold_solution.cas and manifold_solution.dat).

File → Write → Case & Data...

1.4.10. Postprocessing
1. Display path lines highlighting the flow field (Figure 1.4: Pathlines Through the Manifold (p. 28)).

Results → Graphics → Pathlines → New...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
26 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Keep the default of pathlines-1 for the Name.

b. Select Particle Variables... and Time from the Color by drop-down lists.

c. Enable Accuracy Control under Options.

d. Set the Path Skip value to 5.

e. Select Accuracy Control from the Options list.

f. Select inlet, inlet1, and inlet2 from the Release from Surfaces list.

g. Click Save/Display and close the Pathlines dialog box.

The new pathlines-1 definition appears under the Results/Graphics/Pathlines tree branch. To edit
your surface definition, right-click it and select Edit... from the menu that opens.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 27
vk.com/club152685050
Fluid Flow in an Exhaust|Manifold
vk.com/id446425943

Figure 1.4: Pathlines Through the Manifold

2. Create a clipped surface through the manifold geometry.

Results → Surface → Create → Iso-Clip...

a. Enter clip-x-coordinate for Name.

b. Select Mesh... and X-Coordinate from the Clip to Values of drop-down lists.

c. Keep the Min value at its minimum setting, and adjust the Max value to be at its halfway point.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
28 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

d. Select solid_up from the Clip Surface list.

e. Click Create and close the Iso-Clip dialog box.

The new clip-x-coordinate definition appears under the Results/Surfaces tree branch. To edit your
surface definition, right-click it and select Edit... from the menu that opens.

3. Create a scene containing the mesh and the path lines.

Results → Scene New...

a. Keep the default scene-1 for the Name.

b. Create a new mesh object to add to the scene.

i. Click New Object and select Mesh to open the Mesh Display dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 29
vk.com/club152685050
Fluid Flow in an Exhaust|Manifold
vk.com/id446425943

ii. Select clip-x-coordinate under the Surfaces list.

iii. Click Save/Display and close the Mesh Display dialog box.

The new mesh-1 definition appears under the Results/Graphics/Mesh tree branch. The new
object also appears in the Scene dialog box.

c. In the Scene dialog box, set the Transparency to 50.

d. Click Save & Display and close the Scene dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
30 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 1.5: Scene Containing the Mesh and Pathlines Throughout the Manifold

4. Create and define contours of velocity magnitude at the outlet along with the mesh.

Results → Graphics → Contours → New...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 31
vk.com/club152685050
Fluid Flow in an Exhaust|Manifold
vk.com/id446425943

a. Enter contour-velocity for the Name.

b. Select Velocity... and Velocity Magnitude from the Contours of drop-down lists.

c. Select outlet from the Surfaces list.

d. Disable Node Values under Options.

e. Enable Draw Mesh under Options.

This displays the Mesh Display dialog box.

In the Mesh Display dialog box, deselect all surfaces, select the out surface, click Display and
close the dialog.

f. Click Create and close the Contours dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
32 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Summary

Figure 1.6: Contours of Velocity Magnitude at the Outlet

1.5. Summary
In this tutorial, you learned how to import a CAD geometry, generate a volume mesh, and set up, solve,
and postprocess a CFD problem involving air flow through a manifold all within a single ANSYS Fluent
interface.

Related video that demonstrates steps for setting up, solving, and postprocessing the solution results
for a turbulent flow within a manifold:

• ANSYS Fluent: Complete Meshing-to-Postprocessing Workflow

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 33
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
34 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 2: Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
2.1. Introduction
2.2. Prerequisites
2.3. Problem Description
2.4. Setup and Solution
2.5. Summary

2.1. Introduction
This tutorial illustrates the setup and solution of a three-dimensional turbulent fluid flow and heat
transfer problem in a mixing elbow. The mixing elbow configuration is encountered in piping systems
in power plants and process industries. It is often important to predict the flow field and temperature
field in the area of the mixing region in order to properly design the junction.

This tutorial demonstrates how to do the following:

• Launch ANSYS Fluent.

• Read an existing mesh file into ANSYS Fluent.

• Use mixed units to define the geometry and fluid properties.

• Set material properties and boundary conditions for a turbulent forced-convection problem.

• Create a surface report definition and use it as a convergence criterion.

• Calculate a solution using the pressure-based solver.

• Visually examine the flow and temperature fields using the postprocessing tools available in ANSYS Fluent.

• Change the solver method to coupled in order to increase the convergence speed.

• Adapt the mesh based on the temperature gradient to further improve the prediction of the temperature
field.

2.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial assumes that you have little or no experience with ANSYS Fluent, and so each step will be
explicitly described.

2.3. Problem Description

The problem to be considered is shown schematically in Figure 2.1: Problem Specification (p. 36). A
cold fluid at 20° C flows into the pipe through a large inlet, and mixes with a warmer fluid at 40° C that
enters through a smaller inlet located at the elbow. The pipe dimensions are in inches and the fluid

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 35
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

properties and boundary conditions are given in SI units. The Reynolds number for the flow at the larger
inlet is 50,800, so a turbulent flow model will be required.

Note

Since the geometry of the mixing elbow is symmetric, only half of the elbow must be modeled
in ANSYS Fluent.

Figure 2.1: Problem Specification

2.4. Setup and Solution

To help you quickly identify graphical user interface items at a glance and guide you through the steps
of setting up and running your simulation, the ANSYS Fluent Tutorial Guide uses several type styles and
mini flow charts. See Typographical Conventions Used In This Manual (p. xxi) for detailed information.

The following sections describe the setup and solution steps for running this tutorial in serial:
2.4.1. Preparation
2.4.2. Launching ANSYS Fluent
2.4.3. Reading the Mesh
2.4.4. Setting Up Domain
2.4.5. Setting Up Physics
2.4.6. Solving
2.4.7. Displaying the Preliminary Solution
2.4.8. Adapting the Mesh

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
36 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

2.4.1. Preparation
1. Download the introduction.zip file here.

2. Unzip introduction.zip to your working directory.

3. The elbow.msh can be found in the folder.

Note

ANSYS Fluent tutorials are prepared using ANSYS Fluent on a Windows system. The screen
shots and graphic images in the tutorials may be slightly different than the appearance on
your system, depending on the operating system and/or graphics card.

2.4.2. Launching ANSYS Fluent

1. From the Windows Start menu, select Start > ANSYS 2019 R1 > Fluid Dynamics > Fluent 2019 R1 to
start Fluent Launcher.

Fluent Launcher allows you to decide which version of ANSYS Fluent you will use, based on your
geometry and on your processing capabilities.

2. Ensure that the proper options are enabled.

a. Select 3D from the Dimension list by clicking the radio button or the text.

b. Select Parallel under Processing Options.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 37
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

c. Set Processes to 4.

To show details of the parallel settings, click Show More Options, then go to the Parallel Settings
tab. Note that your Run Types will be Shared Memory on Local Machine.

d. Ensure that the Display Mesh After Reading option is enabled.

Note

An option is enabled when there is a check mark in the check box, and disabled when
the check box is empty. To change an option from disabled to enabled (or vice versa),
click the check box or the text.

e. Ensure that the Double Precision option is enabled.

Note

Fluent will retain your preferences for future sessions.

Extra

You can also restore the default settings by clicking the Default button.

3. Set the working folder to the one created when you unzipped introduction_R193.zip.

a. Click the Show More Options button to reveal additional options.

b. Enter the path to your working folder for Working Directory by double-clicking the text box and typing.

Alternatively, you can click the browse button ( ) next to the Working Directory text box
and browse to the directory, using the Browse For Folder dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
38 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

4. Click OK to launch ANSYS Fluent.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 39
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

2.4.3. Reading the Mesh

1. Read the mesh file elbow.msh.

Click the File ribbon tab, then click Read and Mesh... in the menus that open in order to open the
Select File dialog box.

File → Read → Mesh...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
40 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select the mesh file by clicking elbow.msh in the introduction folder created when you unzipped the
original file.

b. Enable the Display Mesh After Reading in the Select File panel.

c. Click OK to read the file and close the Select File dialog box.

As the mesh file is read by ANSYS Fluent, messages will appear in the console reporting the progress
of the conversion. ANSYS Fluent will report that 13,852 hexahedral fluid cells have been read, along
with a number of boundary faces with different zone identifiers.

After having completed reading mesh, ANSYS Fluent displays the mesh in the graphics window.

Extra

You can use the mouse to probe for mesh information in the graphics window. If you
click the right mouse button with the pointer on any node in the mesh, information
about the associated zone will be displayed in the console, including the name of the
zone.

Alternatively, you can click the probe button ( ) in the graphics toolbar and click the
left mouse button on any node. This feature is especially useful when you have several
zones of the same type and you want to distinguish between them quickly.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 41
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

For this 3D problem, you can make it easier to probe particular nodes by changing the
view. The following table describes how to manipulate objects in the graphics window:

Table 2.1: View Manipulation Instructions

Action Using Graphics Toolbar Buttons and the Mouse

Rotate view
(vertical, After clicking the Rotate View icon, , press and hold the left mouse
horizontal) button and drag the mouse. Dragging side to side rotates the view about
the vertical axis, and dragging up and down rotates the view about the
horizontal axis.
Translate or
pan view After clicking the Pan icon, , press and hold the left mouse button and
drag the object with the mouse until the view is satisfactory.
Zoom in and
out of view After clicking the Zoom In/Out icon, , press and hold the left mouse
button and drag the mouse up and down to zoom in and out of the view.
Zoom to
selected area After clicking the Zoom to Area icon, , press and hold the left mouse
button and drag the mouse diagonally to the right. This action will cause
a rectangle to appear in the display. When you release the mouse button,
a new view will be displayed that consists entirely of the contents of the
rectangle. Note that to zoom in, you must drag the mouse to the right,
and to zoom out, you must drag the mouse to the left.

Clicking the Fit to Window icon, , will cause the object to fit exactly and be centered
in the window.

After you have clicked a button in the graphics toolbar, you can return to the default

mouse button settings by clicking .

To judge the scale of your 3D geometry, you can click the Orthographic Projection icon,

. This will display the length scale ruler near the bottom of the graphics window.

Note that you can change the default mouse button actions in the View tab (in the
Mouse group box). For more information, see the Fluent User's Guide.

2. Manipulate the mesh display using the axis triad to obtain a front view as shown in Figure 2.2: The Hexa-
hedral Mesh for the Mixing Elbow (p. 43).

a. Click the z-axis.

b. Clicking the Fit to Window icon, , will cause the object to fit exactly and be centered in the window.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
42 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

c. Figure 2.2: The Hexahedral Mesh for the Mixing Elbow

Extra

You can also change the orientation of the objects in the graphics window using the

axis triad as follows:

• To orient the model in the positive/negative direction, click an axis/semi-sphere.

• To orient the model in the negative/positive direction, right-click an axis/semi-sphere.

• To set the isometric view, click the cyan iso-ball.

• To perform in-plane clockwise or counterclockwise 90° rotations, click the white rotational
arrows .

• To perform free rotations in any direction, click and hold—in the vicinity of the triad—and
use the mouse. Release the left mouse button to stop rotating.

2.4.4. Setting Up Domain

In this step, you will perform the mesh-related activities using the Domain ribbon tab (Mesh group
box).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 43
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

1. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

ANSYS Fluent will report the results of the mesh check in the console.
Domain Extents:
x-coordinate: min (m) = -8.000000e+00, max (m) = 8.000000e+00
y-coordinate: min (m) = -9.134634e+00, max (m) = 8.000000e+00
z-coordinate: min (m) = 0.000000e+00, max (m) = 2.000000e+00
Volume statistics:
minimum volume (m3): 5.098304e-04
maximum volume (m3): 2.330736e-02
total volume (m3): 1.607154e+02
Face area statistics:
minimum face area (m2): 4.865882e-03
maximum face area (m2): 1.017924e-01
Checking mesh....................................
Done.

The mesh check will list the minimum and maximum x, y, and z values from the mesh in the default
SI unit of meters. It will also report a number of other mesh features that are checked. Any errors
in the mesh will be reported at this time. Ensure that the minimum volume is not negative, since
ANSYS Fluent cannot begin a calculation when this is the case.

Note

The minimum and maximum values may vary slightly when running on different platforms.

2. Scale the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Scale...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
44 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Ensure that Convert Units is selected in the Scaling group box.

b. From the Mesh Was Created In drop-down list, select in by first clicking the down-arrow button and
then clicking the in item from the list that appears.

c. Click Scale to scale the mesh.

Warning

Be sure to click the Scale button only once.

Domain Extents will continue to be reported in the default SI unit of meters.

d. Select in from the View Length Unit In drop-down list to set inches as the working unit for length.

e. Confirm that the domain extents are as shown in the previous dialog box.

f. Close the Scale Mesh dialog box.

The mesh is now sized correctly and the working unit for length has been set to inches.

Note

Because the default SI units will be used for everything except length, there is no need
to change any other units in this problem. The choice of inches for the unit of length has
been made by the actions you have just taken. If you want a different working unit for
length, other than inches (for example, millimeters), click Units... in the Domain ribbon
tab (Mesh group box) and make the appropriate change in the Set Units dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 45
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

3. Right click in the graphics window and select Refresh Display

4. Clicking the Fit to Window icon, , will cause the object to fit exactly and be centered in the window.

5. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

Note

It is a good idea to check the mesh after you manipulate it (that is, scale, convert to
polyhedra, merge, separate, fuse, add zones, or smooth and swap). This will ensure that
the quality of the mesh has not been compromised.

2.4.5. Setting Up Physics

In the steps that follow, you will select a solver and specify physical models, material properties, and
zone conditions for your simulation using the Physics ribbon tab.

1. In the Solver group box of the Physics ribbon tab, retain the default selection of the steady pressure-based
solver.

Physics → Solver

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
46 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

2. Set up your models for the CFD simulation using the Models group box of the Physics ribbon tab.

Note

You can also use the Models task page, which can be accessed from the tree by expanding
Setup and double-clicking the Models tree item.

a. Enable heat transfer by activating the energy equation.

In the Physics ribbon tab, enable Energy (Models group box).

Physics → Models → Energy

Note

You can also double-click the Setup/Models/Energy tree item and enable the energy
equation in the Energy dialog box.

b. Enable the - turbulence model.

Physics → Models → Viscous...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 47
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

i. Select k-epsilon from the Model list.

The Viscous Model dialog box will expand.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
48 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

ii. Retain the default selection of Standard in the k-epsilon Model group box.

iii. Select Enhanced Wall Treatment in the Near-Wall Treatment group box.

Note

The default Standard Wall Functions are generally applicable if the first cell center
adjacent to the wall has a y+ larger than 30. In contrast, the Enhanced Wall
Treatment option provides consistent solutions for all y+ values. Enhanced Wall
Treatment is recommended when using the k-epsilon model for general single-
phase fluid flow problems. For more information about Near Wall Treatments in
the k-epsilon model, refer to the Fluent User's Guide.

iv. Click OK to accept all the other default settings and close the Viscous Model dialog box.

Note that the Viscous... label in the ribbon is displayed in blue to indicate that the Viscous
model is enabled. Also Energy and Viscous appear as enabled under the Setup/Models tree
branch.

Note

While the ribbon is the primary tool for setting up and solving your problem, the
tree is a dynamic representation of your case. The models, materials, conditions,
and other settings that you have specified in your problem will appear in the tree.
Many of the frequently used ribbon items are also available via the right-click
functionality of the tree.

3. Set up the materials for the CFD simulation using the Materials group box of the Physics ribbon tab.

Create a new material called water using the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

a. In the Physics ribbon tab, click Create/Edit... (Materials group box).

Physics → Materials → Create/Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 49
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

b. Copy the material water-liquid (h2o < l >) from the materials database (accessed by clicking the Fluent
Database... button).

c. Select water-liquid (h2o < l >) from the materials list and Click Copy, then close the Fluent Database...
panel.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
50 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

d. Ensure that there are now two materials (water-liquid and air) defined locally by examining the Fluent
Fluid Materials drop-down list.

Both the materials will also be listed under Fluid in the Materials task page and under the Materials
tree branch.

e. Close the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

4. Set up the cell zone conditions for the fluid zone (fluid) using the Zones group box of the Physics ribbon
tab.

a. In the Physics tab, click Cell Zones (Zones group box).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 51
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

Physics → Zones → Cell Zones

This opens the Cell Zone Conditions task page.

b. Double-click fluid in the Zone list to open the Fluid dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
52 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Note

You can also double-click the Setup/Cell Zone Conditions/fluid tree item in order
to open the corresponding dialog box.

c. Select water-liquid from the Material Name drop-down list.

d. Click OK to close the Fluid dialog box.

5. Set up the boundary conditions for the inlets, outlet, and walls for your CFD analysis using the Zones group
box of the Physics ribbon tab.

a. In the Physics tab, click Boundaries (Zones group box).

Physics → Zones → Boundaries

This opens the Boundary Conditions task page where the boundaries defined in your simulation
are displayed in the Zone selection list.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 53
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

Note

To display boundary zones grouped by zone type (as shown previously), click the

Toggle Tree View button ( ) in the upper right corner of the Boundary Conditions
task page and select Zone Type under Group By.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
54 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Here the zones have names with numerical identifying tags. It is good practice to give boundaries
meaningful names in a meshing application to help when you set up the model. You can also
change boundary names in Fluent by simply editing the boundary and making revisions in the
Zone Name text box.

b. Set the boundary conditions at the cold inlet (velocity-inlet-5).

Tip

If you are unsure of which inlet zone corresponds to the cold inlet, you can probe

the mesh display using the right mouse button or the probe toolbar button ( )
as described previously in this tutorial. The information will be displayed in the
ANSYS Fluent console, and the zone you probed will be automatically selected
from the Zone selection list in the Boundary Conditions task page.

i. Double-click velocity-inlet-5 to open the Velocity Inlet dialog box.

ii. Retain the default selection of Magnitude, Normal to Boundary from the Velocity Specification
Method drop-down list.

iii. Enter 0.4 [m/s] for Velocity Magnitude.

iv. In the Turbulence group box, select Intensity and Hydraulic Diameter from the Specification
Method drop-down list.

v. Retain the default value of 5 [%] for Turbulent Intensity.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 55
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

vi. Enter 4 [inches] for Hydraulic Diameter.

The hydraulic diameter is defined as:

where is the cross-sectional area and is the wetted perimeter.

vii. Click the Thermal tab.

viii.Enter 293.15 [K] for Temperature.

ix. Click OK to close the Velocity Inlet dialog box.

Note

You can also access the Velocity Inlet dialog box by double-clicking the
Setup/Boundary Conditions/velocity-inlet-5 tree item.

c. In a similar manner, set the boundary conditions at the hot inlet (velocity-inlet-6), using the values in
the following table:

Setting Value
Velocity Specification Method Magnitude, Normal to Boundary

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
56 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Setting Value
Velocity Magnitude 1.2 [m/s]
Specification Method Intensity and Hydraulic Diameter
Turbulent Intensity 5 [%]
Hydraulic Diameter 1 [inch]
Temperature 313.15 [K]

d. Double-click pressure-outlet-7 in the Zone selection list and set the boundary conditions at the outlet,
as shown in the following figure.

Note

• You do not need to set a backflow temperature in this case (in the Thermal tab) because
the material properties are not functions of temperature. If they were, a flow-weighted
average of the inlet conditions would be a good starting value.

• ANSYS Fluent will use the backflow conditions only if the fluid is flowing into the compu-
tational domain through the outlet. Since backflow might occur at some point during the

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 57
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

solution procedure, you should set reasonable backflow conditions to prevent convergence
from being adversely affected.

e. For the wall of the pipe (wall), retain the default value of 0 W/m2 for Heat Flux in the Thermal tab.

2.4.6. Solving
In the steps that follow, you will set up and run the calculation using the Solution ribbon tab.

Note

You can also use the task pages listed under the Solution tree branch to perform solution-
related activities.

1. Select a solver scheme.

a. In the Solution ribbon tab, click Methods... (Solution group box).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
58 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Solution → Solution → Methods...

b. Retain the default selections.

2. Enable the plotting of residuals during the calculation.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 59
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

a. In the Solution ribbon tab, click Residuals... (Reports group box).

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

Note

You can also access the Residual Monitors dialog box by double-clicking the Solu-
tion/Monitors/Residual tree item.

b. Ensure that Plot is enabled in the Options group box.

c. Retain the default value of 0.001 for the Absolute Criteria of continuity.

d. Click OK to close the Residual Monitors dialog box.

Note

By default, the residuals of all of the equations solved for the physical models enabled
for your case will be monitored and checked by ANSYS Fluent as a means to determine
the convergence of the solution. It is a good practice to also create and plot a surface
report definition that can help evaluate whether the solution is truly converged. You will
do this in the next step.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
60 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

3. Create a surface report definition of average temperature at the outlet (pressure-outlet-7).

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Surface Report → Mass-Weighted Average...

Note

You can also access the Surface Report Definition dialog box by right-clicking Report
Definitions in the tree (under Solution) and selecting New/Surface Report/Mass-
Weighted Average... from the menu that opens.

a. Enter outlet-temp-avg for the Name of the report definition.

b. Enable Report File, Report Plot, and Print to Console in the Create group box.

During a solution run, ANSYS Fluent will write solution convergence data in a report file, plot the
solution convergence history in a graphics window, and print the value of the report definition to the
console.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 61
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

c. Set Frequency to 3 by clicking the up-arrow button.

This setting instructs ANSYS Fluent to update the plot of the surface report, write data to a file, and
print data in the console after every 3 iterations during the solution.

d. Select Temperature... and Static Temperature from the Field Variable drop-down lists.

e. Select pressure-outlet-7 from the Surfaces selection list.

f. Click OK to save the surface report definition and close the Surface Report Definition dialog box.

The new surface report definition outlet-temp-avg will appear under the Solution/Report
Definitions tree item. ANSYS Fluent also automatically creates the following items:

• outlet-temp-avg-rfile (under the Solution/Monitors/Report Files tree branch)

• outlet-temp-avg-rplot (under the Solution/Monitors/Report Plots tree branch)

4. In the tree, double-click outlet-temp-avg-rfile (under Solution/Monitors/Report Files) and examine the
report file settings in the Edit Report File dialog box.

The dialog box is automatically populated with data from the outlet-temp-avg report definition.

a. Verify that outlet-temp-avg is in the Selected Report Definitions list.

If you had created multiple report definitions, the additional ones would be listed under Available
Report Definitions, and you could use the Add>> and <<Remove buttons to manage which were
written in this particular report definition file.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
62 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

b. (optional) Edit the name and location of the resulting file as necessary using the Output File Base
Name field or Browse... button.

c. Click OK to close the Edit Report File dialog box.

5. Create a convergence condition for outlet-temp-avg.

Solution → Reports → Convergence...

a. Click the Add button.

b. Enter con-outlet-temp-avg for Conditions.

c. Select outlet-temp-avg from the Report Definition drop-down list.

d. Enter 1e-5 for Stop Criterion.

e. Enter 20 for Ignore Iterations Before.

f. Enter 15 for Use Iterations.

g. Enable Print.

h. Set Every Iteration to 3.

i. Click OK to save the convergence condition settings and close the Convergence Conditions dialog
box.

These settings will cause Fluent to consider the solution converged when the surface report definition
value for each of the previous 15 iterations is within 0.001% of the current value. Convergence of the
values will be checked every 3 iterations. The first 20 iterations will be ignored, allowing for any initial

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 63
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

solution dynamics to settle out. Note that the value printed to the console is the deviation between the
current and previous iteration values only.

6. Initialize the flow field using the Initialization group box of the Solution ribbon tab.

Solution → Initialization

a. Retain the default selection of Hybrid from the Method list.

b. Click Initialize.

7. Save the case file (elbow1.cas.gz).

File → Write → Case...

a. (optional) Indicate the folder in which you would like the file to be saved.

By default, the file will be saved in the folder from which you read in elbow.msh (that is, the in-
troduction folder). You can indicate a different folder by browsing to it or by creating a new
folder.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
64 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

b. Enter elbow1.cas.gz for Case File.

Adding the extension .gz to the end of the file name extension instructs ANSYS Fluent to save
the file in a compressed format. You do not have to include .cas in the extension (for example,
if you enter elbow1.gz, ANSYS Fluent will automatically save the file as elbow1.cas.gz).
The .gz extension can also be used to save data files in a compressed format.

c. Ensure that the default Write Binary Files option is enabled, so that a binary file will be written.

d. Click OK to save the case file and close the Select File dialog box.

8. Start the calculation by requesting 150 iterations in the Solution ribbon tab (Run Calculation group box).

Solution → Run Calculation

a. Enter 150 for No. of Iterations.

b. Click Calculate.

Note

By starting the calculation, you are also starting to save the surface report data at the
rate specified in the Surface Report Definition dialog box. If a file already exists in
your working directory with the name you specified in the Edit Report File dialog
box, then a Question dialog box will open, asking if you would like to append the
new data to the existing file. Click No in the Question dialog box, and then click OK
in the Warning dialog box that follows to overwrite the existing file.

As the calculation progresses, the surface report history will be plotted in the outlet-temp-avg-
rplot tab in the graphics window (Figure 2.3: Convergence History of the Mass-Weighted Average
Temperature (p. 66)).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 65
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

Figure 2.3: Convergence History of the Mass-Weighted Average Temperature

Similarly, the residuals history will be plotted in the Scaled Residuals tab in the graphics window
(Figure 2.4: Residuals (p. 66)).

Figure 2.4: Residuals

Note

You can monitor the two convergence plots simultaneously by right-clicking a tab in
the graphics window and selecting SubWindow View from the menu that opens. To

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
66 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

return to a tabbed graphics window view, right-click a graphics window title area and
select Tabbed View.

Since the residual values vary slightly by platform, the plot that appears on your screen may not
be exactly the same as the one shown here.

The solution will be stopped by ANSYS Fluent when any of the following occur:

• the surface report definition converges to within the tolerance specified in the Convergence
Conditions dialog box

• the residual monitors converge to within the tolerances specified in the Residual Monitors
dialog box

• the number of iterations you requested in the Run Calculation task page has been reached

In this case, the solution is stopped when the convergence criterion on outlet temperature is
satisfied. The exact number of iterations for convergence will vary, depending on the platform
being used. An Information dialog box will open to alert you that the calculation is complete.
Click OK in the Information dialog box to proceed.

9. Examine the plots for convergence (Figure 2.3: Convergence History of the Mass-Weighted Average Tem-
perature (p. 66) and Figure 2.4: Residuals (p. 66)).

Note

There are no universal metrics for judging convergence. Residual definitions that are
useful for one class of problem are sometimes misleading for other classes of problems.
Therefore it is a good idea to judge convergence not only by examining residual levels,
but also by monitoring relevant integrated quantities and checking for mass and energy
balances.

There are three indicators that convergence has been reached:

• The residuals have decreased to a sufficient degree.

The solution has converged when the Convergence Criterion for each variable has
been reached. The default criterion is that each residual will be reduced to a value of
less than 10–3, except the energy residual, for which the default criterion is 10–6.

• The solution no longer changes with more iterations.

Sometimes the residuals may not fall below the convergence criterion set in the case
setup. However, monitoring the representative flow variables through iterations may
show that the residuals have stagnated and do not change with further iterations. This
could also be considered as convergence.

• The overall mass, momentum, energy, and scalar balances are obtained.

You can examine the overall mass, momentum, energy and scalar balances in the Flux
Reports dialog box. The net imbalance should be less than 0.2 % of the net flux through
the domain when the solution has converged. In the next step you will check to see
if the mass balance indicates convergence.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 67
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

10. Examine the mass flux report for convergence using the Results ribbon tab.

Results → Reports → Fluxes...

a. Ensure that Mass Flow Rate is selected from the Options list.

b. Select pressure-outlet-7, velocity-inlet-5, and velocity-inlet-6 from the Boundaries selection list.

c. Click Compute.

The individual and net results of the computation will be displayed in the Results and Net Results
boxes, respectively, in the Flux Reports dialog box, as well as in the console.

The sum of the flux for the inlets should be very close to the sum of the flux for the outlets. The net
results show that the imbalance in this case is well below the 0.2% criterion suggested previously.

d. Close the Flux Reports dialog box.

11. Save the data file (elbow1.dat.gz).

File → Write → Data...

In later steps of this tutorial you will save additional case and data files with different suffixes.

2.4.7. Displaying the Preliminary Solution

In the steps that follow, you will visualize various aspects of the flow for the preliminary solution using
the Results ribbon tab.

1. Display filled contours of velocity magnitude on the symmetry plane (Figure 2.5: Predicted Velocity Distri-
bution after the Initial Calculation (p. 70)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
68 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enable Filled in the Options group box.

b. Ensure that Node Values is enabled in the Options group box.

c. Select Velocity... and Velocity Magnitude from the Contours of drop-down lists.

d. Select symmetry from the Surfaces selection list.

e. Click Display to display the contours in the active graphics window. Clicking the Fit to Window icon

( ) will cause the object to fit exactly and be centered in the window.

Note

If you cannot see the velocity contour display, select the appropriate tab in the
graphics window.

f. Close the Contours dialog box.

View → Display

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 69
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

Disable the Headlight and Lighting options.

Figure 2.5: Predicted Velocity Distribution after the Initial Calculation

Extra

When you probe a point in the displayed domain with the right mouse button or the
probe tool, the level of the corresponding contour is highlighted in the colormap in the
graphics window, and is also reported in the console.

2. Create and display a definition for temperature contours on the symmetry plane (Figure 2.6: Predicted
Temperature Distribution after the Initial Calculation (p. 72)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → New...

You can create contour definitions and save them for later use.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
70 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter contour-temp for Contour Name.

b. Select Temperature... and Static Temperature from the Contours of drop-down lists.

c. Click Save/Display and close the Contours dialog box.

The new contour-temp definition appears under the Results/Graphics/Contours tree branch.
To edit your contour definition, right-click it and select Edit... from the menu that opens.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 71
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

Figure 2.6: Predicted Temperature Distribution after the Initial Calculation

3. Display velocity vectors on the symmetry plane (Figure 2.9: Magnified View of Resized Velocity Vec-
tors (p. 74)).

Results → Graphics → Vectors → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
72 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select symmetry from the Surfaces selection list.

b. Click Display to plot the velocity vectors.

Figure 2.7: Velocity Vectors Colored by Velocity Magnitude

The Auto Scale option is enabled by default in the Options group box. This scaling sometimes
creates vectors that are too small or too large in the majority of the domain. You can improve
the clarity by adjusting the Scale and Skip settings, thereby changing the size and number of
the vectors when they are displayed.

c. Enter 4 for Scale.

d. Set Skip to 2.

e. Click Display again to redisplay the vectors.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 73
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

Figure 2.8: Resized Velocity Vectors

f. Close the Vectors dialog box.

g. Zoom in on the vectors in the display.

To manipulate the image, refer to Table 2.1: View Manipulation Instructions (p. 42). The image will
be redisplayed at a higher magnification (Figure 2.9: Magnified View of Resized Velocity Vectors (p. 74)).

Figure 2.9: Magnified View of Resized Velocity Vectors

h. Zoom out to the original view.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
74 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Clicking the Fit to Window icon, , will cause the object to fit exactly and be centered in the
window.

4. Create a line at the centerline of the outlet. For this task, you will use the Surface group box of the Results
tab.

Results → Surface → Create → Iso-Surface...

a. Enter z=0_outlet for New Surface Name.

b. Select Mesh... and Z-Coordinate from the Surface of Constant drop-down lists.

c. Click Compute to obtain the extent of the mesh in the z-direction.

The range of values in the z-direction is displayed in the Min and Max fields.

d. Retain the default value of 0 inches for Iso-Values.

e. Select pressure-outlet-7 from the From Surface selection list.

f. Click Create.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 75
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

The new line surface representing the intersection of the plane z=0 and the surface pressure-
outlet-7 is created, and its name z=0_outlet appears in the From Surface selection list.

Note

• After the line surface z=0_outlet is created, a new entry will automatically be generated
for New Surface Name, in case you would like to create another surface.

• If you want to delete or otherwise manipulate any surfaces, click Manage... to open the
Surfaces dialog box.

g. Close the Iso-Surface dialog box.

5. Display and save an XY plot of the temperature profile across the centerline of the outlet for the initial
solution (Figure 2.10: Outlet Temperature Profile for the Initial Solution (p. 77)).

Results → Plots → XY Plot → Edit...

a. Select Temperature... and Static Temperature from the Y Axis Function drop-down lists.

b. Select the z=0_outlet surface you just created from the Surfaces selection list.

c. Click Plot.

d. Enable Write to File in the Options group box.

The button that was originally labeled Plot will change to Write....

e. Click Write....

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
76 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. In the Select File dialog box, enter outlet_temp1.xy for XY File.

ii. Click OK to save the temperature data and close the Select File dialog box.

f. Close the Solution XY Plot dialog box.

Figure 2.10: Outlet Temperature Profile for the Initial Solution

6. Define a custom field function for the dynamic head formula ( ).

User Defined → Field Functions → Custom...

a. Select Density... and Density from the Field Functions drop-down lists, and click the Select button
to add density to the Definition field.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 77
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

b. Click the X button to add the multiplication symbol to the Definition field.

c. Select Velocity... and Velocity Magnitude from the Field Functions drop-down lists, and click the
Select button to add |V| to the Definition field.

d. Click y^x to raise the last entry in the Definition field to a power, and click 2 for the power.

e. Click the / button to add the division symbol to the Definition field, and then click 2.

f. Enter dynamic-head for New Function Name.

g. Click Define and close the Custom Field Function Calculator dialog box.

The dynamic-head tree item will appear under the Parameters & Customization/Custom Field
Functions tree branch.

7. Display filled contours of the custom field function (Figure 2.11: Contours of the Dynamic Head Custom
Field Function (p. 79)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
78 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select Custom Field Functions... and dynamic-head from the Contours of drop-down lists.

Tip

Custom Field Functions... is at the top of the upper Contours of drop-down

list.

b. Ensure that symmetry is selected from the Surfaces selection list.

c. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

Figure 2.11: Contours of the Dynamic Head Custom Field Function

Note

You may need to change the view by zooming out after the last vector display, if you
have not already done so.

8. Save the settings for the custom field function by writing the case and data files (elbow1.cas.gz and
elbow1.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

a. Ensure that elbow1.cas.gz is entered for Case/Data File.

Note

When you write the case and data file at the same time, it does not matter whether
you specify the file name with a .cas or .dat extension, as both will be saved.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 79
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

b. Click OK to save the files and close the Select File dialog box.

c. Click OK to overwrite the files that you had saved earlier.

2.4.8. Adapting the Mesh

For the first run of this tutorial, you have solved the elbow problem using a fairly coarse mesh. The elbow
solution can be improved further by refining the mesh to better resolve the flow details. ANSYS Fluent
provides a built-in capability to easily adapt (locally refine) the mesh according to solution gradients.
In the following steps you will adapt the mesh based on the temperature gradients in the current
solution and compare the results with the previous results.

1. Define Cell Registers to Adapt the mesh in the regions of high temperature gradient.

Solution → Cell Registers New → Field Variable...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
80 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select Cells More Than from the Type drop-down list.

b. Select Curvature from the Deriviative Option drop-down list.

c. Select Temperature... and Static Temperature from the Curvature of drop-down list.

d. Click Compute.

ANSYS Fluent will update the Min and Max values to show the minimum and maximum temperature
gradient.

e. Enter a value of 0.003 for the Cells having value more than.

A general rule is to use 10% of the maximum gradient when setting the value for refinement.

f. Click Save and close the Field Variable Register daialog box.

2. Setup mesh adaption using the Cell Registers. For this task, you will use the Adapt group box in the Domain
ribbon tab.

Domain → Adapt → Refine / Coarsen...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 81
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

a. Select the previously defined curvature_0 cell register from the Refinement Criterion and Coarsening
Criterion drop down lists.

ANSYS Fluent will not coarsen beyond the original mesh for a 3D mesh. Hence, it is not necessary to
select the Coarsening Criterion in this instance.

b. Click Adapt.

c. Click Display.

ANSYS Fluent will display the cells marked for adaption in the graphics window (Figure 2.12: Cells
Marked for Adaption (p. 83)).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
82 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 2.12: Cells Marked for Adaption

Extra You can change the way ANSYS Fluent displays cells marked for adaption (Figure 2.13: Al-
ternative Display of Cells Marked for Adaption (p. 85)) by performing the following steps:

i. Click Display Options... in the Adaption Controls dialog box to open the Display Options
- Adaption dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 83
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

ii. Enable Draw Mesh in the Options group box.

The Mesh Display dialog box will open.

iii. Ensure that only the Edges option is enabled in the Options group box.

iv. Select Feature from the Edge Type list.

v. Select all of the items except default-interior and z=0_outlet from the Surfaces selection
list.

vi. Click Display and close the Mesh Display dialog box.

vii. Click OK to close the Display Options - Adaption dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
84 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

viii.Click Display in the Adaption Controls dialog box.

ix. Rotate the view and zoom in to get the display shown in Figure 2.13: Alternative Display of
Cells Marked for Adaption (p. 85).

Figure 2.13: Alternative Display of Cells Marked for Adaption

x. After viewing the marked cells, rotate the view back and zoom out again.

xi. Click OK to close the Adaption Controls dialog box.

3. Display the adapted mesh (Figure 2.14: The Adapted Mesh (p. 87)).

Domain → Mesh → Display...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 85
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

a. Select All from the Edge Type list.

b. Deselect all of the highlighted items from the Surfaces selection list except for symmetry.

Tip

To deselect all surfaces, click the Deselect All Shown button ( ) at the top of the
Surfaces selection list. Then select the desired surface from the Surfaces selection
list.

c. Click Display and close the Mesh Display dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
86 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 2.14: The Adapted Mesh

4. Request an additional 90 iterations.

Solution → Run Calculation → Calculate

The solution will converge as shown in Figure 2.15: The Complete Residual History (p. 88) and Fig-
ure 2.16: Convergence History of Mass-Weighted Average Temperature (p. 88).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 87
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

Figure 2.15: The Complete Residual History

Figure 2.16: Convergence History of Mass-Weighted Average Temperature

5. Save the case and data files for the Coupled solver solution with an adapted mesh (elbow2.cas.gz and
elbow2.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

a. Enter elbow2.gz for Case/Data File.

b. Click OK to save the files and close the Select File dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
88 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

The files elbow2.cas.gz and elbow2.dat.gz will be saved in your default folder.

6. Display the temperature distribution (using node values) on the revised mesh using the temperature contours
definition that you created earlier (Figure 2.17: Filled Contours of Temperature Using the Adapted
Mesh (p. 89)).

Right-click the Results/Graphics/Contours/contour-temp tree item and select Display from the
menu that opens.

Results → Graphics → Contours → contour-temp Save/Display

Figure 2.17: Filled Contours of Temperature Using the Adapted Mesh

7. Display and save an XY plot of the temperature profile across the centerline of the outlet for the adapted
solution (Figure 2.18: Outlet Temperature Profile for the Adapted Coupled Solver Solution (p. 90)).

Results → Plots → XY Plot → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 89
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

a. Ensure that the Write to File option is disabled in the Options group box.

b. Ensure that Temperature... and Static Temperature are selected from the Y Axis Function drop-down
lists.

c. Ensure that z=0_outlet is selected from the Surfaces selection list.

d. Click Plot.

Figure 2.18: Outlet Temperature Profile for the Adapted Coupled Solver Solution

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
90 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

e. Enable Write to File in the Options group box.

The button that was originally labeled Plot will change to Write....

f. Click Write....

i. In the Select File dialog box, enter outlet_temp2.xy for XY File.

ii. Click OK to save the temperature data.

g. Close the Solution XY Plot dialog box.

8. Display the outlet temperature profiles for both solutions on a single plot (Figure 2.19: Outlet Temperature
Profiles for the Two Solutions (p. 93)).

Results → Plots → File...

a. Click the Load... button to open the Select File dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 91
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow

i. Click once on outlet_temp1.xy and outlet_temp2.xy.

Each of these files will be listed with their folder path in the bottom list to indicate that they have
been selected.

Tip

If you select a file by mistake, simply click the file in the bottom list and then
click Remove.

ii. Click OK to save the files and close the Select File dialog box.

b. Select the folder path ending in outlet_temp1.xy from the Curve Information selection list.

c. Enter Before Adaption in the lower-right text-entry box.

d. Click the Change Legend Entry button.

The item in the Legend Entries list for outlet_temp1.xy will be changed to Before Adaption. This
legend entry will be displayed in the upper-left corner of the XY plot generated in a later step.

e. In a similar manner, change the legend entry for the folder path ending in outlet_temp2.xy to be Ad-
apted Mesh.

f. Click Plot and close the File XY Plot dialog box.

Figure 2.19: Outlet Temperature Profiles for the Two Solutions (p. 93) shows the two temperature profiles
at the centerline of the outlet. It is apparent by comparing both the shape of the profiles and the predicted

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
92 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Summary

outer wall temperature that the solution is highly dependent on the mesh and solution options. Specifically,
further mesh adaption should be used in order to obtain a solution that is independent of the mesh.

Figure 2.19: Outlet Temperature Profiles for the Two Solutions

2.5. Summary
A comparison of the convergence speed for the SIMPLE and Coupled pressure-velocity coupling schemes
indicates that the latter converges much faster. With more complex meshes, the difference in speed
between the two schemes can be significant.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 93
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
94 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 3: Postprocessing
This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
3.1. Introduction
3.2. Prerequisites
3.3. Problem Description
3.4. Setup and Solution
3.5. Summary

3.1. Introduction
This tutorial demonstrates the postprocessing capabilities of Fluent using a 3D model of a flat circuit
board with a heat generating electronic chip mounted on it. The flow over the chip is laminar and involves
conjugate heat transfer.

The heat transfer involves conduction in the chip and conduction and convection in the surrounding
fluid. The physics of conjugate heat transfer such as this are common in many engineering applications,
including the design and cooling of electronic components.

In this tutorial, you will read the case and data files (without doing the calculation) and perform a
number of postprocessing exercises.

This tutorial demonstrates how to do the following:

• Add lights to the display at multiple locations.

• Create surfaces for the display of 3D data.

• Display filled contours of temperature on several surfaces.

• Display velocity vectors.

• Mirror a display about a symmetry plane.

• Create animations.

• Create a scene.

• Display results on successive slices of the domain.

• Display pathlines.

• Plot quantitative results.

• Overlay and “explode” a display.

• Annotate the display.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 95
vk.com/club152685050
Postprocessing | vk.com/id446425943

3.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial is written with the assumption that you have completed one or more of the introductory
tutorial Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35) found in this manual and that you are
familiar with the ANSYS Fluent tree and ribbon structure. Some steps in the setup and solution procedure
will not be shown explicitly.

3.3. Problem Description

The problem considered is shown schematically in Figure 3.1: Problem Specification (p. 96). The config-
uration consists of a series of side-by-side electronic chips, or modules, mounted on a circuit board. Air
flow, confined between the circuit board and an upper wall, cools the modules. To take advantage of
the symmetry present in the problem, the model will extend from the middle of one module to the
plane of symmetry between it and the next module.

As shown in the figure, each half-module is assumed to generate 1.0 Watts and to have a bulk conduct-
ivity of 1.0 -K. The circuit board conductivity is assumed to be one order of magnitude lower:
0.1 -K. The air flow enters the system at 298 K with a velocity of 1 m/s. The Reynolds number of
the flow, based on the module height, is about 600. The flow is therefore treated as laminar.

Figure 3.1: Problem Specification

3.4. Setup and Solution

The following sections describe the setup and solution steps for this tutorial:
3.4.1. Preparation
3.4.2. Reading the Mesh
3.4.3. Manipulating the Mesh in the Viewer
3.4.4. Adding Lights
3.4.5. Creating Isosurfaces
3.4.6. Generating Contours
3.4.7. Generating Velocity Vectors
3.4.8. Creating an Animation
3.4.9. Displaying Pathlines
3.4.10. Creating a Scene With Vectors and Contours
3.4.11. Advanced Overlay of Pathlines on a Scene

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
96 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

3.4.12. Creating Exploded Views

3.4.13. Animating the Display of Results in Successive Streamwise Planes
3.4.14. Generating XY Plots
3.4.15. Creating Annotation
3.4.16. Saving Picture Files
3.4.17. Generating Volume Integral Reports

3.4.1. Preparation
To prepare for running this tutorial:

1. Download the postprocess.zip file here.

2. Unzip postprocess.zip to your working directory.

3. The files chip.cas.gz and chip.dat.gz can be found in the folder.

4. Use Fluent Launcher to start the 3D version of Fluent.

Fluent Launcher displays your Display Options preferences from the previous session.

For more information about Fluent Launcher, see starting ANSYS Fluent using the Fluent Launcher
in the Fluent Getting Started Guide.

5. Ensure that the Display Mesh After Reading option is enabled.

6. Select Serial under Processing Options.

7. Ensure that the Double Precision option is disabled.

3.4.2. Reading the Mesh

1. Read in the case and data files chip.cas.gz and chip.dat.gz.

File → Read → Case & Data...

When you select the case file, Fluent will read the data file automatically.

3.4.3. Manipulating the Mesh in the Viewer

1. Display the mesh surfaces board-top and chip.

Domain → Mesh → Display...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 97
vk.com/club152685050
Postprocessing | vk.com/id446425943

a. Retain the default enabling of the Edges option and disable the Faces option in the Options group
box.

b. Deselect all surfaces and select board-top and chip from the Surfaces selection list.

Click to deselect all surfaces. Click and select Surface Type under Group By to list the
surfaces by type, as shown above.

c. Click the Colors... button to open the Mesh Colors dialog box.

i. Select Color by ID in the Options group box.

ii. Click Reset Colors to reset the mesh colors to the default settings and close the Mesh Colors dialog
box.

d. Click Display.

2. Rotate and adjust the magnification of the view.

Use the left mouse button to rotate the view. Use the middle mouse button to adjust the magnification
until you obtain an enlarged display of the circuit board in the region of the chip, as shown in Fig-
ure 3.2: Mesh Display of the Chip and Board Surfaces (p. 99).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
98 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 3.2: Mesh Display of the Chip and Board Surfaces

Extra

You can click the right mouse button on one of the mesh boundaries displayed in the
graphics window and its surface group, ID, and name will be displayed in the console.
This feature is especially useful when you have several zones of the same type and you
want to distinguish between them.

3. Display the mesh faces.

Domain → Mesh → Display...

a. Disable Edges and enable Faces in the Options group box.

b. Click Display and close the Mesh Display dialog box.

3.4.4. Adding Lights

1. Add lighting effects.

The default light settings add a white light at the position (1,1,1). The default light is defined in the Lights
dialog box by the Light ID 0 with Direction vectors (X, Y, Z) as (1, 1, 1).

View → Display → Options...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 99
vk.com/club152685050
Postprocessing | vk.com/id446425943

a. Make sure that the Lights On option is enabled in the Lighting Attributes group box.

b. Retain Gouraud as the selected Lighting method.

Flat is the most basic lighting whereas Gouraud gives better color gradation. Note that Gouraud
rounds off corners, and so should be used with caution on highly angular geometries.

c. Click Apply and close the Display Options dialog box.

Shading will be added to the surface mesh display (Figure 3.3: Graphics Window with Default Light-
ing (p. 101)).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
100 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 3.3: Graphics Window with Default Lighting

2. Add lights in two directions, (-1, 1, 1) and (-1, 1, -1).

View → Graphics → Lights...

You can also open the Lights dialog box by clicking the Lights... button in the Display Options dialog
box.

a. Set Light ID to 1.

b. Enable Light On.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 101
vk.com/club152685050
Postprocessing | vk.com/id446425943

c. Enter -1, 1, and 1 for X, Y, and Z respectively in the Direction group box.

d. Retain the selection of Gouraud in the Lighting Method drop-down list.

e. Make sure that the Headlight On option is enabled.

The Headlight On option provides constant lighting effect from a light source directly in front of the
model, in the direction of the view. You can turn off the headlight by disabling the Headlight On
option (the results of this action are shown in Figure 3.4: Display with Additional Lighting: - Headlight
Off (p. 102)).

Figure 3.4: Display with Additional Lighting: - Headlight Off

f. Click Apply.

g. Similarly, add a second light (Light ID= 2 with Light On enabled) with a Direction of (-1, 1, -1).

The result will be more softly shaded display (Figure 3.5: Display with Additional Lighting (p. 103)).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
102 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 3.5: Display with Additional Lighting

h. Close the Lights dialog box.

Extra

You can use the left mouse button to rotate the ball in the Active Lights window to gain a
perspective view on the relative locations of the lights that are currently active, and see the
shading effect on the ball at the center.

You can also change the color of one or more of the lights by selecting the color from the
Color drop-down list or by moving the Red, Green, and Blue sliders.

3.4.5. Creating Isosurfaces

To display results in a 3D model, you will need surfaces on which the data can be displayed. Fluent creates
surfaces for all boundary zones automatically. Several surfaces have been renamed after reading the case
file. Examples are board-sym and board-ends, which correspond to the side and end faces of the circuit
board.

You can define additional surfaces for viewing the results, such as a plane in Cartesian space. In this exercise,
you will create a horizontal plane cutting through the middle of the module with a Y value of 0.25 inches.
You can use this surface to display the temperature and velocity fields.

1. Create a surface of constant Y coordinate.

Results → Surface → Create → Iso-Surface...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 103
vk.com/club152685050
Postprocessing | vk.com/id446425943

a. Enter y=0.25in for New Surface Name.

Tip

When you are creating multiple postprocessing surfaces, it can be helpful to group

surfaces by type for viewing in lists (Click and select Surface Type under Group
By). All iso-surfaces will be grouped together.

b. Select Mesh... and Y-Coordinate from the Surface of Constant drop-down lists.

c. Click Compute.

The Min and Max fields display the Y extents of the domain.

d. Enter 0.25 for Iso-Values.

e. Click Create and close the Iso-Surface dialog box.

2. Create a clipped surface for the X coordinate of the fluid (fluid-sym).

Domain → Surface → Create → Iso-Clip...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
104 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter fluid-sym-x-clip for New Surface Name.

b. Select Mesh... and X-Coordinate from the Clip to Values of drop-down lists.

c. Select fluid-sym from the Clip Surface selection list. You can type fluid into the Filter Text box to
quickly find this surface.

d. Click Compute.

The Min and Max fields display the X extents of the domain.

e. Enter 1.9 and 3.9 for Min and Max respectively.

This will isolate the area around the chip.

f. Click Create.

3. Create a clipped surface for the Y coordinate of the fluid (fluid-sym).

Domain → Surface → Create → Iso-Clip...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 105
vk.com/club152685050
Postprocessing | vk.com/id446425943

a. Enter fluid-sym-y-clip for New Surface Name.

b. Select Mesh... and Y-Coordinate from the Clip to Values of drop-down lists.

c. Retain the selection of fluid-sym from the Clip Surface selection list.

d. Click Compute.

The Min and Max fields display the Y extents of the domain.

e. Enter 0.1 and 0.5 for Min and Max respectively.

This will isolate the area around the chip.

f. Click Create and close the Iso-Clip dialog box.

3.4.6. Generating Contours

1. Display filled contours of temperature on the symmetry plane (Figure 3.6: Filled Contours of Temperature
on the Symmetry Surfaces (p. 108)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → New...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
106 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter temperature_contour for Contour Name.

b. Ensure Filled, Node Values, Global Range, and Auto Range are enabled in the Options group box.

c. Select Smooth for Coloring.

d. Select Temperature... and Static Temperature from the Contours of drop-down lists.

e. Click and select Surface Type under Group By (if surfaces are not already grouped by type).

f. Select board-sym, chip-sym, and fluid-sym (under Symmetry in the Surfaces selection list.)

g. Click Save/Display.

h. Rotate and adjust the magnification of the view using the left and middle mouse buttons, respectively,
to obtain the view as shown in Figure 3.6: Filled Contours of Temperature on the Symmetry Sur-
faces (p. 108).

Tip

If the model disappears from the graphics window at any time, or if you are having
difficulty manipulating it with the mouse, do one of the following:

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 107
vk.com/club152685050
Postprocessing | vk.com/id446425943

• Click the Fit to Window button in the graphics toolbar.

• Open the Views dialog box by right-clicking Graphics in the tree (under Results)
and selecting Views... from the menu that opens, and then use the Default button
to reset the view. You could also click Camera... in this dialog box to open the
Camera Parameters dialog box, where you could select orthographic from the
Projection drop-down list to reduce the likelihood of zooming through the geo-
metry.

• Press the Ctrl + L to revert to a previous view.

The peak temperatures in the chip appear where the heat is generated, along with the higher temperatures
in the wake where the flow is recirculating.

Figure 3.6: Filled Contours of Temperature on the Symmetry Surfaces

2. Display filled contours of temperature for the clipped surface (Figure 3.7: Filled Contours of Temperature
on the Clipped Surface (p. 109)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → temperature_contour Edit...

a. Click to deselect all surfaces from the Surfaces selection list and then select fluid-sym-x-clip and
fluid-sym-y-clip.

b. Click Save/Display.

A clipped surface appears, colored by temperature (Figure 3.7: Filled Contours of Temperature on the
Clipped Surface (p. 109)).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
108 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 3.7: Filled Contours of Temperature on the Clipped Surface

3. Display filled contours of temperature on the plane, y=0.25in (Figure 3.8: Temperature Contours on the
Surface, Y= 0.25 in. (p. 110)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → temperature_contour Edit...

a. Click to deselect all surfaces from the Surfaces selection list and then select y=0.25in.

b. Click Save/Display and close the Contours dialog box.

The filled temperature contours will be displayed on the y=0.25in plane.

c. Orient the view to display the contours.

4. Change the location of the colormap in the graphics window.

Left-click the colormap in the graphics window and drag it to the bottom of the graphics window.
This can also be accomplished using the Display Options dialog box.

Tip

You can increase/decrease the size of the colormap by dragging the corners of the box
that appears when you hover over the colormap.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 109
vk.com/club152685050
Postprocessing | vk.com/id446425943

Figure 3.8: Temperature Contours on the Surface, Y= 0.25 in.

In Figure 3.8: Temperature Contours on the Surface, Y= 0.25 in. (p. 110), the high temperatures in the wake
of the module are clearly visible. You can also display other quantities such as velocity magnitude or
pressure using the Contours dialog box.

3.4.7. Generating Velocity Vectors

Velocity vectors provide an excellent visualization of the flow around the module, depicting details of the
wake structure.

1. Display velocity vectors on the symmetry plane through the module centerline (Figure 3.9: Velocity Vectors
in the Module Symmetry Plane (p. 112)).

Results → Graphics → Vectors → New...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
110 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter velocity_vector for Vector Name.

b. Confirm that Velocity is selected under Vectors of and that Color by is set to Velocity... and Velocity
Magnitude.

c. Ensure Global Range, Auto Range, and Auto Scale are the only enabled Options.

d. Select headless from the Style selection list.

e. Enter 1.9 for Scale.

f. Click to deselect all surfaces from the Surfaces selection list and then select fluid-sym.

g. Click Save/Display and close the Vectors dialog box.

h. Orient the view to display the vectors.

Extra

You can display velocity vectors for the clipped surfaces.

Results → Graphics → Vectors → velocity_vector Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 111
vk.com/club152685050
Postprocessing | vk.com/id446425943

a. Deselect all surfaces from the Surfaces selection list and then select fluid-sym-x-clip and
fluid-sym-y-clip.

b. Click Save/Display.

2. Rotate and adjust the magnification of the view to observe the vortex near the stagnation point and in the
wake of the module (Figure 3.9: Velocity Vectors in the Module Symmetry Plane (p. 112)).

Figure 3.9: Velocity Vectors in the Module Symmetry Plane

3. Plot velocity vectors in the horizontal plane intersecting the module (Figure 3.10: Velocity Vectors Intersecting
the Surface (p. 114)).

Results → Graphics → Vectors → Edit...

a. Enable Draw Mesh in the Options group box to open the Mesh Display dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
112 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. Ensure that Faces is enabled in the Options group box.

ii. Retain the selection of board-top and chip from the Surfaces selection list.

iii. Click the Colors... button to open the Mesh Colors dialog box.

A. Select Color by Type in the Options group box.

B. Select wall from the Types selection list.

C. Select light blue from the Colors selection list and close the Mesh Colors dialog box.

iv. Click Display and close the Mesh Display dialog box.

b. Enter 3.8 for Scale.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 113
vk.com/club152685050
Postprocessing | vk.com/id446425943

c. Deselect all surfaces.

d. Select y=0.25in from the Surfaces selection list.

e. Click Display and close the Vectors dialog box.

f. Rotate the view and reduce the magnification to obtain the view as shown in Figure 3.10: Velocity
Vectors Intersecting the Surface (p. 114).

Figure 3.10: Velocity Vectors Intersecting the Surface

4. Mirror the image about the chip symmetry plane (Figure 3.11: Velocity Vectors After Mirroring (p. 115)).

View → Display → Views...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
114 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select symmetry-18 from the Mirror Planes selection list.

Note

This zone is the centerline plane of the module and its selection will create a mirror
of the entire display about the centerline plane.

b. Click Apply and close the Views dialog box.

The display will be updated in the graphics window (Figure 3.11: Velocity Vectors After Mirror-
ing (p. 115)).

Figure 3.11: Velocity Vectors After Mirroring

3.4.8. Creating an Animation

Using Fluent, you can animate the solution. For information on animating the solution, see Modeling Tran-
sient Compressible Flow (p. 199). In this tutorial, you will animate between two static views of the graphics
window.

You will display the surface temperature distribution on the module and the circuit board by selecting the
corresponding boundaries. You will also create the key frames and view the transition between the key
frames, dynamically, using the animation feature.

1. Display filled contours of surface temperature on the board-top and chip surfaces. (Figure 3.12: Filled
Temperature Contours on the Chip and Board Top Surfaces (p. 117)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → temperature_contour Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 115
vk.com/club152685050
Postprocessing | vk.com/id446425943

a. Ensure that Filled is enabled in the Options group box.

b. Retain the selection of Temperature... and Static Temperature from the Contours of drop-down lists.

c. Deselect all surfaces.

d. Select board-top and chip from the Surfaces selection list.

e. Click Save/Display and close the Contours dialog box.

f. Reorient the display as needed to obtain the view shown in Figure 3.12: Filled Temperature Contours
on the Chip and Board Top Surfaces (p. 117).

Figure 3.12: Filled Temperature Contours on the Chip and Board Top Surfaces (p. 117) shows the high
temperatures on the downstream portions of the module and relatively localized heating of the circuit
board around the module.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
116 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 3.12: Filled Temperature Contours on the Chip and Board Top Surfaces

2. Create the key frames by changing the point of view.

Results → Animation → Scene Animation...

You will use the current display (Figure 3.12: Filled Temperature Contours on the Chip and Board Top
Surfaces (p. 117)) as the starting view for the animation (Frame = ).

a. Click Add in the Key Frames group box to create the first frame for your animation.

This will store the current display as Key-1.

b. Magnify the view to focus on the module region.

c. Enter 100 for Frame in the Key Frames group box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 117
vk.com/club152685050
Postprocessing | vk.com/id446425943

d. Click Add to create the tenth frame for your animation.

This will store the new display as Key-100.

The magnified view will be the one-hundredth key frame of the animation, with intermediate displays
(2 through 99) to be filled in during the animation.

e. Rotate the view and adjust the magnification so that the downstream side of the module is in the
foreground (Figure 3.13: Filled Temperature Contours on the Chip and Board Top Surfaces (p. 118)).

Figure 3.13: Filled Temperature Contours on the Chip and Board Top Surfaces

f. Enter 200 for Frame.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
118 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

g. Click Add to create the two-hundredth frame for your animation.

This will store the new display as Key-200.

Note

You can check the display view of any of your saved key frames by selecting it in the
Keys list.

3. View the scene animation by clicking the “play” button ( ) in the Playback group box.

While effective animation is best conducted on “high-end” graphics workstations, you can view scene
animations on any workstation. If the graphics display speed is slow, the animation playback will take
some time and will appear choppy, with the redrawing very obvious. On fast graphics workstations, the
animation will appear smooth and continuous and will provide an excellent visualization of the display
from a variety of spatial orientations. On many machines, you can improve the smoothness of the anim-
ation by enabling the Double Buffering option in the Display Options dialog box.

To produce a slower animation, increase the number of frames between the key frames. The more sparsely
you place your key frames, the more transition frames Fluent creates between the key frames and
therefore stretching out your animation.

Note

You can also make use of animation tools of Fluent for transient cases as demonstrated
in Modeling Transient Compressible Flow (p. 199).

Extra

You can change the Playback Mode if you want to “auto repeat” or “auto reverse” the

animation. When you are in either of these modes, you can click the “stop” button ( )
to stop the continuous animation.

4. Close the Animate dialog box.

3.4.9. Displaying Pathlines

Pathlines are the lines traveled by neutrally buoyant particles in equilibrium with the fluid motion. Pathlines
are an excellent tool for visualization of complex three-dimensional flows. In this example, you will use
pathlines to examine the flow around and in the wake of the module.

1. Create a rake from which the pathlines will emanate.

Results → Surface → Create → Line/Rake...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 119
vk.com/club152685050
Postprocessing | vk.com/id446425943

a. Enter pathline-rake for New Surface Name.

You will refer to the rake by this name when you plot the pathlines.

b. Select Rake from the Type drop-down list.

A rake surface consists of a specified number of points equally spaced between two specified endpoints.
A line surface (the other option in the Type drop-down list) is a line that includes the specified end-
points and extends through the domain; data points on a line surface will not be equally spaced.

c. Retain the default value of 10 for Number of Points.

This will generate 10 pathlines.

d. Enter a starting coordinate of (1.0, 0.105, 0.07) and an ending coordinate of (1.0, 0.25,
0.07) in the End Points group box.

This will define a vertical line in front of the module, about halfway between the centerline and edge.

e. Click Create and close the Line/Rake Surface dialog box.

2. Draw the pathlines (Figure 3.14: Pathlines Display Colored by Static Pressure (p. 122)).

Results → Graphics → Pathlines... → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
120 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enable Draw Mesh in the Options group box to open the Mesh Display dialog box.

i. Ensure that Faces is enabled in the Options group box.

ii. Retain the selection of board-top and chip from the Surfaces selection list.

These surfaces should already be selected from the earlier exercise where the mesh was displayed
with velocity vectors.

iii. Close the Mesh Display dialog box.

b. Enter 0.001 inch for Step Size.

c. Enter 6000 for Steps.

Note

As a general guideline to follow when you are setting these two parameters is that
if you want the particles to advance through a domain of length , the Step Size
times the number of Steps should be approximately equal to .

d. Set Path Coarsen to 5.

Coarsening the pathline simplifies the plot and reduces the plotting time. The coarsening factor spe-
cified for Path Coarsen indicates the interval at which the points are plotted for a given pathline in
any cell.

e. Select Pressure and Static Pressure from the Color By selection list.

f. Select pathline-rake from the Release from Surfaces selection list.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 121
vk.com/club152685050
Postprocessing | vk.com/id446425943

g. Click Display.

The pathlines will be drawn on the surface.

h. Rotate and magnify the view so that the flow field is in front and the wake of the chip is visible as shown
in Figure 3.14: Pathlines Display Colored by Static Pressure (p. 122).

Figure 3.14: Pathlines Display Colored by Static Pressure

3. Display pathlines as spheres.

Results → Graphics → Pathlines... → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
122 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Ensure that the Write to File in the Options group box is disabled.

b. Select sphere from the Style drop-down list.

c. Click the Attributes... button to open the Path Style Attributes dialog box.

i. Enter 0.0005 for Diameter.

ii. Click OK to close the Path Style Attributes dialog box.

d. Enter 1 inch for Step Size and 1000 for Steps respectively.

e. Set Path Skip to 2 and Path Coarsen to 1.

f. Retain the selection of pathline-rake in the Release from Surfaces selection list.

g. Click Display.

The spherical pathlines will be drawn along the surface.

Figure 3.15: Sphere Pathlines Display Colored by Static Pressure

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 123
vk.com/club152685050
Postprocessing | vk.com/id446425943

h. Select Temperature and Static Temperature from the lower Color by drop-down list.

i. Click Display and close the Pathlines dialog box.

This will color the pathlines by the surface they are released from (Figure 3.16: Sphere Pathlines Colored
by Static Temperature (p. 124)).

Figure 3.16: Sphere Pathlines Colored by Static Temperature

Note

As an optional exercise, you can create solution animations for pathlines using the Animation
Sequence dialog box.

Solution → Calculation Activities → Solution Animations Edit...

3.4.10. Creating a Scene With Vectors and Contours

Scenes allow you to display multiple graphics plots in single window. But first reset the Views... to ex-
clude the mirror image about the chip symmetry plane

View → Display → Views...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
124 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

1. Click to deselect all surfaces from the Surfaces selection list.

2. Click Apply and close the Views dialog box.

Create a scene displaying contours and vector plots in single window.

1. Open the Scene dialog box.

Results → Scene New...

2. Enable temperature_contour and velocity_vector.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 125
vk.com/club152685050
Postprocessing | vk.com/id446425943

3. Increase the transparency of temperature_contour using the Transparency slider.

4. Click Save & Display to create the scene and display it in the graphics window.

5. Drag the velocity vector colormap to the top of the graphics window and modify the orientation and zoom
of the scene to match Figure 3.17: Temperature Contours and Velocity Vectors Scene (p. 126).

6. Figure 3.17: Temperature Contours and Velocity Vectors Scene

Note

As an optional exercise, you can add a mesh graphics object to the scene as well, by selecting
Mesh... from the New Object drop-down in the Scene dialog box. Once the mesh graphics
object is saved/created, select it from the Graphics Objects list and click Save & Display in
the Scene dialog box.

3.4.11. Advanced Overlay of Pathlines on a Scene

The advanced overlay capability, provided in the Scene Description dialog box, allows you to display more
results on top of an existing display, including those not supported by the scene created in the previous
section. You can demonstrate this capability by adding pathlines to the scene that you just plotted.

1. Enable the overlays feature.

View → Graphics → Compose...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
126 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enable Overlays in the Scene Composition group box.

b. Click Apply and close the Scene Description dialog box.

2. Add a plot of static pressure pathlines to the velocity vector and temperature scene.

Results → Graphics → Pathlines → Edit...

a. Disable Draw Mesh under Options.

b. Click Display and close the Pathlines dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 127
vk.com/club152685050
Postprocessing | vk.com/id446425943

c. Use the mouse to obtain the view that is shown in Figure 3.18: Overlay of Pathlines Colored by Pressure
on Velocity Vectors and Temperature Contours Scene (p. 128).

Figure 3.18: Overlay of Pathlines Colored by Pressure on Velocity Vectors and Temperature
Contours Scene

3.4.12. Creating Exploded Views

The Scene Description dialog box stores each display that you request and allows you to manipulate the
displayed items individually. This capability can be used to generate “exploded” views, in which results are
translated or rotated out of the physical domain for enhanced display. As shown in the Scene Description
dialog box, you can experiment with this capability by displaying “side-by-side” velocity vectors and temper-
ature contours on a streamwise plane in the module wake.

1. Clear the temperature contours, velocity vectors, and pathlines from the current display.

Click the Close Tab button ( ) to clear the graphics window (located at on the right-hand side of
the graphics window tab).

2. Create a plotting surface at X = 3 inches (named x=3.0in), just downstream of the trailing edge of the
module.

Results → Surface → Create → Iso-Surface...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
128 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Tip

For details on creating an isosurface, see Creating Isosurfaces (p. 103).

3. Add the display of filled temperature contours on the x=3.0in surface.

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 129
vk.com/club152685050
Postprocessing | vk.com/id446425943

a. Disable Draw Mesh under Options.

b. Deselect all surfaces in the Surfaces list.

c. Select x=3.0in from the Surfaces selection list.

d. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

The filled temperature contours will be displayed on the x=3.0in surface.

4. Add the velocity vectors on the x=3.0in plotting surface.

Results → Graphics → Vectors → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
130 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enable the Draw Mesh option in the Options group box to open the Mesh Display dialog box.

i. Retain the default settings.

ii. Close the Mesh Display dialog box.

b. Enter 1.9 for Scale.

c. Set Skip to 2.

d. Deselect all surfaces.

e. Select x=3.0in from the Surfaces selection list.

f. Click Display and close the Vectors dialog box.

The display will show the vectors superimposed on the contours of temperature at =3.0 in.

5. Create the exploded view by translating the contour display, placing it above the vectors (Figure 3.19: Ex-
ploded Scene Display of Temperature and Velocity (p. 133)).

View → Graphics → Compose...

a. Select temperature_contour-9 from the Names selection list.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 131
vk.com/club152685050
Postprocessing | vk.com/id446425943

b. Click the Transform... button to open the Transformations dialog box.

i. Enter 1 inch for Y in the Translate group box.

ii. Click Apply and close the Transformations dialog box.

The exploded view allows you to see the contours and vectors as distinct displays in the final scene
(Figure 3.19: Exploded Scene Display of Temperature and Velocity (p. 133)).

c. Deselect Overlays.

d. Click Apply and close the Scene Description dialog box.

e. Mirror the image about the chip symmetry plane.

f. Magnify the view, as shown in Figure 3.19: Exploded Scene Display of Temperature and Velocity (p. 133).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
132 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 3.19: Exploded Scene Display of Temperature and Velocity

3.4.13. Animating the Display of Results in Successive Streamwise Planes

You may want to march through the flow domain, displaying a particular variable on successive slices of
the domain. While this task could be accomplished manually, plotting each plane in turn, or using the Scene
Description and Animate dialog boxes, here you will use the Sweep Surface dialog box to facilitate the
process. To illustrate the display of results on successive slices of the domain, you will plot contours of velocity
magnitude on planes along the axis.

1. Delete the vectors and temperature contours from the display.

Click the Close Tab button ( ) to clear the graphics window (located at on the right-hand side of
the graphics window tab).

2. Display the mesh on surfaces board-top and chip.

Results → Graphics → Mesh → Edit...

3. Use the mouse to reduce the magnification of the view in the graphics window so that the entire board
surface is visible.

4. Generate contours of velocity magnitude and sweep them through the domain along the X axis.

Results → Animation → Sweep Surface...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 133
vk.com/club152685050
Postprocessing | vk.com/id446425943

a. Retain the default settings in the Sweep Axis group box.

b. Retain the default value of 0 m for Initial Value in the Animation group box.

c. Retain 0.1651 m for Final Value.

Warning

The units for the initial and final values are in meters, regardless of the length
units being used in the model. Here, the initial and final values are set to the
Min Value and Max Value, to generate an animation through the entire domain.

d. Enter 100 for Frames.

e. Select Contours from the Display Type list to open the Contours dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
134 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. Disable Draw Mesh under Options.

ii. Select Velocity... and Velocity Magnitude from the Contours of drop-down lists.

iii. Click OK to close the Contours dialog box.

f. Click Animate and close the Sweep Surface dialog box.

You will see the velocity contour plot displayed at 20 successive streamwise planes. Fluent will automat-
ically interpolate the contoured data on the streamwise planes between the specified end points. Especially
on high-end graphics workstations, this can be an effective way to study how a flow variable changes
throughout the domain.

Note

You can also make use of animation tools of Fluent for transient cases as demonstrated in
Modeling Transient Compressible Flow (p. 199).

3.4.14. Generating XY Plots

XY plotting can be used to display quantitative results of your CFD simulations. Here, you will complete the
review of the module cooling simulation by plotting the temperature distribution along the top centerline
of the module.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 135
vk.com/club152685050
Postprocessing | vk.com/id446425943

1. Define the line along which to plot results.

Results → Surface → Create → Line/Rake...

a. Enter top-center-line for New Surface Name.

b. Select Line from the Type drop-down list.

c. Enter the coordinates of the line using a starting coordinate of (2.0, 0.4, 0.01) and an ending co-
ordinate of (2.75, 0.4, 0.01) in the End Points group box.

These coordinates define the top centerline of the module.

d. Click Create and close the Line/Rake Surface dialog box.

2. Plot the temperature distribution along the top centerline of the module (Figure 3.20: Temperature Along
the Top Centerline of the Module (p. 138)).

Results → Plots → XY Plot → New...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
136 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Retain the default Plot Direction of (1, 0, 0).

b. Select Temperature... and Static Temperature from the Y Axis Function drop-down lists.

c. Select top-center-line from the Surfaces selection list.

This will plot temperature vs. the X coordinate along the selected line (top-center-line).

d. Click the Axes... button to open the Axes - Solution XY Plot dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 137
vk.com/club152685050
Postprocessing | vk.com/id446425943

i. Retain the selection of X in the Axis list.

ii. Disable Auto Range in the Options group box.

iii. Select general in the Type group box.

iv. Set Precision to 3.

v. Enter 2.0 for Minimum and 2.75 for Maximum in the Range group box.

vi. Click Apply and close the Axes - Solution XY Plot dialog box.

e. Click Save/Plot and close the Solution XY Plot dialog box.

The temperature distribution (Figure 3.20: Temperature Along the Top Centerline of the Module (p. 138))
shows the temperature increase across the module surface as the thermal boundary layer develops
in the cooling air flow.

Figure 3.20: Temperature Along the Top Centerline of the Module

3.4.15. Creating Annotation

You can annotate the display with the text of your choice.

View → Graphics → Annotate...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
138 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

1. Enter the text describing the plot (for example, Temperature Along the Top Centerline) in the
Annotation Text field.

2. Select 20 from the Size drop-down list in the Font Specification group box.

3. Click Add.

A Working dialog box will appear telling you to select the desired location of the text using the mouse-
probe button.

4. Click the right mouse button in the graphics window where you want the text to appear, and you will see
the text displayed at the selected location (Figure 3.21: A Display with Annotation (p. 140)).

Extra

If you want to move the text to a new location on the screen, select the text in the Names
selection list, click Delete Text, and click Add once again, defining a new position with
the mouse.

Note

Depending on the size of the graphics window and the picture file format you choose,
the font size of the annotation text you see on the screen may be different from the font
size in a picture file of that graphics window. The annotation text font size is absolute,
while the rest of the items in the graphics window are scaled to the proportions of the
picture file.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 139
vk.com/club152685050
Postprocessing | vk.com/id446425943

Figure 3.21: A Display with Annotation

5. Close the Annotate dialog box.

3.4.16. Saving Picture Files

You can save picture files of the graphics window in many different formats, including PostScript, encapsulated
PostScript, TIFF, PNG, PPM, JPEG, VRML and window dumps. Here, the procedure for saving a color PostScript
file is shown.

Click the Save Picture icon- in the toolbar to open the Save Picture dialog box.

1. Select JPEG from the Format list.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
140 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Summary

2. Retain the default selection of Color from the Coloring list.

3. Click the Save... button to open the Select File dialog box.

a. Enter a name for Hardcopy File.

b. Click OK to close the Select File dialog box.

4. Close the Save Picture dialog box.

3.4.17. Generating Volume Integral Reports

Reports of volume integrals can be used to determine the volume of a particular fluid region (that is, a fluid
zone), the sum of quantities, or the maximum and minimum values of particular variables. Here we will use
the volume integral reports to determine the maximum and minimum temperature in the chip, board, and
the airflow.

Results → Reports → Volume Integrals...

1. Select Maximum from the Report Type list.

2. Select Temperature... and Static Temperature from the Field Variable drop-down lists.

3. Select solid-1 from the Cell Zones selection list.

4. Click Compute to calculate the maximum temperature.

The maximum temperature in the solid-1 cell zone (the chip) is displayed.

5. Select Minimum in the Report Type group box and click Compute.

The minimum temperature in the solid-1 cell zone (the chip) is displayed.

6. Repeat the operations to determine the maximum and minimum temperatures in the solid-2 and fluid-8
cell zones, corresponding to the board and fluid volume, respectively.

3.5. Summary
This tutorial demonstrated the use of many of the extensive postprocessing features available in Fluent.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 141
vk.com/club152685050
Postprocessing | vk.com/id446425943

For more information on these and related features, see reporting alphanumeric data and displaying
graphics in the Fluent User's Guide.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
142 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 4: Modeling Periodic Flow and Heat Transfer

This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
4.1. Introduction
4.2. Prerequisites
4.3. Problem Description
4.4. Setup and Solution
4.5. Summary
4.6. Further Improvements

4.1. Introduction
Many industrial applications, such as steam generation in a boiler or air cooling in the coil of an air
conditioner, can be modeled as two-dimensional periodic heat flow. This tutorial illustrates how to set
up and solve a periodic heat transfer problem, given a pre-generated mesh.

The system that is modeled is a bank of tubes containing a flowing fluid at one temperature that is
immersed in a second fluid in cross flow at a different temperature. Both fluids are water, and the flow
is classified as laminar and steady, with a Reynolds number of approximately 100. The mass flow rate
of the cross flow is known and the model is used to predict the flow and temperature fields that result
from convective heat transfer.

Due to symmetry of the tube bank and the periodicity of the flow inherent in the tube bank geometry,
only a portion of the geometry will be modeled in ANSYS Fluent, with symmetry applied to the outer
boundaries. The resulting mesh consists of a periodic module with symmetry. In the tutorial, the inlet
boundary will be redefined as a periodic zone, and the outflow boundary defined as its shadow.

This tutorial demonstrates how to do the following:

• Create periodic zones.

• Define a specified periodic mass flow rate.

• Model periodic heat transfer with specified temperature boundary conditions.

• Calculate a solution using the pressure-based, pseudo-transient, coupled solver.

• Plot temperature profiles on specified isosurfaces.

4.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial is written with the assumption that you have completed one or more of the introductory
tutorial Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35) found in this manual and that you are
familiar with the ANSYS Fluent tree and ribbon structure. Some steps in the setup and solution procedure
will not be shown explicitly.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 143
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Periodic Flow |and
vk.com/id446425943
Heat Transfer

4.3. Problem Description

This problem considers a 2D section of a tube bank. A schematic of the problem is shown in Fig-
ure 4.1: Schematic of the Problem (p. 144). The bank consists of uniformly-spaced tubes with a diameter
of 1 cm, which are staggered across the cross-fluid flow. Their centers are separated by a distance of 2
cm in the direction, and 1 cm in the direction. The bank has a depth of 1 m.

Figure 4.1: Schematic of the Problem

Because of the symmetry of the tube bank geometry, only a portion of the domain must be modeled.
The computational domain is shown in outline in Figure 4.1: Schematic of the Problem (p. 144). A mass
flow rate of 0.05 kg/s is applied to the inlet boundary of the periodic module. The temperature of the
tube wall ( ) is 400 K and the bulk temperature of the cross flow water ( ) is 300 K. The properties
of water that are used in the model are shown in Figure 4.1: Schematic of the Problem (p. 144).

4.4. Setup and Solution

The following sections describe the setup and solution steps for this tutorial:
4.4.1. Preparation
4.4.2. Mesh
4.4.3. General Settings
4.4.4. Models
4.4.5. Materials
4.4.6. Cell Zone Conditions
4.4.7. Periodic Conditions
4.4.8. Boundary Conditions
4.4.9. Solution
4.4.10. Postprocessing

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
144 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

4.4.1. Preparation
To prepare for running this tutorial:

1. Download the periodic_flow_heat.zip file here.

2. Unzip periodic_flow_heat.zip to your working directory.

3. The file tubebank.msh can be found in the folder.

4. Use Fluent Launcher to start the 2D version of ANSYS Fluent.

Fluent Launcher displays your Display Options preferences from the previous session.

5. Ensure that the Display Mesh After Reading option is enabled.

6. Ensure that you are running in single precision (disable Double Precision).

7. Select Serial under Processing Options.

4.4.2. Mesh
1. Read the mesh file tubebank.msh.

File → Read → Mesh...

2. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

ANSYS Fluent will perform various checks on the mesh and report the progress in the ANSYS Fluent
console window. Ensure that the minimum volume reported is a positive number.

3. Scale the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Scale...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 145
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Periodic Flow |and
vk.com/id446425943
Heat Transfer

a. Select cm (centimeters) from the Mesh Was Created In drop-down list in the Scaling group box.

b. Click Scale to scale the mesh.

c. Close the Scale Mesh dialog box.

4. Re-display the Mesh

Cick Display Mesh in the task page to refresh mesh

a. Select Display from the Mesh Display and close the Mesh Display dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
146 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

b. Clicking the Fit to Window icon, , to center the re-scaled mesh in the graphics window.

5. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

Note

It is a good idea to check the mesh after you manipulate it (scale, convert to polyhedra,
merge, separate, fuse, add zones, or smooth and swap.) This will ensure that the quality
of the mesh has not been compromised.

6. Examine the mesh (Figure 4.2: Mesh for the Periodic Tube Bank (p. 147)).

Figure 4.2: Mesh for the Periodic Tube Bank

Quadrilateral cells are used in the regions surrounding the tube walls and triangular cells are used for
the rest of the domain, resulting in a hybrid mesh (see Figure 4.2: Mesh for the Periodic Tube Bank (p. 147)).
The quadrilateral cells provide better resolution of the viscous gradients near the tube walls. The remainder
of the computational domain is filled with triangular cells for the sake of convenience.

Tip

You can use the right mouse button to probe for mesh information in the graphics win-
dow. If you click the right mouse button on any node in the mesh, information will be
displayed in the ANSYS Fluent console about the associated zone, including the name of
the zone. This feature is especially useful when you have several zones of the same type
and you want to distinguish between them quickly.

7. Create the periodic zone.

The inlet (wall-9) and outflow (wall-12) boundaries currently defined as wall zones need to be redefined
as periodic using the text user interface. The wall-9 boundary will be redefined as a translationally peri-
odic zone and wall-12 as a periodic shadow of wall-9.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 147
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Periodic Flow |and
vk.com/id446425943
Heat Transfer

a. Press Enter in the console to get the command prompt (>).

b. Enter the text command and input the responses to the prompts as shown. Press Enter after each entry.
> mesh/modify-zones/make-periodic Enter

You will be prompted to enter the zones corresponding to the periodic boundaries and specify
the configuration of the periodicity.

Periodic zone [()] 9 Enter

Shadow zone [()] 12 Enter

Rotational periodic? (if no, translational) [yes] no Enter

Create periodic zones? [yes] yes Enter

Auto detect translation vector? [yes] yes Enter

zone 12 deleted
computed translation deltas: 0.040000 -0.000000
created periodic zones.

c. Re-display the Mesh

4.4.3. General Settings

1. Retain the default settings for the solver.

Physics → Solver

4.4.4. Models
1. Enable heat transfer.

Physics → Models → Energy

4.4.5. Materials
The default properties for water defined in ANSYS Fluent are suitable for this problem. In this step, you will
make sure that this material is available for selecting in future steps.

1. Add water to the list of fluid materials by copying it from the ANSYS Fluent materials database.

Setup → Materials → Fluid → air → Edit...

a. Click Fluent Database... in the Create/Edit Materials dialog box to open the Fluent Database Mater-
ials dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
148 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. Select water-liquid (h2o<l>) in the Fluent Fluid Materials selection list.

Scroll down the list to find water-liquid (h2o<l>). Selecting this item will display the default
properties in the dialog box.

ii. Click Copy and close the Fluent Database Materials dialog box.

The Create/Edit Materials dialog box will now display the copied properties for water-liquid.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 149
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Periodic Flow |and
vk.com/id446425943
Heat Transfer

b. Click Change/Create and close the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

4.4.6. Cell Zone Conditions

1. Set the cell zone conditions for the continuum fluid zone (fluid-16).

Setup → Cell Zone Conditions → fluid-16 Edit...

a. Select water-liquid from the Material Name drop-down list.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
150 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

b. Click OK to close the Fluid dialog box.

4.4.7. Periodic Conditions

1. Define the periodic flow conditions.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → periodic-9 → Periodic Conditions...

a. Select Specify Mass Flow in the Type list.

This will allow you to specify the Mass Flow Rate.

b. Enter 0.05 kg/s for Mass Flow Rate.

c. Click OK to close the Periodic Conditions dialog box.

4.4.8. Boundary Conditions

1. Set the boundary conditions for the bottom wall of the left tube (wall-21).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → wall-21 → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 151
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Periodic Flow |and
vk.com/id446425943
Heat Transfer

a. Enter wall-bottom for Zone Name.

b. Click the Thermal tab.

i. Select Temperature in the Thermal Conditions list.

ii. Enter 400 K for Temperature.

These settings will specify a constant wall temperature of 400 K.

c. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

2. Set the boundary conditions for the top wall of the right tube (wall-3).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → wall-3 → Edit...

a. Enter wall-top for Zone Name.

b. Click the Thermal tab.

i. Select Temperature from the Thermal Conditions list.

ii. Enter 400 K for Temperature.

c. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

4.4.9. Solution
1. Set the solution parameters.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
152 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Solution → Solution → Methods...

Retain the default settings.

2. Set the solution controls.

Solution → Controls → Controls...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 153
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Periodic Flow |and
vk.com/id446425943
Heat Transfer

a. Retain the default values in the Pseudo Transient Explicit Relaxation Factors group box.

In some cases, the default Pseudo Transient Explicit Relaxation Factors may need to be reduced in
order to prevent oscillation of residual values or stabilization of residual values above the convergence
criteria. For additional information about setting Pseudo Transient Explicit Relaxation Factors, see
the Fluent User's Guide.

3. Enable the plotting of residuals during the calculation.

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
154 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Ensure Plot is enabled in the Options group box.

b. Click OK to close the Residual Monitors dialog box.

4. Initialize the solution.

You will first use the default Hybrid initialization method and then patch the fluid zone with the upstream
temperature value.

a. Initialize using the default settings.

Solution → Initialization → Initialize

b. Patch the fluid zone with the bulk upstream temperature value.

The Hybrid Initialization method computes the initial flow field based on inlet and outlet boundary
conditions. In this case we have periodic boundary conditions with a specified upstream bulk temper-
ature. You will patch the initialized solution with this temperature value in order to improve conver-
gence.

Solution → Initialization → Patch...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 155
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Periodic Flow |and
vk.com/id446425943
Heat Transfer

i. Select Temperature in the Variable selection list.

ii. Enter 300 for Value (k).

Recall that the upstream bulk temperature, , is specified as 300 K.

iii. Select fluid-16 in the Zones to Patch selection list.

iv. Click Patch and close the Patch dialog box.

5. Save the case file (tubebank.cas.gz).

File → Write → Case...

6. Start the calculation by requesting 350 iterations.

Solution → Run Calculation

a. Enter 350 for No. of Iterations.

b. Click Calculate.

The solution will converge in approximately 120 iterations.

7. Save the case and data files (tubebank.cas.gz and tubebank.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
156 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

4.4.10. Postprocessing
1. Display filled contours of static pressure (Figure 4.3: Contours of Static Pressure (p. 158)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

a. Enable Filled in the Options group box.

b. Retain the default selection of Pressure... and Static Pressure from the Contours of drop-down lists.

c. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 157
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Periodic Flow |and
vk.com/id446425943
Heat Transfer

Figure 4.3: Contours of Static Pressure

d. Change the view to mirror the display across the symmetry planes (Figure 4.4: Contours of Static Pressure
with Symmetry (p. 159)).

View → Display → Views...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
158 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. Select all of the symmetry zones (symmetry-18, symmetry-13, symmetry-11, and symmetry-24)

in the Mirror Planes selection list by clicking in the upper right corner.

Note

There are four symmetry zones in the Mirror Planes selection list because the top
and bottom symmetry planes in the domain are each composed of two symmetry
zones, one on each side of the tube centered on the plane. It is also possible to
generate the same display shown in Figure 4.4: Contours of Static Pressure with
Symmetry (p. 159) by selecting just one of the symmetry zones on the top symmetry
plane, and one on the bottom.

ii. Click Apply and close the Views dialog box.

iii. Translate the display of symmetry contours so that it is centered in the graphics window by using
the left mouse button (Figure 4.4: Contours of Static Pressure with Symmetry (p. 159)).

Figure 4.4: Contours of Static Pressure with Symmetry

The pressure contours displayed in Figure 4.4: Contours of Static Pressure with Symmetry (p. 159) do
not include the linear pressure gradient computed by the solver. Thus, the contours are periodic at
the inlet and outflow boundaries.

2. Display filled contours of static temperature (Figure 4.5: Contours of Static Temperature (p. 160)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 159
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Periodic Flow |and
vk.com/id446425943
Heat Transfer

a. Select Temperature... and Static Temperature from the Contours of drop-down lists.

b. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

Figure 4.5: Contours of Static Temperature

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
160 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

The contours in Figure 4.5: Contours of Static Temperature (p. 160) reveal the temperature increase in the
fluid due to heat transfer from the tubes. The hotter fluid is confined to the near-wall and wake regions,
while a narrow stream of cooler fluid is convected through the tube bank.

3. Display the velocity vectors (Figure 4.6: Velocity Vectors (p. 162)).

Results → Graphics → Vectors → Edit...

a. Enter 1 for Scale.

This will increase the size of the displayed vectors, making it easier to view the flow patterns.

b. Retain the default selection of Velocity from the Vectors of drop-down list.

c. Retain the default selection of Velocity... and Velocity Magnitude from the Color by drop-down lists.

d. Click Display and close the Vectors dialog box.

e. Zoom in on the upper right portion of one of the left tubes to get the display shown in (Figure 4.6: Ve-
locity Vectors (p. 162)), by using the middle mouse button in the graphics window.

The magnified view of the velocity vector plot in Figure 4.6: Velocity Vectors (p. 162) clearly shows the re-
circulating flow behind the tube and the boundary layer development along the tube surface.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 161
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Periodic Flow |and
vk.com/id446425943
Heat Transfer

Figure 4.6: Velocity Vectors

4. Create an isosurface on the periodic tube bank at = 0.01 m (through the first column of tubes).

This isosurface and the ones created in the steps that follow will be used for the plotting of temperature
profiles.

Domain → Surface → Create → Iso-Surface...

a. Enter x=0.01m for New Surface Name.

b. Select Mesh... and X-Coordinate from the Surface of Constant drop-down lists.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
162 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

c. Enter 0.01 for Iso-Values.

d. Click Create.

5. In a similar manner, create an isosurface on the periodic tube bank at = 0.02 m (halfway between the
two columns of tubes) named x=0.02m.

6. In a similar manner, create an isosurface on the periodic tube bank at = 0.03 m (through the middle of
the second column of tubes) named x=0.03m, and close the Iso-Surface dialog box.

7. Create an XY plot of static temperature on the three isosurfaces (Figure 4.7: Static Temperature at x=0.01,
0.02, and 0.03 m (p. 165)).

Results → Plots → XY Plot → Edit...

a. Enter 0 for X and 1 for Y in the Plot Direction group box.

With a Plot Direction vector of (0,1), ANSYS Fluent will plot the selected variable as a function of
. Since you are plotting the temperature profile on cross sections of constant , the temperature
varies with the direction.

b. Select Temperature... and Static Temperature from the Y-Axis Function drop-down lists.

c. Select x=0.01m, x=0.02m, and x=0.03m in the Surfaces selection list.

Scroll down to find the x=0.01m, x=0.02m, and x=0.03m surfaces.

d. Click the Curves... button to open the Curves - Solution XY Plot dialog box.

This dialog box is used to define plot styles for the different plot curves.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 163
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Periodic Flow |and
vk.com/id446425943
Heat Transfer

i. Select from the Symbol drop-down list.

Scroll up to find the item.

ii. Click Apply to assign the symbol to the = 0.01 m curve.

iii. Set the Curve # to 1 to define the style for the = 0.02 m curve.

iv. Select x from the Symbol drop-down list.

Scroll up to find the x item.

v. Enter 0.5 for Size.

vi. Click Apply and close the Curves - Solution XY Plot dialog box.

Since you did not change the curve style for the = 0.03 m curve, the default symbol will be used.

e. Click Plot and close the Solution XY Plot dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
164 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Further Improvements

Figure 4.7: Static Temperature at x=0.01, 0.02, and 0.03 m

4.5. Summary
In this tutorial, periodic flow and heat transfer in a staggered tube bank were modeled in ANSYS Fluent.
The model was set up assuming a known mass flow through the tube bank and constant wall temper-
atures. Due to the periodic nature of the flow and symmetry of the geometry, only a small piece of the
full geometry was modeled. In addition, the tube bank configuration lent itself to the use of a hybrid
mesh with quadrilateral cells around the tubes and triangles elsewhere.

The Periodic Conditions dialog box makes it easy to run this type of model with a variety of operating
conditions. For example, different flow rates (and hence different Reynolds numbers) can be studied,
or a different inlet bulk temperature can be imposed. The resulting solution can then be examined to
extract the pressure drop per tube row and overall Nusselt number for a range of Reynolds numbers.

For additional details about modeling periodic heat transfer, see the Fluent User's Guide.

4.6. Further Improvements

This tutorial guides you through the steps to reach an initial solution. You may be able to obtain a more
accurate solution by adapting the mesh. Mesh adaption can also ensure that the solution is independent
of the mesh. These steps are demonstrated in Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 165
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
166 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 5: Modeling External Compressible Flow

This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
5.1. Introduction
5.2. Prerequisites
5.3. Problem Description
5.4. Setup and Solution
5.5. Summary
5.6. Further Improvements

5.1. Introduction
The purpose of this tutorial is to compute the turbulent flow past a transonic airfoil at a nonzero angle
of attack. You will use the Spalart-Allmaras turbulence model.

This tutorial demonstrates how to do the following:

• Model compressible flow (using the ideal gas law for density).

• Set boundary conditions for external aerodynamics.

• Use the Spalart-Allmaras turbulence model.

• Calculate a solution using the pressure-based coupled solver with the pseudo transient option.

• Use force and surface reports to check solution convergence.

• Check the near-wall mesh resolution by plotting the distribution of .

5.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial is written with the assumption that you have completed one or more of the introductory
tutorial Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35) found in this manual and that you are
familiar with the ANSYS Fluent tree and ribbon structure. Some steps in the setup and solution procedure
will not be shown explicitly.

5.3. Problem Description

The problem considers the flow around an airfoil at an angle of attack and a free stream Mach
number of ( ). The flow is transonic, and has a fairly strong shock near the mid-chord
( ) on the upper (suction) side. The chord length is 1 m. The geometry of the airfoil is shown
in Figure 5.1: Problem Specification (p. 168).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 167
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling External Compressible Flow

Figure 5.1: Problem Specification

5.4. Setup and Solution

The following sections describe the setup and solution steps for this tutorial:
5.4.1. Preparation
5.4.2. Mesh
5.4.3. Solver
5.4.4. Models
5.4.5. Materials
5.4.6. Boundary Conditions
5.4.7. Operating Conditions
5.4.8. Solution
5.4.9. Postprocessing

5.4.1. Preparation
To prepare for running this tutorial:

1. Download the external_compressible.zip file here.

2. Unzip external_compressible.zip to your working directory.

3. The file airfoil.msh can be found in the folder .

4. Use Fluent Launcher to start the 2D version of ANSYS Fluent.

Fluent Launcher displays your Display Options preferences from the previous session.

For more information about Fluent Launcher, see starting ANSYS Fluent using the Fluent Launcher
in the Fluent Getting Started Guide.

5. Ensure that the Display Mesh After Reading option is enabled.

6. Enable Double Precision.

7. Ensure Serial is selected under Processing Options.

5.4.2. Mesh
1. Read the mesh file airfoil.msh.

File → Read → Mesh...

2. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
168 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

ANSYS Fluent will perform various checks on the mesh and will report the progress in the console. Make
sure that the reported minimum volume is a positive number.

3. Examine the mesh (Figure 5.2: The Entire Mesh (p. 169) and Figure 5.3: Magnified View of the Mesh Around
the Airfoil (p. 169)).

Figure 5.2: The Entire Mesh

Quadrilateral cells were used for this simple geometry because they can be stretched easily to account
for different flow gradients in different directions. In the present case, the gradients normal to the airfoil
wall are much greater than those tangent to the airfoil. Consequently, the cells near the surface have
high aspect ratios. For geometries that are more difficult to mesh, it may be easier to create a hybrid
mesh composed of quadrilateral and triangular cells.

Figure 5.3: Magnified View of the Mesh Around the Airfoil

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 169
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling External Compressible Flow

A parabola was chosen to represent the far-field boundary because it has no discontinuities in slope,
enabling the construction of a smooth mesh in the interior of the domain.

Extra

You can use the right mouse button to probe for mesh information in the graphics win-
dow. If you click the right mouse button on any node in the mesh, information will be
displayed in the ANSYS Fluent console about the associated zone, including the name of
the zone. This feature is especially useful when you have several zones of the same type
and you want to distinguish between them quickly.

5.4.3. Solver
1. Set the solver settings.

Physics → Solver

a. Retain the default selection of Pressure-Based from the Type list.

The pressure-based solver with the Coupled option for the pressure-velocity coupling is a good altern-
ative to density-based solvers of ANSYS Fluent when dealing with applications involving high-speed
aerodynamics with shocks. Selection of the coupled algorithm is made in the Solution Methods task
page in the Solution step.

5.4.4. Models
1. Select the Spalart-Allmaras turbulence model.

Physics → Models → Viscous...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
170 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select Spalart-Allmaras (1eqn) in the Model list.

b. Select Strain/Vorticity-Based in the Spalart-Allmaras Production list.

c. Retain the default settings in the Model Constants group box.

d. Click OK to close the Viscous Model dialog box.

Note

The Spalart-Allmaras model is a relatively simple one-equation model that solves a modeled
transport equation for the kinematic eddy (turbulent) viscosity. This embodies a relatively
new class of one-equation models in which it is not necessary to calculate a length scale
related to the local shear layer thickness. The Spalart-Allmaras model was designed spe-
cifically for aerospace applications involving wall-bounded flows and has been shown to
give good results for boundary layers subjected to adverse pressure gradients.

5.4.5. Materials
The default Fluid Material is air, which is the working fluid in this problem. The default settings need to be
modified to account for compressibility and variations of the thermophysical properties with temperature.

1. Set the properties for air, the default fluid material.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 171
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling External Compressible Flow

Setup → Materials → Fluids → air Edit...

a. Select ideal-gas from the Density drop-down list.

The Energy Equation will be enabled.

b. Select sutherland from the Viscosity drop-down list to open the Sutherland Law dialog box.

i. Retain the default selection of Three Coefficient Method in the Methods list.

ii. Click OK to close the Sutherland Law dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
172 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

The Sutherland law for viscosity is well suited for high-speed compressible flows.

c. Click Change/Create to save these settings.

d. Close the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

While Density and Viscosity have been made temperature-dependent, Cp (Specific Heat) and Thermal
Conductivity have been left constant. For high-speed compressible flows, thermal dependency of the
physical properties is generally recommended. For simplicity, Thermal Conductivity and Cp (Specific
Heat) are assumed to be constant in this tutorial.

5.4.6. Boundary Conditions

Setup → Boundary Conditions

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 173
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling External Compressible Flow

1. Set the boundary conditions for pressure-far-field-1.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → pressure-far-field-1 → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
174 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Retain the default value of 0 Pa for Gauge Pressure.

Note

The gauge pressure in ANSYS Fluent is always relative to the operating pressure, which
is defined in a separate input (see below).

b. Enter 0.8 for Mach Number.

c. Enter 0.997564 and 0.069756 for the X-Component of Flow Direction and Y-Component of Flow
Direction, respectively.

These values are determined by the angle of attack: and .

d. Retain Turbulent Viscosity Ratio from the Specification Method drop-down list in the Turbulence
group box.

e. Retain the default value of 10 for Turbulent Viscosity Ratio.

The viscosity ratio should be between 1 and 10 for external flows.

f. Click the Thermal tab and retain the default value of 300 K for Temperature.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 175
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling External Compressible Flow

i. A. Click OK to close the Pressure Far-Field dialog box.

5.4.7. Operating Conditions

1. Set the operating pressure.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → Operating Conditions...

The Operating Conditions dialog box can also be accessed from the Cell Zone Conditions task page.

a. Retain the default value of 101325 Pa for Operating Pressure.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
176 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

The operating pressure should be set to a meaningful mean value in order to avoid round-off errors.
The absolute pressure must be greater than zero for compressible flows. If you want to specify
boundary conditions in terms of absolute pressure, you can make the operating pressure zero.

b. Click OK to close the Operating Conditions dialog box.

For information about setting the operating pressure, see the Fluent User's Guide.

5.4.8. Solution
1. Set the solution parameters.

Solution → Solution → Methods...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 177
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling External Compressible Flow

Select Second Order Upwind from the Modified Turbulent Viscosity drop-down list.

2. Set the solution controls.

Solution → Controls → Controls...

Enter 0.5 for Density in the Pseudo Transient Explicit Relaxation Factors group box.

Under-relaxing the density factor is recommended for high-speed compressible flows.

3. Enable residual plotting during the calculation.

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
178 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Ensure that Plot is enabled in the Options group box and click OK to close the Residual Monitors
dialog box.

4. Initialize the solution.

Solution → Solution Initialization

a. Retain the default selection of Hybrid Initialization from the Initialization Methods group box.

b. Click Initialize to initialize the solution.

5. Save the case and data files (airfoil.cas.gz and airfoil.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

It is good practice to save the case and data files during several stages of your case setup.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 179
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling External Compressible Flow

6. Start the calculation by requesting 50 iterations.

Solution → Run Calculation → Advanced...

a. Enter 0.5 for the Timescale Factor.

The Timescale Factor allows you to further manipulate the computed Time Step calculated by ANSYS
Fluent. Larger time steps can lead to faster convergence. However, if the time step is too large it can
lead to solution instability.

b. Enter 50 for Number of Iterations.

c. Click Calculate.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
180 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

By performing some iterations before setting up the force reports, you will avoid large initial transients
in the report plots. This will reduce the axes range and make it easier to judge the convergence.

7. Set the reference values that are used to compute the lift, drag, and moment coefficients.

Setup → Reference Values

The reference values are used to non-dimensionalize the forces and moments acting on the airfoil. The
dimensionless forces and moments are the lift, drag, and moment coefficients.

a. Select pressure-far-field-1 from the Compute from drop-down list.

ANSYS Fluent will update the Reference Values based on the boundary conditions at the far-field
boundary.

8. Create a force report definition to plot and write the drag coefficient for the walls of the airfoil.

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Force Report → Drag...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 181
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling External Compressible Flow

a. Enter cd-1 for Name.

b. Make sure that Drag Coefficient is selected in the Report Output Type group box.

c. In the Create group box, enable Report Plot.

d. Enable Report File to save the report history to a file.

Note

If you do not enable the Report File option, the history information will be lost when
you exit ANSYS Fluent.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
182 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

e. Select wall-bottom and wall-top in the Wall Zones selection list.

f. Enter 0.9976 for X and 0.06976 for Y in the Force Vector group box.

These X and Y values ensure that the drag coefficient is calculated parallel to the free-stream flow,
which is off of the global coordinates.

g. Click OK to close the Drag Report Definition dialog box.

9. Similarly, create a force report definition for the lift coefficient.

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Force Report → Lift...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 183
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling External Compressible Flow

Enter the values for X and Y shown in the Lift Report Definition dialog box.

The X and Y values shown ensure that the lift coefficient is calculated normal to the free-stream flow,
which is off of the global coordinates.

10. In a similar manner, create a force report definition for the moment coefficient.

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Force Report → Moment...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
184 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Enter the values for the Moment Center and Moment Axis shown in the Moment Report Definition
dialog box.

11. Display filled contours of pressure overlaid with the mesh in preparation for creating a surface report
definition (Figure 5.4: Pressure Contours After 50 Iterations (p. 186) and Figure 5.5: Magnified View of Pressure
Contours Showing Wall-Adjacent Cells (p. 187)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

a. Enable Filled in the Options group box.

b. Enable Draw Mesh to open the Mesh Display dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 185
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling External Compressible Flow

i. Retain the default settings.

ii. Close the Mesh Display dialog box.

c. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

Figure 5.4: Pressure Contours After 50 Iterations

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
186 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

The shock is clearly visible on the upper surface of the airfoil, where the pressure jumps to a higher
value downstream of the low pressure area.

Note

The color indicating a high pressure area near the leading edge of the airfoil is ob-
scured by the overlaid green mesh. To view this contour, simply disable the Draw
Mesh option in the Contours dialog box and click Display.

d. Zoom in on the shock wave, until individual cells adjacent to the upper surface (wall-top boundary)
are visible, as shown in Figure 5.5: Magnified View of Pressure Contours Showing Wall-Adjacent
Cells (p. 187).

Figure 5.5: Magnified View of Pressure Contours Showing Wall-Adjacent Cells

The magnified region contains cells that are just downstream of the shock and adjacent to the upper
surface of the airfoil. In the following step, you will create a point surface inside a wall-adjacent cell,
which you will use to create a surface report definition.

12. Create a point surface just downstream of the shock wave.

Results → Surface → Create → Point...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 187
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling External Compressible Flow

a. Retain the default entry of point-4 for New Surface Name.

b. Enter 0.53 m for x0 and 0.051 m for y0 in the Coordinates group box.

c. Click Create and close the Point Surface dialog box.

13. Enable residual plotting during the calculation.

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

a. Ensure that Plot is enabled in the Options group box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
188 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

b. Select none from the Convergence Criterion drop-down list so that automatic convergence checking
does not occur.

c. Click OK to close the Residual Monitors dialog box.

14. Create a surface report definition for tracking the velocity magnitude value at the point created in the
previous step.

Since the drag, lift, and moment coefficients are global variables, indicating certain overall conditions,
they may converge while local conditions at specific points are still varying from one iteration to the
next. To account for this, create a report definition at a point (just downstream of the shock) where there
is likely to be significant variation, and monitor the value of the velocity magnitude.

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Surface Report → Vertex Average...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 189
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling External Compressible Flow

a. Enter surf-mon-1 for Name.

b. Select Velocity... and Velocity Magnitude from the Field Variable drop-down list.

c. Select point-4 in the Surfaces selection list.

d. In the Create group box, enable Report File, Report Plot and Print to Console.

e. Click OK to close the Surface Report Definition dialog box.

15. Save the case and data files (airfoil-1.cas.gz and airfoil-1.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

16. Continue the calculation for 200 more iterations.

Solution → Run Calculation → Calculate

The force reports (Figure 5.7: Drag Coefficient Convergence History (p. 191) and Figure 5.8: Lift Coefficient
Convergence History (p. 191)) show that the case is converged before the number of iterations specified.

Figure 5.6: Velocity Magnitude History

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
190 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 5.7: Drag Coefficient Convergence History

Figure 5.8: Lift Coefficient Convergence History

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 191
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling External Compressible Flow

Figure 5.9: Moment Coefficient Convergence History

17. Save the case and data files (airfoil-2.cas.gz and airfoil-2.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

5.4.9. Postprocessing
1. Plot the distribution on the airfoil (Figure 5.10: XY Plot of y+ Distribution (p. 193)).

Results → Plots → XY Plot → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
192 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Disable Node Values in the Options group box.

b. Select Turbulence... and Wall Yplus from the Y Axis Function drop-down list.

Wall Yplus is available only for cell values.

c. Select wall-bottom and wall-top in the Surfaces selection list.

d. Click Plot and close the Solution XY Plot dialog box.

Note

The values of are dependent on the resolution of the mesh and the Reynolds number
of the flow, and are defined only in wall-adjacent cells. The value of in the wall-adjacent
cells dictates how wall shear stress is calculated. When you use the Spalart-Allmaras
model, you should check that of the wall-adjacent cells is either very small (on the
order of ), or approximately 30 or greater. Otherwise, you should modify your mesh.

The equation for is

(5.1)
where is the distance from the wall to the cell center, is the molecular viscosity, is
the density of the air, and is the wall shear stress.

Figure 5.10: XY Plot of y+ Distribution (p. 193) indicates that, except for a few small regions
(notably at the shock and the trailing edge), and for much of these regions it does
not drop significantly below 30. Therefore, you can conclude that the near-wall mesh
resolution is acceptable.

Figure 5.10: XY Plot of y+ Distribution

2. Display filled contours of Mach number (Figure 5.11: Contour Plot of Mach Number (p. 194)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 193
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling External Compressible Flow

a. Ensure Filled is enabled in the Options group box.

b. Ensure Draw Mesh is disabled in the Options group box.

c. Select Velocity... and Mach Number from the Contours of drop-down list.

d. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

e. Zoom in on the region around the airfoil, as shown in Figure 5.11: Contour Plot of Mach Number (p. 194).

Figure 5.11: Contour Plot of Mach Number

Note the discontinuity, in this case a shock, on the upper surface of the airfoil in Figure 5.11: Contour
Plot of Mach Number (p. 194) at about .

3. Plot the pressure distribution on the airfoil (Figure 5.12: XY Plot of Pressure (p. 195)).

Results → Plots → XY Plot → Edit...

a. Enable Node Values.

b. Select Pressure... and Pressure Coefficient from the Y Axis Function drop-down lists.

c. Click Plot.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
194 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 5.12: XY Plot of Pressure

Notice the effect of the shock wave on the upper surface in Figure 5.12: XY Plot of Pressure (p. 195).

4. Plot the component of wall shear stress on the airfoil surface (Figure 5.13: XY Plot of x Wall Shear
Stress (p. 195)).

a. Disable Node Values.

b. Select Wall Fluxes... and X-Wall Shear Stress from the Y Axis Function drop-down lists.

c. Click Plot and close the Solution XY Plot dialog box.

As shown in Figure 5.13: XY Plot of x Wall Shear Stress (p. 195), the large, adverse pressure gradient induced
by the shock causes the boundary layer to separate. The point of separation is where the wall shear stress
vanishes. Flow reversal is indicated here by negative values of the x component of the wall shear stress.

Figure 5.13: XY Plot of x Wall Shear Stress

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 195
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling External Compressible Flow

5. Display filled contours of the component of velocity (Figure 5.14: Contour Plot of x Component of Velo-
city (p. 196)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

a. Ensure Filled is enabled in the Options group box.

b. Select Velocity... and X Velocity from the Contours of drop-down lists.

c. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

Note the flow reversal downstream of the shock in Figure 5.14: Contour Plot of x Component of Velo-
city (p. 196).

Figure 5.14: Contour Plot of x Component of Velocity

6. Plot velocity vectors (Figure 5.15: Plot of Velocity Vectors Downstream of the Shock (p. 197)).

Results → Graphics → Vectors → Edit...

a. Enter 0.1 for Scale.

b. Click Display and close the Vectors dialog box.

c. Zoom in on the flow above the upper surface at a point downstream of the shock, as shown in Fig-
ure 5.15: Plot of Velocity Vectors Downstream of the Shock (p. 197).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
196 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Further Improvements

Figure 5.15: Plot of Velocity Vectors Downstream of the Shock

Flow reversal is clearly visible in Figure 5.15: Plot of Velocity Vectors Downstream of the Shock (p. 197).

5.5. Summary
This tutorial demonstrated how to set up and solve an external aerodynamics problem using the pressure-
based coupled solver with pseudo transient under-relaxation and the Spalart-Allmaras turbulence
model. It showed how to monitor convergence using force and surface report definitions, and demon-
strated the use of several postprocessing tools to examine the flow phenomena associated with a shock
wave.

5.6. Further Improvements

This tutorial guides you through the steps to reach an initial solution. You may be able to obtain a more
accurate solution by using an appropriate higher-order discretization scheme and by adapting the mesh.
Mesh adaption can also ensure that the solution is independent of the mesh. These steps are demon-
strated in Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 197
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
198 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 6: Modeling Transient Compressible Flow

This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
6.1. Introduction
6.2. Prerequisites
6.3. Problem Description
6.4. Setup and Solution
6.5. Summary
6.6. Further Improvements

6.1. Introduction
In this tutorial, ANSYS Fluent’s density-based implicit solver is used to predict the time-dependent flow
through a two-dimensional nozzle. As an initial condition for the transient problem, a steady-state
solution is generated to provide the initial values for the mass flow rate at the nozzle exit.

This tutorial demonstrates how to do the following:

• Calculate a steady-state solution (using the density-based implicit solver) as an initial condition for a transient
flow prediction.

• Define a transient boundary condition using a user-defined function (UDF).

• Use dynamic mesh adaption for both steady-state and transient flows.

• Calculate a transient solution using the second-order implicit transient formulation and the density-based
implicit solver.

• Create an animation of the transient flow using ANSYS Fluent’s transient solution animation feature.

6.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial is written with the assumption that you have completed one or more of the introductory
tutorial Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35) found in this manual and that you are
familiar with the ANSYS Fluent tree and ribbon structure. Some steps in the setup and solution procedure
will not be shown explicitly.

6.3. Problem Description

The geometry to be considered in this tutorial is shown in Figure 6.1: Problem Specification (p. 200).
Flow through a simple nozzle is simulated as a 2D planar model. The nozzle has an inlet height of 0.2 m,
and the nozzle contours have a sinusoidal shape that produces a 20% reduction in flow area. Symmetry
allows only half of the nozzle to be modeled.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 199
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Transient Compressible Flow

Figure 6.1: Problem Specification

6.4. Setup and Solution

The following sections describe the setup and solution steps for this tutorial:
6.4.1. Preparation
6.4.2. Reading and Checking the Mesh
6.4.3. Solver and Analysis Type
6.4.4. Models
6.4.5. Materials
6.4.6. Operating Conditions
6.4.7. Boundary Conditions
6.4.8. Solution: Steady Flow
6.4.9. Enabling Time Dependence and Setting Transient Conditions
6.4.10. Specifying Solution Parameters for Transient Flow and Solving
6.4.11. Saving and Postprocessing Time-Dependent Data Sets

6.4.1. Preparation
To prepare for running this tutorial:

1. Download the unsteady_compressible.zip file here.

2. Unzip unsteady_compressible.zip to your working directory.

3. The files nozzle.msh and pexit.c can be found in the folder.

4. Use Fluent Launcher to start the 2D version of ANSYS Fluent.

Fluent Launcher displays your Display Options preferences from the previous session.

5. Ensure that the Display Mesh After Reading option is enabled.

6. Ensure that Serial is selected under Processing Options.

7. Disable the Double Precision option.

6.4.2. Reading and Checking the Mesh

1. Read the mesh file nozzle.msh.

File → Read → Mesh...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
200 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

The mesh for the half of the geometry is displayed in the graphics window.

2. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

ANSYS Fluent will perform various checks on the mesh and will report the progress in the console. Ensure
that the reported minimum volume is a positive number.

3. Verify that the mesh size is correct.

Domain → Mesh → Scale

Close the Scale Mesh dialog box.

4. Mirror the mesh across the centerline (Figure 6.2: 2D Nozzle Mesh Display with Mirroring (p. 202)).

View → Display → Views...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 201
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Transient Compressible Flow

a. Select symmetry in the Mirror Planes selection list.

b. Click Apply to refresh the display.

c. Close the Views dialog box.

Figure 6.2: 2D Nozzle Mesh Display with Mirroring

5. For convenience, change the unit of measurement for pressure.

The pressure for this problem is specified in atm, which is not the default unit in ANSYS Fluent. You must
redefine the pressure unit as atm.

Domain → Mesh → Units...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
202 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select pressure in the Quantities selection list.

Scroll down the list to find pressure.

b. Select atm in the Units selection list.

c. Close the Set Units dialog box.

6.4.3. Solver and Analysis Type

1. Select the solver settings.

Physics → Solver → Density-Based

a. In the Solver group of the Physics tab, select Density-Based from the Type list.

The density-based implicit solver is the solver of choice for compressible, transonic flows without
significant regions of low-speed flow. In cases with significant low-speed flow regions, the pressure-
based solver is preferred. Also, for transient cases with traveling shocks, the density-based explicit
solver with explicit time stepping may be the most efficient.

b. Retain the default selection of Steady from the Time list.

Note

You will solve for the steady flow through the nozzle initially. In later steps, you will
use these initial results as a starting point for a transient calculation.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 203
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Transient Compressible Flow

6.4.4. Models
1. Enable the energy equation.

Setup → Models → Energy Model → On

2. Select the k-omega SST turbulence model.

Setup → Models → Viscous Model → SST k-omega

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
204 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

6.4.5. Materials
1. Define the settings for air, the default fluid material.

Setup → Materials → air → Create/Edit...

a. Select ideal-gas from the Density drop-down list in the Properties group box, so that the ideal gas
law is used to calculate density.

Note

ANSYS Fluent automatically enables the solution of the energy equation when the
ideal gas law is used, in case you did not already enable it manually in the Energy
dialog box.

b. Retain the default values for all other properties.

c. Click the Change/Create button to save your change.

d. Close the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

6.4.6. Operating Conditions

1. Define the operating pressure.

Physics → Solver → Operating Conditions...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 205
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Transient Compressible Flow

a. Enter 0 atm for Operating Pressure.

b. Click OK to close the Operating Conditions dialog box.

Since you have set the operating pressure to zero, you will specify the boundary condition inputs for
pressure in terms of absolute pressures when you define them in the next step. Boundary condition inputs
for pressure should always be relative to the value used for operating pressure.

6.4.7. Boundary Conditions

1. Define the boundary conditions for the nozzle inlet (inlet).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
206 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Setup → Boundary Conditions → inlet (pressure-inlet) Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 207
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Transient Compressible Flow

a. Enter 0.9 atm for Gauge Total Pressure.

b. Enter 0.7369 atm for Supersonic/Initial Gauge Pressure.

The inlet static pressure estimate is the mean pressure at the nozzle exit. This value will be used during
the solution initialization phase to provide a guess for the nozzle velocity.

c. Retain Intensity and Viscosity Ratio from the Specification Method drop-down list in the Turbulence
group box.

d. Enter 1.5% for Turbulent Intensity.

e. Retain the setting of 10 for Turbulent Viscosity Ratio.

f. Click OK to close the Pressure Inlet dialog box.

2. Define the boundary conditions for the nozzle exit (outlet).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → outlet (pressure-outlet) Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
208 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter 0.7369 atm for Gauge Pressure.

b. Retain Intensity and Viscosity Ratio from the Specification Method drop-down list in the Turbulence
group box.

c. Enter 1.5% for Backflow Turbulent Intensity.

d. Retain the setting of 10 for Backflow Turbulent Viscosity Ratio.

If substantial backflow occurs at the outlet, you may need to adjust the backflow values to levels
close to the actual exit conditions.

e. Click OK to close the Pressure Outlet dialog box.

6.4.8. Solution: Steady Flow

In this step, you will generate a steady-state flow solution that will be used as an initial condition for the
time-dependent solution.

1. Define the solution parameters.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 209
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Transient Compressible Flow

Solution → Solution → Methods...

a. Retain the default selection of Least Squares Cell Based from the Gradient drop-down list in the
Spatial Discretization group box.

b. Select Second Order Upwind from the Turbulent Kinetic Energy and Specific Dissipation Rate drop-
down lists.

Second-order discretization provides optimum accuracy.

2. Modify the Courant Number.

Solution → Controls → Controls...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
210 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter 50 for the Courant Number.

Note

The default Courant number for the density-based implicit formulation is 5. For relat-
ively simple problems, setting the Courant number to 10, 20, 100, or even higher
value may be suitable and produce fast and stable convergence. However, if you en-
counter convergence difficulties at the startup of the simulation of a properly set up
problem, then you should consider setting the Courant number to its default value
of 5. As the solution progresses, you can start to gradually increase the Courant
number until the final convergence is reached.

b. Retain the default values for the Under-Relaxation Factors.

3. Enable the plotting of residuals.

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 211
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Transient Compressible Flow

a. Ensure that Plot is enabled in the Options group box.

b. Select none from the Convergence Criterion drop-down list.

c. Click OK to close the Residual Monitors dialog box.

4. Create the surface report definition for mass flow rate at the flow exit.

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Surface Report → Mass Flow Rate...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
212 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter mass_flowrate_out for Name.

b. Select outlet in the Surfaces selection list.

c. In the Create group box, enable Report File, Report Plot and Print to Console.

Note

When Report File is enabled in the Surface Report Definition dialog box, the mass
flow rate history will be written to a file. If you do not enable this option, the history
information will be lost when you exit ANSYS Fluent.

d. Click OK to close the Surface Report Definition dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 213
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Transient Compressible Flow

mass_flowrate_out-rplot and mass_flowrate_out-rfile are automatically generated by Fluent

and appear in the tree (under Solution/Monitors/Report Plots and Solution/Monitors/Report
Files, respectively).

e. Modify the output file name.

Solution → Monitors → Report Files → mass_flowrate_out-rfile Edit...

i. Enter noz_ss.out for Output File Base Name.

ii. Click OK to close the Edit Report File dialog box.

5. Save the case file (noz_ss.cas.gz).

File → Write → Case...

6. Initialize the solution.

Solution → Initialization

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
214 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Keep the Method at the default of Hybrid.

b. Click Initialize.

7. Set up gradient adaption for dynamic mesh refinement.

You will enable dynamic adaption so that the solver periodically refines the mesh in the vicinity of the
shocks as the iterations progress. The shocks are identified by their large pressure gradients.

Domain → Adapt → Refine / Coarsen...

a. Select New and Field Variable... from the Cell Registers drop-down list.

Setup the refinement cell regsiter.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 215
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Transient Compressible Flow

i. Select Cells More Than from the Type drop-down list.

ii. Select Gradient from the Deriviative Option drop-down list.

iii. Select Scale by Global Average from the Scaling Option drop-down list.

iv. Select Pressure... and Static Pressure from the Curvature of drop down list.

v. Click Compute.

ANSYS Fluent will update the Min and Max values to show the minimum and maximum pressure
gradient.

vi. Enter a value of 0.7 for the Cells having value more than field.

vii. Enter scaled_gradient_refn for the Name of this Field Variable Register.

viii.Click Save.

ix. Click Close to close the Field Variable Register dialog box.

Setup the coarsening cell regsiter.

i. Select Cells Less Than from the Type drop-down list.

ii. Select Gradient from the Deriviative Option drop-down list.

iii. Select Scale by Global Average from the Scaling Option drop down list.

iv. Select Pressure... and Static Pressure from the Curvature of drop-down list.

v. Click Compute.

ANSYS Fluent will update the Min and Max values to show the minimum and maximum pressure
gradient.

vi. Enter a value of 0.3 for the Cells having value less than field.

vii. Enter scaled_gradient_crsn for the Name of this Field Variable Register.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
216 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

viii.Click Save.

ix. Click Close to close the Field Variable Register dialog box.

The mesh adaption criterion can either be the gradient or the curvature (second gradient). Because
strong shocks occur inside the nozzle, the gradient is used as the adaption criterion.

b. In the Adaption Controls dialog box select the refinement and coaresning criterion.

i. Select scaled_gradient_refn from the Refinement Criterion drop-down list.

ii. Select scaled_gradient_crsn from the Coarsening Criterion drop-down list.

iii. Enable Dynamic Adaption.

iv. Enter 100 for Frequency (iteration) of mesh adaption.

v. Click OK to close the Adaption Controls dialog box.

8. Start the calculation by requesting 500 iterations.

Solution → Run Calculation → Advanced...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 217
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Transient Compressible Flow

a. Enter 500 for Number of Iterations.

b. Click Calculate to start the steady flow simulation.

Figure 6.3: Mass Flow Rate History

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
218 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

9. Save the case and data files (noz_ss.cas.gz and noz_ss.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

Note

When you write the case and data files at the same time, it does not matter whether you
specify the file name with a .cas or .dat extension, as both will be saved.

10. Click OK in the Question dialog box to overwrite the existing file.

11. Review a mesh that resulted from the dynamic adaption performed during the computation.

Results → Graphics → Mesh Edit...

a. Ensure that only the Edges option is enabled in the Options group box.

b. Select Feature from the Edge Type list.

c. Ensure that all of the items are selected from the Surfaces selection list.

d. Click Display and close the Mesh Display dialog box.

The mesh after adaption is displayed in the graphics window (Figure 6.4: 2D Nozzle Mesh after
Adaption (p. 220))

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 219
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Transient Compressible Flow

Figure 6.4: 2D Nozzle Mesh after Adaption

e. Zoom in using the middle mouse button to view aspects of your mesh.

Notice that the cells in the regions of high pressure gradients have been refined.

12. Display the steady flow contours of static pressure (Figure 6.5: Contours of Static Pressure (Steady
Flow) (p. 221)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
220 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enable Filled in the Options group box.

b. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

Figure 6.5: Contours of Static Pressure (Steady Flow)

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 221
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Transient Compressible Flow

The steady flow prediction in Figure 6.5: Contours of Static Pressure (Steady Flow) (p. 221) shows the ex-
pected pressure distribution, with low pressure near the nozzle throat.

13. Display the steady-flow velocity vectors (Figure 6.6: Velocity Vectors Showing Recirculation (Steady
Flow) (p. 223)).

Results → Graphics → Vectors → Edit...

a. Enter 2 under Scale.

b. Click Display and close the Vectors dialog box.

The steady flow prediction shows the expected form, with a peak velocity of approximately 300 m/s
through the nozzle.

You can zoom in on the wall in the expansion region of the nozzle to view the recirculation of the
flow as shown in Figure 6.6: Velocity Vectors Showing Recirculation (Steady Flow) (p. 223) .

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
222 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 6.6: Velocity Vectors Showing Recirculation (Steady Flow)

14. Check the mass flux balance.

Important

Although the mass flow rate history indicates that the solution is converged, you should
also check the mass flux throughout the domain to ensure that mass is being conserved.

Results → Reports → Fluxes...

a. Retain the default selection of Mass Flow Rate.

b. Select inlet and outlet in the Boundaries selection list.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 223
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Transient Compressible Flow

c. Click Compute and examine the values displayed in the dialog box.

Important

The net mass imbalance should be a small fraction (for example, 0.1%) of the
total flux through the system. The imbalance is displayed in the lower right field
under Net Results. If a significant imbalance occurs, you should decrease your
residual tolerances by at least an order of magnitude and continue iterating.

d. Close the Flux Reports dialog box.

6.4.9. Enabling Time Dependence and Setting Transient Conditions

In this step you will define a transient flow by specifying a transient pressure condition for the nozzle.

1. Enable a time-dependent flow calculation.

Physics → Solver → Transient

2. Read the user-defined function (pexit.c), in preparation for defining the transient condition for the
nozzle exit.

The pressure at the outlet is defined as a wave-shaped profile, and is described by the following equation:
(6.1)

where

= circular frequency of transient pressure (rad/s)

= mean exit pressure (atm)

In this case, rad/s, and atm.

A user-defined function ( pexit.c ) has been written to define the equation (Equation 6.1 (p. 224)) required
for the pressure profile.

Note

To input the value of Equation 6.1 (p. 224) in the correct units, the function pexit.c has
to be written in SI units.

More details about user-defined functions can be found in the Fluent Customization Manual.

User-Defined → User Defined → Functions → Interpreted...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
224 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter pexit.c for Source File Name.

If the UDF source file is not in your working directory, then you must enter the entire directory path
for Source File Name instead of just entering the file name.

b. Click Interpret.

The user-defined function has already been defined, but it must be compiled within ANSYS Fluent before
it can be used in the solver.

c. Close the Interpreted UDFs dialog box.

3. Define the transient boundary conditions at the nozzle exit (outlet).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → outlet Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 225
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Transient Compressible Flow

a. Select udf transient_pressure (the user-defined function) from the Gauge Pressure drop-down list.

b. Click OK to close the Pressure Outlet dialog box.

4. Update the gradient adaption parameters for the transient case.

Domain → Adapt → Refine / Coarsen...

a. Enter 10 for Interval in the Dynamic group box.

For the transient case, the mesh adaption will be done every 10 time steps.

b. Click Ok to close the Adaption Controls dialog box.

6.4.10. Specifying Solution Parameters for Transient Flow and Solving

1. Modify the mass_flowrate_out-rfile report file definition.

Solution → Monitors → Report Files → mass_flowrate_out-rfile Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
226 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter noz_uns.out for Output File Base Name.

b. Select time-step from the Get Data Every drop-down list.

c. Click OK to close the Edit Report File dialog box.

2. Modify the mass_flowrate_out-rplot report plot definition.

Solution → Monitors → Report Plots → mass_flowrate_out-rplot Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 227
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Transient Compressible Flow

a. For Get Data Every, retain the value of 1 and select time-step from the drop-down list.

Because each time step requires 10 iterations, a smoother plot will be generated by plotting at every
time step.

b. Select time-step from the X-Axis Label drop-down list.

c. Click OK to close the Edit Report File dialog box.

3. Save the transient solution case file (noz_uns.cas.gz).

File → Write → Case...

4. Modify the plotting of residuals.

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

a. Ensure that Plot is enabled in the Options group box.

b. Ensure none is selected from the Convergence Criterion drop-down list.

c. Set the Iterations to Plot to 100.

d. Click OK to close the Residual Monitors dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
228 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

5. Define the time step parameters.

The selection of the time step is critical for accurate time-dependent flow predictions. Using a time step
of 2.85596 x 10-5 seconds, 100 time steps are required for one pressure cycle. The pressure cycle begins
and ends with the initial pressure at the nozzle exit.

Solution → Run Calculation → Advanced

a. Enter 2.85596e-5 s for Time Step Size.

b. Enter 600 for Number of Time Steps.

c. Enter 10 for Max Iterations/Time Step.

d. Click Calculate to start the transient simulation.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 229
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Transient Compressible Flow

By requesting 600 time steps, you are asking ANSYS Fluent to compute six pressure cycles. The mass flow
rate history is shown in Figure 6.7: Mass Flow Rate History (Transient Flow) (p. 230).

Figure 6.7: Mass Flow Rate History (Transient Flow)

6. Optionally, you can review the effect of dynamic mesh adaption performed during transient flow compu-
tation as you did in steady-state flow case.

7. Save the transient case and data files (noz_uns.cas.gz and noz_uns.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

6.4.11. Saving and Postprocessing Time-Dependent Data Sets

At this point, the solution has reached a time-periodic state. To study how the flow changes within a single
pressure cycle, you will now continue the solution for 100 more time steps. You will use ANSYS Fluent’s
solution animation feature to save contour plots of pressure and Mach number at each time step, and the
autosave feature to save case and data files every 10 time steps. After the calculation is complete, you will
use the solution animation playback feature to view the animated pressure and Mach number plots over
time.

1. Request the saving of case and data files every 10 time steps.

Solution → Activities → Autosave

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
230 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter 10 for Save Data File Every.

b. Select Each Time for Save Associated Case Files.

c. Retain the default selection of time-step from the Append File Name with drop-down list.

d. Enter noz_anim.gz for File Name.

When ANSYS Fluent saves a file, it will append the time step value to the file name prefix (
noz_anim ). The standard extensions ( .cas and .dat ) will also be appended. By adding the
optional extension .gz to the end of the file name, you instruct ANSYS Fluent to save the case and
data files in compressed format. This will yield file names of the form noz_anim-1-00640.cas.gz
and noz_anim-1-00640.dat.gz , where 00640 is the time step number.

e. Click OK to close the Autosave dialog box.

Tip

If you have constraints on disk space, you can restrict the number of files saved by
ANSYS Fluent by enabling the Retain Only the Most Recent Files option and setting
the Maximum Number of Data Files to a nonzero number.

2. Create an animation definition for the nozzle pressure contour plot.

Solution → Activities → Create → Solution Animations...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 231
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Transient Compressible Flow

a. Enter pressure for the Name.

b. Select Time Step for Record after every.

The default value of 1 in the integer number entry box instructs ANSYS Fluent to update the animation
sequence at every time step.

c. Select In Memory from the Storage Type drop-down.

The In Memory option is acceptable for a small 2D case such as this. For larger 2D or 3D cases,
saving animation files with either the Metafile or PPM Image option is preferable, to avoid using
too much of your machine’s memory.

d. Enter 3 for the Window Id.

e. Click New Object and select Contours... from the drop-down list to open the associated dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
232 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. Select Pressure... and Static Pressure from the Contours of drop-down lists.

ii. Ensure that Filled is enabled in the Options group box.

iii. Disable Auto Range.

iv. Enter 0.25 atm for Min and 1.25 atm for Max.

v. Click Save/Display and close the Contours dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 233
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Transient Compressible Flow

vi. Figure 6.8: Pressure Contours at t=0.017136 s

f. Ensure contour-1 is selected in the Animation Object group box.

g. Click OK to create the animation definition.

3. Create an animation definition for the Mach number contour plot.

Solution → Activities → Create → Solution Animations...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
234 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter mach-number for the Name.

b. Select Time Step for Record after every.

The default value of 1 in the integer number entry box instructs ANSYS Fluent to update the animation
sequence at every time step.

c. Ensure that In Memory is selected from the Storage Type drop-down.

d. Enter 4 for the Window Id.

e. Click New Object and select Contours... from the drop-down list to open the associated dialog box.

i. Select Velocity... and Mach Number from the Contours of drop-down lists.

ii. Ensure that Filled is enabled in the Options group box.

iii. Disable Auto Range.

iv. Enter 0.00 for Min and 1.30 for Max.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 235
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Transient Compressible Flow

v. Click Save/Display and close the Contours dialog box.

vi. Figure 6.9: Mach Number Contours at t=0.017136 s

f. Ensure contour-2 is selected in the Animation Object group box.

g. Click OK to create the animation definition.

4. Continue the calculation by requesting 100 time steps.

By requesting 100 time steps, you will march the solution through an additional 0.0028 seconds, or
roughly one pressure cycle.

With the autosave and animation features active (as defined previously), the case and data files will be
saved approximately every 0.00028 seconds of the solution time; animation files will be saved every
0.000028 seconds of the solution time.

Solution → Run Calculation → Advanced...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
236 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Enter 100 for Number of Time Steps and click Calculate.

When the calculation finishes, you will have ten pairs of case and data files and there will be 100 pairs
of contour plots stored in memory. In the next few steps, you will play back the animation sequences
and examine the results at several time steps after reading in pairs of newly saved case and data files.

5. Play the animation of the pressure contours.

Results → Animations → Solution Animation Playback Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 237
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Transient Compressible Flow

a. Select pressure in the Sequences selection list.

b. Click the play button (the second from the right in the group of buttons in the Playback group box).

c. Close the Playback dialog box.

Examples of pressure contours at s (the 630th time step) and s (the 670th time
step) are shown in Figure 6.10: Pressure Contours at t=0.017993 s (p. 238) and Figure 6.11: Pressure Contours
at t=0.019135 s (p. 239). These contour plots can be shown by seleting frame 30 and 70 in theFrame
selector in the Playback dialog box.

Figure 6.10: Pressure Contours at t=0.017993 s

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
238 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 6.11: Pressure Contours at t=0.019135 s

6. In a similar manner to steps 4 and 5, select the appropriate active window and animation sequence name
for the Mach number contours.

Examples of Mach number contours at s and s are shown in Figure 6.12: Mach
Number Contours at t=0.017993 s (p. 239) and Figure 6.13: Mach Number Contours at t=0.019135 s (p. 240).

Figure 6.12: Mach Number Contours at t=0.017993 s

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 239
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Transient Compressible Flow

Figure 6.13: Mach Number Contours at t=0.019135 s

Tip

ANSYS Fluent gives you the option of exporting an animation as an MPEG file or as a
series of files in any of the hardcopy formats available in the Save Picture dialog box
(including TIFF and PostScript).

To save an MPEG file, select MPEG from the Write/Record Format drop-down list in the
Playback dialog box and then click the Write button. The MPEG file will be saved in your
working folder. You can view the MPEG movie using an MPEG player (for example, Win-
dows Media Player or another MPEG movie player).

To save a series of TIFF, PostScript, or other hardcopy files, select Picture Frames in the
Write/Record Format drop-down list in the Playback dialog box. Click the Picture Op-
tions... button to open the Save Picture dialog box and set the appropriate parameters
for saving the hardcopy files. Click Apply in the Save Picture dialog box to save your
modified settings. Click Save... to select a directory in which to save the files. In the
Playback dialog box, click the Write button. ANSYS Fluent will replay the animation,
saving each frame to a separate file in your working folder.

If you want to view the solution animation in a later ANSYS Fluent session, you can select
Animation Frames as the Write/Record Format and click Write.

Warning

Because the solution animation was stored in memory, it will be lost if you exit
ANSYS Fluent without saving it in one of the formats described previously. Note
that only the animation-frame format can be read back into the Playback dialog
box for display in a later ANSYS Fluent session.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
240 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

7. Read the case and data files for the 660th time step (noz_anim–1–00660.cas.gz and noz_an-
im–1–00660.dat.gz) into ANSYS Fluent.

8. Plot vectors at s (Figure 6.14: Velocity Vectors at t=0.018849 s (p. 242)).

Results → Graphics → Vectors → Edit...

a. Ensure Auto Scale is enabled under Options.

b. Enter 10 under Scale.

c. Enter 50 under Skip.

d. Click Display and close the Vectors dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 241
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Transient Compressible Flow

Figure 6.14: Velocity Vectors at t=0.018849 s

The transient flow prediction in Figure 6.14: Velocity Vectors at t=0.018849 s (p. 242) shows the expected
form, with peak velocity of approximately 260 m/s through the nozzle at seconds.

9. In a similar manner to steps 7 and 8, read the case and data files saved for other time steps of interest and
display the vectors.

6.5. Summary
In this tutorial, you modeled the transient flow of air through a nozzle. In doing so, you learned how
to:

• generate a steady-state solution as an initial condition for the transient case.

• set solution parameters for implicit time-stepping and apply a user-defined transient pressure profile
at the outlet.

• use mesh adaption to refine the mesh in areas with high pressure gradients to better capture the shocks.

• automatically save solution information as the transient calculation proceeds.

• create and view solution animations of the transient flow.

6.6. Further Improvements

This tutorial guides you through the steps to generate a second-order solution. You may be able to
increase the accuracy of the solution even further by using an appropriate higher-order discretization
scheme and by adapting the mesh further. Mesh adaption can also ensure that the solution is independ-
ent of the mesh. These steps are demonstrated in Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
242 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 7: Modeling Flow Through Porous Media

This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
7.1. Introduction
7.2. Prerequisites
7.3. Problem Description
7.4. Setup and Solution
7.5. Summary
7.6. Further Improvements

7.1. Introduction
Many industrial applications such as filters, catalyst beds, and packing, involve modeling the flow through
porous media. This tutorial illustrates how to set up and solve a problem involving gas flow through
porous media.

The industrial problem solved here involves gas flow through a catalytic converter. Catalytic converters
are commonly used to purify emissions from gasoline and diesel engines by converting environmentally
hazardous exhaust emissions to acceptable substances. Examples of such emissions include carbon
monoxide (CO), nitrogen oxides (NOx), and unburned hydrocarbon fuels. These exhaust gas emissions
are forced through a substrate, which is a ceramic structure coated with a metal catalyst such as platinum
or palladium.

The nature of the exhaust gas flow is a very important factor in determining the performance of the
catalytic converter. Of particular importance is the pressure gradient and velocity distribution through
the substrate. Hence, CFD analysis is useful for designing efficient catalytic converters. By modeling the
exhaust gas flow, the pressure drop and the uniformity of flow through the substrate can be determined.
In this tutorial, ANSYS Fluent is used to model the flow of nitrogen gas through a catalytic converter
geometry, so that the flow field structure may be analyzed.

This tutorial demonstrates how to do the following:

• Set up a porous zone for the substrate with appropriate resistances.

• Calculate a solution for gas flow through the catalytic converter using the pressure-based solver.

• Plot pressure and velocity distribution on specified planes of the geometry.

• Determine the pressure drop through the substrate and the degree of non-uniformity of flow through cross
sections of the geometry using X-Y plots and numerical reports.

7.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial is written with the assumption that you have completed one or more of the introductory
tutorial Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35) found in this manual and that you are
familiar with the ANSYS Fluent tree and ribbon structure. Some steps in the setup and solution procedure
will not be shown explicitly.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 243
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Flow Through|Porous
vk.com/id446425943
Media

7.3. Problem Description

The catalytic converter modeled here is shown in Figure 7.1: Catalytic Converter Geometry for Flow
Modeling (p. 244). The nitrogen flows through the inlet with a uniform velocity of 22.6 m/s, passes
through a ceramic monolith substrate with square-shaped channels, and then exits through the outlet.

Figure 7.1: Catalytic Converter Geometry for Flow Modeling

While the flow in the inlet and outlet sections is turbulent, the flow through the substrate is laminar
and is characterized by inertial and viscous loss coefficients along the inlet axis. The substrate is imper-
meable in other directions. This characteristic is modeled using loss coefficients that are three orders
of magnitude higher than in the main flow direction.

7.4. Setup and Solution

The following sections describe the setup and solution steps for this tutorial:
7.4.1. Preparation
7.4.2. Mesh
7.4.3. General Settings
7.4.4. Models
7.4.5. Materials
7.4.6. Cell Zone Conditions
7.4.7. Boundary Conditions
7.4.8. Solution
7.4.9. Postprocessing

7.4.1. Preparation
To prepare for running this tutorial:

1. Download the porous.zip file here.

2. Unzip porous.zip to your working directory.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
244 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

3. The mesh file catalytic_converter.msh can be found in the folder.

4. Use Fluent Launcher to start the 3D version of ANSYS Fluent.

5. Ensure that the Display Mesh After Reading option is enabled.

6. Enable Double Precision.

7. Ensure Parallel is selected under Processing Options.

8. Set Processes to 4.

7.4.2. Mesh
1. Read the mesh file (catalytic_converter.msh).

File → Read → Mesh...

2. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

ANSYS Fluent will perform various checks on the mesh and report the progress in the console. Make sure
that the reported minimum volume is a positive number.

3. Scale the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Scale...

a. Select mm from the Mesh Was Created In drop-down list.

b. Click Scale.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 245
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Flow Through|Porous
vk.com/id446425943
Media

c. Select mm from the View Length Unit In drop-down list.

All dimensions will now be shown in millimeters.

d. Close the Scale Mesh dialog box.

4. Right click in the graphics window and select Refresh Display

Click the Fit to Window icon, to center the graphic in the window.

5. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

Note

It is a good idea to check the mesh after you manipulate it (that is, scale, convert to
polyhedra, merge, separate, fuse, add zones, or smooth and swap.) This will ensure that
the quality of the mesh has not been compromised.

6. Examine the mesh.

Rotate the view and zoom in to get the display shown in Figure 7.2: Mesh for the Catalytic Converter
Geometry (p. 247). The hex mesh on the geometry contains a total of 34,580 cells.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
246 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 7.2: Mesh for the Catalytic Converter Geometry

7.4.3. General Settings

Physics → Solver

1. Retain the default solver settings.

7.4.4. Models
1. Select the standard - turbulence model.

Physics → Models → Viscous...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 247
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Flow Through|Porous
vk.com/id446425943
Media

a. Select k-epsilon (2eqn) in the Model list.

The original Viscous Model dialog box will now expand.

b. Retain the default settings for k-epsilon Model and Near-Wall Treatment and click OK to close the
Viscous Model dialog box.

7.4.5. Materials
1. Add nitrogen to the list of fluid materials by copying it from the Fluent Database of materials.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
248 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Physics → Materials → Create/Edit...

a. Click the Fluent Database... button to open the Fluent Database Materials dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 249
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Flow Through|Porous
vk.com/id446425943
Media

i. Select nitrogen (n2) in the Fluent Fluid Materials selection list.

ii. Click Copy to copy the information for nitrogen to your list of fluid materials.

iii. Close the Fluent Database Materials dialog box.

b. Click Change/Create and close the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

7.4.6. Cell Zone Conditions

Setup → Cell Zone Conditions → fluid Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
250 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

1. Set the cell zone conditions for the fluid (fluid).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 251
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Flow Through|Porous
vk.com/id446425943
Media

a. Select nitrogen from the Material Name drop-down list.

b. Click OK to close the Fluid dialog box.

2. Set the cell zone conditions for the substrate (substrate).

Setup → Cell Zone Conditions → substrate Edit...

a. Select nitrogen from the Material Name drop-down list.

b. Enable Porous Zone to activate the porous zone model.

c. Enable Laminar Zone to solve the flow in the porous zone without turbulence.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
252 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

d. Click the Porous Zone tab.

i. Make sure that the principal direction vectors are set as shown in Table 7.1: Values for the Principle
Direction Vectors (p. 253).

ANSYS Fluent automatically calculates the third (Z direction) vector based on your inputs for the
first two vectors. The direction vectors determine which axis the viscous and inertial resistance
coefficients act upon.

Table 7.1: Values for the Principle Direction Vectors

Axis Direction-1 Vector Direction-2 Vector

X 1 0
Y 0 1
Z 0 0

ii. For the viscous and inertial resistance directions, enter the values in Table 7.2: Values for the Viscous
and Inertial Resistance (p. 253) Viscous Resistance and Inertial Resistance.

Direction-2 and Direction-3 are set to arbitrary large numbers. These values are several orders
of magnitude greater than that of the Direction-1 flow and will make any radial flow insignificant.

Scroll down to access the fields that are not initially visible.

Table 7.2: Values for the Viscous and Inertial Resistance

Direction Viscous Resistance (1/m2) Inertial Resistance (1/m)

Direction-1 3.846e+07 20.414
Direction-2 3.846e+10 20414
Direction-3 3.846e+10 20414

e. Click OK to close the Fluid dialog box.

7.4.7. Boundary Conditions

Setup → Boundary Conditions → inlet Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 253
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Flow Through|Porous
vk.com/id446425943
Media

1. Set the velocity and turbulence boundary conditions at the inlet (inlet).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
254 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter 22.6 m/s for Velocity Magnitude.

b. In the Turbulence group box, select Intensity and Hydraulic Diameter from the Specification
Method drop-down list.

c. Enter 10% for the Turbulent Intensity.

d. Enter 42 mm for the Hydraulic Diameter.

e. Click OK to close the Velocity Inlet dialog box.

2. Set the boundary conditions at the outlet (outlet).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → outlet Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 255
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Flow Through|Porous
vk.com/id446425943
Media

a. Retain the default setting of 0 for Gauge Pressure.

b. In the Turbulence group box, select Intensity and Hydraulic Diameter from the Specification
Method drop-down list.

c. Retain the default value of 5% for the Backflow Turbulent Intensity.

d. Enter 42 mm for the Backflow Hydraulic Diameter.

e. Click OK to close the Pressure Outlet dialog box.

3. Retain the default boundary conditions for the walls (substrate-wall and wall).

7.4.8. Solution
1. Set the solution parameters.

Solution → Solution → Methods...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
256 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Retain the default settiings.

2. Enable the plotting of the mass flow rate at the outlet.

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Surface Report → Mass Flow Rate

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 257
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Flow Through|Porous
vk.com/id446425943
Media

a. Enter surf-mon-1 for the Name of the surface report definition.

b. In the Create group box, enable Report File, Report Plot and Print to Console.

c. Select outlet in the Surfaces selection list.

d. Click OK to save the surface report definition settings and close the Surface Report Definition dialog
box.

3. Initialize the solution from the inlet.

Solution → Initialization

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
258 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select Standard under Method.

Warning

Standard is the recommended initialization method for porous media simulations.

The default Hybrid method does not account for the porous media properties, and
depending on boundary conditions, may produce an unrealistic initial velocity field.
For porous media simulations, the Hybrid method should only be used when the
Maintain Constant Velocity Magnitude option is enabled in the Hybrid Initialization
dialog box.

b. Click Options... to open the Solution Initialization task page, which provides access to further settings.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 259
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Flow Through|Porous
vk.com/id446425943
Media

i. Select inlet from the Compute from drop-down list in the Solution Initialization task page.

ii. Retain the default settings for standard initialization method.

iii. Click Initialize.

4. Save the case file (catalytic_converter.cas.gz).

File → Write → Case...

5. Run the calculation by requesting 100 iterations.

Solution → Run Calculation

a. Enter 100 for No. of Iterations.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
260 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

b. Click Calculate to begin the iterations.

The mass flow rate graph flattens out, as seen in Figure 7.3: Mass Flow Rate History (p. 261).

Figure 7.3: Mass Flow Rate History

6. Save the case and data files (catalytic_converter.cas.gz and catalytic_converter.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

Note

If you choose a filename that already exists in the current folder, ANSYS Fluent will prompt
you for confirmation to overwrite the file.

7.4.9. Postprocessing
1. Create a surface passing through the centerline for postprocessing purposes.

Results → Surface → Create → Iso-Surface...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 261
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Flow Through|Porous
vk.com/id446425943
Media

a. Enter y=0 for New Surface Name.

b. Select Mesh... and Y-Coordinate from the Surface of Constant drop-down lists.

c. Click Compute to calculate the Min and Max values.

d. Retain the default value of 0 for Iso-Values.

e. Click Create.

Note

To interactively place the surface on your mesh, use the slider bar in the Iso-Surface
dialog box.

2. Create cross-sectional surfaces at locations on either side of the substrate, as well as at its center.

Results → Surface → Create → Iso-Surface...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
262 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter x=95 for the New Surface Name.

b. Select Mesh... and X-Coordinate from the Surface of Constant drop-down lists.

c. Click Compute to calculate the Min and Max values.

d. Enter 95 for Iso-Values.

e. Click Create.

f. In a similar manner, create surfaces named x=130 and x=165 with Iso-Values of 130 and 165, re-
spectively.

g. Close the Iso-Surface dialog box after all the surfaces have been created.

3. Create a line surface for the centerline of the porous media.

Results → Surface → Create → Line/Rake...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 263
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Flow Through|Porous
vk.com/id446425943
Media

a. Enter porous-cl for the New Surface Name.

b. Enter the coordinates of the end points of the line in the End Points group box as shown.

c. Click Create to create the surface.

d. Close the Line/Rake Surface dialog box.

4. Display the two wall zones (substrate-wall and wall).

Results → Graphics → Mesh... → Edit..

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
264 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Disable Edges and make sure Faces is enabled in the Options group box.

b. Deselect inlet and outlet in the Surfaces selection list, and make sure that only substrate-wall and
wall are selected.

c. Click Display and close the Mesh Display dialog box.

5. Set the lighting for the display.

View → Display → Options...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 265
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Flow Through|Porous
vk.com/id446425943
Media

a. Disable Double Buffering in the Rendering group box.

b. Select Gouraud from the Lighting drop-down list.

c. Click Apply and close the Display Options dialog box.

6. Set the transparency parameter for the wall zones (substrate-wall and wall).

View → Graphics → Compose...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
266 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select substrate-wall and wall in the Names selection list.

b. Click the Display... button in the Geometry Attributes group box to open the Display Properties
dialog box.

i. Make sure that the Red, Green, and Blue sliders are set to the maximum position (that is, 255).

ii. Set the Transparency slider to 70.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 267
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Flow Through|Porous
vk.com/id446425943
Media

iii. Click Apply and close the Display Properties dialog box.

c. Click Apply and close the Scene Description dialog box.

7. Display velocity vectors on the y=0 surface (Figure 7.4: Velocity Vectors on the y=0 Plane (p. 270)).

Results → Graphics → Vectors → Edit...

a. Enable Draw Mesh in the Options group box to open the Mesh Display dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
268 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. Make sure that substrate-wall and wall are selected in the Surfaces selection list.

ii. Click Display and close the Mesh Display dialog box.

b. Enter 5 for Scale.

c. Set Skip to 1.

d. Select y=0 in the Surfaces selection list.

e. Click Display and close the Vectors dialog box.

f. Rotate the view and adjust the magnification to get the display shown in Figure 7.4: Velocity Vectors
on the y=0 Plane (p. 270).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 269
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Flow Through|Porous
vk.com/id446425943
Media

Figure 7.4: Velocity Vectors on the y=0 Plane

The flow pattern shows that the flow enters the catalytic converter as a jet, with recirculation on either
side of the jet. As it passes through the porous substrate, it decelerates and straightens out, and exhibits
a more uniform velocity distribution. This allows the metal catalyst present in the substrate to be more
effective.

8. Display filled contours of static pressure on the y=0 plane (Figure 7.5: Contours of Static Pressure on the
y=0 plane (p. 272)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
270 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enable Filled in the Options group box.

b. Make sure that Pressure... and Static Pressure are selected from the Contours of drop-down lists.

c. Select y=0 in the Surfaces selection list.

d. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

The pressure changes rapidly in the middle section, where the fluid velocity changes as it passes through
the porous substrate. The pressure drop can be high, due to the inertial and viscous resistance of the
porous media. Determining this pressure drop is one of the goals of the CFD analysis. In the next step,
you will learn how to plot the pressure drop along the centerline of the substrate.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 271
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Flow Through|Porous
vk.com/id446425943
Media

Figure 7.5: Contours of Static Pressure on the y=0 plane

9. Plot the static pressure across the line surface porous-cl (Figure 7.6: Plot of Static Pressure on the porous-
cl Line Surface (p. 273)).

Results → Plots → XY Plot... → Edit...

a. Make sure that Pressure... and Static Pressure are selected from the Y Axis Function drop-down lists.

b. Select porous-cl in the Surfaces selection list.

c. Click Plot and close the Solution XY Plot dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
272 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 7.6: Plot of Static Pressure on the porous-cl Line Surface

As seen in Figure 7.6: Plot of Static Pressure on the porous-cl Line Surface (p. 273), the pressure drop
across the porous substrate is approximately 300 Pa.

10. Display filled contours of the velocity in the X direction on the x=95, x=130, and x=165 surfaces (Fig-
ure 7.7: Contours of the X Velocity on the x=95, x=130, and x=165 Surfaces (p. 274)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 273
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Flow Through|Porous
vk.com/id446425943
Media

a. Make sure that Filled and Draw Mesh are enabled in the Options group box.

b. Disable Global Range in the Options group box.

c. Select Velocity... and X Velocity from the Contours of drop-down lists.

d. Select x=130, x=165, and x=95 in the Surfaces selection list, and deselect y=0.

e. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

Figure 7.7: Contours of the X Velocity on the x=95, x=130, and x=165 Surfaces

The velocity profile becomes more uniform as the fluid passes through the porous media. The velocity is
very high at the center (the area in red) just before the nitrogen enters the substrate and then decreases
as it passes through and exits the substrate. The area in green, which corresponds to a moderate velocity,
increases in extent.

11. Use numerical reports to determine the average, minimum, and maximum of the velocity distribution before
and after the porous substrate.

Results → Reports → Surface Integrals...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
274 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select Mass-Weighted Average from the Report Type drop-down list.

b. Select Velocity and X Velocity from the Field Variable drop-down lists.

c. Select x=165 and x=95 in the Surfaces selection list.

d. Click Compute.

e. Select Facet Minimum from the Report Type drop-down list and click Compute.

f. Select Facet Maximum from the Report Type drop-down list and click Compute.

The numerical report of average, maximum and minimum velocity can be seen in the main ANSYS
Fluent console.

g. Close the Surface Integrals dialog box.

The spread between the average, maximum, and minimum values for X velocity gives the degree to which
the velocity distribution is non-uniform. You can also use these numbers to calculate the velocity ratio (that
is, the maximum velocity divided by the mean velocity) and the space velocity (that is, the product of the
mean velocity and the substrate length).

Custom field functions and UDFs can be also used to calculate more complex measures of non-uniformity,
such as the standard deviation and the gamma uniformity index.
Mass-Weighted Average
X Velocity (m/s)
-------------------------------- --------------------

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 275
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Flow Through|Porous
vk.com/id446425943
Media

x=165 4.0395161
x=95 5.2979295
---------------- --------------------
Net 4.6756605

Minimum of Facet Values

X Velocity (m/s)
-------------------------------- --------------------
x=165 2.3410003
x=95 0.88553953
---------------- --------------------
Net 0.88553953

Maximum of Facet Values

X Velocity (m/s)
-------------------------------- --------------------
x=165 6.371067
x=95 8.028904
---------------- --------------------
Net 8.028904

7.5. Summary
In this tutorial, you learned how to set up and solve a problem involving gas flow through porous media
in ANSYS Fluent. You also learned how to perform appropriate postprocessing. Flow non-uniformities
were easily identified through images of velocity vectors and pressure contours. Surface integrals and
X-Y plots provided purely numeric data.

7.6. Further Improvements

This tutorial guides you through the steps to reach an initial solution. You may be able to obtain a more
accurate solution by using an appropriate higher-order discretization scheme and by adapting the mesh.
Mesh adaption can also ensure that the solution is independent of the mesh. These steps are demon-
strated in Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
276 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 8: Modeling Radiation and Natural Convection

This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
8.1. Introduction
8.2. Prerequisites
8.3. Problem Description
8.4. Setup and Solution
8.5. Summary
8.6. Further Improvements

8.1. Introduction
In this tutorial, combined radiation and natural convection are solved in a three-dimensional square
box on a mesh consisting of hexahedral elements.

This tutorial demonstrates how to do the following:

• Use the surface-to-surface (S2S) radiation model in ANSYS Fluent.

• Set the boundary conditions for a heat transfer problem involving natural convection and radiation.

• Calculate a solution using the pressure-based solver.

• Display velocity vectors and contours of wall temperature, surface cluster ID, and radiation heat flux.

8.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial is written with the assumption that you have completed one or more of the introductory
tutorial Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35) found in this manual and that you are
familiar with the ANSYS Fluent tree and ribbon structure. Some steps in the setup and solution procedure
will not be shown explicitly.

8.3. Problem Description

The problem to be considered is shown schematically in Figure 8.1: Schematic of the Problem (p. 278).
A three-dimensional box has a hot wall of aluminum at 473.15 K. All other
walls are made of an insulation material and are subject to radiative and convective heat transfer to
the surroundings, which are at 293.15 K. Gravity acts downwards. The medium contained in the box is
assumed not to emit, absorb, or scatter radiation. All walls are gray. The objective is to compute the
flow and temperature patterns in the box, as well as the wall heat flux, using the surface-to-surface
(S2S) model available in ANSYS Fluent.

The working fluid has a Prandtl number of approximately 0.71, and the Rayleigh number based on
(0.25) is . This means the flow is most likely laminar. The Planck number is 0.006,
and measures the relative importance of conduction to radiation.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 277
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Radiation and|Natural
vk.com/id446425943
Convection

Figure 8.1: Schematic of the Problem

8.4. Setup and Solution

The following sections describe the setup and solution steps for this tutorial:
8.4.1. Preparation
8.4.2. Reading and Checking the Mesh
8.4.3. Solver and Analysis Type
8.4.4. Models
8.4.5. Defining the Materials
8.4.6. Operating Conditions
8.4.7. Boundary Conditions
8.4.8. Obtaining the Solution
8.4.9. Postprocessing
8.4.10. Comparing the Contour Plots after Varying Radiating Surfaces
8.4.11. S2S Definition, Solution, and Postprocessing with Partial Enclosure

8.4.1. Preparation
To prepare for running this tutorial:

1. Download the radiation_natural_convection.zip file here.

2. Unzip radiation_natural_convection.zip to your working directory.

3. The mesh file rad.msh.gz can be found in the folder.

4. Use Fluent Launcher to start the 3D version of ANSYS Fluent.

5. Ensure that the Display Mesh After Reading option is enabled.

6. Enable Double Precision.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
278 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

7. Ensure Serial is selected under Processing Options.

8.4.2. Reading and Checking the Mesh

1. Read the mesh file rad.msh.gz.

File → Read → Mesh...

As the mesh is read, messages will appear in the console reporting the progress of the reading and the
mesh statistics. The mesh size will be reported as 64,000 cells. Once reading is complete, the mesh will
be displayed in the graphics window.

Figure 8.2: Graphics Display of Mesh

2. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

ANSYS Fluent will perform various checks on the mesh and report the progress in the console. Make sure
that the reported minimum volume is a positive number.

8.4.3. Solver and Analysis Type

1. Confirm the solver settings and enable gravity.

Setup → General

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 279
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Radiation and|Natural
vk.com/id446425943
Convection

a. Retain the default settings of pressure-based steady-state solver in the Solver group box.

b. Enable the Gravity option.

c. Enter -9.81 m/s2 for Y in the Gravitational Acceleration group box.

8.4.4. Models
1. Enable the energy equation.

Setup → Models → Energy On

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
280 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

2. Set up the Surface to Surface (S2S) radiation model.

Setup → Models → Radiation Model → Surface to Surface (S2S)

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 281
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Radiation and|Natural
vk.com/id446425943
Convection

The surface-to-surface (S2S) radiation model can be used to account for the radiation exchange in an
enclosure of gray-diffuse surfaces. The energy exchange between two surfaces depends in part on their
size, separation distance, and orientation. These parameters are accounted for by a geometric function
called a “view factor”.

The S2S model assumes that all surfaces are gray and diffuse. Thus according to the gray-body model,
if a certain amount of radiation is incident on a surface, then a fraction is reflected, a fraction is absorbed,
and a fraction is transmitted. The main assumption of the S2S model is that any absorption, emission,
or scattering of radiation by the medium can be ignored. Therefore only “surface-to-surface” radiation
is considered for analysis.

For most applications the surfaces in question are opaque to thermal radiation (in the infrared spectrum),
so the surfaces can be considered opaque. For gray, diffuse, and opaque surfaces it is valid to assume
that the emissivity is equal to the absorptivity and that reflectivity is equal to 1 minus the emissivity.

When the S2S model is used, you also have the option to define a “partial enclosure”. This option allows
you to disable the view factor calculation for walls with negligible emission/absorption or walls that
have uniform temperature. The main advantage of this option is to speed up the view factor calculation
and the radiosity calculation.

a. Click the Settings... button to open the View Factors and Clustering dialog box.

You will define the view factor and cluster parameters.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
282 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. Enter a value of 100 for Faces per Surface Cluster for Flow Boundary Zones in the Manual group
box.

ii. Click Apply to All Walls.

The S2S radiation model is computationally very expensive when there are a large number of
radiating surfaces. The number of radiating surfaces is reduced by clustering surfaces into surface
“clusters”. The surface clusters are made by starting from a face and adding its neighbors and
their neighbors until a specified number of faces per surface cluster is collected.

For a small problem, the default value of 1 for Faces per Surface Cluster for Flow Boundary
Zones is acceptable. For a large problem you can increase this number to reduce the memory
requirement for the view factor file that is saved in a later step. This may also lead to some reduc-
tion in the computational expense. However, this is at the cost of some accuracy. This tutorial il-
lustrates the influence of clusters.

iii. Ensure Ray Tracing is selected from the Method list in the View Factors group box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 283
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Radiation and|Natural
vk.com/id446425943
Convection

iv. Click OK to close the View Factors and Clustering dialog box.

b. Click the Compute/Write/Read... button in the View Factors and Clustering group box to open the
Select File dialog box and to compute the view factors.

The file created in this step will store the cluster and view factor parameters.

i. Enter rad_100.s2s.gz as the file name for S2S File.

ii. Click OK in the Select File dialog box.

ANSYS Fluent will print an informational message describing the progress of the view factor cal-
culation in the console.

c. Click OK to close the Radiation Model dialog box.

8.4.5. Defining the Materials

1. Set the properties for air.

Setup → Materials → Fluids → air Edit...

a. Select ideal-gas from the Density drop-down list.

b. Enter 1021 J/kg-K for Cp (Specific Heat).

c. Enter 0.0371 W/m-K for Thermal Conductivity.

d. Enter 2.485e-05 kg/m-s for Viscosity.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
284 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

e. Retain the default value of 28.966 kg/kmol for Molecular Weight.

f. Click Change/Create and close the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

2. Define the new material, insulation.

Setup → Materials → Solid → aluminum Edit...

a. Enter insulation for Name.

b. Delete the entry in the Chemical Formula field.

c. Enter 50 kg/m3 for Density.

d. Enter 800 J/kg-K for Cp (Specific Heat).

e. Enter 0.09 W/m-K for Thermal Conductivity.

f. Click Change/Create.

g. Click No when the Question dialog box appears, asking if you want to overwrite aluminum.

h. Close the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

8.4.6. Operating Conditions

Specify operating density.

Physics → Solver → Operating Conditions...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 285
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Radiation and|Natural
vk.com/id446425943
Convection

1. In the Operating Conditions dialog box, select the Specified Operating Density check box.

2. Enter 0 for Operating Density and click OK to close the Operating Conditions dialog box.

8.4.7. Boundary Conditions

1. Set the boundary conditions for the front wall (w-high-x).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → w-high-x Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
286 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

The Wall dialog box opens.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 287
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Radiation and|Natural
vk.com/id446425943
Convection

a. Click the Thermal tab and select Mixed from the Thermal Conditions list.

b. Select insulation from the Material Name drop-down list.

c. Enter 5 W/m2-K for Heat Transfer Coefficient.

d. Enter 293.15 K for Free Stream Temperature.

e. Enter 0.75 for External Emissivity.

f. Enter 293.15 K for External Radiation Temperature.

g. Enter 0.95 for Internal Emissivity.

h. Enter 0.05 m for Wall Thickness.

i. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

2. Copy boundary conditions to define the side walls w-high-z and w-low-z.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → w-high-x Copy...

a. Ensure w-high-x is selected in the From Boundary Zone selection list.

b. Select w-high-z and w-low-z from the To Boundary Zones selection list.

c. Click Copy.

d. Click OK when the Question dialog box opens asking whether you want to copy the boundary conditions
of w-high-x to all the selected zones.

e. Close the Copy Conditions dialog box.

3. Set the boundary conditions for the heated wall (w-low-x).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → w-low-x Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
288 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Click the Thermal tab and select Temperature from the Thermal Conditions list.

b. Retain the default selection of aluminum from the Material Name drop-down list.

c. Enter 473.15 K for Temperature.

d. Enter 0.95 for Internal Emissivity.

e. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

4. Set the boundary conditions for the top wall (w-high-y).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → w-high-y Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 289
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Radiation and|Natural
vk.com/id446425943
Convection

a. Click the Thermal tab and select Mixed from the Thermal Conditions list.

b. Select insulation from the Material Name drop-down list.

c. Enter 3 W/m2-K for Heat Transfer Coefficient.

d. Enter 293.15 K for Free Stream Temperature.

e. Enter 0.75 for External Emissivity.

f. Enter 293.15 K for External Radiation Temperature.

g. Enter 0.95 for Internal Emissivity.

h. Enter 0.05 m for Wall Thickness.

i. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

5. Copy boundary conditions to define the bottom wall (w-low-y) as previously done in this tutorial.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → w-high-y Copy...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
290 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Ensure w-high-y is selected in the From Boundary Zone selection list.

b. Select w-low-y from the To Boundary Zones selection list.

c. Click Copy.

d. Click OK when the Question dialog box opens asking whether you want to copy the boundary conditions
of w-high-y to all the selected zones.

e. Close the Copy Conditions dialog box.

8.4.8. Obtaining the Solution

1. Set the solution parameters.

Solution → Solution → Methods...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 291
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Radiation and|Natural
vk.com/id446425943
Convection

Select Body Force Weighted from the Pressure drop-down list in the Spatial Discretization group
box.

2. Set the convergence criteria for you simulation.

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
292 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Ensure that Plot is enabled in the Options group box.

b. Enter 0.0001 for the Absolute Criteria of continuity, x-, y-, and z-velocity.

c. Enter 1e-7 for the Absolute Criteria of energy.

Decreasing the criteria for these residuals will improve the accuracy of the solution.

d. Click OK

3. Initialize the solution.

Solution → Initialization

a. Retain the default selection of Hybrid Initialization from the Initialization Methods list.

b. Click Initialize.

4. Create a surface report definition to aid in judging convergence.

It is good practice to use reports of physical solution quantities together with residual monitors when
determining whether a solution is converged. In this step you will create a surface report definition for
the average temperature on the z=0 plane.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 293
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Radiation and|Natural
vk.com/id446425943
Convection

a. Create the new surface, zz_center_z.

Domain → Surface → Create → Iso-Surface...

i. Enter zz_center_z for New Surface Name.

Note

If you want to delete or otherwise manipulate any surfaces, click Manage... to

open the Surfaces dialog box.

ii. Select Mesh... and Z-Coordinate from the Surface of Constant drop-down lists.

iii. Click Compute and retain the default value of 0 for Iso-Values.

iv. Click Create and close the Iso-Surface dialog box.

b. Create the surface report definition.

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Surface Report → Area-Weighted Aver-

age...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
294 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. Enter surf-mon-1 for the Name of the surface report definition.

ii. In the Create group box, enable Report Plot and Print to Console.

Note

Unlike residual values, data from other reports is not saved as part of the solution
set when the ANSYS Fluent data file is saved. If you want to access the surface
report data in future ANSYS Fluent sessions, you can enable the Report File option.
The report file will be saved in your working directory.

iii. Select Temperature... and Static Temperature from the Field Variable drop-down lists.

iv. Select zz_center_z from the Surfaces selection list.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 295
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Radiation and|Natural
vk.com/id446425943
Convection

v. Click OK to save the surface report definition settings and close the Surface Report Definition
dialog box.

5. Save the case file (rad_a_100.cas.gz).

File → Write → Case...

6. Start the calculation by requesting 400 iterations.

Solution → Run Calculation→Advanced...

a. Select User Specified from the Time Step Method list.

b. Retain the default value of 1 for Pseudo Time Step.

c. Enter 400 for Number of Iterations.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
296 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

d. Click Calculate.

Figure 8.3: Temperature Surface Report

The surface report history shows that the average temperature on zz_center_z has stabilized, thus con-
firming that the solution has indeed reached convergence. You can view the behavior of the residuals
(Figure 8.4: Scaled Residuals (p. 297)) in the Scaled Residuals graphics window tab.

Figure 8.4: Scaled Residuals

7. Save the case and data files (rad_a_100.cas.gz, rad_a_100.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 297
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Radiation and|Natural
vk.com/id446425943
Convection

8.4.9. Postprocessing

1. Enable the postprocessing view by clicking in the objects toolbar and selecting Post Processing.

2. Disable lighting.

View → Graphics Lights...

a. Disable Light On and click Apply.

b. Close the Lights dialog box.

3. Create a new surface, zz_x_side, which will be used later to plot wall temperature.

Results → Surface → Create → Line/Rake...

a. Enter zz_x_side for New Surface Name.

Note

If you want to delete or otherwise manipulate any surfaces, click Manage... to open
the Surfaces dialog box.

b. Enter (-0.125, 0, 0.125) for (x0, y0, z0), respectively.

c. Enter (0.125, 0, 0.125) for (x1, y1, z1), respectively.

d. Click Create and close the Line/Rake Surface dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
298 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

4. Display contours of static temperature.

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

a. Enable the Filled option in the Options group box.

b. Select Temperature... and Static Temperature from the Contours of drop-down lists.

c. Select zz_center_z from the Surfaces selection list.

d. Enable the Draw Mesh option in the Options group box to open the Mesh Display dialog box.

i. Ensure Outline is selected in the Edge Type group box.

ii. Close the Mesh Display dialog box.

e. Disable the Auto Range option.

f. Enter 421 K for Min and 473.15 K for Max.

g. Click Display, rotate the view as shown in Figure 8.5: Contours of Static Temperature (p. 300), and close
the Contours dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 299
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Radiation and|Natural
vk.com/id446425943
Convection

Figure 8.5: Contours of Static Temperature

A regular check for most buoyant cases is to look for evidence of stratification in the temperature field.
This is observed as nearly horizontal bands of similar temperature. These may be broken or disturbed by
buoyant plumes. For this case you can expect reasonable stratification with some disturbance at the
vertical walls where the air is driven around. Inspection of the temperature contours in Figure 8.5: Contours
of Static Temperature (p. 300) reveals that the solution appears as expected.

5. Create and display a contour definition for wall temperature (surfaces in contact with the fluid).

Results → Graphics → Contours → New...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
300 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter wall-temperature for Contour Name.

b. Ensure that the Filled option is enabled in the Options group box.

c. Disable the Node Values option.

d. Select Temperature... and Wall Temperature from the Contours of drop-down lists.

e. Select all surfaces except default-interior and zz_x_side in the Surfaces selection list.

f. Enter 413 K for Min and 473.15 K for Max.

g. Click Save/Display, and rotate the view as shown in Figure 8.6: Contours of Wall Temperature (p. 302).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 301
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Radiation and|Natural
vk.com/id446425943
Convection

Figure 8.6: Contours of Wall Temperature

6. Display contours of radiation heat flux.

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
302 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Ensure that the Filled option is enabled in the Options group box.

b. Enable Auto Range.

c. Select Wall Fluxes... and Radiation Heat Flux from the Contours of drop-down list.

d. Make sure that all surfaces except default-interior and zz_x_side are selected in the Surfaces selection
list.

e. Click Display.

f. Close the Contours dialog box.

Figure 8.7: Contours of Radiation Heat Flux (p. 304) shows the radiating wall (w-low-x) with positive
heat flux and all other walls with negative heat flux.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 303
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Radiation and|Natural
vk.com/id446425943
Convection

Figure 8.7: Contours of Radiation Heat Flux

7. Display vectors of velocity magnitude.

Results → Graphics → Vectors → Edit...

a. Retain the default selection of Velocity from the Vectors of drop-down list.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
304 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

b. Retain the default selection of Velocity... and Velocity Magnitude from the Color by drop-down lists.

c. Select zz_center_z from the Surfaces selection list.

d. Enter 0.2 for Scale.

e. Click Display and rotate the view as shown in Figure 8.8: Vectors of Velocity Magnitude (p. 305).

f. Close the Vectors dialog box.

Figure 8.8: Vectors of Velocity Magnitude

8. Compute view factors and radiation emitted from the front wall (w-high-x) to all other walls.

In the Results tab, click S2S Information... (Model Specific group box).

Results → Model Specific → S2S Information...

a. Ensure that the View Factors option is enabled in the Report Options group box.

b. Enable the Incident Radiation option.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 305
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Radiation and|Natural
vk.com/id446425943
Convection

c. Select w-high-x from the From selection list.

d. Select all zones except w-high-x from the To selection list.

e. Click Compute and close the S2S Information dialog box.

The computed values of the view factors and incident radiation are displayed in the console. A view
factor of approximately 0.2 for each wall is a good value for the square box.

9. Compute the total heat transfer rate.

Results → Reports → Fluxes...

a. Select Total Heat Transfer Rate from the Options list.

b. Select all boundary zones except default-interior from the Boundaries selection list.

c. Click Compute.

10. Compute the total heat transfer rate for w-low-x.

Results → Reports → Fluxes...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
306 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Retain the selection of Total Heat Transfer Rate from the Options list.

b. Deselect all boundary zones and select w-low-x from the Boundaries selection list.

c. Click Compute.

11. Compute the radiation heat transfer rate.

Results → Reports → Fluxes...

a. Select Radiation Heat Transfer Rate from the Options list.

b. Select all boundary zones except default-interior from the Boundaries selection list.

c. Click Compute.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 307
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Radiation and|Natural
vk.com/id446425943
Convection

12. Compute the radiation heat transfer rate for w-low-x.

Results → Reports → Fluxes...

a. Retain the selection of Radiation Heat Transfer Rate from the Options list.

b. Deselect all boundary zones and select w-low-x from the Boundaries selection list.

c. Click Compute and close the Flux Reports dialog box.

The net heat load is approximately 51.5 W. After comparing the total heat transfer rate and radiation
heat transfer rate, it can be concluded that radiation is the dominant mode of heat transfer.

13. Display the temperature profile for the side wall.

Results → Plots → XY Plot → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
308 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select Temperature... and Wall Temperature from the Y Axis Function drop-down lists.

b. Retain the default selection of Direction Vector from the X Axis Function drop-down list.

c. Select zz_x_side from the Surfaces selection list.

d. Click Plot (Figure 8.9: Temperature Profile Along the Outer Surface of the Box (p. 310)).

e. Enable the Write to File option and click the Write... button to open the Select File dialog box.

i. Enter tp_100.xy for XY File.

ii. Click OK in the Select File dialog box.

f. Disable the Write to File option.

g. Close the Solution XY Plot dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 309
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Radiation and|Natural
vk.com/id446425943
Convection

Figure 8.9: Temperature Profile Along the Outer Surface of the Box

14. Save the case and data files (rad_b_100.cas.gz and rad_b_100.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

8.4.10. Comparing the Contour Plots after Varying Radiating Surfaces

1. Increase the number of faces per cluster to 800.

Setup → Models → Radiation Edit...

a. Click the Settings... button to open the View Factors and Clustering dialog box.

i. Enter 800 for Faces per Surface Cluster for Flow Boundary Zones in the Manual group box.

ii. Click Apply to All Walls.

iii. Click OK to close the View Factors and Clustering dialog box.

b. Click the Compute/Write/Read... button to open the Select File dialog box and to compute the view
factors.

Specify a name for the S2S file that will store the cluster and view factor parameters.

i. Enter rad_800.s2s.gz for S2S File.

ii. Click OK in the Select File dialog box.

c. Click OK to close the Radiation Model dialog box.

2. Right-click Solution Initialization and select Initialize.

Solution → Solution Initialization Initialize

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
310 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

3. Start the calculation by requesting 400 iterations.

Solution → Run Calculation Calculate

4. Save the case and data files (rad_800.cas.gz and rad_800.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

5. In a similar manner described in the step 13 of Postprocessing (p. 298), display the temperature profile for
the side wall and write it to a file named tp_800.xy.

6. Repeat the procedure, outlined in steps 1 – 5 of this section, for 1600 faces per surface cluster and save
the respective S2S files (for example, rad_1600.s2s.gz), case and data files (for example,
rad_1600.cas.gz), and temperature profile files (for example, tp_1600.xy).

7. Display contours of wall temperature for all six cases using the wall-temperature definition you created
earlier.

Results → Graphics → Contours → wall-temperature Display

Figure 8.10: Contours of Wall Temperature: 100 Face per Surface Cluster

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 311
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Radiation and|Natural
vk.com/id446425943
Convection

Figure 8.11: Contours of Wall Temperature: 800 Faces per Surface Cluster

Figure 8.12: Contours of Wall Temperature: 1600 Faces per Surface Cluster

8. Create a plot that compares the temperature profile plots for 100, 800, and 1600 FPSC.

Results → Plots → File...

a. Click the Load... button to open the Select File dialog box.

i. Select the file tp_100.xy.

ii. Click OK to close the Select File dialog box.

b. Change the legend entry for the data series.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
312 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. Select tp_100.xy in the Curves Information text box.

ii. Enter 100 in the text box to the right of the Change Legend Entry button.

iii. Click Change Legend Entry.

ANSYS Fluent will update the Legend Entry text for the file tp_100.xy.

c. Load the files tp_800.xy, and tp_1600.xy and change their legend entries accordingly, in a manner
similar to the previous two steps (a and b).

d. Click the Axes... button to open the Axes dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 313
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Radiation and|Natural
vk.com/id446425943
Convection

i. Ensure X is selected from the Axis list.

ii. Enter 3 for Precision in the Number Format group box and click Apply.

iii. Select Y from the Axis list.

iv. Enter 2 for Precision and click Apply.

v. Close the Axes dialog box.

e. Click Plot (Figure 8.13: A Comparison of Temperature Profiles along the Outer Surface of the Box (p. 314))
and close the File XY Plot dialog box.

Figure 8.13: A Comparison of Temperature Profiles along the Outer Surface of the Box

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
314 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

8.4.11. S2S Definition, Solution, and Postprocessing with Partial Enclosure

As mentioned previously, when the S2S model is used, you also have the option to define a “partial enclosure”;
that is, you can disable the view factor calculation for walls with negligible emission/absorption, or walls
that have uniform temperature. Even though the view factor will not be computed for these walls, they will
still emit radiation at a fixed temperature called the “partial enclosure temperature”. The main advantage
of this is to speed up the view factor and the radiosity calculation.

In the steps that follow, you will specify the radiating wall (w-low-x) as a boundary zone that is not particip-
ating in the S2S radiation model. Consequently, you will specify the partial enclosure temperature for the
wall. Note that the partial enclosure option may not yield accurate results in cases that have multiple wall
boundaries that are not participating in S2S radiation and that each have different temperatures. This is
because a single partial enclosure temperature is applied to all of the non-participating walls.

1. Read the case file saved previously for the S2S model (rad_b_100.cas.gz).

File → Read → Case...

2. Set the partial enclosure parameters for the S2S model.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → w-low-x Edit...

a. Click the Radiation tab.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 315
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Radiation and|Natural
vk.com/id446425943
Convection

b. Disable the Participates in View Factor Calculation option in the S2S Parameters group box.

c. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

Click OK to close the dialog box informing you that you must recompute viewfactors.

3. Compute the view factors for the S2S model.

Setup → Models → Radiation Edit...

a. Click the Settings... button to open the View Factors and Clustering dialog box.

b. Click the Select... button to open the Participating Boundary Zones dialog box.

i. Enter 473.15 K for Non-Participating Boundary Zones Temperature.

ii. Click OK to close the Participating Boundary Zones dialog box.

Click OK to close the dialog box informing you that you must recompute viewfactors.

c. Click OK to close the View Factors and Clustering dialog box.

d. Click the Compute/Write/Read... button to open the Select File dialog box and to compute the view
factors.

The view factor file will store the view factors for the radiating surfaces only. This may help you control
the size of the view factor file as well as the memory required to store view factors in ANSYS Fluent.
Furthermore, the time required to compute the view factors will be reduced, as only the view factors
for radiating surfaces will be calculated.

i. Enter rad_partial.s2s.gz for S2S File.

ii. Click OK in the Select File dialog box.

e. Click OK to close the Radiation Model dialog box.

4. Right-click Solution Initialization and select Initialize.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
316 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Solution → Solution Initialization Initialize

5. Start the calculation by requesting 400 iterations.

Solution → Run Calculation Calculate

6. Save the case and data files (rad_partial.cas.gz and rad_partial.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

7. Compute the radiation heat transfer rate.

Results → Reports → Fluxes...

a. Ensure that Radiation Heat Transfer Rate is selected from the Options list.

b. Select all boundary zones except default-interior from the Boundaries selection list.

c. Click Compute and close the Flux Reports dialog box.

The Flux Reports dialog box does not report any heat transfer rate for the radiating wall (w-low-x),
because you specified that it not participate in the view factor calculation. The remaining walls report
similar rates to those obtained in step 9 of Postprocessing (p. 298), indicating that in this case the use of
a partial enclosure saved computation time without significantly affecting the results.

8. Compare the temperature profile for the side wall to the profile saved in tp_100.xy.

Results → Plots → XY Plot → Edit...

a. Display the temperature profile for the side wall, zz_x_side, and write it to a file named tp_par-
tial.xy, in a manner similar to the instructions shown in step 13 of Postprocessing (p. 298).

b. Click Load File... to open the Select File dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 317
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Radiation and|Natural
vk.com/id446425943
Convection

i. Select tp_100.xy.

ii. Click OK to close the Select File dialog box.

c. Click Plot.

d. Close the Solution XY Plot dialog box.

Figure 8.14: Wall Temperature Profile Comparison

Figure 8.14: Wall Temperature Profile Comparison (p. 318) further confirms that the use of a partial enclosure
did not significantly affect the results.

8.5. Summary
In this tutorial you studied combined natural convection and radiation in a three-dimensional square
box and compared how varying the settings of the surface-to-surface (S2S) radiation model affected
the results. The S2S radiation model is appropriate for modeling the enclosure radiative transfer without
participating media, whereas the methods for participating radiation may not always be efficient.

For more information about the surface-to-surface (S2S) radiation model, see the Fluent User's Guide.

8.6. Further Improvements

This tutorial guides you through the steps to reach an initial solution. You may be able to obtain a more
accurate solution by using an appropriate higher-order discretization scheme and by adapting the mesh.
Mesh adaption can also ensure that the solution is independent of the mesh. These steps are demon-
strated in Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
318 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 9: Using a Single Rotating Reference Frame

This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
9.1. Introduction
9.2. Prerequisites
9.3. Problem Description
9.4. Setup and Solution
9.5. Summary
9.6. Further Improvements
9.7. References

9.1. Introduction
This tutorial considers the flow within a 2D, axisymmetric, co-rotating disk cavity system. Understanding
the behavior of such flows is important in the design of secondary air passages for turbine disk cooling.

This tutorial demonstrates how to do the following:

• Set up a 2D axisymmetric model with swirl, using a rotating reference frame.

• Use the standard - and RNG - turbulence models.

• Calculate a solution using the pressure-based solver.

• Display velocity vectors and contours of pressure.

• Set up and display XY plots of radial velocity and wall distribution.

• Restart the solver from an existing solution.

9.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial is written with the assumption that you have completed one or more of the introductory
tutorial Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35) found in this manual and that you are
familiar with the ANSYS Fluent tree and ribbon structure. Some steps in the setup and solution procedure
will not be shown explicitly.

9.3. Problem Description

The problem to be considered is shown schematically in Figure 9.1: Problem Specification (p. 320). This
case is similar to a disk cavity configuration that was extensively studied by Pincombe [1].

Air enters the cavity between two co-rotating disks. The disks are 88.6 cm in diameter and the air enters
at 1.146 m/s through a circular bore 8.86 cm in diameter. The disks, which are 6.2 cm apart, are spinning
at 71.08 rpm, and the air enters with no swirl. As the flow is diverted radially, the rotation of the disk
has a significant effect on the viscous flow developing along the surface of the disk.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 319
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using a Single Rotating Reference Frame

Figure 9.1: Problem Specification

As noted by Pincombe [1], there are two nondimensional parameters that characterize this type of disk
cavity flow: the volume flow rate coefficient, , and the rotational Reynolds number, . These
parameters are defined as follows:
(9.1)

(9.2)

where is the volumetric flow rate, is the rotational speed, is the kinematic viscosity, and is
the outer radius of the disks. Here, you will consider a case for which = 1092 and = .

9.4. Setup and Solution

The following sections describe the setup and solution steps for this tutorial:
9.4.1. Preparation
9.4.2. Mesh
9.4.3. General Settings
9.4.4. Models
9.4.5. Materials
9.4.6. Cell Zone Conditions
9.4.7. Boundary Conditions
9.4.8. Solution Using the Standard k- ε Model

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
320 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

9.4.9. Postprocessing for the Standard k- ε Solution

9.4.10. Solution Using the RNG k- ε Model
9.4.11. Postprocessing for the RNG k- ε Solution

9.4.1. Preparation
To prepare for running this tutorial:

1. Download the single_rotating.zip file here.

2. Unzip single_rotating.zip to your working directory.

3. The file disk.msh can be found in the folder.

4. Use Fluent Launcher to start the 2D single precision (disable Double Precision) version of ANSYS Fluent.

Fluent Launcher displays your Display Options preferences from the previous session.

5. Run in Serial under Processing Options.

9.4.2. Mesh
1. Read the mesh file (disk.msh).

File → Read → Mesh...

As ANSYS Fluent reads the mesh file, it will report its progress in the console.

Note

The Fluent console will display a warning that the current setup for the boundary condi-
tions is not appropriate for a 2D/3D flow problem.

You will resolve this issue when you modify the solver settings in a subsequent step.

9.4.3. General Settings

1. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

ANSYS Fluent will perform various checks on the mesh and report the progress in the console. Make sure
that the reported minimum volume is a positive number.

2. Examine the mesh (Figure 9.2: Mesh Display for the Disk Cavity (p. 322)).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 321
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using a Single Rotating Reference Frame

Figure 9.2: Mesh Display for the Disk Cavity

Extra

You can use the right mouse button to check which zone number corresponds to each
boundary. If you click the right mouse button on one of the boundaries in the graphics
window, information will be displayed in the ANSYS Fluent console about the associated
zone, including the name of the zone. This feature is especially useful when you have
several zones of the same type and you want to distinguish between them quickly.

3. Define new units for angular velocity and length.

Domain → Mesh → Units...

In the problem description, angular velocity and length are specified in rpm and cm, respectively, which
is more convenient in this case. These are not the default units for these quantities.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
322 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select angular-velocity from the Quantities list, and rpm in the Units list.

b. Select length from the Quantities list, and cm in the Units list.

c. Close the Set Units dialog box.

4. Specify the solver formulation to be used for the model calculation and enable the modeling of axisymmetric
swirl.

Physics → Solver

a. Retain the default selection of Pressure-Based in the Type list.

b. Retain the default selection of Absolute in the Velocity Formulation list.

For a rotating reference frame, the absolute velocity formulation has some numerical advantages.

c. Select Axisymmetric Swirl from the drop-down list in the Solver group box.

9.4.4. Models
1. Enable the standard - turbulence model with the enhanced near-wall treatment.

Physics → Models → Viscous...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 323
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using a Single Rotating Reference Frame

a. Select k-epsilon (2 eqn) in the Model list.

The Viscous Model dialog box will expand.

b. Retain the default selection of Standard in the k-epsilon Model list.

c. Select Enhanced Wall Treatment in the Near-Wall Treatment list.

d. Click OK to close the Viscous Model dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
324 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

The ability to calculate a swirl velocity permits the use of a 2D mesh, so the calculation is simpler
and more economical to run. This is especially important for problems where the enhanced wall
treatment is used. The near-wall flow field is resolved through the viscous sublayer and buffer zones
(that is, the first mesh point away from the wall is placed at a of the order of 1).

For details, see enhanced wall treatment in the Fluent Theory Guide.

9.4.5. Materials
For the present analysis, you will model air as an incompressible fluid with a density of 1.225 kg/ and a
dynamic viscosity of 1.7894 kg/m-s. Since these are the default values, no change is required in the
Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

1. Retain the default properties for air.

Physics → Materials → Create/Edit...

2. Click Close to close the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

For details, see physical properties in the Fluent User's Guide.

9.4.6. Cell Zone Conditions

Set up the present problem using a rotating reference frame for the fluid. Then define the disk walls to rotate
with the moving frame.

Setup → Cell Zone Conditions → fluid-7 Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 325
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using a Single Rotating Reference Frame

1. Define the rotating reference frame for the fluid zone (fluid-7).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
326 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enable Frame Motion.

b. Enter 71.08 rpm for Speed in the Rotational Velocity group box.

c. Click OK to close the Fluid dialog box.

9.4.7. Boundary Conditions

Setup → Boundary Conditions → velocity-inlet-2 Edit...

1. Set the following conditions at the flow inlet (velocity-inlet-2).

a. Select Components from the Velocity Specification Method drop-down list.

b. Enter 1.146 m/s for Axial-Velocity.

c. Retain the default selection of Intensity and Viscosity Ratio from the Specification Method drop-
down list in the Turbulence group box.

d. Retain the default value of 5 % for Turbulent Intensity.

e. Enter 5 for Turbulent Viscosity Ratio.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 327
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using a Single Rotating Reference Frame

f. Click OK to close the Velocity Inlet dialog box.

2. Set the following conditions at the flow outlet (pressure-outlet-3).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → pressure-outlet-3 Edit...

a. Select From Neighboring Cell from the Backflow Direction Specification Method drop-down list.

b. Click OK to close the Pressure Outlet dialog box.

Note

ANSYS Fluent will use the backflow conditions only if the fluid is flowing into the
computational domain through the outlet. Since backflow might occur at some point
during the solution procedure, you should set reasonable backflow conditions to
prevent convergence from being adversely affected.

3. Confirm that the wall boundary condition settings for the disk walls (wall-6) are as shown below.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
328 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Setup → Boundary Conditions → wall-6 Edit...

Note

A Stationary Wall condition implies that the wall is stationary with respect to the adjacent
cell zone. Hence, in the case of a rotating reference frame a Stationary Wall is actually
rotating with respect to the absolute reference frame. To specify a non-rotating wall in
this case you would select Moving Wall (that is, moving with respect to the rotating ref-
erence frame). Then you would specify an absolute rotational speed of 0 in the Motion
group box.

a. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

9.4.8. Solution Using the Standard k- ε Model

1. Set the solution parameters.

Solution → Solution → Methods...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 329
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using a Single Rotating Reference Frame

a. Select PRESTO! from the Pressure drop-down list in the Spatial Discretization group box.

The PRESTO! scheme is well suited for steep pressure gradients involved in rotating flows. It provides
improved pressure interpolation in situations where large body forces or strong pressure variations
are present as in swirling flows.

b. Select Second Order Upwind from the Turbulent Kinetic Energy and Turbulent Dissipation Rate
drop-down lists.

Use the scroll bar to access the discretization schemes that are not initially visible in the task page.

2. Set the solution controls.

Solution → Controls → Controls...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
330 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Retain the default values in the Pseudo Transient Explicit Relaxation Factors group box.

Note

For this problem, the default explicit relaxation factors are satisfactory. However, if
the solution diverges or the residuals display large oscillations, you may need to reduce
the relaxation factors from their default values.

For tips on how to adjust the explicit relaxation parameters for different situations, see the Fluent
User's Guide.

3. Enable the plotting of residuals during the calculation.

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 331
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using a Single Rotating Reference Frame

a. Ensure that Plot is enabled in the Options group box.

b. Click OK to close the Residual Monitors dialog box.

Note

For this calculation, the convergence tolerance on the continuity equation is kept at
0.001. Depending on the behavior of the solution, you can reduce this value if necessary.

4. Enable the plotting of mass flow rate at the flow exit.

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Surface Report → Mass Flow Rate

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
332 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter surf-mon-1 for the Name of the surface report definition.

b. In the Create group box, enable Report File, Report Plot and Print to Console for surf-mon-1.

Note

When the Report File option is selected in the Surface Report Definition dialog box,
the mass flow rate history will be written to a file. If you do not enable the Report
File option, the history information will be lost when you exit ANSYS Fluent.

c. Select pressure-outlet-3 from the Surfaces selection list.

d. Click OK to save the surface report definition settings and close the Surface Report Definition dialog
box.

5. Initialize the solution.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 333
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using a Single Rotating Reference Frame

Solution → Initialization

a. Retain the default selection of the Hybrid initialization method.

b. Click Initialize.

Note

For flows in complex topologies, hybrid initialization will provide better initial velocity
and pressure fields than standard initialization. This in general will help in improving
the convergence behavior of the solver.

6. Save the case file (disk-ke.cas.gz).

File → Write → Case...

7. Start the calculation by requesting 600 iterations.

Run Calculation

a. Enter 600 for the Number of Iterations.

b. Click Calculate.

Throughout the calculation, ANSYS Fluent will report reversed flow at the exit. This is reasonable for
the current case. The mass flow rate history is shown in Figure 9.3: Mass Flow Rate History (k- ε Tur-
bulence Model) (p. 335).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
334 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 9.3: Mass Flow Rate History (k- ε Turbulence Model)

Extra

Here we have retained the default Timescale Factor of 1 in the Run Calculation panel.
When performing a Pseudo Transient calculation, larger values of Timescale Factor may
speed up convergence of the solution. However, setting Timescale Factor too large may
cause the solution to diverge and fail to complete. As an optional activity, you can re-
initialize the solution and try running the calculation with Timescale Factor set to 2.
Observe the convergence behavior and the number of iterations before convergence.
Then try the same again with Timescale Factor set to 4. For more information on setting
Timescale Factor and the Pseudo Transient solver settings, refer to the Fluent User's Guide.

8. Check the mass flux balance.

Results → Reports → Fluxes...

Warning

Although the mass flow rate history indicates that the solution is converged, you
should also check the net mass fluxes through the domain to ensure that mass is
being conserved.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 335
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using a Single Rotating Reference Frame

a. Select velocity-inlet-2 and pressure-outlet-3 from the Boundaries selection list.

b. Retain the default Mass Flow Rate option.

c. Click Compute and close the Flux Reports dialog box.

Warning

The net mass imbalance should be a small fraction (for example, 0.5%) of the total
flux through the system. If a significant imbalance occurs, you should decrease the
residual tolerances by at least an order of magnitude and continue iterating.

9. Save the case and data files (disk-ke.cas.gz and disk-ke.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

Click OK to overwrite disk-ke.cas.gz.

Note

It is always prudent to save both case and data files in case anything has changed.

9.4.9. Postprocessing for the Standard k- ε Solution

1. Display the velocity vectors.

Results → Graphics → Vectors → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
336 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter 1 for Scale

b. Set Skip to 1.

c. Click the Vector Options... button to open the Vector Options dialog box.

i. Disable Z Component.

This allows you to examine only the non-swirling components.

ii. Click Apply and close the Vector Options dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 337
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using a Single Rotating Reference Frame

d. Click Display in the Vectors dialog box to plot the velocity vectors.

A magnified view of the velocity field displaying a counter-clockwise circulation of the flow is shown
in Figure 9.4: Magnified View of Velocity Vectors within the Disk Cavity (p. 338).

Figure 9.4: Magnified View of Velocity Vectors within the Disk Cavity

e. Close the Vectors dialog box.

2. Display filled contours of static pressure.

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
338 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enable Filled in the Options group box.

b. Retain the selection of Pressure... and Static Pressure from the Contours of drop-down lists.

c. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

The pressure contours are displayed in Figure 9.5: Contours of Static Pressure for the Entire Disk Cav-
ity (p. 340). Notice the high pressure that occurs on the right disk near the hub due to the stagnation of
the flow entering from the bore.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 339
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using a Single Rotating Reference Frame

Figure 9.5: Contours of Static Pressure for the Entire Disk Cavity

3. Create a constant -coordinate line for postprocessing.

Results → Surface → Create → Iso-Surface...

a. Enter aaa_y=37cm for the New Surface Name.

Using a prefix such as aaa or zzz allows you to keep all postprocessing surfaces together.

b. Select Mesh... and Y-Coordinate from the Surface of Constant drop-down lists.

c. Click Compute to update the minimum and maximum values.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
340 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

d. Enter 37 in the Iso-Values field.

This is the radial position along which you will plot the radial velocity profile.

e. Enter aaa_y=37cm for the New Surface Name.

Using a prefix such as aaa or zzz allows you to keep all postprocessing surfaces together.

f. Click Create to create the isosurface.

Note

The name you use for an isosurface can be any continuous string of characters (without
spaces).

g. Close the Iso-Surface dialog box.

4. Plot the radial velocity distribution on the surface aaa_y=37cm.

Results → Plots → XY Plot → Edit...

a. Select Velocity... and Radial Velocity from the Y Axis Function drop-down lists.

b. Select the y-coordinate line aaa_y=37cm from the Surfaces selection list.

c. Click Plot.

Figure 9.6: Radial Velocity Distribution—Standard k- ε Solution (p. 342) shows a plot of the radial ve-
locity distribution along .

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 341
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using a Single Rotating Reference Frame

Figure 9.6: Radial Velocity Distribution—Standard k- ε Solution

d. Enable Write to File in the Options group box to save the radial velocity profile.

e. Click the Write... button to open the Select File dialog box.

i. Enter ke-data.xy in the XY File text entry box and click OK.

Be sure to double check the location where the files are being saved to ensure they will be saved
where you intend.

5. Plot the wall y+ distribution on the rotating disk wall along the radial direction (Figure 9.7: Wall Yplus Dis-
tribution on wall-6— Standard k- ε Solution (p. 344)).

Results → Plots → XY Plot → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
342 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Disable Write to File in the Options group box.

b. Select Turbulence... and Wall Yplus from the Y Axis Function drop-down lists.

c. Deselect aaa_y=37cm and select wall-6 from the Surfaces selection list.

d. Enter 0 and 1 for X and Y respectively in the Plot Direction group box.

Note

The change in Plot Direction is required because we are plotting y+ along the radial
dimension of the disk, which is oriented with Y axis.

e. Click the Axes... button to open the Axes - Solution XY Plot dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 343
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using a Single Rotating Reference Frame

i. Retain the default selection of X from the Axis group box.

ii. Disable Auto Range in the Options group box.

iii. Retain the default value of 0 for Minimum and enter 43 for Maximum in the Range group box.

iv. Click Apply and close the Axes - Solution XY Plot dialog box.

f. Click Plot in the Solution XY Plot dialog box.

Figure 9.7: Wall Yplus Distribution on wall-6— Standard k- ε Solution (p. 344) shows a plot of wall y+
distribution along wall-6.

Figure 9.7: Wall Yplus Distribution on wall-6— Standard k- ε Solution

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
344 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

g. Enable Write to File in the Options group box to save the wall y+ profile.

h. Click the Write... button to open the Select File dialog box.

i. Enter ke-yplus.xy in the XY File text entry box and click OK.

Note

Ideally, while using enhanced wall treatment, the wall y+ should be in the order of 1
(at least less than 5) to resolve the viscous sublayer. The plot justifies the applicability
of enhanced wall treatment to the given mesh.

i. Close the Solution XY Plot dialog box.

9.4.10. Solution Using the RNG k- ε Model

Recalculate the solution using the RNG - turbulence model.

1. Enable the RNG - turbulence model with the enhanced near-wall treatment.

Physics → Models → Viscous...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 345
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using a Single Rotating Reference Frame

a. Select RNG in the k-epsilon Model list.

b. Enable Differential Viscosity Model and Swirl Dominated Flow in the RNG Options group box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
346 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

The differential viscosity model and swirl modification can provide better accuracy for swirling flows
such as the disk cavity.

For more information, see RNG swirl modification in the Fluent Theory Guide.

c. Retain Enhanced Wall Treatment as the Near-Wall Treatment.

d. Click OK to close the Viscous Model dialog box.

2. Continue the calculation by requesting 300 iterations.

Solution → Run Calculation

3. Save the case and data files (disk-rng.cas.gz and disk-rng.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

9.4.11. Postprocessing for the RNG k- ε Solution

1. Plot the radial velocity distribution for the RNG - solution and compare it with the distribution for the
standard - solution.

Results → Plots → XY Plot → Edit...

a. Enter 1 and 0 for X and Y respectively in the Plot Direction group box.

b. Select Velocity... and Radial Velocity from the Y Axis Function drop-down lists.

c. Select aaa_y=37cm and deselect wall-6 from the Surfaces selection list.

d. Disable the Write to File option.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 347
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using a Single Rotating Reference Frame

e. Click the Load File... button to load the - data.

i. Select the file ke-data.xy in the Select File dialog box.

ii. Click OK.

f. Click the Axes... button to open the Axes - Solution XY Plot dialog box.

i. Enable Auto Range in the Options group box.

ii. Click Apply and close the Axes - Solution XY Plot dialog box.

g. Click the Curves... button to open the Curves - Solution XY Plot dialog box, where you will define a
different curve symbol for the RNG - data.

i. Retain 0 for the Curve #.

ii. Select x from the Symbol drop-down list.

iii. Click Apply and close the Curves - Solution XY Plot dialog box.

h. Click Plot in the Solution XY Plot dialog box (Figure 9.8: Radial Velocity Distribution — RNG k- ε and
Standard k- ε Solutions (p. 349)).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
348 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 9.8: Radial Velocity Distribution — RNG k- ε and Standard k- ε Solutions

The peak velocity predicted by the RNG - solution is higher than that predicted by the standard
- solution. This is due to the less diffusive character of the RNG - model. Adjust the range of
the axis to magnify the region of the peaks.

i. Click the Axes... button to open the Axes - Solution XY Plot dialog box, where you will specify the
-axis range.

i. Disable Auto Range in the Options group box.

ii. Retain the value of 0 for Minimum and enter 1 for Maximum in the Range dialog box.

iii. Click Apply and close the Axes - Solution XY Plot dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 349
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using a Single Rotating Reference Frame

j. Click Plot.

The difference between the peak values calculated by the two models is now more apparent.

Figure 9.9: RNG k- ε and Standard k- ε Solutions (x=0 cm to x=1 cm)

2. Plot the wall y+ distribution on the rotating disk wall along the radial direction Figure 9.10: wall-6 — RNG
k- ε and Standard k- ε Solutions (x=0 cm to x=43 cm) (p. 352).

Results → Plots → XY Plot → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
350 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select Turbulence... and Wall Yplus from the Y Axis Function drop-down lists.

b. Deselect aaa_y=37cm and select wall-6 from the Surfaces selection list.

c. Enter 0 and 1 for X and Y respectively in the Plot Direction group box.

d. Select any existing files that appear in the File Data selection list and click the Free Data button to
remove the file.

e. Click the Load File... button to load the RNG - data.

i. Select the file ke-yplus.xy in the Select File dialog box.

ii. Click OK.

f. Click the Axes... button to open the Axes - Solution XY Plot dialog box.

i. Retain the default selection of X from the Axis group box.

ii. Retain the default value of 0 for Minimum and enter 43 for Maximum in the Range group box.

iii. Click Apply and close the Axes - Solution XY Plot dialog box.

g. Click Plot in the Solution XY Plot dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 351
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using a Single Rotating Reference Frame

Figure 9.10: wall-6 — RNG k- ε and Standard k- ε Solutions (x=0 cm to x=43 cm)

9.5. Summary
This tutorial illustrated the setup and solution of a 2D, axisymmetric disk cavity problem in ANSYS Fluent.
The ability to calculate a swirl velocity permits the use of a 2D mesh, thereby making the calculation
simpler and more economical to run than a 3D model. This can be important for problems where the
enhanced wall treatment is used, and the near-wall flow field is resolved using a fine mesh (the first
mesh point away from the wall being placed at a y+ on the order of 1).

For more information about mesh considerations for turbulence modeling, see the Fluent User's Guide.

9.6. Further Improvements

The case modeled in this tutorial lends itself to parametric study due to its relatively small size. Here
are some things you may want to try:

• Separate wall-6 into two walls.

Domain → Zones → Separate → Faces...

Specify one wall to be stationary, and rerun the calculation.

• Use adaption to see if resolving the high velocity and pressure-gradient region of the flow has a significant
effect on the solution.

• Introduce a nonzero swirl at the inlet or use a velocity profile for fully-developed pipe flow. This is probably
more realistic than the constant axial velocity used here, since the flow at the inlet is typically being supplied
by a pipe.

• Model compressible flow (using the ideal gas law for density) rather than assuming incompressible flow
text.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
352 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 References

This tutorial guides you through the steps to reach an initial solution. You may be able to obtain a more
accurate solution by using an appropriate higher-order discretization scheme and by adapting the mesh.
Mesh adaption can also ensure that the solution is independent of the mesh. These steps are demon-
strated in Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35).

9.7. References
1. Pincombe, J.R.,“Velocity Measurements in the Mk II - Rotating Cavity Rig with a Radial Outflow”, Thermo-
Fluid Mechanics Research Centre, University of Sussex, Brighton, UK, 1981.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 353
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
354 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 10: Using Multiple Reference Frames

This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
10.1. Introduction
10.2. Prerequisites
10.3. Problem Description
10.4. Setup and Solution
10.5. Summary
10.6. Further Improvements

10.1. Introduction
In this tutorial, you will setup a general fluid flow simulation to evaluate the performance of a centrifugal
pump with a volute.

This tutorial demonstrates how to do the following:

• Set up a mesh interface.

• Describe wall motion and other boundary conditions.

• Specify appropriate solver settings.

• Add and monitor expressions.

• Calculate expressions and display contours.

10.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial is written with the assumption that you have completed one or more of the introductory
tutorials (Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35)) found in this manual and that you are
familiar with the ANSYS Fluent tree and ribbon structure. Some steps in the setup and solution procedure
will not be shown explicitly.

10.3. Problem Description

The problem to be considered is the modeling of a centrifugal pump with a volute as shown in Fig-
ure 10.1: Case Geometry (p. 356). The pump impeller has 5 blades and rotates at a velocity of 1450 RPM.
The mass flow rate at the volute outlet is known to be 77.5 kg/s. A gauge total pressure of 0 pa is used
at the inlet. The simulation will be performed to determine the head generated by the pump, repres-
enting the overall pressure increase of the fluid.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 355
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using Multiple Reference Frames

Figure 10.1: Case Geometry

77.5 kg/s

1450 RPM

10.4. Setup and Solution

The following sections describe the setup and solution steps for this tutorial:
10.4.1. Preparation
10.4.2. Mesh
10.4.3. Models
10.4.4. Materials
10.4.5. Cell Zone Conditions
10.4.6. Boundary Conditions
10.4.7. Solution
10.4.8. Postprocessing

10.4.1. Preparation
To prepare for running this tutorial:

1. Download the pump_volute.zip file here.

2. Unzip pump_volute.zip to your working directory.

3. The file, pump_volute.msh, can be found in the folder.

4. Use the Fluent Launcher to enable Double Precision and the 3D version of Fluent.

Fluent Launcher displays your Display Options preferences from the previous session.

For more information about the Fluent Launcher, see Starting Fluent using the Fluent Launcher in
the Fluent Getting Started Guide.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
356 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

5. Ensure that the Display Mesh After Reading option is enabled.

6. Run in parallel by selecting Parallel Solver (Local Machine) under Processing Options. Set the number
of Processes depending on the number available to you. 4 is recommended although fewer can be used,
with the solve time increasing proportionately.

10.4.2. Mesh
1. Read the mesh file pump_volute.msh.

File → Read → Mesh...

As Fluent reads the mesh file, it will report the progress in the console.

2. Create a mesh interface between the impeller and volute.

a. Open the Mesh Interfaces dialog box.

Domain → Interfaces → Mesh...

b. Select Manual Create... to open the Create/Edit Mesh Interfaces dialog box.

c. Enter interface as the name under Mesh Interface.

d. For Interface Zones Side 1, select interface-impeller-outlet from the list of available zones.

e. For Interface Zones Side 2, select interface-volute-inlet from the list of available zones.

f. Select Create/Edit....

g. Close the Create/Edit Mesh Interfaces and the Mesh Interfaces dialog box.

This meshing interface allows ANSYS Fluent to solve the flow equations across the interface between the
adjacent fluid zones.

3. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

Fluent will perform various checks on the mesh and will report the progress in the console. Make sure
that the reported minimum volume is a positive number.

Note that if this step is performed before creating the mesh interface, the check will fail because Fluent
will detect that the interface is missing.

10.4.3. Models
1. Enable the - SST turbulence model.

Physics → Models → Viscous...

a. Select k-omega from the Model list.

b. Select SST in the k-omega Model group box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 357
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using Multiple Reference Frames

c. Click OK.

Compared to other two-equation models, the - SST turbulence model effectively predicts flow separ-
ation in turbomachinery, allowing for accurate evaluation of pump performance.

10.4.4. Materials
1. Add water to the list of materials.

Physics → Materials → Create/Edit...

a. Click Fluent Database... to open the Fluent Database Materials dialog box.

b. Scroll down and select water-liquid (h2o <l>) from the list of materials.

c. Select Copy.

d. Close the Fluent Database Materials dialog box and the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

water-liquid appears under Materials > Fluid in the tree view.

10.4.5. Cell Zone Conditions

1. Set the cell zone conditions for the impeller.

Setup → Cell Zone Conditions → impeller Edit...

a. Set the Material Name to water-liquid.

b. Select Frame Motion.

The impeller will rotate relative to the absolute frame. By default, the correct rotation is set (about
the z-axis).

c. For Rotational Velocity > Speed (rpm), specify 1450.

d. Click OK.

2. Set the cell zone conditions for the volute.

Setup → Cell Zone Conditions → volute Edit...

a. Set the Material Name to water-liquid.

The volute is stationary in the absolute frame so no motion is required.

b. Click OK.

10.4.6. Boundary Conditions

1. Set the boundary conditions for impeller-hub.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
358 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Setup → Boundary Conditions → impeller-hub Edit...

Tab Setting Value

Momentum Wall Motion Moving Wall
Motion Rotational

By default, the rotating wall is specified with a velocity of 0 relative to the impeller fluid zone.

2. Set the boundary conditions for impeller-shroud.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → impeller-shroud Edit...

Tab Setting Value

Momentum Wall Motion Moving Wall
Motion Rotational

Identical to the hub, the shroud is specified with a velocity of 0 relative to the impeller fluid zone.

3. Set the boundary conditions for inblock-shroud.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → inblock-shroud Edit...

Tab Setting Value

Momentum Wall Motion Moving Wall
Motion Absolute
Motion Rotational

The inblock shroud wall is stationary (velocity equal to 0) relative to the absolute reference frame.

4. Set the boundary conditions for the outlet.

The outlet has been automatically set as an inlet by Fluent. You must first change this boundary
condition to a mass flow outlet.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → mass-flow-inlet-11 Type → mass-flow-outlet

Setup → Boundary Conditions → mass-flow-outlet-11 Edit...

Tab Setting Value

Momentum Mass Flow Rate 77.5 (kg/s)
Direction Specification Outward Normals
Method

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 359
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using Multiple Reference Frames

10.4.7. Solution
1. Specify the solution methods.

Solution → Solution → Methods...

a. Select Green-Gauss Node Based from the Gradient drop-down list in the Spatial Discretization group
box.

b. Enable the High Order Term Relaxation option.

c. Retain the default selections.

2. Create a surface report definition for total pressure at the outlet.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
360 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Surface Report → Mass-Weighted Average

a. Enter p-out for the Name of the surface report definition.

b. Select Pressure... and Total Pressure from the Field Variable drop-down lists.

c. Select Outlet from the Surfaces selection list.

This automatically selects all the outlet boundary conditions that have been specified.

d. Click OK to save the surface report definition settings and close the Surface Report Definition dialog
box.

3. Create a surface report definition for total pressure at the inlet.

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Surface Report → Mass-Weighted Average

a. Enter p-in for the Name of the surface report definition.

b. Select Pressure... and Total Pressure from the Field Variable drop-down lists.

c. Select Inlet from the Surfaces selection list.

d. Click OK to save the surface report definition settings and close the Surface Report Definition dialog
box.

4. Create an expression for pump head.

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Expression...

a. Enter the expression (p-out<rd> - p-in<rd>) / (998.2 * 9.81).

You can insert the report definitions you previously created using the Report Definitions drop-down
list under Select Operand Field Functions from and clicking Select.

The expression uses 998.2 as the density of water [kg/m^3] and 9.81 as the acceleration of the fluid
due to gravity [m/s^2].

b. Enter head for Name.

c. Select Report Plot

d. Select Print to Console

e. Click Define to save the expression and close the Expression Report Definition dialog box.

5. Specify the pump head percentage change to be the convergence condition to be used for solution
monitoring.

Solution → Reports → Residuals

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 361
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using Multiple Reference Frames

a. ClickConvergence Conditions... to add .

b. Enter head underConditions.

c. Select head underReport Defeintion.

d. Enter 0.0001 the Stop Criterion.

e. Select Any Condition is Met underChoose Condition.

f. Click OK to close the Convergence Conditions dialog box.

g. Click OK to close the Residual Monitors dialog box.

6. Save the case file (pump_volute.cas.gz).

File → Write → Case...

7. Start the calculation.

Solution → Run Calculation → Advanced...

a. Enter 5 for Timescale Factor.

b. Enter 200 for Number of Iterations.

c. Click Calculate.

d. Click Yes to initialize the case before solving.

You can monitor the progression of the residuals and the pump head during the run.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
362 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

8. Save the case and data files (pump_volute.cas.gz and pump-volute.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

10.4.8. Postprocessing
1. Determine the head generated from the pump

Solution → Reports → Definitions → Edit...

a. Select head from the Report Definitions selection list.

b. Click Compute.

The head generated by the pump is prointed to the console and is approximately, 21.5 [m].

2. Create a contour showing the flow uniformity at the outlet.

Results → Graphics → Contours → New...

a. Enable the Filled option in the Options group box.

b. Disable the Global Range option in the Options group box.

c. Select Velocity... and Velocity Magnitude from the Contours of drop-down lists.

d. Select Outlet from the Surfaces selection list.

e. Select Draw Mesh.

f. On the Mesh Display dialog box that opens, select volute-wall from the Surfaces selection list.

g. Click Display and close the Mesh Display dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 363
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using Multiple Reference Frames

h. Click Save/Display and close the Contours dialog box.

This gives and idea of how the fluid is exciting the volute.

3. Display filled contours of static pressure.

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

a. Enable Filled in the Options group box.

b. Ensure Pressure... and Static Pressure are selected from the Contours of drop-down lists.

c. Select blade, impeller-hub and impeller-shroud from the Surfaces selection list.

d. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

Pressure distribution in the flow domain is plotted in graphics window.

Figure 10.2: Contours of Static Pressure

10.5. Summary
In this tutorial you completed a fluid flow simulation to evaluate the performance of a pump and volute.
You created a custom expression to determine the head generated by the pump.

You can watch a video of this case being set up, solved, and postprocessed at:

• ANSYS Fluent: Evaluating the Performance of a Centrifugal Pump with a Volute

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
364 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Further Improvements

10.6. Further Improvements

This tutorial guides you through the steps to reach a basic solution. You can explore what effect varying
certain parameters, such as impeller speed and outlet flow, have on the performance of the pump. You
can accomplish this by parameterizing the appropriate inputs and outputs and running an optimization
study in ANSYS Workbench.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 365
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
366 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 11: Using Sliding Meshes

This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
11.1. Introduction
11.2. Prerequisites
11.3. Problem Description
11.4. Setup and Solution
11.5. Summary
11.6. Further Improvements

11.1. Introduction
The analysis of turbomachinery often involves the examination of the transient effects due to flow in-
teraction between the stationary components and the rotating blades. In this tutorial, the sliding mesh
capability of ANSYS Fluent is used to analyze the transient flow in an axial compressor stage. The rotor-
stator interaction is modeled by allowing the mesh associated with the rotor blade row to rotate relative
to the stationary mesh associated with the stator blade row.

This tutorial demonstrates how to do the following:

• Create periodic zones.

• Set up the transient solver and cell zone and boundary conditions for a sliding mesh simulation.

• Set up the mesh interfaces for a periodic sliding mesh model.

• Sample the time-dependent data and view the mean value.

11.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial is written with the assumption that you have completed one or more of the introductory
tutorial Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35) found in this manual and that you are
familiar with the ANSYS Fluent tree and ribbon structure. Some steps in the setup and solution procedure
will not be shown explicitly.

11.3. Problem Description

The model represents a single-stage axial compressor composed of two blade rows. The first row is the
rotor with 16 blades, which is operating at a rotational speed of 37,500 rpm. The second row is the
stator with 32 blades. The blade counts are such that the domain is rotationally periodic, with a periodic
angle of 22.5 degrees. This enables you to model only a portion of the geometry, namely, one rotor
blade and two stator blades. Due to the high Reynolds number of the flow and the relative coarseness
of the mesh (both blade rows are composed of only 13,856 cells total), the analysis will employ the in-
viscid model, so that ANSYS Fluent is solving the Euler equations.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 367
vk.com/club152685050
Using Sliding Meshes | vk.com/id446425943

Figure 11.1: Rotor-Stator Problem Description

11.4. Setup and Solution

The following sections describe the setup and solution steps for this tutorial:
11.4.1. Preparation
11.4.2. Mesh
11.4.3. General Settings
11.4.4. Models
11.4.5. Materials
11.4.6. Cell Zone Conditions
11.4.7. Boundary Conditions
11.4.8. Operating Conditions
11.4.9. Mesh Interfaces
11.4.10. Solution
11.4.11. Postprocessing

11.4.1. Preparation
To prepare for running this tutorial:

1. Download the sliding_mesh.zip file here.

2. Unzip sliding_mesh.zip to your working directory.

3. The mesh file axial_comp.msh can be found in the folder.

4. Use Fluent Launcher to start the 3D version of ANSYS Fluent.

Fluent Launcher displays your Display Options preferences from the previous session.

For more information about Fluent Launcher, see starting ANSYS Fluent using the Fluent Launcher
in the Fluent Getting Started Guide.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
368 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

5. Ensure that the Display Mesh After Reading option is enabled.

6. Enable single precision (disable Double Precision).

7. Do not enable Meshing Mode.

8. Run in Serial under Processing Options.

11.4.2. Mesh
1. Read in the mesh file axial_comp.msh.

File → Read → Mesh...

11.4.3. General Settings

1. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

ANSYS Fluent will perform various checks on the mesh and will report the progress in the console. Ensure
that the reported minimum volume is a positive number.

Warnings will be displayed regarding unassigned interface zones, resulting in the failure of the mesh
check. You do not need to take any action at this point, as this issue will be rectified when you define
the mesh interfaces in a later step.

2. Examine the mesh (Figure 11.2: Rotor-Stator Display (p. 370)).

Orient the view to display the mesh as shown in Figure 11.2: Rotor-Stator Display (p. 370). The inlet of the
rotor mesh is colored blue, the interface between the rotor and stator meshes is colored yellow, and the
outlet of the stator mesh is colored red.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 369
vk.com/club152685050
Using Sliding Meshes | vk.com/id446425943

Figure 11.2: Rotor-Stator Display

3. Define the units for the model.

Setup → General → Units...

a. Select angular-velocity from the Quantities selection list.

b. Select rpm from the Units selection list.

c. Select pressure from the Quantities selection list.

Scroll down the Quantities list to find pressure.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
370 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

d. Select atm from the Units selection list.

e. Close the Set Units dialog box.

4. Use the text user interface to change zones rotor-per-1 and rotor-per-3 from wall zones to peri-
odic zones.

a. Press Enter in the console to get the command prompt (>).

b. Type the commands as shown below in the console:

> mesh/modify-zones/list-zones
id name type material kind
---- ------------------------- ------------------ -------------------- ----
13 fluid-rotor fluid air cell
28 fluid-stator fluid air cell
2 default-interior:0 interior face
15 default-interior interior face
3 rotor-hub wall air face
4 rotor-shroud wall air face
7 rotor-blade-1 wall air face
8 rotor-blade-2 wall air face
16 stator-hub wall air face
17 stator-shroud wall air face
20 stator-blade-1 wall air face
21 stator-blade-2 wall air face
22 stator-blade-3 wall air face
23 stator-blade-4 wall air face
5 rotor-inlet pressure-inlet face
19 stator-outlet pressure-outlet face
10 rotor-per-1 wall air face
12 rotor-per-2 wall air face
24 stator-per-2 wall air face
26 stator-per-1 wall air face
6 rotor-interface interface face
18 stator-interface interface face
11 rotor-per-4 wall air face
9 rotor-per-3 wall air face
25 stator-per-4 wall air face
27 stator-per-3 wall air face

/mesh/modify-zones>
/mesh/modify-zones> make-periodic
Periodic zone [()] 10
Shadow zone [()] 9
Rotational periodic? (if no, translational) [yes] yes
Create periodic zones? [yes] yes

zone 9 deleted

created periodic zones.

5. Similarly, change the following wall zone pairs to periodic zones:

Zone Pairs Respective Zone IDs

rotor-per-2 and rotor-per-4 12 and 11
stator-per-1 and stator-per-3 26 and 27
stator-per-2 and stator-per-4 24 and 25

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 371
vk.com/club152685050
Using Sliding Meshes | vk.com/id446425943

11.4.4. Models
1. Enable the inviscid model.

Setup → Models → Viscous Edit...

a. Select Inviscid in the Model list.

b. Click OK to close the Viscous Model dialog box.

11.4.5. Materials
1. Specify air (the default material) as the fluid material, using the ideal gas law to compute density.

Setup → Materials → Fluids → air Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
372 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Retain the default entry of air in the Name text entry field.

b. Select ideal-gas from the Density drop-down list in the Properties group box.

c. Retain the default values for all other properties.

d. Click Change/Create and close the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

As reported in the console, ANSYS Fluent will automatically enable the energy equation, since this is re-
quired when using the ideal gas law to compute the density of the fluid.

2. Specify that it is a transient problem, to allow mesh motion.

Physics → Solver

a. Retain the default selection of Pressure-Based in the Type list.

b. Select Transient in the Time list.

11.4.6. Cell Zone Conditions

Setup → Cell Zone Conditions

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 373
vk.com/club152685050
Using Sliding Meshes | vk.com/id446425943

1. Set the cell zone conditions for the fluid in the rotor (fluid-rotor).

Setup → Cell Zone Conditions → fluid-rotor → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
374 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enable Mesh Motion.

b. Click the Mesh Motion tab.

c. Retain the default values of (0, 0, 1) for X, Y, and Z in the Rotation-Axis Direction group box.

d. Enter 37500 rpm for Speed in the Rotational Velocity group box.

e. Click OK to close the Fluid dialog box.

2. Set the cell zone conditions for the fluid in the stator (fluid-stator).

Setup → Cell Zone Conditions → fluid-stator → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 375
vk.com/club152685050
Using Sliding Meshes | vk.com/id446425943

a. Retain the default values of (0, 0, 1) for X, Y, and Z in the Rotation-Axis Direction group box.

b. Click OK to close the Fluid dialog box.

11.4.7. Boundary Conditions

Setup → Boundary Conditions

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
376 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

1. Enter rotor-inlet into the Zone field to filter the zone list.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → rotor-inlet → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 377
vk.com/club152685050
Using Sliding Meshes | vk.com/id446425943

a. Enter 1.0 atm for Gauge Total Pressure.

b. Enter 0.9 atm for Supersonic/Initial Gauge Pressure.

For information about the Supersonic/Initial Gauge Pressure, see the Fluent User's Guide.

c. Click the Thermal tab and enter 288 K for Total Temperature.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
378 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

d. Click OK to close the Pressure Inlet dialog box.

2. Enter stator-outlet into the Zone field to filter the zone list.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → stator-outlet → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 379
vk.com/club152685050
Using Sliding Meshes | vk.com/id446425943

a. Enter 1.08 atm for Gauge Pressure.

b. Enable Radial Equilibrium Pressure Distribution.

c. Click the Thermal tab and enter 288 K for Backflow Total Temperature.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
380 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

d. Click OK to close the Pressure Outlet dialog box.

Note

The momentum settings and temperature you input at the pressure outlet will be used
only if flow enters the domain through this boundary. It is important to set reasonable
values for these downstream scalar values, in case flow reversal occurs at some point
during the calculation.

3. Retain the default boundary conditions for all wall zones.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → rotor-blade-1 → Edit...

Note

For wall zones, ANSYS Fluent always imposes zero velocity for the normal velocity com-
ponent, which is required whether or not the fluid zone is moving. This condition is all

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 381
vk.com/club152685050
Using Sliding Meshes | vk.com/id446425943

that is required for an inviscid flow, as the tangential velocity is computed as part of the
solution.

11.4.8. Operating Conditions

1. Set the operating pressure.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → Operating Conditions...

a. Enter 0 atm for Operating Pressure.

b. Click OK to close the Operating Conditions dialog box.

Since you have specified the boundary condition inputs for pressure in terms of absolute pressures, you
have to set the operating pressure to zero. Boundary condition inputs for pressure should always be rel-
ative to the value used for operating pressure.

11.4.9. Mesh Interfaces

1. Create a periodic mesh interface between the rotor and stator mesh regions.

Setup → Mesh Interfaces New...

Select Manual Create...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
382 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter int for Mesh Interface.

b. Enable Periodic Repeats in the Interface Options group box.

Enabling this option, allows ANSYS Fluent to treat the interface between the sliding and non-sliding
zones as periodic where the two zones do not overlap.

c. Select rotor-interface from the Interface Zones Side 1 selection list.

Note

In general, when one interface zone is smaller than the other, it is recommended that
you choose the smaller zone as Interface Zone 1. In this case, since both zones are
approximately the same size, the order is not significant.

d. Select stator-interface from the Interface Zones Side 2 selection list.

e. Click Create/Edit... and close the Create/Edit Mesh Interfaces dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 383
vk.com/club152685050
Using Sliding Meshes | vk.com/id446425943

f. Close the Mesh Interfaces dialog box.

2. Check the mesh again to verify that the warnings displayed earlier have been resolved.

Domain → Mesh → Perform Mesh Check

11.4.10. Solution
1. Set the solution parameters.

Solution → Solution → Methods...

Select Coupled from the Pressure-Velocity Coupling group box.

2. Change the Solution Controls

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
384 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Solving → Controls → Controls...

a. Enter 0.5 for Momentum and Pressure in the Explicit Relaxation Factors group box.

b. Enter 0.9 for Temperature in the Under-Relaxation Factors group box.

3. Enable the plotting of residuals during the calculation.

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 385
vk.com/club152685050
Using Sliding Meshes | vk.com/id446425943

a. Ensure that the Plot is selected in the Options group box.

b. Select relative from the Convergence Criterion drop-down list.

c. Enter 0.01 for Relative Criteria for each Residual (continuity, x-velocity, y-velocity, z-velocity, and
energy).

d. Click OK to close the Residual Monitors dialog box.

4. Enable the plotting of mass flow rate at the inlet (rotor-inlet).

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Surface Report → Mass Flow Rate...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
386 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter surf-mon-1 for the Name of the surface report definition.

b. In the Create group box, enable Report File, Report Plot and Print to Console.

c. Enter rotor-inlet in the Surfaces field to filter the list.

d. Select rotor-inlet from the Surfaces selection list.

e. Click OK to save the surface report definition settings and close the Surface Report Definition dialog
box.

surf-mon-1-rplot and surf-mon-1-rfile that are automatically generated by Fluent appear in

the tree (under Solution/Monitors/Report Plots and Solution/Monitors/Report Files, respect-
ively).

5. Enable the plotting of mass flow rate at the outlet (stator-outlet).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 387
vk.com/club152685050
Using Sliding Meshes | vk.com/id446425943

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Surface Report → Mass Flow Rate...

a. Enter surf-mon-2 for the Name of the surface report definition.

b. In the Create group box, enable Report File, Report Plot and Print to Console.

c. Enter stator-outlet in the Surfaces field to filter the list.

d. Select stator-outlet from the Surfaces selection list.

e. Click OK to save the surface report definition settings and close the Surface Report Definition dialog
box.

surf-mon-2-rplot and surf-mon-2-rfile that are automatically generated by Fluent appear in

the tree (under Solution/Monitors/Report Plots and Solution/Monitors/Report Files, respect-
ively).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
388 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

6. Enable the plotting of the area-weighted average of the static pressure at the interface (stator-interface).

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Surface Report → Area-Weighted Average...

a. Enter surf-mon-3 for the Name of the surface report definition.

b. In the Create group box, enable Report File, Report Plot and Print to Console.

c. Retain the default selection of Pressure... and Static Pressure from the Field Variable drop-down
lists.

d. Enter stator-interface in the Surfaces field to filter the list.

e. Select stator-interface from the Surfaces selection list.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 389
vk.com/club152685050
Using Sliding Meshes | vk.com/id446425943

f. Click OK to save the surface report definition settings and close the Surface Report Definition dialog
box.

surf-mon-3-rplot and surf-mon-3-rfile that are automatically generated by Fluent appear in

the tree (under Solution/Monitors/Report Plots and Solution/Monitors/Report Files, respect-
ively).

7. Initialize the solution using the values at the inlet (rotor-inlet).

Solution → Initialization → Options...

a. Select rotor-inlet from the Compute from drop-down list.

b. Select Absolute in the Reference Frame list.

c. Click Initialize.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
390 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

8. Save the initial case file (axial_comp.cas.gz).

File → Write → Case...

9. Run the calculation for one revolution of the rotor.

Solution → Run Calculation → Advanced...

a. Enter 6.6667e-6 s for Time Step Size.

The time step is set such that the passing of a single rotor blade is divided into 15 time steps. There
are 16 blades on the rotor. Therefore, in each time step the rotor rotates 360/16/15=1.5 degrees. With
a rotational speed of 37,500 rpm (225,000 deg/sec), 1.5 degrees of rotation takes 1.5 / 2.25e5 =
6.6667e-6 sec.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 391
vk.com/club152685050
Using Sliding Meshes | vk.com/id446425943

b. Enter 240 for Number of Time Steps.

There are 16 blades on the rotor, and each rotor blade period corresponds to 15 time steps (see
above). Therefore, a complete revolution of the rotor will take 16*15=240 time steps.

c. Retain the default setting of 20 for Max Iterations/Time Step.

d. Click Calculate.

The residuals jump at the beginning of each time step and then fall at least two to three orders of mag-
nitude. Also, the relative convergence criteria is achieved before reaching the maximum iteration limit
(20) for each time step, indicating the limit does not need to be increased.

Figure 11.3: Residual History for the First Revolution of the Rotor

10. Examine the flow variable histories for the first revolution of the rotor (Figure 11.4: Mass Flow Rate at the
Inlet During the First Revolution (p. 393), Figure 11.5: Mass Flow Rate at the Outlet During the First Revolu-
tion (p. 393), and Figure 11.6: Static Pressure at the Interface During the First Revolution (p. 394)).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
392 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 11.4: Mass Flow Rate at the Inlet During the First Revolution

Figure 11.5: Mass Flow Rate at the Outlet During the First Revolution

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 393
vk.com/club152685050
Using Sliding Meshes | vk.com/id446425943

Figure 11.6: Static Pressure at the Interface During the First Revolution

The flow variable histories show that the large variations in flow rate and interface pressure that occur
early in the calculation are greatly reduced as time-periodicity is approached.

11. Save the case and data files (axial_comp-0240.cas.gz and axial_comp-0240.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

Note

It is a good practice to save the case file whenever you are saving the data file espe-
cially for sliding mesh model. This is because the case file contains the mesh inform-
ation, which is changing with time.

Note

For transient-state calculations, you can add the character string %t to the file name so
that the iteration number is automatically appended to the name (for example, by entering
axial_comp-%t for the File Name in the Select File dialog box, ANSYS Fluent will save
files with the names axial_comp-0240.cas and axial_comp-0240.dat).

12. Rename the report output file in preparation for further iterations.

Solution → Monitors → Report Files → surf-mon-1-rfile Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
394 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter surf-mon-1b.out for Output File Base Name.

b. Click OK to close the Edit Report File dialog box.

13. Similarly, change the output file names for the surf-mon-2-rfile and surf-mon-3-rfile report file definitions
to surf-mon-2b.out and surf-mon-3b.out, respectively.

14. Continue the calculation for 720 more time steps to simulate three more revolutions of the rotor.

Solution → Run Calculation → Advanced...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 395
vk.com/club152685050
Using Sliding Meshes | vk.com/id446425943

15. Examine the flow variable histories for the next three revolutions of the rotor to verify that the solution is
time-periodic (Figure 11.7: Mass Flow Rate at the Inlet During the Next 3 Revolutions (p. 397) Figure 11.8: Mass
Flow Rate at the Outlet During the Next 3 Revolutions (p. 397), and Figure 11.9: Static Pressure at the Interface
During the Next 3 Revolutions (p. 398)).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
396 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 11.7: Mass Flow Rate at the Inlet During the Next 3 Revolutions

Figure 11.8: Mass Flow Rate at the Outlet During the Next 3 Revolutions

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 397
vk.com/club152685050
Using Sliding Meshes | vk.com/id446425943

Figure 11.9: Static Pressure at the Interface During the Next 3 Revolutions

16. Save the case and data files (axial_comp-960.cas.gz and axial_comp-960.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

17. Change the file names for surf-mon-1b.out, surf-mon-2b.out, and surf-mon-3b.out to surf-mon-
1c.out, surf-mon-2c.out, and surf-mon-3c.out, respectively (as described in a previous step),
in preparation for further iterations.

18. Add a point at the interface of the stator.

Results → Surface → Create → Point...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
398 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter -0.02 for x0, -0.08 for y0, and -0.036 for z0 in the Point Surface dialog box.

b. Retain the default, point-1 for New Surface Name.

c. Click Create and close the Point Surface dialog box.

19. Enable plotting of the static pressure at a point on the stator interface (point-1).

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Surface Report → Vertex Average...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 399
vk.com/club152685050
Using Sliding Meshes | vk.com/id446425943

a. Enter surf-mon-4 for the Name of the surface report definition.

b. In the Create group box, enable Report File, Report Plot and Print to Console.

c. Retain the defaults of Pressure and Static Pressure for Field Variable.

d. Enter point-1 in the Surfaces field to filter the list.

e. Select point-1 from the Surfaces selection list.

f. Click OK to save the surface report definition settings and close the Surface Report Definition dialog
box.

20. Continue the calculation for one final revolution of the rotor, while saving data samples for the postpro-
cessing of the time statistics.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
400 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Solution → Run Calculation → Advanced...

a. Enter 240 for Number of Time Steps.

b. Enable Data Sampling for Time Statistics in the Options group box.

Enabling Data Sampling for Time Statistics causes ANSYS Fluent to calculate and store mean and
root-mean-square (RMS) values of various quantities and field functions over the calculation interval.

c. Click Calculate.

21. Save the case and data files (axial_comp-1200.cas.gz and axial_comp-1200.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 401
vk.com/club152685050
Using Sliding Meshes | vk.com/id446425943

Figure 11.10: Static Pressure at a Point on The Stator Interface During the Final Revolution

11.4.11. Postprocessing
1. Examine the vertex-averaged static pressure at the stator during the final revolution of the rotor (as calculated
from surf-mon-4.out), and plot the data.

Results → Plots → FFT...

a. Click the Load Input File... button to open the Select File dialog box.

i. Select All Files from the Files of type: drop-down list.

ii. Select surf-mon-4-rfile.out from the list of files.

iii. Click OK to close the Select File dialog box.

b. Click the Plot/Modify Input Signal... button to open the Plot/Modify Input Signal dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
402 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. Enable Subtract Mean Value in the Options group box.

ii. Enter flow-time as the X Axis Label.

iii. Select flow-time X Axis Variable drop-down list.

iv. Click Apply/Plot.

v. Close the Plot/Modify Input Signal dialog box.

c. Click Plot FFT in the Fourier Transform dialog box.

d. Click Axes... to open the Axes - Fourier Transform dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 403
vk.com/club152685050
Using Sliding Meshes | vk.com/id446425943

e. Select exponential from the Type drop-down list, and set Precision to 1 in the Number Format group
box.

f. Click Apply and close the Axes - Fourier Transform dialog box.

g. Click Plot FFT and close the Fourier Transform dialog box.

Figure 11.11: FFT of Static Pressure at the Stator

The FFT plot clearly shows that the pressure fluctuations due to interaction at the interface are
dominated by the rotor and stator blade passing frequencies (which are 10 kHz and 20 kHz, respect-
ively) and their higher harmonics.

2. Display contours of the mean static pressure on the walls of the axial compressor.

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
404 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enable Filled in the Options group box.

b. Select Unsteady Statistics... and Mean Static Pressure from the Contours of drop-down lists.

c. Select wall from the Surface Types selection list.

Scroll down the Surfaces selection list to find wall.

d. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

e. Disable the Headlight and Lighting options.

f. Rotate the view to get the display as shown in Figure 11.12: Mean Static Pressure on the Outer Shroud
of the Axial Compressor (p. 406).

Shock waves are clearly visible in the flow near the outlets of the rotor and stator, as seen in the areas
of rapid pressure change on the outer shroud of the axial compressor.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 405
vk.com/club152685050
Using Sliding Meshes | vk.com/id446425943

Figure 11.12: Mean Static Pressure on the Outer Shroud of the Axial Compressor

11.5. Summary
This tutorial has demonstrated the use of the sliding mesh model for analyzing transient rotor-stator
interaction in an axial compressor stage. The model utilized the coupled pressure-based solver in con-
junction with the transient algorithm to compute the inviscid flow through the compressor stage. The
solution was calculated over time until the reported variables displayed time-periodicity (which required
several revolutions of the rotor), after which time-averaged data was collected while running the case
for the equivalent of one additional rotor revolution (240 time steps).

The Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) utility in ANSYS Fluent was employed to determine the time averages
from stored flow variable report data. You also used the FFT utility to examine the frequency content
of the transient report data. The observed peak corresponds to the passing frequency and the higher
harmonics of the passing frequency, which occurred at approximately 10,000 Hz.

11.6. Further Improvements

This tutorial guides you through the steps to reach a second-order solution. You may be able to obtain
a more accurate solution by adapting the mesh. Adapting the mesh can also ensure that your solution
is independent of the mesh. These steps are demonstrated in Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing
Elbow (p. 35).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
406 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 12: Using Overset and Dynamic Meshes

This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
12.1. Prerequisites
12.2. Problem Description
12.3. Preparation
12.4. Mesh
12.5. Overset Interface Creation
12.6. Steady-State Case Setup
12.7. Unsteady Setup
12.8. Summary

The purpose of this tutorial is to provide guidelines and recommendations for setting up and solving
a dynamic overset mesh case. Overset mesh allows you to build up your case using multiple overlapping
meshes that automatically get connected by interpolating cell data in the overlapping regions. The
overset meshing technique is used in conjunction with the Six Degree of Freedom (6DOF) solver, allowing
bodies to move as a result of fluid and/or external forces.

In this tutorial, you will learn:

• Reading and appending mesh files into the Fluent solver and establishing a flow domain with the
overset approach from overlapping meshes.

• Best practices for overset mesh settings when two walls are close to each other or there is a very tight
gap.

• Compiling the UDF to specify the properties of the pod.

• Setting up the moving zones and hooking the UDF.

• Running a steady-state calculation and continuing an unsteady calculation for the problem.

• Best practices for monitoring and diagnosing an overset case and postprocessing the results.

Note

Overset meshing has many applications beyond store separation. Refer to Overset Meshes
in the Fluent User's Guide for additional information on overset meshing capabilities.

• ANSYS Fluent: Introduction to Overset Meshing

• ANSYS Fluent: Overset Meshing and Dynamic Meshes

• ANSYS Fluent: Using the Six Degrees of Freedom (Six DOF) Solver

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 407
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using Overset and Dynamic Meshes

• ANSYS Fluent: Setting up a Dynamic Mesh Problem for a Piston and Reed Valve - Part 1

12.1. Prerequisites
This tutorial is focused on overset meshing and it assumes that you are familiar with the ANSYS Fluent
interface and that you have a good understanding of the basic setup and solution procedures. Some
of the basic steps in the setup and solution procedure will not be shown explicitly. In this tutorial, you
will use the dynamic mesh model and the Six Degree of Freedom model. If you have not used these
models before, refer to Section 10.6: Dynamic Meshes in the ANSYS Fluent User’s Guide. You will use a
UDF to specify the properties of the pod. If you have not used UDFs before, refer to the Fluent Custom-
ization Manual.

12.2. Problem Description

A rescue pod is dropped from a moving airplane flying at Mach 0.8. As the pod falls, it is subjected to
pressure, viscous drag, and gravitational forces. These forces also create a moment on the pod, causing
it to rotate about its center of gravity.

The pod is released from the aircraft at t=0.

Figure 12.1: Schematic of Problem

The representation of the problem is shown in Figure 12.1: Schematic of Problem (p. 408) A close view
of the bay area and different walls with their interior zones are shown in Figure 12.2: Close View of Bay
Area (p. 409).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
408 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Mesh

Figure 12.2: Close View of Bay Area

12.3. Preparation
1. Download the overset_dynamic_mesh.zip file here.

2. Unzip overset_dynamic_mesh.zip to your working directory.

3. The mesh file overset-background-mesh.msh, Overset-component-mesh.msh, and the

property.c can be found in the folder.

4. Use the Fluent Launcher to start the 2D version of ANSYS Fluent.

Fluent Launcher displays your Display Options preferences from the previous session.

For more information about Fluent Launcher, see starting ANSYS Fluent using the Fluent Launcher
in the Fluent Getting Started Guide.

5. Ensure that the Display Mesh After Reading option is enabled.

6. Enable Double Precision.

7. Run in Parallel with 4 cores (specified under Processes).

12.4. Mesh
1. Read the mesh file Overset-background-mesh.msh.

File → Read → Mesh...

As ANSYS Fluent reads the mesh file, it will report the progress in the console. This mesh has three dif-
ferent zones that allow for a greater level of refinement where the pod will be falling and less refinement

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 409
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using Overset and Dynamic Meshes

at the far field. Dividing the background mesh into multiple zones allows for non-conformal interfaces
between the other zones that will not be in the overset interface.

Note

Fluent uses the terminology of a component mesh and a background mesh. The mesh
containing the moving object is called component mesh and stationary mesh is called
the background mesh. The outer boundary of component mesh is referred as component
boundary.

2. In this step you will create mesh interfaces between multiple zones in the stationary mesh. This mesh has
three cell zones- upstream, downstream, and fluid-background.

Domain → Interfaces → Mesh...

a. Select interface-background-downstream and interface-downstream-background in the Unas-

signed Interface Zones list.

b. Enter downstream-background for Interface Name Prefix.

c. Click Auto Create.

d. Select interface-background-upstream and interface-upstream-background in the Unassigned

Interface Zones list.

e. Enter upstream-background for Interface Name Prefix.

f. Click Auto Create and close the Mesh Interfaces dialog box.

3. Append the component mesh file

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
410 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Mesh

Domain → Zones → Append → Append Case File...

a. Select overset-component-mesh.msh and click OK.

b. Click OK in the Warning dialog box that appears stating that some zone IDs have changed.

c. If you have the Display Mesh After Reading option enabled in the Fluent Launcher, then you must
refresh the graphics window by right-clicking in the graphics window and selecting Refresh Display.

Note

Fluent will append the component mesh and two meshes will overlap each other.
If background and component meshes are present in the same mesh file, then you
can start directly from the mesh file without appending.

4. Display the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Display

a. Select all surfaces and click Display.

b. Close the Mesh Display dialog box.

Note

There are approximately 110 K mesh elements in this case.

5. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 411
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using Overset and Dynamic Meshes

The mesh check fails with a warning. The warning states that there is an overset zone that is not a part
of any overset interface. If any zone already has overset type, we need to define overset-interface with
available overset zone. If mesh does not have any overset type predefined, then this warning will not
come.

Note

Fluent performs various checks on the mesh and reports the progress in the console
window. Pay attention to the reported minimum volume and make sure this is a positive
number.

12.5. Overset Interface Creation

1. Organize the boundary conditions by type.

Setup → Boundary Conditions Group By → Zone Type

2. In this step you will ensure that the component boundary is properly defined as the overset boundary
type.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → Overset → overset_boundary Type → overset

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
412 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Overset Interface Creation

You can also use following TUI command to change overset_boundary to the overset type:

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 413
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using Overset and Dynamic Meshes

/define/boundary-conditions/zone-type overset_boundary overset

Note

ANSYS Meshing automatically assigns boundary types according to boundary names.

Meshes created in other meshing tools may require you to manually define all of the
boundary types.

3. Define Overset Interface.

Domain → Interfaces → Overset...

This opens the Create/Edit Overset Interfaces dialog box.

a. Enter overset-interface for Name.

b. Select fluid-background from the Background group box and component from the Component
group box.

c. Click Create to create the overset interface.

d. Close the Create/Edit Overset Interfaces dialog box.

4. Repeat the mesh check to confirm that it is successful.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

5. Define overset settings for creating an efficient interface.

Set the donor-priority-method to boundary-distance-based. This option is only available

through the TUI command:

/define/overset-interfaces/options/donor-priority-method 1

While establishing overset interface, Fluent does an optimization to get best location of the interface
while reducing the number of cells in the overlapping region that will participate in the calculation.
There are options to define the priority of the cell zones that will take part in the overset interface creation.
Zones defined as higher priority will be given more weightage. When cell zones have the same priority,
there are two methods that govern overlap minimization (see Overlap Minimization in the Fluent User's

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
414 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Steady-State Case Setup

Guide ): one method is cell volume based (proportional to the inverse of the cell volume) and other
method is boundary distance based (proportional to the inverse of the distance to the closest boundary).

Cell volume based works best if the component mesh resolution is fine near walls and increases
gradually away from walls and becomes similar in size to or larger than the background mesh.
Boundary distance based method works best where overlapping meshes have uniform and nearly
identical resolutions and therefore it is most suitable when two walls have small distance in between
them. In this example, the store wall is very near to the bay wall and the boundary distance based
method allows Fluent to create an overset interface somewhere middle of the gap. It is important to
have sufficient cells overlapping each other between the gap region of two walls (at least 4 cells from
both walls), so it is better to create inflation layers on walls to resolve this requirement.

6. In this step you will create the overset intersection, also referred to as hole cutting. When the case is ini-
tialized, ANSYS Fluent automatically creates the overset intersection. Experts have the option to investigate
how the intersection is created by enabling expert options in the TUI:

/define/overset-interfaces/options/expert yes

With expert options enabled, you can create the intersection using the following command:

/define/overset-interfaces/intersect-all

You can increase the overset verbosity to have Fluent print more information to the console for
any overset process. Verbosity settings range from 0 to 3 depending on the information required.
To increase verbosity, enter:

/define/overset-interfaces/options/verbosity 2

To list all overset interface related information, enter:

/define/overset-interfaces/list

12.6. Steady-State Case Setup

In this section you will set up the case for steady-state flow.

12.6.1. General Settings

Retain the setting of steady-state pressure-based solver.

Physics → Solver

12.6.2. Models
1. Enable the energy equation.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 415
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using Overset and Dynamic Meshes

Physics → Models → Energy

2. Specify the k-omega viscous model.

Physics → Models → Viscous...

a. Select k-omega (2 eqn) in the Model group box.

b. Select SST in the k-omega Model group box.

c. Enable the Viscous Heating and Production Limiter options.

d. Click OK to close and confirm the model settings.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
416 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Steady-State Case Setup

12.6.3. Materials
Specify the properties for air.

• Open the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

Physics → Materials → Create/Edit

a. Select ideal-gas from the Density drop-down list.

b. Click Change/Create and close the dialog box.

12.6.4. Operating Conditions

Set the operating conditions.

Physics → Operating Conditions...

1. Enter 0 pa for Operating Pressure.

2. Click OK to confirm the operating conditions.

12.6.5. Boundary Conditions

1. Set the boundary conditions for the inlet.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → Inlet → pressure-inlet

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 417
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using Overset and Dynamic Meshes

a. Enter 154419.3 pa for Gauge Total Pressure.

b. Enter 101325 pa for Super Sonic/Initial Gauge Pressure.

c. Retain Intensity and Viscosity Ratio as the Specification Method in the Turbulence group box.

d. Retain the default values of 5% and 10 for Turbulent Intensity and Turbulent Viscosity Ratio re-
spectively.

e. Click OK to confirm these settings.

2. Set the boundary conditions for outlet.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → Outlet → pressure-outlet

a. Enter 101325 pa for Gauge Pressure.

b. Retain Intensity and Viscosity Ratio as the Specification Method in the Turbulence group box.

c. Retain the default values of 5% and 10 for Backflow Turbulent Intensity and Backflow Turbulent
Viscosity Ratio respectively.

d. Click OK to confirm these settings.

3. Keep the defaults for all of the other boundary conditions.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
418 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Steady-State Case Setup

12.6.6. Reference Values

Physics → Solver → Reference Values...

1. Select pressure-inlet from the Compute from drop-down list.

2. Select fluid-background from the Reference Zone drop-down list.

3. Retain the default Reference Values as shown above.

12.6.7. Solution
In this section you will specify solution methods and controls that are appropriate for this overset
meshing case.

1. Set the solution methods.

Solution → Solution → Methods...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 419
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using Overset and Dynamic Meshes

In the Solution Methods task page, retain the default selections for the Scheme and Spatial Dis-
cretization.

2. Set the solution controls.

Solution → Solution → Controls...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
420 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Steady-State Case Setup

a. Review and retain the default settings.

b. Click Limits… to open the Solution Limits dialog box.

c. Enter 1e+07 for Maximum Turb. Viscosity Ratio.

d. Click OK to accept the settings.

3. Define a report for the drag coefficient of the pod.

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Force Report → Drag...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 421
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using Overset and Dynamic Meshes

a. Enable Report File and Report Plot in the Create group box.

b. Select wall-pod from the Wall Zones list.

c. Click OK to create the report.

For additional information on writing report files, refer to "Creating Report Files" in the Fluent User's
Guide.

4. Specify the residual monitor criterion for the solution equations.

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
422 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Steady-State Case Setup

Enter 1e-06 as the Absolute Criterion for all of the Equations and then close the Residual
Monitors dialog box.

5. Ensure Hybrid is selected as the initialization method in the Solution ribbon tab.

Click Initialize.

6. Define parameters for calculation to a steady-state solution.

Solution → Run Calculation → Calculate...

a. Enter 1000 for No. of Iterations.

Note

If you are running in serial, then you must reorder the mesh prior to beginning the
calculation, using the mesh/reorder/reorder-domain text command. This
reordering is done automatically for parallel processes > 1.

b. Click Calculate.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 423
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using Overset and Dynamic Meshes

7. Check the mass imbalance for the inlet and outlet to confirm there is not a large difference.

Results → Reports → Fluxes...

a. Select pressure-inlet and pressure-outlet from the list of Boundaries.

b. Click Compute.

8. Save the steady-state case and data files overset-pod-steady-state.cas/dat.gz..

File → Write → Case & Data...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
424 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Unsteady Setup

Click OK in the Information dialog box that appears.

12.7. Unsteady Setup

In this section you will define the transient settings.

12.7.1. General Settings

1. Select Transient in the Physics ribbon tab (Solver group box, under Time).

Physics → Solver → Transient

2. Set the Operating Conditions.

Physics → Solver → Operating Conditions...

a. Enable Gravity.

b. Enter -9.81 for Y.

3. Click OK to confirm the operating conditions.

12.7.2. Compile the UDF

User-Defined → User-Defined → Functions → Compiled...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 425
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using Overset and Dynamic Meshes

1. Click Add... to open the Select File dialog box.

2. Select property.c and click OK.

3. Click Build to build the library.

4. Click OK to close the Question dialog box that appears.

Note

This UDF contains the mass of the pod and its and moments of inertia.

ANSYS Fluent sets up the directory structure and compiles the code. You can see the compilation in the
console window.

5. Click Load to load the library.

12.7.3. Dynamic Mesh Settings

In this section you will specify the six degrees of freedom (Six DOF) and dynamic mesh settings.

Domain → Mesh Models → Dynamic Mesh...

1. Enable Dynamic Mesh.

2. Disable Smoothing.

3. Enable Six DOF.

4. Click Settings… to open the Options dialog box.

a. Enable Write Motion History.

b. Enter pod-motion for the File Name.

c. Click OK to confirm the settings.

5. Set up the moving zones.

a. Create the dynamic zone for the component

i. Click Create/Edit… in the Dynamic Mesh task page to open the Dynamic Mesh Zones dialog
box.

ii. Select component from the Zone Names drop-down list.

iii. Retain the selection of Rigid Body for Type.

iv. Retain the selection of On in the Six DOF group box.

v. Enable Passive in the Six DOF group box.

vi. Enter 7.6 for X and 18.5 for Y in the Center of Gravity Location group box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
426 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Unsteady Setup

vii. Click Create to create the dynamic zone for the component.

Note

The UDF is automatically selected in the Six DOF UDF/Properties drop-down list.
If there were additional UDFs loaded, then you would have to select the correct
one.

b. Create the dynamic zone for the pod.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 427
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using Overset and Dynamic Meshes

i. Select wall-pod from the Zone Names drop-down list.

ii. Retain the selection of Rigid Body for Type.

iii. Retain the selection of On and disable Passive in the Six DOF group box.

iv. Retain the values for Center of Gravity Location.

v. Click Create to create the dynamic zone for the pod.

vi. Close the Dynamic Mesh Zones dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
428 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Unsteady Setup

12.7.4. Report Generation for Unsteady Case

Create a new drag report definition named unsteady_pod for the drag coefficient on the wall-pod.

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Force Report → Drag...

1. Enter unsteady-pod-drag for Name.

2. Enable Report File and Report Plot in the Create group box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 429
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using Overset and Dynamic Meshes

3. Select wall-pod from the Wall Zones list.

4. Click OK to create the report.

12.7.5. Run Calculations for Unsteady Case

Solution → Run Calculation → Advanced...

a. Enter 0.001 for Time Step Size (s).

b. Enter 1000 for Number of Time Steps.

c. Enter 8 for Max Iterations/Time Step.

d. Start recording the transcript.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
430 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Unsteady Setup

File → Write → Start Transcript...

Enter a name for the transcript file.

e. Click Calculate.

It takes approximately 1.7 hours to complete the run on a 12 core machine

f. Stop recording the transcript.

i. File → Write → Stop Transcript...

ii. Save the case and data files ( overset-pod-transient.cas.gz and overset-pod-
transient.dat.gz.

12.7.6. Overset Solution Checking

Check overset solution.

Open the transcript file and look for the warning of:
dead->solve cells

Ideally, no cells should go directly from being dead cells to being solve cells. A large number of cells
directly converting from dead to solve can affect the accuracy of the solution or cause divergence. If
you find that there is a large number of cells that went directly from dead to solve, then you can reduce
the time step size to decrease the likelihood of this issue occurring. If there are any dead to solve cells
present for this calculation run, the warning is printed as shown below:
WARNING: 1 overset dead->solve cells in interface o-i

Note

Objects move their position with time in transient overset moving mesh cases, requiring
dead cells to convert into solve cells. Dead cells do not have proper solution data, so they
need to convert to receptor cells to get the required solution information before converting
to solve cells. If a dead cell converts directly into a solve cell, it may lack required information
and cause an improper result. Refer to "Diagnosing Overset Interface Issues" in the Fluent
User's Guide for additional information.

12.7.7. Postprocessing
1. Create contours of static pressure.

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

a. Enable Filled in the Options group box.

b. Ensure Pressure… and Static Pressure are selected from the Contours of drop-down lists.

c. Select the internal surfaces in the list of Surfaces.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 431
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using Overset and Dynamic Meshes

d. Click Display.

e. Close the dialog box.

Note

To capture intermediate images, you can create an animation definition prior to

beginning the calculation. This would allow you to view the individual image files
as well as an animation of the pod as it falls. For additional information on creating
animation definitions, see Animating the Solution in the Fluent User’s Guide.

• ANSYS Fluent: Scene and Animation Creation

2. Plot the center of gravity motion of the pod.

a. Read the pod-motion file into Microsoft Excel and plot flow time vs CG-orientation of the pod.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
432 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Unsteady Setup

b. Plot flow time vs CG-angular orientation of the pod.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 433
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using Overset and Dynamic Meshes

12.7.8. Diagnosing an Overset Case

Once an overset interface is created, it is important to check and diagnose it. In this section you will
learn about diagnosing an overset interface and about the different cells participating in the solution.

In overset meshing all meshes are categorized into five cell types:

• Solve – (yellow in figures Figure 12.3: Cell Marking on component (p. 438) & Figure 12.4: Cell Marking
on fluid-background (p. 438)) cells that take part in the solution.

• Donor – (marked red in figures Figure 12.3: Cell Marking on component (p. 438) & Figure 12.4: Cell
Marking on fluid-background (p. 438)) provide information to corresponding cell zones.

• Receptor – (marked blue in figures Figure 12.3: Cell Marking on component (p. 438) & Figure 12.4: Cell
Marking on fluid-background (p. 438)) receive information from donor cells in the corresponding cell
zones.

• Dead – (marked in red in figures Figure 12.5: Dead Cells in the Component (p. 440)) deactivated cells
located in regions of overlap between the background and component meshes, where multiple cells
are present in the same exact location. Only one set of cells in a region is allowed to take part in the
solution. Additionally, cells outside of the flow regime are marked as dead.

• Orphan – receptor cells that cannot find a corresponding donor cell. Although Fluent has intelligence
to deal with orphan cells, their presence should be avoided to reduce the risk of solution inaccuracies
and divergence.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
434 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Unsteady Setup

You can mark orphan cells using the TUI command:

define/overset-interfaces/mark-cells orphan no

This will show all of the orphan cells present in the case, unless you specify a particular zone. Marking
orphan cells creates a register that you can display via the define/overset-interfaces/display-
cells text command. The marked cells are in the overset-orphan-cells-r0 register.

In this case there are not any orphan cells, so nothing is displayed in the graphics window. If you mark
solve cells or other cells types and display those registers, then it will appear in the graphics window.

If large number of orphan cells are generated in a case, then it is advisable to modify the mesh accord-
ingly.

Different type of cells can also be displayed creating contours of Cell Info and displaying the Overset
Cell Type for given surfaces.

Enable the following TUI command to include receptor cells in the contours display:

/define/overset-interfaces/options/render-receptor-cells? yes

The overset interface for this tutorial is created properly, but issues could arise during overset interface
creation for geometries with complex topology. ANSYS Fluent provides options to diagnose issues and
fix them. You can use the ‘debug hole cut’ option to understand more about flood filling of seed cells
or leakage between overlapping boundaries. For detailed information on overset mesh diagnosis, refer
to "Diagnosing Overset Interface Issues" in the Fluent User's Guide.

1. Start a new Fluent session, and read overset-pod-steady-state.cas.gz and overset-pod-

steady-state.dat.gz.

File → Read → Case & Data...

2. Create zone surfaces for component and fluid-background.

Results → Surface → Create → Zone...

a. Select component in the Zone list.

b. Retain component for New Surface Name and click Create.

c. Similarly, create a zone surface for fluid-background.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 435
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using Overset and Dynamic Meshes

d. Close the Zone Surface dialog box.

3. Enter the following TUI command in the console:/define/overset-interfaces/op-

tions/render-receptor-cells? Yes

4. Display contours of the overset cell type on the surface you just created.

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

a. Enable Filled and disable Autorange (which enables Clip to Range) in the Options group box.

b. Disable Node Values and Global Range in the Options group box.

c. Select Cell Info... and Overset Cell Type from the Contours of drop-down lists.

d. Enter -0.5 for Min and 2.5 for Max.

Note

Table 12.1: Meaning of Values

Cell Type Integer Function Value

Donor 2
Solve 1
Receptor 0
Orphan -1
Dead -2

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
436 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Unsteady Setup

Dead cells cannot be displayed in contours.

e. Enter 3 for Levels.

f. Select component from the list of Surfaces.

g. Click Display.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 437
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using Overset and Dynamic Meshes

Figure 12.3: Cell Marking on component

h. Repeat the process for fluid-background.

Figure 12.4: Cell Marking on fluid-background

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
438 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Unsteady Setup

5. Marking and displaying dead cells.

a. Expand Cell Zones in the tree to check the id number.

Setup → Cell Zone Conditions

b. Mark dead cells in component with the following TUI command: define/overset-inter-
faces/mark-cells dead yes 29

c. Mark dead cells in fluid-background with the following TUI command: /define/overset-in-
terfaces/mark-cells dead yes 7

d. Display the dead cells by entering the define/overset-interfaces/display-cells text

command in the console.

i. Enter 0 for the text command prompt to display the overset-dead-cells-component-r0 register
(you can enter 0 instead of typing the full name of the register).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 439
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using Overset and Dynamic Meshes

Figure 12.5: Dead Cells in the Component

ii. Enter 1 for the text command prompt to display only the overset-dead-cells-fluid-background-
r1 register.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
440 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Summary

Figure 12.6: Dead Cells in the Background

12.8. Summary
In this tutorial, you have learned about overset meshing in ANSYS Fluent and its setup along with best
practices, by solving a store separation problem. You have also learned a few diagnostic techniques for
overset meshing and the postprocessing of results for a store separation case.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 441
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
442 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 13: Modeling Species Transport and Gaseous Combustion

This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
13.1. Introduction
13.2. Prerequisites
13.3. Problem Description
13.4. Background
13.5. Setup and Solution
13.6. Summary
13.7. Further Improvements

13.1. Introduction
This tutorial examines the mixing of chemical species and the combustion of a gaseous fuel.

A cylindrical combustor burning methane ( ) in air is studied using the eddy-dissipation model in
ANSYS Fluent.

This tutorial demonstrates how to do the following:

• Enable physical models, select material properties, and define boundary conditions for a turbulent flow with
chemical species mixing and reaction.

• Initiate and solve the combustion simulation using the pressure-based solver.

• Examine the reacting flow results using graphics.

• Predict thermal and prompt NOx production.

• Use custom field functions to compute NO parts per million.

13.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial is written with the assumption that you have completed one or more of the introductory
tutorial Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35) found in this manual and that you are
familiar with the ANSYS Fluent tree and ribbon structure. Some steps in the setup and solution procedure
will not be shown explicitly.

To learn more about chemical reaction modeling, see the Fluent User's Guide and the Fluent Theory
Guide. Otherwise, no previous experience with chemical reaction or combustion modeling is assumed.

13.3. Problem Description

The cylindrical combustor considered in this tutorial is shown in Figure 13.1: Combustion of Methane
Gas in a Turbulent Diffusion Flame Furnace (p. 444). The flame considered is a turbulent diffusion flame.
A small nozzle in the center of the combustor introduces methane at 80 . Ambient air enters the
combustor coaxially at 0.5 . The overall equivalence ratio is approximately 0.76 (approximately 28

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 443
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Species Transport and Gaseous Combustion

excess air). The high-speed methane jet initially expands with little interference from the outer wall,
and entrains and mixes with the low-speed air. The Reynolds number based on the methane jet diameter
is approximately .

Figure 13.1: Combustion of Methane Gas in a Turbulent Diffusion Flame Furnace

13.4. Background
In this tutorial, you will use the generalized eddy-dissipation model to analyze the methane-air combus-
tion system. The combustion will be modeled using a global one-step reaction mechanism, assuming
complete conversion of the fuel to and . The reaction equation is
(13.1)

This reaction will be defined in terms of stoichiometric coefficients, formation enthalpies, and parameters
that control the reaction rate. The reaction rate will be determined assuming that turbulent mixing is
the rate-limiting process, with the turbulence-chemistry interaction modeled using the eddy-dissipation
model.

13.5. Setup and Solution

The following sections describe the setup and solution steps for this tutorial:
13.5.1. Preparation
13.5.2. Mesh
13.5.3. General Settings
13.5.4. Models
13.5.5. Materials
13.5.6. Boundary Conditions
13.5.7. Initial Reaction Solution
13.5.8. Postprocessing
13.5.9. NOx Prediction

13.5.1. Preparation
To prepare for running this tutorial:

1. Download the species_transport.zip file here.

2. Unzip species_transport.zip to your working directory.

3. The file gascomb.msh can be found in the folder.

4. Use Fluent Launcher to start the 2D version of ANSYS Fluent.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
444 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Fluent Launcher displays your Display Options preferences from the previous session.

For more information about Fluent Launcher, see starting ANSYS Fluent using the Fluent Launcher in
the Fluent Getting Started Guide.

5. Ensure that the Display Mesh After Reading option is enabled.

6. Enable Double-Precision.

7. Ensure Serial is selected under Processing Options.

13.5.2. Mesh
1. Read the mesh file gascomb.msh.

File → Read → Mesh...

13.5.3. General Settings

1. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

ANSYS Fluent will perform various checks on the mesh and will report the progress in the console. Ensure
that the reported minimum volume reported is a positive number.

2. Scale the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Scale...

Since this mesh was created in units of millimeters, you will need to scale the mesh into meters.

a. Select mm from the Mesh Was Created In drop-down list in the Scaling group box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 445
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Species Transport and Gaseous Combustion

b. Click Scale.

c. Ensure that m is selected from the View Length Unit In drop-down list.

d. Ensure that Xmax and Ymax are reset to 1.8 m and 0.225 m respectively.

The default SI units will be used in this tutorial, hence there is no need to change any units in this
problem.

e. Close the Scale Mesh dialog box.

f. Right click in the graphics window and select Refresh Display

g. Clicking the Fit to Window icon, , will cause the object to fit exactly and be centered in the window.

3. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

Note

You should check the mesh after you manipulate it (scale, convert to polyhedra, merge,
separate, fuse, add zones, or smooth and swap). This will ensure that the quality of the
mesh has not been compromised.

4. Examine the mesh with the default settings.

Figure 13.2: The Quadrilateral Mesh for the Combustor Model

Extra

You can use the right mouse button to probe for mesh information in the graphics win-
dow. If you click the right mouse button on any node in the mesh, information will be
displayed in the ANSYS Fluent console about the associated zone, including the name of

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
446 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

the zone. This feature is especially useful when you have several zones of the same type
and you want to distinguish between them quickly.

5. Select Axisymmetric in the 2D Space list.

Setup → General

13.5.4. Models
1. Enable heat transfer by enabling the energy equation.

Physics → Models → Energy

2. Select the standard - turbulence model.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 447
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Species Transport and Gaseous Combustion

Physics → Models → Viscous...

a. Select k-epsilon (2 eqn) in the Model list.

The Viscous Model dialog box will expand to provide further options for the k-epsilon model.

b. Retain the default settings for the k-epsilon model.

c. Click OK to close the Viscous Model dialog box.

3. Enable chemical species transport and reaction.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
448 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Physics → Models → Species...

a. Select Species Transport in the Model list.

The Species Model dialog box will expand to provide further options for the Species Transport
model.

b. Enable Volumetric in the Reactions group box.

c. Select methane-air from the Mixture Material drop-down list.

Scroll down the list to find methane-air.

Note

The Mixture Material list contains the set of chemical mixtures that exist in the ANSYS
Fluent database. You can select one of the predefined mixtures to access a complete
description of the reacting system. The chemical species in the system and their

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 449
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Species Transport and Gaseous Combustion

physical and thermodynamic properties are defined by your selection of the mixture
material. You can alter the mixture material selection or modify the mixture material
properties using the Create/Edit Materials dialog box (see Materials (p. 450)).

d. Select Eddy-Dissipation in the Turbulence-Chemistry Interaction group box.

The eddy-dissipation model computes the rate of reaction under the assumption that chemical kinetics
are fast compared to the rate at which reactants are mixed by turbulent fluctuations (eddies).

e. Click OK to close the Species Model dialog box.

f. Click OK to close the Information dialog box that describes solver relaxation setting chnages.

Prior to listing the properties that are required for the models you have enabled, ANSYS Fluent will display
a warning about the symmetry zone in the console. You may have to scroll up to see this warning.
Warning: It appears that symmetry zone 5 should actually be an axis
(it has faces with zero area projections).
Unless you change the zone type from symmetry to axis,
you may not be able to continue the solution without
encountering floating point errors.

In the axisymmetric model, the boundary conditions should be such that the centerline is an axis type
instead of a symmetry type. You will change the symmetry zone to an axis boundary in Boundary Condi-
tions (p. 453).

13.5.5. Materials
In this step, you will examine the default settings for the mixture material. This tutorial uses mixture properties
copied from the Fluent Database. In general, you can modify these or create your own mixture properties
for your specific problem as necessary.

1. Confirm the properties for the mixture materials.

Setup → Materials → Mixture → methane-air Edit...

The Create/Edit Materials dialog box will display the mixture material (methane-air) that was selected
in the Species Model dialog box. The properties for this mixture material have been copied from the
Fluent Database... and will be modified in the following steps.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
450 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Click the Edit... button to the right of the Mixture Species drop-down list to open the Species dialog
box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 451
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Species Transport and Gaseous Combustion

You can add or remove species from the mixture material as necessary using the Species dialog box.

i. Retain the default selections from the Selected Species selection list.

The species that make up the methane-air mixture are predefined and require no modification.

ii. Click OK to close the Species dialog box.

b. Click the Edit... button to the right of the Reaction drop-down list to open the Reactions dialog box.

The eddy-dissipation reaction model ignores chemical kinetics (the Arrhenius rate) and uses only the
parameters in the Mixing Rate group box in the Reactions dialog box. The Arrhenius Rate group
box will therefore be inactive. The values for Rate Exponent and Arrhenius Rate parameters are
included in the database and are employed when the alternate finite-rate/eddy-dissipation model is
used.

i. Retain the default values in the Mixing Rate group box.

ii. Click OK to close the Reactions dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
452 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

c. Retain the selection of incompressible-ideal-gas from the Density drop-down list.

d. Retain the selection of mixing-law from the Cp (Specific Heat) drop-down list.

e. Retain the default values for Thermal Conductivity, Viscosity, and Mass Diffusivity.

f. Click Change/Create to accept the material property settings.

g. Close the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

The calculation will be performed assuming that all properties except density and specific heat are con-
stant. The use of constant transport properties (viscosity, thermal conductivity, and mass diffusivity
coefficients) is acceptable because the flow is fully turbulent. The molecular transport properties will play
a minor role compared to turbulent transport.

13.5.6. Boundary Conditions

1. Convert the symmetry zone to the axis type.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → symmetry-5 Type axis

The symmetry zone must be converted to an axis to prevent numerical difficulties where the radius reduces
to zero.

2. Set the boundary conditions for the air inlet (velocity-inlet-8).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → velocity-inlet-8 Edit...

To determine the zone for the air inlet, display the mesh without the fluid zone to see the boundaries.
Use the right mouse button to probe the air inlet. ANSYS Fluent will report the zone name (velocity-inlet-
8) in the console.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 453
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Species Transport and Gaseous Combustion

a. Enter air-inlet for Zone Name.

This name is more descriptive for the zone than velocity-inlet-8.

b. Enter 0.5 for Velocity Magnitude.

c. Select Intensity and Hydraulic Diameter from the Specification Method drop-down list in the Tur-
bulence group box.

d. Enter 10 for Turbulent Intensity.

e. Enter 0.44 for Hydraulic Diameter.

f. Click the Thermal tab and retain the default value of 300 for Temperature.

g. Click the Species tab and enter 0.23 for o2 in the Species Mass Fractions group box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
454 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

h. Click OK to close the Velocity Inlet dialog box.

3. Set the boundary conditions for the fuel inlet (velocity-inlet-6).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → velocity-inlet-6 Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 455
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Species Transport and Gaseous Combustion

a. Enter fuel-inlet for Zone Name.

This name is more descriptive for the zone than velocity-inlet-6.

b. Enter 80 for the Velocity Magnitude.

c. Select Intensity and Hydraulic Diameter from the Specification Method drop-down list in the Tur-
bulence group box.

d. Enter 10 for Turbulent Intensity.

e. Enter 0.01 for Hydraulic Diameter.

f. Click the Thermal tab and retain the default value of 300 for Temperature.

g. Click the Species tab and enter 1 for ch4 in the Species Mass Fractions group box.

h. Click OK to close the Velocity Inlet dialog box.

4. Set the boundary conditions for the exit boundary (pressure-outlet-9).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → pressure-outlet-9 Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
456 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Retain the default value of 0 for Gauge Pressure.

b. Select Intensity and Hydraulic Diameter from the Specification Method drop-down list in the Tur-
bulence group box.

c. Enter 10 for Backflow Turbulent Intensity.

d. Enter 0.45 for Backflow Hydraulic Diameter.

e. Click the Thermal tab and retain the default value of 300 for Backflow Total Temperature.

f. Click the Species tab and enter 0.23 for o2 in the Species Mass Fractions group box.

g. Click OK to close the Pressure Outlet dialog box.

The Backflow values in the Pressure Outlet dialog box are utilized only when backflow occurs at the
pressure outlet. Always assign reasonable values because backflow may occur during intermediate itera-
tions and could affect the solution stability.

5. Set the boundary conditions for the outer wall (wall-7).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → wall-7 Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 457
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Species Transport and Gaseous Combustion

Use the mouse-probe method described for the air inlet to determine the zone corresponding to the
outer wall.

a. Enter outer-wall for Zone Name.

This name is more descriptive for the zone than wall-7.

b. Click the Thermal tab.

i. Select Temperature in the Thermal Conditions list.

ii. Retain the default value of 300 for Temperature.

c. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

6. Set the boundary conditions for the fuel inlet nozzle (wall-2).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → wall-2 Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
458 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter nozzle for Zone Name.

This name is more descriptive for the zone than wall-2.

b. Click the Thermal tab.

i. Retain the default selection of Heat Flux in the Thermal Conditions list.

ii. Retain the default value of 0 for Heat Flux, so that the wall is adiabatic.

c. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

13.5.7. Initial Reaction Solution

You will first calculate a solution for the basic reacting flow neglecting pollutant formation. In a later step,
you will perform an additional analysis to simulate NOx.

1. Solution → Solution → Methods...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 459
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Species Transport and Gaseous Combustion

Retain the default selections.

2. Ensure the plotting of residuals during the calculation.

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
460 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Ensure that Plot is enabled in the Options group box.

b. Click OK to close the Residual Monitors dialog box.

3. Initialize the field variables.

Solution → Initialization

a. Retain the default Hybrid initialization method and click Initialize to initialize the variables.

4. Save the case file (gascomb1.cas.gz).

File → Write → Case...

a. Enter gascomb1.cas.gz for Case File.

b. Ensure that Write Binary Files is enabled to produce a smaller, unformatted binary file.

c. Click OK to close the Select File dialog box.

5. Run the calculation by requesting 200 iterations.

Solution → Run Calculation → Advanced...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 461
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Species Transport and Gaseous Combustion

a. Enter 5 for the Timescale Factor.

The Timescale Factor allows you to further manipulate the computed Time Step calculated by ANSYS
Fluent. Larger time steps can lead to faster convergence. However, if the time step is too large it can
lead to solution instability.

b. Enter 200 for Number of Iterations.

c. Click Calculate.

6. Save the case and data files (gascomb1.cas.gz and gascomb1.dat.gz).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
462 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

File → Write → Case & Data...

Note

If you choose a file name that already exists in the current folder, ANSYS Fluent will ask
you to confirm that the previous file is to be overwritten.

13.5.8. Postprocessing
Review the solution by examining graphical displays of the results and performing surface integrations at
the combustor exit.

1. Report the total sensible heat flux.

Results → Reports → Fluxes...

a. Select Total Sensible Heat Transfer Rate in the Options list.

b. Select all the boundaries from the Boundaries selection list (you can click the select-all button ( ).

c. Click Compute and close the Flux Reports dialog box.

Note

The energy balance is good because the net result is small compared to the heat of
reaction.

2. Display filled contours of temperature (Figure 13.3: Contours of Temperature (p. 464)).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 463
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Species Transport and Gaseous Combustion

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

a. Ensure that Filled is enabled in the Options group box.

b. Select Temperature... and Static Temperature in the Contours of drop-down lists.

c. Click Display.

Figure 13.3: Contours of Temperature

The peak temperature is approximately 2310 .

3. Display velocity vectors (Figure 13.4: Velocity Vectors (p. 466)).

Results → Graphics → Vectors → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
464 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter 0.01 for Scale.

b. Click the Vector Options... button to open the Vector Options dialog box.

i. Enable Fixed Length.

The fixed length option is useful when the vector magnitude varies dramatically. With fixed length
vectors, the velocity magnitude is described only by color instead of by both vector length and
color.

ii. Click Apply and close the Vector Options dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 465
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Species Transport and Gaseous Combustion

c. Click Display and close the Vectors dialog box.

The entrainment of air into the high-velocity methane jet is clearly visible.

Figure 13.4: Velocity Vectors

4. Display filled contours of mass fraction for (Figure 13.5: Contours of CH4 Mass Fraction (p. 466)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

a. Select Species... and Mass fraction of ch4 from the Contours of drop-down lists.

b. Click Display.

Figure 13.5: Contours of CH4 Mass Fraction

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
466 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

5. In a similar manner, display the contours of mass fraction for the remaining species , , and (Fig-
ure 13.6: Contours of O2 Mass Fraction (p. 467), Figure 13.7: Contours of CO2 Mass Fraction (p. 467), and
Figure 13.8: Contours of H2O Mass Fraction (p. 468)) Close the Contours dialog box when all of the species
have been displayed.

Figure 13.6: Contours of O2 Mass Fraction

Figure 13.7: Contours of CO2 Mass Fraction

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 467
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Species Transport and Gaseous Combustion

Figure 13.8: Contours of H2O Mass Fraction

6. Determine the average exit temperature.

Results → Reports → Surface Integrals...

a. Select Mass-Weighted Average from the Report Type drop-down list.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
468 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

b. Select Temperature... and Static Temperature from the Field Variable drop-down lists.

The mass-averaged temperature will be computed as:

(13.2)

c. Select pressure-outlet-9 from the Surfaces selection list, so that the integration is performed over this
surface.

d. Click Compute.

The Mass-Weighted Average field will show that the exit temperature is approximately 1840 .

7. Determine the average exit velocity.

Results → Reports → Surface Integrals...

a. Select Area-Weighted Average from the Report Type drop-down list.

b. Select Velocity... and Velocity Magnitude from the Field Variable drop-down lists.

The area-weighted velocity-magnitude average will be computed as:

(13.3)

c. Click Compute.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 469
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Species Transport and Gaseous Combustion

The Area-Weighted Average field will show that the exit velocity is approximately 3.30 .

d. Close the Surface Integrals dialog box.

13.5.9. NOx Prediction

In this section you will extend the ANSYS Fluent model to include the prediction of NOx. You will first calculate
the formation of both thermal and prompt NOx, then calculate each separately to determine the contribution
of each mechanism.

1. Enable the NOx model.

Setup → Models → Species → NOx Edit...

a. Enable Thermal NOx and Prompt NOx in the Pathways group box.

b. Select ch4 from the Fuel Species selection list.

c. Click the Turbulence Interaction Mode tab.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
470 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. Select temperature from the PDF Mode drop-down list.

This will enable the turbulence-chemistry interaction. If turbulence interaction is not enabled, you
will be computing NOx formation without considering the important influence of turbulent fluc-
tuations on the time-averaged reaction rates.

ii. Retain the default selection of beta from the PDF Type drop-down list and enter 20 for PDF Points.

The value for PDF Points is increased from 10 to 20 to obtain a more accurate NOx prediction.

iii. Select transported from the Temperature Variance drop-down list.

d. Select partial-equilibrium from the [O] Model drop-down list in the Formation Model Parameters
group box in the Thermal tab.

The partial-equilibrium model is used to predict the O radical concentration required for thermal
NOx prediction.

e. Click the Prompt tab.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 471
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Species Transport and Gaseous Combustion

i. Retain the default value of 1 for Fuel Carbon Number.

ii. Enter 0.76 for Equivalence Ratio.

All of the parameters in the Prompt tab are used in the calculation of prompt NOx formation.
The Fuel Carbon Number is the number of carbon atoms per molecule of fuel. The Equivalence
Ratio defines the fuel-air ratio (relative to stoichiometric conditions).

f. Click Apply to accept these changes and close the NOx Model dialog box.

2. Enable the calculation of NO species only and temperature variance.

Solution → Controls → Equations...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
472 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Deselect all variables except Pollutant no and Temperature Variance from the Equations selection
list.

b. Click OK to close the Equations dialog box.

You will predict NOx formation in a “postprocessing” mode, with the flow field, temperature, and
hydrocarbon combustion species concentrations fixed. Hence, only the NO equation will be computed.
Prediction of NO in this mode is justified on the grounds that the NO concentrations are very low
and have negligible impact on the hydrocarbon combustion prediction.

3. Confirm the convergence criterion for the NO species equation.

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 473
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Species Transport and Gaseous Combustion

a. Ensure that the Absolute Criteria for pollut_no is set to 1e-06.

b. Click OK to close the Residual Monitors dialog box.

4. Request 25 more iterations.

Solution → Run Calculation

5. Save the new case and data files (gascomb2.cas.gz and gascomb2.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

6. Review the solution by creating and displaying a contour definition for NO mass fraction (Figure 13.9: Con-
tours of NO Mass Fraction — Prompt and Thermal NOx Formation (p. 474)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → New...

a. Enter contour-no-mass-fraction for Contour Name.

b. Disable Filled in the Options group box.

c. Select NOx... and Mass fraction of Pollutant no from the Contours of drop-down lists.

d. Click Save/Display and close the Contours dialog box.

Figure 13.9: Contours of NO Mass Fraction — Prompt and Thermal NOx Formation

7. Calculate the average exit NO mass fraction.

Results → Reports → Surface Integrals...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
474 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select Mass-Weighted Average from the Report Type drop-down list.

b. Select NOx... and Mass fraction of Pollutant no from the Field Variable drop-down lists.

c. Ensure that pressure-outlet-9 is selected from the Surfaces selection list.

d. Click Compute.

The Mass-Weighted Average field will show that the exit NO mass fraction is approximately 0.00421.

e. Close the Surface Integrals dialog box.

8. Disable the prompt NOx mechanism in preparation for solving for thermal NOx only.

Setup → Models → Species → NOx Edit...

a. In the Formation tab, disable Prompt NOx.

b. Click Apply and close the NOx Model dialog box.

9. Request 25 iterations.

Solution → Run Calculation

10. Review the thermal NOx solution by displaying the contour-no-mass-fraction contour definition for NO
mass fraction (under the Results/Graphics/Contours tree branch) you created earlier (Figure 13.10: Contours
of NO Mass Fraction—Thermal NOx Formation (p. 476)).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 475
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Species Transport and Gaseous Combustion

Results → Graphics → Contours → contour-no-mass-fraction Display

Figure 13.10: Contours of NO Mass Fraction—Thermal NOx Formation

Note that the concentration of NO is slightly lower without the prompt NOx mechanism.

11. Compute the average exit NO mass fraction with only thermal NOx formation.

Results → Reports → Surface Integrals...

Tip

Follow the same procedure you used earlier for the calculation with both thermal
and prompt NOx formation.

The Mass-Weighted Average field will show that the exit NO mass fraction with only thermal
NOx formation (without prompt NOx formation) is approximately 0.004176.

12. Solve for prompt NOx production only.

Setup → Models → Species → NOx Edit...

a. Disable Thermal NOx in the Pathways group box.

b. Enable Prompt NOx.

c. Click Apply and close the NOx Model dialog box.

13. Request 25 iterations.

Solution → Run Calculation

14. Review the prompt NOx solution by displaying the contour-no-mass-fraction contour definition for NO
mass fraction (under the Results/Graphics/Contours tree branch) (Figure 13.11: Contours of NO Mass
Fraction—Prompt NOx Formation (p. 477)).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
476 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Results → Graphics → Contours → contour-no-mass-fraction Display

Figure 13.11: Contours of NO Mass Fraction—Prompt NOx Formation

The prompt NOx mechanism is most significant in fuel-rich flames. In this case the flame is lean and
prompt NO production is low.

15. Compute the average exit NO mass fraction only with prompt NOx formation.

Results → Reports → Surface Integrals...

Tip

Follow the same procedure you used earlier for the calculation with both thermal
and prompt NOx formation.

The Mass-Weighted Average field will show that the exit NO mass fraction with only prompt
NOx formation is approximately 9.9775e-05.

Note

The individual thermal and prompt NO mass fractions do not add up to the levels predicted
with the two models combined. This is because reversible reactions are involved. NO
produced in one reaction can be destroyed in another reaction.

16. Use a custom field function to compute NO parts per million (ppm).

The NOppm will be computed from the following equation:

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 477
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Species Transport and Gaseous Combustion

(13.4)

Note

This is the dry ppm. Therefore, the value is normalized by removing the water mole
fraction in the denominator.

User Defined → Field Functions → Custom...

a. Select NOx... and Mole fraction of Pollutant no from the Field Functions drop-down lists, and click
the Select button to enter molef-pollut-pollutant-0 in the Definition field.

b. Click the appropriate calculator buttons to enter

*10ˆ6/(1-

in the Definition field, as shown in the previous dialog box.

Tip

If you make a mistake, click the DEL button on the calculator pad to delete the
last item you added to the function definition.

For more explicit instructions on using the Custom Field Function calculator buttons, see Fluid
Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35).

c. Select Species... and Mole fraction of h2o from the Field Functions drop-down lists, and click the
Select button to enter molef-h2o in the Definition field.

d. Click the ) button to complete the field function.

e. Enter no-ppm for New Function Name.

f. Click Define to add the new field function to the variable list and close the Custom Field Function
Calculator dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
478 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Further Improvements

17. Display contours of NO ppm (Figure 13.12: Contours of NO ppm — Prompt NOx Formation (p. 479)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

a. Disable Filled in the Options group box.

b. Select Custom Field Functions... and no-ppm from the Contours of drop-down lists.

Scroll up the list to find Custom Field Functions....

c. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

Figure 13.12: Contours of NO ppm — Prompt NOx Formation

The contours closely resemble the mass fraction contours (Figure 13.11: Contours of NO Mass Frac-
tion—Prompt NOx Formation (p. 477)), as expected.

13.6. Summary
In this tutorial you used ANSYS Fluent to model the transport, mixing, and reaction of chemical species.
The reaction system was defined by using a mixture-material entry in the ANSYS Fluent database. The
procedures used here for simulation of hydrocarbon combustion can be applied to other reacting flow
systems.

The NOx production in this case was dominated by the thermal NO mechanism. This mechanism is very
sensitive to temperature. Every effort should be made to ensure that the temperature solution is not
overpredicted, since this will lead to unrealistically high predicted levels of NO.

13.7. Further Improvements

Further improvements can be expected by including the effects of intermediate species and radiation,
both of which will result in lower predicted combustion temperatures.

The single-step reaction process used in this tutorial cannot account for the moderating effects of inter-
mediate reaction products, such as CO and . Multiple-step reactions can be used to address these

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 479
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Species Transport and Gaseous Combustion

species. If a multi-step Magnussen model is used, considerably more computational effort is required
to solve for the additional species. Where applicable, the nonpremixed combustion model can be used
to account for intermediate species at a reduced computational cost.

For more details on the nonpremixed combustion model, see the Fluent User's Guide.

Radiation heat transfer tends to make the temperature distribution more uniform, thereby lowering the
peak temperature. In addition, radiation heat transfer to the wall can be very significant (especially here,
with the wall temperature set at 300 ). The large influence of radiation can be anticipated by computing
the Boltzmann number for the flow:

where is the Boltzmann constant (5.729 ) and is the adiabatic flame temperature.
For a quick estimate, assume , , and (the majority of the
inflow is air). Assume . The resulting Boltzmann number is Bo = 1.09, which shows that
radiation is of approximately equal importance to convection for this problem.

For details on radiation modeling, see the Fluent User's Guide.

This tutorial guides you through the steps to reach an initial set of solutions. You may be able to obtain
a more accurate solution by using an appropriate higher-order discretization scheme and by adapting
the mesh. Mesh adaption can also ensure that the solution is independent of the mesh. These steps
are demonstrated in Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
480 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 14: Using the Eddy Dissipation and Steady Diffusion

Flamelet Combustion Models
This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
14.1. Introduction
14.2. Prerequisites
14.3. Problem Description
14.4. Setup and Solution
14.5. Steady Diffusion Flamelet Model Setup and Solution
14.6. Summary

14.1. Introduction
This tutorial examines the reacting flow through a can combustor that burns methane in air in order
to determine the combustor performance. In this tutorial, you will first simulate the combustion process
using the Eddy Dissipation model. You will then repeat the simulation using the steady flamelet model
and compare the results of these two approaches.

This tutorial demonstrates how to do the following:

• Set up a combustion simulation in ANSYS Fluent.

• Set up a reacting flow involving fuel and oxidizer.

• Use the Eddy Dissipation model.

• Use the Steady Diffusion Flamelet model.

• Display the results obtained using these two models.

14.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial is written with the assumption that you have completed the introductory tutorial Fluid
Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35) found in this manual and that you are familiar with
the ANSYS Fluent tree and ribbon structure. Some steps in the setup and solution procedure will not
be shown explicitly.

14.3. Problem Description

A can type combustor is a component of a land-based gas turbine in which combustion occurs. Can
combustors are designed to burn the fuel efficiently, minimize the emissions, and reduce the wall
temperature. The can combustor to be considered in this tutorial is shown schematically in Fig-
ure 14.1: Can Combustor Geometry (p. 482).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 481
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eddy Dissipation and Steady Diffusion Flamelet Combustion Models

Figure 14.1: Can Combustor Geometry

Compressed primary air is forced into the combustion chamber at 10 m/s through the main inlet at the
base of the canister. Six swirl inlet vanes guide the incoming air into the canister and facilitate its mixing
with pure methane for proper combustion. Methane is injected through six fuel inlets with a velocity
of 40 m/s. As the reacting mixture proceeds through the canister, secondary air is fed into the combustion
chamber at a velocity of 6 m/s through six secondary air inlets downstream from the primary combustion
zone. This helps increase the combustion efficiency and also cool the can walls as they are exposed to
the hot reacting flow. The fuel and oxidizer enter the combustion chamber at 300 K.

In this tutorial, the quantitative analysis of the combusting mixture is performed and the following
quantities are determined:

• The temperature distribution inside the combustor that burns methane in air

• The proportion of unburned fuel remaining at the combustor outlet

14.4. Setup and Solution

The following sections describe the setup and solution steps for this tutorial:
14.4.1. Preparation
14.4.2. Mesh
14.4.3. Solver Settings
14.4.4. Models
14.4.5. Boundary Conditions
14.4.6. Solution
14.4.7. Postprocessing for the Eddy-Dissipation Solution

To watch a video that demonstrates the steps below for setting up, solving, and postprocessing the
solution results for diffusion-controlled combustion, go to:

• ANSYS Fluent: Diffusion Controlled Reacting Flow in a Can Combustor

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
482 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

14.4.1. Preparation
To prepare for running this tutorial:

1. Download the edm_flamelet.zip file here.

2. Unzip edm_flamelet.zip to your working directory.

3. The file, combustor_poly.msh, can be found in the folder.

4. Use Fluent Launcher to enable Double Precision and start the 3D version of Fluent.

Fluent Launcher displays your Display Options preferences from the previous session.

For more information about the Fluent Launcher, see starting Fluent using the Fluent Launcher in
the Fluent Getting Started Guide.

5. Ensure that the Display Mesh After Reading option is enabled.

6. Run in Serial by selecting Serial under Processing Options.

14.4.2. Mesh
1. Read the mesh file combustor_poly.msh.

File → Read → Mesh...

As Fluent reads the mesh file, it will report the progress in the console.

2. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

Click OK and close the Information dialog box. The use of Warped-Face Gradient Correction will
be selected later in the tutorial.

Fluent will perform various checks on the mesh and will report the progress in the console. Make sure
that the reported minimum volume is a positive number.

3. Display the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Display...

a. In the Options group, clear the Faces option and make sure that the Edges option is selected.

b. In the Mesh Display dialog box, select fuelinlet, inletair1, inletair2, outlet, wall-part-fluid, and
wallvanes from the Surfaces selection list.

Tip

When selecting surfaces, it can be helpful to group surfaces by type by clicking

and selecting Surface Type under Group By.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 483
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eddy Dissipation and Steady Diffusion Flamelet Combustion Models

c. Click Display and close the Mesh Display dialog box.

4. Examine the mesh Figure 14.2: Mesh Display of the Can Combustor (p. 484).

Figure 14.2: Mesh Display of the Can Combustor

The mesh consist of a fluid zone, canister wall, main air inlet, six guide vanes, six fuel inlets, six secondary
air inlets, and a single outlet. All inlets of the combustor mesh are colored blue, and the outlet is colored
red.

14.4.3. Solver Settings

1. In the Physics ribbon tab, retain the default setting of Pressure-Based (the Solver group).

Physics → Solver

14.4.4. Models
The fuel (methane) and oxidizer (air) undergo fast combustion (that is, the overall combustion rate is
controlled by turbulent mixing). In this first part of the tutorial, the combustion reaction is considered
to be driven by turbulent diffusion, and it is modeled using the Eddy Dissipation model, which is suitable
for modeling fast combustion.

1. Enable the standard - turbulence model.

Physics → Models → Viscous...

a. In the Viscous Model dialog box, select k-epsilon (2eqn) in the Model list.

b. Click OK to close the Viscous Model dialog box.

2. Enable chemical species transport and reaction.

Physics → Models → Species...

a. Select Species Transport in the Model list.

b. Select methane-air from the Mixture Material drop-down list.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
484 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

The Mixture Material list contains the set of chemical mixtures that exist in the ANSYS Fluent database.
When selecting an appropriate mixture for your case, you can review the constituent species and the
reactions of the predefined mixture by clicking View... next to the Mixture Material drop-down list.
The chemical species and their physical and thermodynamic properties are defined by the selection
of the mixture material. After enabling the Species Transport model, you can alter the mixture ma-
terial selection or modify the mixture material properties using the Create/Edit Materials dialog
box.

c. Select Volumetric in the Reactions group box.

d. Select Eddy-Dissipation in the Turbulence-Chemistry Interaction group box.

The Eddy-Dissipation model computes the reaction rate under the assumption that chemical reaction
is fast compared to transport of reactants in the combusting flow. That is, the reaction is controlled
by diffusion.

e. Click OK to close the Species Model dialog box.

A Warning message appears in the console notifying you that ANSYS Fluent automatically enabled
the energy equation required for the Species reaction model.

f. Click OK to close the Information dialog box.

14.4.5. Boundary Conditions

In this step, you will define the boundary conditions at the inlets and the outlet. The boundary conditions
for fuelinlet, inletair1, inletair2 were defined as mass-flow-inlet in a meshing application. You will
begin by changing the boundary condition type for these inlets to velocity-inlet.

Physics → Zones → Boundaries...

1. Organize the boundary conditions by type.

Setup → Boundary Conditions Group By → Zone Type

2. Under the Setup/Boundary Conditions tree branch, right-click inlet and select Type>velocity-inlet.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → inlet Type → velocity-inlet

The velocity-inlet boundary condition type is now assigned to all inlets.

3. Set the boundary condition for the fuel inlet.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → fuelinlet Edit...

In the Velocity Inlet dialog box, configure the following settings.

Tab Setting Value

Momentum Velocity Magnitude 40 m/s
Thermal Temperature 300 (default)
Species ch4 (Species Mass Fractions group box) 1

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 485
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eddy Dissipation and Steady Diffusion Flamelet Combustion Models

4. Set the boundary condition for the primary air inlet.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → inletair1 Edit...

In the Velocity Inlet dialog box, configure the following settings.

Tab Setting Value

Momentum Velocity Magnitude 10 m/s
Thermal Temperature 300 (default)
Species o2 (Species Mass Fractions group box) 0.23[a]
a. Dry air is composed of 23% of oxygen and 77% of nitrogen, which is a bulk species in the mixture.
ANSYS Fluent adds an appropriate amount of nitrogen at the boundaries to ensure that the sum
of the mass fractions of the components is equal to unity.

5. Set the boundary condition for the secondary air inlet.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → inletair2 Edit...

In the Velocity Inlet dialog box, configure the following settings.

Tab Setting Value

Momentum Velocity Magnitude 6 m/s
Thermal Temperature 300 (default)
Species o2 (Species Mass Fractions group box) 0.23

6. Set the boundary condition for the pressure outlet.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → outlet Edit...

In the Pressure Outlet dialog box, configure the following settings.

Tab Setting Value

Momentum Gauge Pressure 0 Pa [a] (default)
Backflow Pressure Specification Total Pressure[b]
(default)
Average Pressure Specification (Selected)
a. The gauge pressure of 0 Pa means that the pressure equals the ambient pressure.

b. This setting ensures that if the backflow occurs, only pure nitrogen at 300 K enters the chamber,
which will not affect the combustion reactions.

7. For wall-part-fluid, wallvanes and wallvanes-shadow retain the default stationary no slip adiabatic settings.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
486 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

14.4.6. Solution
1. Specify the discretization schemes.

Solution → Solution → Methods...

In the Solution Methods task page, configure the following settings.

Group Box Setting Value

Pressure Velocity Coupling Scheme Coupled
N/A Pseudo-Transient (Default)
N/A Warped-Face Gradient Correc- (Select) [a]
tion
N/A High Order Term Relaxation (Select)[b]
a. The warped-face gradient correction is designed to improve gradient accuracy for all gradient
methods.

b. The relaxation of high order terms will help to improve the solution behavior of flow simulations
when higher order spatial discretizations are used (higher than first).

2. Ensure that the plotting of residuals is enabled during the calculation.

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

3. Create a surface report definition of mass-weighted average of co2 at the outlet.

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Surface Report → Mass-Weighted Average...

Configure the following settings.

Group Box Setting Value

N/A Name co2-out
N/A Field Variable Species... and Mass fraction of co2
N/A Surfaces outlet
Create Report File (Selected)
Report Plot (Selected)
Print to Console (Selected)

4. Initialize the solution.

Solution → Initialization → Initialize

5. Save the case file (combustor_edm.cas.gz).

File → Write → Case...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 487
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eddy Dissipation and Steady Diffusion Flamelet Combustion Models

6. Start calculation.

Solution → Run Calculation → Advanced...

a. Set the global Timescale Factor to 5.

The Timescale Factor allows you to further manipulate the computed Time Step calculated by ANSYS
Fluent. Larger time steps can lead to faster convergence. However, if the time step is too large it can
lead to solution instability.

b. Enter 500 for Number of Iterations.

c. Click Calculate.

All scaled residuals have met the criteria for a converged solution (Figure 14.3: Scaled Residuals (p. 488)),
and the relative amount of CO2 exiting the combustor outlet has become stable (Figure 14.4: Convergence
History of Mass-Weighted Average CO2 on the Outlet (p. 489)).

Figure 14.3: Scaled Residuals

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
488 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 14.4: Convergence History of Mass-Weighted Average CO2 on the Outlet

7. Save the case and data files (combustor_edm.cas.gz and combustor_edm.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

14.4.7. Postprocessing for the Eddy-Dissipation Solution

1. Check the mass flux balance.

Postprocessing → Reports → Fluxes...

Warning

Although the mass flow rate history indicates that the solution is converged, you
should also check the net mass fluxes through the domain to ensure that mass is
being conserved.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 489
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eddy Dissipation and Steady Diffusion Flamelet Combustion Models

a. Select fuelinlet, inletair1, inletair2 and outlet from the Boundaries selection list.

b. Retain the default Mass Flow Rate option.

c. Click Compute and close the Flux Reports dialog box.

Warning

The net mass imbalance should be a small fraction (for example, 0.5%) of the total
flux through the system. If a significant imbalance occurs, you should decrease the
residual tolerances by at least an order of magnitude and continue iterating.

2. Report the total sensible heat flux.

Results → Reports → Fluxes...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
490 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select Total Sensible Heat Transfer Rate in the Options list.

b. Select all the boundaries from the Boundaries selection list (you can click the select-all button ( ).

c. Click Compute and close the Flux Reports dialog box.

Note

The energy balance is good because the net result is small compared to the heat of
reaction.

3. Create an XZ plane, which will be used for plotting the results.

Results → Surface → Create → Plane...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 491
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eddy Dissipation and Steady Diffusion Flamelet Combustion Models

a. Enter plane_xz in for New Surface Name.

b. In the Options group box, select Point and Normal.

c. In the Points group box, enter 1, 0, 1 for x0, y0, z0, respectively.

d. In the Normal group box, enter 0, 1, 0 for x0, y0, z0, respectively.

e. Click Create and close the Plane Surface dialog box.

4. Display filled contours of CO2 mass fraction in the combustion chamber (Figure 14.5: Contours of CO2 Mass
Fraction (p. 493)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → New...

a. Enter co2-mass-fraction for Contour Name.

b. Enable Filled in the Options group box.

c. From the Contours of drop-down lists, select Species... and Mass Fraction of co2.

d. From the Surfaces selection list, deselect all surfaces and select plane_xz.

e. In the Coloring group box, select Smooth.

f. Click Save/Display and rotate the view as shown in Figure 14.5: Contours of CO2 Mass Fraction (p. 493).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
492 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 14.5: Contours of CO2 Mass Fraction

Note

You may need to deselectHeadlight and then Lighting in the View ribbon tab (Dis-
play group).

The contour map of the CO2 concentration shows that the flow is mixing and reacting properly in
the combustor.

5. Display filled contours of oxygen mass fraction on the surface plane_xz (Figure 14.6: Contours of O2 Mass
Fraction (p. 494)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → New...

a. Enter o2-mass-fraction for Contour Name.

b. Enable Filled in the Options group box.

c. From the Contours of drop-down lists, select Species... and Mass Fraction of o2.

d. From the Surfaces selection list, deselect all surfaces and select plane_xz.

e. In the Coloring group box, select Smooth.

f. Click Save/Display.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 493
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eddy Dissipation and Steady Diffusion Flamelet Combustion Models

Figure 14.6: Contours of O2 Mass Fraction

6. Display filled contours of temperature on the aluminum combustor walls (Figure 14.7: Contours of Static
Temperature on the Combustor Walls (p. 495)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → New...

a. Enter surface-temperature for Contour Name.

b. Enable Filled in the Options group box.

c. From the Contours of drop-down lists, select Temperature... and Static Temperature.

d. From the Surfaces selection list, deselect all surfaces and select wall-part-fluid and wallvanes.

e. In the Coloring group box, select Smooth.

f. Click Save/Display.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
494 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Steady Diffusion Flamelet Model Setup and Solution

Figure 14.7: Contours of Static Temperature on the Combustor Walls

g. Rotate the contour plot to examine the temperature field of the combusting flow on the canister walls
from different angles.

7. Save the case and data files (combustor_edm.cas.gz and combustor_edm.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

14.5. Steady Diffusion Flamelet Model Setup and Solution

In the first part of the tutorial, the combustion reaction was modeled using the Eddy Dissipation model.
In this part of the tutorial, you will use the Steady Diffusion Flamelet model to simulate a turbulent
non-premixed reacting flow. The Steady Diffusion Flamelet model can model local chemical non-equi-
librium due to turbulent strain.

In the Steady Diffusion Flamelet model, reactions take place in a thin laminar locally one-dimensional
zone, called 'flamelet'. The turbulent flame is represented by an ensemble of such flamelets. Detailed
chemical kinetics is used to describe the combustion reaction. The chemistry is assumed to respond
rapidly to the turbulent strain, and as the strain relaxes to zero, the chemistry tends to equilibrium.
Despite the tendency toward equilibrium, a flamelet solution can often yield more accurate results than
an Eddy Dissipation or one- or two-step Finite Rate solution. This is because all the chemistry details
are included, making it possible to capture some of the faster intermediate reactions. To model turbulent
mixing, a probability density function (PDF) table is used as a lookup table at run time.

Note

To reduce the solution time for this tutorial, the mesh used is very coarse. This is not a suitable
mesh to obtain accurate results, but it is sufficient for demonstration purposes.

To watch a video that demonstrates some steps shown below, go to

• ANSYS Fluent: Describing Non-premixed Combustion using the Steady Flamelet Model

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 495
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eddy Dissipation and Steady Diffusion Flamelet Combustion Models

14.5.1. Models
Specify settings for non-premixed combustion.

Setting Up Physics → Models → Species...

1. In the Model group box, select Non-Premixed Combustion.

2. In the State Reaction group box, select Steady Diffusion Flamelet.

3. Retain the selection of Create Flamelet in the Options group box.

If you are generating a flamelet file yourself, you need to read in the chemical kinetics mechanism and
thermodynamic data, which must be in CHEMKIN format.

4. Click Import CHEMKIN Mechanism...

5. In the CHEMKIN Mechanism Import dialog box, in the Kinetics Input File text entry field, enter the fol-
lowing:

path\KINetics\data\grimech30_50spec_mech.inp

where path is the ANSYS Fluent installation directory (for example, C:\Program Files\ANSYS
Inc\v193\fluent\fluent19.3.0).

6. Click Import.

Once the reacting data file has been imported, the tab for specifying the fuel and oxidizer compositions,
flamelet and PDF table become accessible.

7. In the Boundary tab, specify the fuel (methane) and oxidizer (air) stream compositions in mass fractions.

a. In the Specify Species in group box, make sure that Mass Fraction is selected.

b. Configure the following settings:

Group Species Mass Fraction

Fuel ch4 1.0
Oxid o2 0.233 (default)
n2 0.767 (default)

Tip

Scroll down to see all the species.

Note

All boundary species with a mass or mole fraction of zero will be ignored.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
496 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Steady Diffusion Flamelet Model Setup and Solution

c. In the Temperature group box, retain the default values of 300 K for Fuel and Oxid.

8. In the Control tab, retain the default settings.

9. In the Flamelet tab, retain the default settings and click Calculate Flamelets.

Once the diffusion flamelets are generated, a Question dialog box opens, asking whether you want to
save flamelets to a file. Click No.

10. In the Table tab, retain the default settings for the table parameters and click Calculate PDF Table to
compute a non-adiabatic probability density function (PDF) table.

11. Click Display PDF Table...

12. In the PDF Table dialog box, retain the selection of Mean Temperature from the Plot Variable drop-down
list and all the other default parameters and click Display.

In the graphical display of the 3D look-up table, the Z axis represents the mean temperature of the reacting
fluid, and the X and Y axes represent the mean mixture fraction and the scaled variance, respectively.

The maximum and minimum values for mean temperature and the corresponding mean mixture fraction
and scale variance are also reported in the console.

The 3D look-up tables are reviewed on a slice-by-slice basis. By default, the slice selected corresponds to
the adiabatic enthalpy values. You can also select other slices of constant enthalpy for display.

13. Save the PDF output file (combustor_flamelet.pdf.gz).

File → Write → PDF...

a. Enter combustor_flamelet.pdf.gz for PDF File name.

b. Click OK to write the file.

By default, the file will be saved as formatted (ASCII, or text). To save a binary (unformatted) file, enable
the Write Binary Files option in the Select File dialog box.

14. Click Close to close the PDF Table dialog box.

15. Click OK to close the Species Model dialog box.

14.5.2. Boundary Conditions

Specify the boundary condition for the fuel inlet.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → fuelinlet Edit...

1. In the Velocity Inlet dialog box, under the Species tab, enter 1 for Mean Mixture Fraction.

The value of 1 indicates that only pure methane will be entering the fuelinlet boundary.

2. Click OK.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 497
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eddy Dissipation and Steady Diffusion Flamelet Combustion Models

14.5.3. Solution
1. Edit the output filename for mass-weighted average of co2 at the outlet.

Solution → Monitors → Report Files → co2-out-rfile Edit...

a. Enter co2-out-fl-rfile.out for File Name.

b. Click OK to close the Edit Report File dialog box.

2. Save the case file (combustor_flamelet.cas.gz).

File → Write → Case...

3. Reinitialize the solution.

Solution → Initialization → Initialize

4. In the Run Calculation task page, retain the settings of 5 for Timescale Factor and 500 for Number of
Iterations and click Calculate.

Solution → Run Calculation → Advanced...

5. Save the case and data files (combustor_flamelet.cas.gz and combustor_flamelet.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

14.5.4. Postprocessing for the Steady Diffusion Flamelet Solution

1. Check the mass flux balance and the total sensible heat flux as described in Postprocessing for the Eddy-
Dissipation Solution (p. 489).

2. Display filled contours of mean mixture fraction on the surface plane_xz (Figure 14.8: Contours of Mean
Mixture Fraction (p. 499)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → New...

a. Enter mean-mixture-fraction for Contour Name.

b. From the Contours of drop-down lists, select Pdf... and Mean Mixture Fraction.

c. From the Surfaces selection list, deselect all surfaces and select plane_xz.

d. Enable Filled in the Options group box.

e. Clear the Auto Range and Clip to Range options.

f. Enter 0.15 for Max.

g. In the Coloring group box, select Smooth.

h. Click Save/Display.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
498 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Steady Diffusion Flamelet Model Setup and Solution

Figure 14.8: Contours of Mean Mixture Fraction

3. Display filled contours of CO2 mass fraction in the combustion chamber (Figure 14.9: Contours of CO2 Mass
Fraction (p. 499)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → co2-mass-fraction Display

Figure 14.9: Contours of CO2 Mass Fraction

The steady diffusion flamelet simulation yields a significantly different CO2 mass fraction distribution as
compared to the eddy dissipation model calculation. The lower CO2 concentration at the base of the
flamelet flame is caused by low local temperature in the area, which results in slower combustion. In the
eddy dissipation model, chemical kinetics is ignored, and the reaction is controlled by turbulent mixing
of the materials. In this case, the CO2 concentration is greater near the base of the flame because the
rate of mixing is high in the area (see Figure 14.5: Contours of CO2 Mass Fraction (p. 493)).

4. Display the outlet CO2 concentration profiles for both solutions on a single plot.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 499
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eddy Dissipation and Steady Diffusion Flamelet Combustion Models

Results → Plots → File

a. In the File XY Plot dialog box, click the Load... button to open the Select File dialog box.

b. In the Select File dialog box that opens, click once on co2-out-fl-rfile.out and co2-out-rfile.out.

Each of these files will be listed with their folder path in the bottom list to indicate that they have
been selected.

Tip

If you select a file by mistake, simply click the file in the bottom list and then
click Remove.

c. Click OK to save the files and close the Select File dialog box.

d. In the Plot group box, enter co2-out for Title.

e. From the Curve Information selection list, select co2-out-rfile.out | Iteration | co2-out

f. Enter co2-EDM in the lower-right text-entry box under the Legend Names selection list.

g. Click the Change Legend Entry button.

The item in the Legend Entries list for co2-out-rfile.out | Iteration | co2-out will be changed to
co2-EDM. This legend entry will be displayed in the upper-left corner of the XY plot generated in a
later step.

h. In a similar manner, change the legend entry for the co2-out-fl-rfile.out | Iteration | co2-out curve to
be co2-Flamelet.

i. Click the Axes... button to open the Axes dialog box.

i. From the Axis list, select Y.

ii. Enter 2 for Precision.

iii. Click Apply and close the Axes dialog box.

j. Click the Curves... button to open the Curves dialog box, where you will define a different curve
symbol for the CO2 concentration data.

i. Retain 0 for the Curve #.

ii. Select ---- from the Pattern drop-down list.

iii. From the Symbol drop-down list, select the "blank" choice, which is the first item in the Symbol
list.

iv. Click Apply.

v. Set Curve # to 1by clicking the up-arrow button.

vi. Modify the settings for Pattern and Symbol in a manner similar to that for the previous curve.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
500 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Summary

vii. Click Apply and close the Curves dialog box.

k. Click Plot and close the File XY Plot dialog box.

Figure 14.10: Convergence History of Mass-Weighted Average CO2 on the Outlet

Despite the model differences, both models predicted similar mass-weighted average mass fractions
of CO2 exiting the combustor during the steady-state. However, the steady diffusion flamelet model
predicts less CO2 exiting the combustor and, due to its more realistic description of combustion kin-
etics, is considered to be more accurate.

You can perform further postprocessing of the solution results as shown in the following video:

• ANSYS Fluent: Basic Post-processing

14.6. Summary
In this tutorial, you have learned how to model the reacting flow through a can combustor using the
eddy dissipation model and steady diffusion flamelet model in ANSYS Fluent. For more information
about the theory behind these models, see ANSYS Fluent Theory Guide. For details about the usability
of the models, see the ANSYS Fluent User's Guide.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 501
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
502 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 15: Modeling Surface Chemistry

This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
15.1. Introduction
15.2. Prerequisites
15.3. Problem Description
15.4. Setup and Solution
15.5. Summary
15.6. Further Improvements

15.1. Introduction
In chemically reacting laminar flows, such as those encountered in chemical vapor deposition (CVD)
applications, accurate modeling of time-dependent hydrodynamics, heat and mass transfer, and
chemical reactions (including wall surface reactions) is important.

In this tutorial, surface reactions are considered. Modeling the reactions taking place at gas-solid interfaces
is complex and involves several elementary physicochemical processes like adsorption of gas-phase
species on the surface, chemical reactions occurring on the surface, and desorption of gases from the
surface back to the gas phase.

This tutorial demonstrates how to do the following:

• Create new materials and set the mixture properties.

• Model surface reactions involving site species.

• Enable physical models and define boundary conditions for a chemically reacting laminar flow involving
wall surface reactions.

• Calculate the deposition solution using the pressure-based solver.

• Examine the flow results using graphics.

15.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial is written with the assumption that you have completed one or more of the introductory
tutorial Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35) found in this manual and that you are
familiar with the ANSYS Fluent tree and ribbon structure. Some steps in the setup and solution procedure
will not be shown explicitly.

Before beginning with this tutorial, see the Fluent User's Guide for more information about species
transport, chemically reacting flows, wall surface reaction modeling, and chemical vapor deposition. In
particular, you should be familiar with the Arrhenius rate equation, as this equation is used for the
surface reactions modeled in this tutorial.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 503
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Surface Chemistry

15.3. Problem Description

A rotating disk CVD reactor for the growth of Gallium Arsenide (GaAs) shown in Figure 15.1: Schematic
of the Reactor Configuration (p. 504) will be modeled.

Figure 15.1: Schematic of the Reactor Configuration

The process gases, Trimethyl Gallium ( ) and Arsine ( ) enter the reactor at 293 K through
the inlet at the top. These gases flow over the hot, spinning disk depositing thin layers of gallium and
arsenide on it in a uniform, repeatable manner. The disk rotation generates a radially pumping effect,
which forces the gases to flow in a laminar manner down to the growth surface, outward across the
disk, and finally to be discharged from the reactor.

The semiconductor materials Ga(s) and As(s) are deposited on the heated surface governed by the fol-
lowing surface reactions.
(15.1)
(15.2)

The inlet gas is a mixture of Trimethyl Gallium, which has a mass fraction of 0.15, and Arsine, which has
a mass fraction of 0.4, the remainder is hydrogen. The mixture velocity at the inlet is 0.02189 m/s. The
disk rotates at 80 rad/sec. The top wall (wall-1) is heated to 473 K and the sidewalls (wall-2) of the reactor
are maintained at 343 K. The susceptor (wall-4) is heated to a uniform temperature of 1023 K and the
bottom wall (wall-6) is at 303 K. These CVD reactors are typically known as cold-wall reactors, where
only the wafer surface is heated to higher temperatures, while the remaining reactor walls are maintained
at low temperatures.

In this tutorial, simultaneous deposition of Ga and As is simulated and examined. The mixture properties
and the mass diffusivity are determined based on kinetic theory. Detailed surface reactions with multiple

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
504 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

sites and site species, and full multi-component/thermal diffusion effects are also included in the simu-
lation.

The purpose of this tutorial is to demonstrate surface reaction capabilities in ANSYS Fluent. Convective
heat transfer is considered to be the dominant mechanism compared to radiative heat transfer, thus
radiation effects are ignored.

15.4. Setup and Solution

The following sections describe the setup and solution steps for this tutorial:
15.4.1. Preparation
15.4.2. Reading and Checking the Mesh
15.4.3. Solver and Analysis Type
15.4.4. Specifying the Models
15.4.5. Defining Materials and Properties
15.4.6. Specifying Boundary Conditions
15.4.7. Setting the Operating Conditions
15.4.8. Simulating Non-Reacting Flow
15.4.9. Simulating Reacting Flow
15.4.10. Postprocessing the Solution Results

15.4.1. Preparation
To prepare for running this tutorial:

1. Download the surface_chem.zip file here.

2. Unzip surface_chem.zip to your working directory.

3. The file surface.msh can be found in the folder.

4. Use Fluent Launcher to start the 3D version of ANSYS Fluent.

Fluent Launcher displays your Display Options preferences from the previous session.

For more information about the Fluent Launcher, see starting ANSYS Fluent using the Fluent
Launcher in the Fluent Getting Started Guide.

5. Ensure that the Display Mesh After Reading option is enabled.

6. Ensure that the Serial processing option is selected.

7. Enable Double Precision.

15.4.2. Reading and Checking the Mesh

1. Read in the mesh file surface.msh.

File → Read → Mesh...

2. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 505
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Surface Chemistry

ANSYS Fluent will perform various checks on the mesh and will report the progress in the console. Ensure
that the reported minimum volume is a positive number.

3. Scale the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Scale...

Scale the mesh to meters as it was created in centimeters.

a. Select cm (centimeters) from the Mesh Was Created In drop-down list in the Scaling group box.

b. Click Scale and verify that the domain extents are as shown in the Scale Mesh dialog box.

The default SI units will be used in this tutorial, hence there is no need to change any units.

c. Close the Scale Mesh dialog box.

d. Re-display the mesh

e. Click the Fit to Window icon, .

4. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

Note

It is a good practice to check the mesh after manipulating it (scale, convert to polyhedra,
merge, separate, fuse, add zones, or smooth and swap). This will ensure that the quality
of the mesh has not been compromised.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
506 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

5. Examine the mesh (Figure 15.2: Mesh Display (p. 507)).

Figure 15.2: Mesh Display

Extra

You can use the left mouse button to rotate the image and view it from different angles.
Use the right mouse button to check which zone number corresponds to each boundary.
If you click the right mouse button on one of the boundaries in the graphics window, its
name and type will be printed in the ANSYS Fluent console. This feature is especially
useful when you have several zones of the same type and you want to distinguish between
them quickly. Use the middle mouse button to zoom the image.

15.4.3. Solver and Analysis Type

Retain the default solver settings of pressure-based steady-state solver in the Physics tab (Solver group).

Physics → Solver

15.4.4. Specifying the Models

In this problem, the energy equation and the species conservation equations will be solved, along with the
momentum and continuity equations.

1. Enable heat transfer by turning on the energy equation.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 507
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Surface Chemistry

Physics → Models → Energy

2. Enable chemical species transport.

Physics → Models → Species...

a. Select Species Transport in the Model list.

The Species Model dialog box will expand to show relevant input options.

b. Retain the selection of mixture-template from the Mixture Material drop-down list.

You will modify the mixture material later in this tutorial.

c. Retain the default setting for Diffusion Energy Source.

This includes the effect of enthalpy transport due to species diffusion in the energy equation, which
contributes to the energy balance, especially for the case of Lewis numbers far from unity.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
508 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

d. Enable Full Multicomponent Diffusion and Thermal Diffusion.

The Full Multicomponent Diffusion activates Stefan-Maxwell’s equations and computes the diffusive
fluxes of all species in the mixture to all concentration gradients. The Thermal Diffusion effects cause
heavy molecules to diffuse less rapidly, and light molecules to diffuse more rapidly, toward heated
surfaces.

e. Click OK to close the Species Model dialog box.

f. Click OK to close the Information dialog box.

15.4.5. Defining Materials and Properties

In the following steps you will copy the gas-phase species (AsH3 , Ga(CH3)3 , CH3 , and H2 ) from the ANSYS
Fluent database, specify the mixture materials, setup the reactions, and modify the material properties. You
will also create the site species (Ga_s and As_s) and the solid species (Ga and As).

1. Copy arsenic-trihydride, hydrogen, methyl-radical, and trimethyl-gallium from the ANSYS Fluent material
database to the list of fluid materials and modify their properties.

Setup → Materials → Fluid → air Edit...

a. Click Fluent Database... in the Create/Edit Materials dialog box to open the Fluent Database Mater-
ials dialog box.

b. In the Fluent Database Materials dialog box, select fluid from the Material Type drop-down list.

c. From the Fluent Fluid Materials selection list, select arsenic-trihydride (ash3), hydrogen (h2), methyl-
radical (ch3), and trimethyl-gallium (game3) by clicking each species once.

Scroll down the Fluent Fluid Materials list to locate each species.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 509
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Surface Chemistry

d. Click Copy to copy the selected species to your model.

e. Click Close to close the Fluent Database Materials dialog box.

2. Create the site species (Ga_s and As_s) and the solid species (Ga and As).

a. In the Create/Edit Materials dialog box, select air from the Fluent Fluid Materials drop-down list.

b. Enter ga_s for the Name text entry field.

c. Enter ga_s for the Chemical Formula text entry field.

d. Click Change/Create to create the new material.

e. Click No in the Question dialog box when asked if you want to overwrite air.

The new material ga_s is added to your model and listed under Fluid in the Materials task page
and under the Setup/Materials/Fluid tree branch.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
510 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

f. Create as_s,ga, as following the same procedure as for ga_s and close the Create/Edit Materials
dialog box.

Extra

To enter complex formulae such as Ga(CH3)3 in the text entry box, use ‘<’ and ‘>’ instead
of ‘(’ and ‘ )’, respectively.

3. Set the mixture species.

Setup → Materials → Mixture → mixture-template Edit...

a. Enter gaas_deposition for Name.

b. Click Change/Create.

c. Click Yes in the Question dialog box to overwrite the mixture-template.

d. Set the Selected Species.

i. In Properties group box, click the Edit... button to the right of the names drop-down list for Mixture
Species to open the Species dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 511
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Surface Chemistry

ii. Set the Selected Species from the Available Materials selection list as shown in Table 15.1: Selected
Species (p. 512) .

Table 15.1: Selected Species

Selected Species
ash3
game3
ch3
h2

Important

• Add arsenic-trihydride (ash3), trimethyl-gallium (game3), methyl-radical (ch3),

and hydrogen (h2) to the Selected Species list before removing h2o, o2, and n2.

• Ensure that h2 is at the bottom in the Selected Species selection list as shown in
Table 15.1: Selected Species (p. 512). ANSYS Fluent will interpret the last species in the
list as the bulk species.

Note

To add/remove the species:

• To add a particular species to the list, select the required species from the Available
Materials selection list and click Add in the corresponding species selection list (Se-
lected Species, Selected Site Species, or Selected Solid Species). The species will
be added to the end of the relevant list and removed from the Available Materials
list.

• To remove an unwanted species from the selection list, select the species from the
selection list (Selected Species, Selected Site Species, or Selected Solid Species)
and click Remove in the corresponding selection list. The species will be removed
from the list and added to the Available Materials list.

iii. Click OK to close the Species dialog box.

iv. Click Change/Create and close the Creat/Edit Materials dialog box.

4. Enable chemical species transport reaction.

Physics → Models → Species...

Although you enable reactions, you still run a non-reacting flow to produce an initial solution. You will
run a reacting flow in Simulating Reacting Flow (p. 530).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
512 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enable Volumetric and Wall Surface in the Reactions group box.

b. Retain the selection of gaas_deposition from the Mixture Material drop-down list.

c. Disable Heat of Surface Reactions and enable Mass Deposition Source.

d. Click OK to close the Species Model dialog box.

5. Set the site and solid species and the mixture reactions in a similar manner to the mixture species.

Setup → Materials → Mixture → gaas_deposition Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 513
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Surface Chemistry

a. Click the Edit... button to the right of the names drop-down list for Mixture Species in the Properties
group box.

Specify the Selected Site Species and the Selected Solid Species as shown in Table 15.2: Selected
Site and Solid Species (p. 514).

Table 15.2: Selected Site and Solid Species

Selected Site Species Selected Solid Species

ga_s ga
as_s as

Once you set the site and solid species, the Species dialog box should look like this:

b. Click OK to close the Species dialog box.

c. Click the Edit... button to the right of the Reaction drop-down list to open the Reactions dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
514 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

d. Increase the Total Number of Reactions to 2, and define the following reactions using the parameters
in Table 15.3: Reaction Parameters (p. 515) :
(15.3)
(15.4)

Table 15.3: Reaction Parameters

Parameter For Equation 15.3 (p. 515) For Equation 15.4 (p. 515)
Reaction ID 1 2 a

Reaction Name gallium-dep arsenic-dep

Reaction Type Wall Surface Wall Surface
Number of Reactants 2 2
Species ash3, ga_s game3, as_s
Stoich. Coefficient ash3= 1, ga_s= 1 game3= 1, as_s= 1

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 515
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Surface Chemistry

Parameter For Equation 15.3 (p. 515) For Equation 15.4 (p. 515)
Rate Exponent ash3= 1, ga_s= 1 game3= 1, as_s= 1
Arrhenius Rate PEF= 1e+06, AE= 0, TE= 0.5 b PEF= 1e+12, AE= 0, TE= 0.5
Number of Products 3 3
Species ga, as_s, h2 as, ga_s, ch3
Stoich. Coefficient ga= 1, as_s= 1, h2= 1.5 as= 1, ga_s= 1, ch3= 3
Rate Exponent as_s= 0, h2= 0 ga_s= 0, ch3= 0
a
Set the ID to 2 in order to set the parameters for the second reaction.
b
Here, PEF = Pre-Exponential Factor, AE = Activation Energy, and TE = Temperature Exponent.

e. Click OK to save the data and close the Reactions dialog box.

f. Set the reaction mechanisms for the mixture.

i. Click the Edit... button to the right of the Mechanism drop-down list to open the Reaction Mech-
anisms dialog box.

ii. Retain Number of Mechanisms as 1.

iii. Enter gaas-ald for Name.

iv. Select Wall Surface in the Reaction Type group box.

v. Select gallium-dep and arsenic-dep from the Reactions selection list.

vi. Set Number of Sites to 1.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
516 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

vii. Enter 1e-08 kgmol/m2 for Site Density for site-1.

viii.Click the Define... button to the right of site-1 to open the Site Parameters dialog box.

A. Set Total Number of Site Species to 2.

B. Select ga_s as the first site species and enter 0.7 for Initial Site Coverage.

C. Select as_s as the second site species and enter 0.3 for Initial Site Coverage.

D. Click Apply and close the Site Parameters dialog box.

ix. Click OK to close the Reaction Mechanisms dialog box.

g. Retain the default selection of incompressible-ideal-gas from the Density drop-down list.

h. Retain the default selection of mixing-law from the Cp (Specific Heat) drop-down list.

i. Select mass-weighted-mixing-law from the Thermal Conductivity drop-down list.

j. Select mass-weighted-mixing-law from the Viscosity drop-down list.

k. Retain the default selection of kinetic-theory from the Mass Diffusivity drop-down list.

l. Retain the default selection of kinetic-theory from the Thermal Diffusion Coefficient drop-down list.

m. Click Change/Create and close the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

6. Specify the material properties for arsenic-trihydride, hydrogen, methyl-radical, trimethyl-gallium, site
species (Ga_s and As_s), and solid species (Ga and As).

Setup → Materials → Mixture → gaas_deposition → arsenic-trihydride Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 517
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Surface Chemistry

a. In the Properties group box, modify the arsenic-trihydride properties as shown in Table 15.4: Properties
of Species (p. 518).

Important

Ensure Mixture is set to gaas_deposition

Tip

Scroll down in the Properties group box to see all the parameters.

Table 15.4: Properties of Species

Parameter AsH_3 Ga(CH_3)_3 CH_3 H_2

Name arsenic-tri- trimethyl- methyl-radic- hydrogen
hydride gallium al
Chemical Formula ash3 game3 ch3 h2
Cp (Specific Heat) piecewise- piecewise-poly- piecewise-poly- piecewise-poly-
polynomial nomial nomial nomial
Thermal Conductiv- kinetic-theory kinetic-theory kinetic-theory kinetic-theory
ity
Viscosity kinetic-theory kinetic-theory kinetic-theory kinetic-theory
Molecular Weight 77.95 114.83 15 2.02
Standard State En- 0 0 2.044e+07 0
thalpy

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
518 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Parameter AsH_3 Ga(CH_3)_3 CH_3 H_2

Standard State En- 130579.1 130579.1 257367.6 130579.1
tropy
Reference Temper- 298.15 298.15 298.15 298.15
ature
L-J Characteristic 4.145 5.68 3.758 2.827
Length
L-J Energy Paramet- 259.8 398 148.6 59.7
er

b. When finished, click Change/Create to update your local copy of the species material.

Note

When you modify the properties of the material local copy, the original copy in Fluent
material database stays intact.

c. In a similar way, modify the properties of trimethyl-gallium (game3), methyl-radical (ch3), and hy-
drogen (h2).

Note

Make sure to click Change/Create each time you modify the properties for the mater-
ial to apply the changes to the local copy.

d. Select ga_s from the Fluent Fluid Materials drop-down list.

e. Enter the parameter values for the ga_s species as shown in Table 15.5: Properties of Species (p. 519).

Table 15.5: Properties of Species

Parameter Ga_s As_s Ga As

Name ga_s as_s ga as
Chemical Formula ga_s as_s ga as
Cp (Specific Heat) 520.64 520.64 1006.43 1006.43
Thermal Conduct- 0.0158 0.0158 kinetic-theory kinetic-theory
ivity
Viscosity 2.125e-05 2.125e-05 kinetic-theory kinetic-theory
Molecular Weight 69.72 74.92 69.72 74.92
Standard State -3117.71 -3117.71 0 0
Enthalpy
Standard State 154719.3 154719.3 0 0
Entropy
Reference Temper- 298.15 298.15 298.15 298.15
ature

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 519
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Surface Chemistry

Parameter Ga_s As_s Ga As

L-J Characteristic 0 0 0 0
Length
L-J Energy Para- 0 0 0 0
meter

f. Modify the material properties for As_s, Ga, and As as shown in Table 15.5: Properties of Species (p. 519).

g. Close the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

15.4.6. Specifying Boundary Conditions

1. Set the conditions for velocity-inlet.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → velocity-inlet Edit...

a. Retain the default selection of Magnitude, Normal to Boundary from the Velocity Specification
Method drop-down list.

b. Retain the default selection of Absolute from the Reference Frame drop-down list.

c. Enter 0.02189 m/s for Velocity Magnitude.

d. Click the Thermal tab and enter 293 K for Temperature.

e. Under the Species tab, set the Species Mass Fractions for ash3 to 0.4, game3 to 0.15, and ch3 to
0.

The mass fraction of hydrogen is 0.45, but there is no need to specify this since it is the last species
in the mixture.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
520 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

f. Click OK to close the Velocity Inlet dialog box.

2. Set the boundary conditions for outlet.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → outlet Edit...

a. Retain the default settings under the Momentum tab.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 521
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Surface Chemistry

b. Under the Thermal tab, enter 400 K for Temperature.

c. Under the Species tab, set the Backflow Species Mass Fractions for ash3 to 0.32, game3 to 0.018,
and ch3 to 0.06.

Since a certain amount of backflow is expected in the flow regions around the rotating shaft,
you should set the realistic backflow species mass fractions to minimize convergence difficulties.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
522 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

d. Click OK to accept the remaining default settings.

3. Set the boundary conditions for wall-1.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → wall-1 Edit...

a. Click the Thermal tab.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 523
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Surface Chemistry

i. Select Temperature in the Thermal Conditions group box.

ii. Enter 473 K for Temperature.

b. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

4. Set the boundary conditions for wall-2.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → wall-2 Edit...

a. Click the Thermal tab.

i. Select Temperature in the Thermal Conditions group box.

ii. Enter 343 K for Temperature.

b. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

5. Set the boundary conditions for wall-4.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → wall-4 Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
524 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select Moving Wall in the Wall Motion group box.

The Wall dialog box will expand to wall motion inputs and options.

b. Select Absolute and Rotational in the Motion group box.

c. Enter 80 rad/s for Speed.

d. Retain the other default settings.

e. Click the Thermal tab.

i. Select Temperature in the Thermal Conditions group box.

ii. Enter 1023 K for Temperature.

f. Click the Species tab.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 525
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Surface Chemistry

i. Enable Reaction.

ii. Retain the selection of gaas-ald from the Reaction Mechanisms drop-down list.

g. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

6. Set the boundary conditions for wall-5.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → wall-5 Edit...

a. Select Moving Wall in the Wall Motion group box.

b. Select Absolute and Rotational in the Motion group box.

c. Enter 80 rad/s for Speed.

d. Click the Thermal tab.

i. Select Temperature in the Thermal Conditions group box.

ii. Enter 720 K for Temperature.

e. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

7. Set the boundary conditions for wall-6.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → wall-6 Edit...

a. Click the Thermal tab.

i. Select Temperature in the Thermal Conditions group box.

ii. Enter 303 K for Temperature.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
526 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

b. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

15.4.7. Setting the Operating Conditions

1. Physics → Solver → Operating Conditions...

a. Enter 10000 Pa for Operating Pressure.

b. Enable Gravity.

The dialog box will expand to show related gravitational inputs.

c. Enter 9.81 m/s2 for Gravitational Acceleration in the Z direction.

d. Enter 303 K for Operating Temperature.

e. Click OK to close the Operating Conditions dialog box.

The Operating Conditions dialog box can be accessed from the Cell Zone Conditions task page.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 527
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Surface Chemistry

15.4.8. Simulating Non-Reacting Flow

1. Disable Volumetric for solving non-reacting flow.

Physics → Models → Species...

a. Disable Volumetric in the Reactions group box.

b. Click OK to close the Species Model dialog box.

You will first run a non-reacting solution to establish the flow.

2. Select the Coupled solver method.

Solution → Solution Methods

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
528 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Retain the default selections.

3. Enable residual plotting during the calculation.

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

a. Retain the default settings and close the Residual Monitors dialog box.

4. Initialize the flow field.

Solution → Solution Initialization

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 529
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Surface Chemistry

a. Retain the default selection of Hybrid Initialization from the Initialization Methods group box.

b. Click Initialize.

5. Save the case file (surface-non-react.cas.gz).

File → Write → Case...

6. Start the calculation by requesting 200 iterations.

Solution → Run Calculation

a. Enter 200 for No. of Iterations and click Calculate.

15.4.9. Simulating Reacting Flow

1. Enable Volumetric for the reacting flow solution.

Physics → Models → Species...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
530 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enable Volumetric and Wall Surface in the Reactions group box.

b. Ensure that Mass Deposition Source is enabled in the Wall Surface Reaction Options group box.

c. Click OK to close the Species Model dialog box.

2. Retain the default convergence criteria for calculation.

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 531
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Surface Chemistry

3. Request 200 more iterations.

Solution → Run Calculation → Calculate

4. Compute the mass fluxes.

Results → Reports → Fluxes...

a. Retain the default selection of Mass Flow Rate in the Options group box.

b. Select outlet, velocity-inlet, and wall-4 from the Boundaries selection list.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
532 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

In order to properly assess the mass balance, you must account for the mass deposition on the spinning
disk. Hence you select wall-4 in addition to the inlet and outlet boundaries.

c. Click Compute, examine the values displayed in the Results and Net Results boxes, and close the Flux
Reports dialog box.

The net mass imbalance should be a small fraction (for example, 0.5% or less) of the total flux
through the system. If a significant imbalance occurs, you should decrease your residual tolerances
by at least an order of magnitude and continue iterating.

5. Display contours of surface deposition rate of ga (Figure 15.3: Contours of Surface Deposition Rate of
Ga (p. 534)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

a. Enable Filled in the Options group box.

b. Select Species... and Surface Deposition Rate of ga from the Contours of drop-down lists.

c. Select wall-4 from the Surfaces selection list.

d. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

Rotate the display with the mouse to obtain the view as shown in (Figure 15.3: Contours of Surface De-
position Rate of Ga (p. 534)).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 533
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Surface Chemistry

Figure 15.3: Contours of Surface Deposition Rate of Ga

6. Reduce the convergence criteria.

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

a. Enter 5e-06 for Absolute Criteria for continuity.

b. Click OK to close the Residual Monitors dialog box.

7. Request 200 more iterations.

Solution → Run Calculation → Calculate

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
534 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 15.4: Scaled Residuals

8. Check the mass fluxes.

Results → Reports → Fluxes...

a. Retain the default selection of Mass Flow Rate in the Options group box.

b. Retain the selection of outlet and velocity-inlet and, wall-4 from the Boundaries selection list.

c. Click Compute, examine the values displayed in the Results and Net Results boxes, and close the Flux
Reports dialog box.

Again, the net mass imbalance should be a small fraction (for example, 0.5% or less) of the total
flux through the system.

9. Save the case and data files (surface-react1.cas.gz and surface-react1.dat.gz).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 535
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Surface Chemistry

File → Write → Case & Data...

15.4.10. Postprocessing the Solution Results

1. Create an iso-surface near wall-4.

Results → Surface → Create → Iso-Surface...

a. Enter z=0.07 for New Surface Name.

Note

If you want to delete or otherwise manipulate any surfaces, click Manage... to open
the Surfaces dialog box.

b. Select Mesh... and Z-Coordinate from the Surface of Constant drop-down lists.

c. Click Compute.

The Min and Max fields display the z-extent of the domain.

d. Enter 0.075438 m for Iso-Values.

e. Click Create and close the Iso-Surface dialog box.

The new surface z=0.07 is added to the surfaces selection list.

2. Display contours of temperature on the plane surface created. (Figure 15.5: Temperature Contours Near
wall-4 (p. 538)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
536 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Ensure that Filled is enabled in the Options group box.

b. Select Temperature... and Static Temperature from the Contours of drop-down lists.

c. Deselect wall-4 from the Surfaces selection list.

d. Select z=0.07 from the Surfaces selection list.

e. Click Display.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 537
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Surface Chemistry

Figure 15.5: Temperature Contours Near wall-4

Figure 15.5: Temperature Contours Near wall-4 (p. 538) shows the temperature distribution across a plane
just above the rotating disk. You can see that the disk has a temperature of 1023 K.

3. Display contours of surface deposition rates of ga (Figure 15.6: Contours of Surface Deposition Rate of
ga (p. 539)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

a. Select Species... and Surface Deposition Rate of ga from the Contours of drop-down lists.

b. Select wall-4 from the Surfaces selection list.

c. Deselect z=0.07 from the Surfaces selection list.

d. Click Display.

You may need to use the left mouse button to rotate the image so that you can see the contours on the
top side of wall-4 where the deposition takes place.

Figure 15.6: Contours of Surface Deposition Rate of ga (p. 539) shows the gradient of surface deposition
rate of ga. The maximum deposition is seen at the center of the disk.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
538 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 15.6: Contours of Surface Deposition Rate of ga

4. Display contours of surface coverage of ga_s (Figure 15.7: Contours of Surface Coverage of ga_s (p. 539)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

a. Select Species... and Surface Coverage of ga_s from the Contours of drop-down lists.

b. Retain the selection of wall-4 in the Surfaces selection list.

c. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

Figure 15.7: Contours of Surface Coverage of ga_s

Figure 15.7: Contours of Surface Coverage of ga_s (p. 539) shows the rate of surface coverage of the site
species ga_s.

5. Create a line surface from the center of wall-4 to the edge.

Postsprocessing → Surface → Create → Line/Rake...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 539
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Surface Chemistry

a. Enter the values for x0, x1, y0, y1, z0, and z1 as follows:

End Points Value

x0 -0.01040954
y0 -0.004949478
z0 0.0762001
x1 0.1428
y1 0.1386585
z1 0.07620001

You can also select the points by clicking Select Points with Mouse. Then, in the graphic display,
click at the center of wall-4 and at the edge using the right mouse button.

b. Click Create to accept the default name of line-9 for the New Surface Name.

Note

If you want to delete or otherwise manipulate any surfaces, click Manage... to open
the Surfaces dialog box

c. Close the Line/Rake Surface dialog box.

6. Plot the surface deposition rate of Ga versus radial distance (Figure 15.8: Plot of Surface Deposition Rate
of Ga (p. 542)).

Results → Plots → XY Plot → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
540 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Disable Node Values in the Options group box.

b. Select Species... and Surface Deposition Rate of ga from the Y Axis Function drop-down lists.

The source/sink terms due to the surface reaction are deposited in the cell adjacent to the wall cells,
so it is necessary to plot the cell values and not the node values.

c. Select line-9 you just created from the Surfaces selection list.

d. Click Plot and close the Solution XY Plot dialog box.

The peak surface deposition rate occurs at the center of wall-4 (where the concentration of the mixture
is highest).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 541
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Surface Chemistry

Figure 15.8: Plot of Surface Deposition Rate of Ga

Extra

You can also perform all the postprocessing steps to analyze the deposition of As.

7. Save the case and data files (surface-react2.cas.gz and surface-react2.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

15.5. Summary
The main focus of this tutorial is the accurate modeling of macroscopic gas flow, heat and mass transfer,
species diffusion, and chemical reactions (including surface reactions) in a rotating disk CVD reactor. In
this tutorial, you learned how to use the two-step surface reactions involving site species, and computed
simultaneous deposition of gallium and arsenide from a mixture of precursor gases on a rotating sus-
ceptor. Note that the same approach is valid if you are simulating multi-step reactions with multiple
sites/site species.

15.6. Further Improvements

This tutorial guides you through the steps to reach an initial solution. You may be able to obtain a more
accurate solution by using an appropriate higher-order discretization scheme and by adapting the mesh.
Mesh adaption can also ensure that the solution is independent of the mesh. These steps are demon-
strated in Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
542 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 16: Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
16.1. Introduction
16.2. Prerequisites
16.3. Problem Description
16.4. Setup and Solution
16.5. Summary
16.6. Further Improvements

16.1. Introduction
In this tutorial, the air-blast atomizer model in ANSYS Fluent is used to predict the behavior of an
evaporating methanol spray. Initially, the air flow is modeled without droplets. To predict the behavior
of the spray, the discrete phase model is used, including a secondary model for breakup.

This tutorial demonstrates how to do the following:

• Define a spray injection for an air-blast atomizer.

• Calculate a solution using the discrete phase model in ANSYS Fluent.

16.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial is written with the assumption that you have completed one or more of the introductory
tutorial Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35) found in this manual and that you are
familiar with the ANSYS Fluent tree and ribbon structure. Some steps in the setup and solution procedure
will not be shown explicitly.

16.3. Problem Description

The geometry to be considered in this tutorial is shown in Figure 16.1: Problem Specification (p. 544).
Methanol is cooled to C before being introduced into an air-blast atomizer. The atomizer contains
an inner air stream surrounded by a swirling annular stream. To make use of the periodicity of the
problem, only a section of the atomizer will be modeled.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 543
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

Figure 16.1: Problem Specification

16.4. Setup and Solution

The following sections describe the setup and solution steps for this tutorial:
16.4.1. Preparation
16.4.2. Mesh
16.4.3. Solver
16.4.4. Models
16.4.5. Materials
16.4.6. Boundary Conditions
16.4.7. Initial Solution Without Droplets
16.4.8. Creating a Spray Injection
16.4.9. Solution
16.4.10. Postprocessing

16.4.1. Preparation
To prepare for running this tutorial:

1. Download the evaporate_liquid.zip file here.

2. Unzip evaporate_liquid.zip to your working directory.

3. The mesh file sector.msh can be found in the folder.

4. Use the ANSYS Fluent Launcher to start the 3D version of ANSYS Fluent.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
544 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Fluent Launcher displays your Display Options preferences from the previous session.

For more information about the ANSYS Fluent Launcher, see starting ANSYS Fluent using the Fluent
Launcher in the Fluent Getting Started Guide.

5. Ensure that the Display Mesh After Reading option is enabled.

6. Ensure that the Serial processing option is selected.

7. Enable Double Precision.

8. Ensure that Meshing Mode is disabled.

16.4.2. Mesh
1. Read in the mesh file sector.msh.

File → Read → Mesh...

2. Change the periodic type of periodic-a to rotational.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → periodic-a → Edit...

a. Select Rotational in the Periodic Type group box.

b. Click OK to close the Periodic dialog box.

3. In a similar manner, change the periodic type of periodic-b to rotational.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 545
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

4. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

ANSYS Fluent will perform various checks on the mesh and report the progress in the console. Ensure
that the reported minimum volume is a positive number.

5. Display the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Display...

a. Ensure that Faces is enabled in the Options group box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
546 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

b. Select only atomizer-wall, central_air, and swirling_air from the Surfaces selection list.

Tip

To deselect all surfaces click the far-right button at the top of the Surfaces se-
lection list, and then select the desired surfaces from the Surfaces selection list.

c. Click the Colors... button to open the Mesh Colors dialog box.

i. Select wall from the Types selection list.

ii. Select pink from the Colors selection list.

iii. Close the Mesh Colors dialog box.

d. Click Display and close the Mesh Display dialog box.

The graphics display will be updated to show the mesh. Zoom in with the mouse to obtain the view
shown in Figure 16.2: Air-Blast Atomizer Mesh Display (p. 548).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 547
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

Figure 16.2: Air-Blast Atomizer Mesh Display

16.4.3. Solver
Retain the default solver settings of pressure-based steady-state solver in the Solver group of the
Physics tab.

Physics → Solver

16.4.4. Models
1. Enable heat transfer by enabling the energy equation.

Physics → Models → Energy

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
548 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

2. Enable the Realizable - turbulence model.

Physics → Models → Viscous...

a. Select k-epsilon (2 eqn) in the Model list.

b. Select Realizable in the k-epsilon Model list.

The Realizable - model gives a more accurate prediction of the spreading rate of both planar and
round jets than the standard - model.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 549
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

c. Retain the default selection of Standard Wall Functions in the Near-Wall Treatment list.

d. Click OK to close the Viscous Model dialog box.

3. Enable chemical species transport and reaction.

Physics → Models → Species...

a. Select Species Transport in the Model list.

b. Select methyl-alcohol-air from the Mixture Material drop-down list.

The Mixture Material list contains the set of chemical mixtures that exist in the ANSYS Fluent database.
When selecting an appropriate mixture for your case, you can review the constituent species and the
reactions of the predefined mixture by clicking View... next to the Mixture Material drop-down list.
The chemical species and their physical and thermodynamic properties are defined by the selection
of the mixture material. After enabling the Species Transport model, you can alter the mixture ma-
terial selection or modify the mixture material properties using the Create/Edit Materials dialog
box. You will modify your local copy of the mixture material later in this tutorial.

c. Click OK to close the Species Model dialog box.

d. Click OK to close the Information dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
550 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

16.4.5. Materials
Define materials using the Materials task page.

Setup → Materials

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 551
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

1. Remove water vapor and carbon dioxide from the Mixture Species list.

Setup → Materials → Mixture → Create/Edit...

a. Click the Edit button next to the Mixture Species drop-down list to open the Species dialog box.

i. Select carbon dioxide (co2) from the Selected Species selection list.

ii. Click Remove to remove carbon dioxide from the Selected Species list.

iii. In a similar manner, remove water vapor (h2o) from the Selected Species list.

iv. Click OK to close the Species dialog box.

b. Click Change/Create and close the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

Note

It is good practice to click the Change/Create button whenever changes are made
to material properties even though it is not necessary in this case.

16.4.6. Boundary Conditions

Specify boundary conditions using the Boundary Conditions task page.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
552 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Setup → Boundary Conditions

1. Set the boundary conditions for the inner air stream (central_air).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → central_air → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 553
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

a. Enter 9.167e-5 kg/s for Mass Flow Rate.

b. Enter 0 for X-Component of Flow Direction.

c. Retain the default value of 0 for Y-Component of Flow Direction.

d. Enter 1 for Z-Component of Flow Direction.

e. Select Intensity and Hydraulic Diameter from the Specification Method drop-down list.

f. Enter 10 for Turbulent Intensity.

g. Enter 0.0037 m for Hydraulic Diameter.

h. Click the Thermal tab and enter 293 K for Total Temperature.

i. Click the Species tab and enter 0.23 for o2 in the Species Mass Fractions group box.

j. Click OK to close the Mass-Flow Inlet dialog box.

2. Set the boundary conditions for the air stream surrounding the atomizer (co-flow-air).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
554 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Setup → Boundary Conditions → co-flow-air → Edit...

a. Enter 1 m/s for Velocity Magnitude.

b. Select Intensity and Hydraulic Diameter from the Specification Method drop-down list.

c. Retain the default value of 5 for Turbulent Intensity.

d. Enter 0.0726 m for Hydraulic Diameter.

e. Click the Thermal tab and enter 293 K for Temperature.

f. Click the Species tab and enter 0.23 for o2 in the Species Mass Fractions group box.

g. Click OK to close the Velocity Inlet dialog box.

3. Set the boundary conditions for the exit boundary (outlet).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → outlet → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 555
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

a. Select From Neighboring Cell from the Backflow Direction Specification Method drop-down list.

b. Retain Intensity and Viscosity Ratio from the Specification Method drop-down list.

c. Retain the default value of 5 for Backflow Turbulent Intensity (%).

d. Enter 5 for Backflow Turbulent Viscosity Ratio.

e. Click the Thermal tab and enter 293 K for Backflow Total Temperature.

f. Click the Species tab and enter 0.23 for o2 in the Species Mass Fractions group box.

g. Click OK to close the Pressure Outlet dialog box.

4. Set the boundary conditions for the swirling annular stream (swirling_air).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → swirling_air → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
556 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select Magnitude and Direction from the Velocity Specification Method drop-down list.

b. Enter 19 m/s for Velocity Magnitude.

c. Select Cylindrical (Radial, Tangential, Axial) from the Coordinate System drop-down list.

d. Enter 0 for Radial-Component of Flow Direction.

e. Enter 0.7071 for Tangential-Component of Flow Direction.

f. Enter 0.7071 for Axial-Component of Flow Direction.

g. Select Intensity and Hydraulic Diameter from the Specification Method drop-down list.

h. Retain the default value of 5 for Turbulent Intensity.

i. Enter 0.0043 m for Hydraulic Diameter.

j. Click the Thermal tab and enter 293 K for Temperature.

k. Click the Species tab and enter 0.23 for o2 in the Species Mass Fractions group box.

l. Click OK to close the Velocity Inlet dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 557
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

5. Set the boundary conditions for the outer wall of the atomizer (outer-wall).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → outer-wall → Edit...

a. Select Specified Shear in the Shear Condition list.

b. Retain the default values for the remaining parameters.

c. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

16.4.7. Initial Solution Without Droplets

The airflow will first be solved and analyzed without droplets.

1. Set the solution method.

Solution → Solution → Methods...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
558 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Retain the default selections.

2. Retain the default under-relaxation factors.

Solution → Controls → Controls...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 559
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

3. Enable residual plotting during the calculation.

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
560 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Ensure that Plot is enabled in the Options group box.

b. Click OK to close the Residual Monitors dialog box.

4. Initialize the flow field.

Solution → Initialization

a. Retain the Method at the default of Hybrid.

b. Click Initialize to initialize the variables.

Note

For flows in complex topologies, hybrid initialization will provide better initial velocity
and pressure fields than standard initialization. This will help to improve the convergence
behavior of the solver.

5. Save the case file (spray1.cas.gz).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 561
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

File → Write → Case...

6. Start the calculation by requesting 150 iterations.

Solution → Run Calculation

a. Select User Specified from the Time Step Method group box.

b. Retain 1 s for Pseudo Time Step.

c. Enter 150 for Number of Iterations.

d. Click Calculate.

Figure 16.3: Scaled Residuals

7. Save the case and data files (spray1.cas.gz and spray1.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

Note

ANSYS Fluent will ask you to confirm that the previous case file is to be overwritten.

8. Create a clip plane to examine the flow field at the midpoint of the atomizer section.

Results → Surface → Create → Iso-Surface...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
562 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter angle=15 for New Surface Name.

b. Select Mesh... and Angular Coordinate from the Surface of Constant drop-down lists.

c. Click Compute to obtain the minimum and maximum values of the angular coordinate.

d. Enter 15 for Iso-Values.

e. Click Create to create the isosurface.

f. Close the Iso-Surface dialog box.

9. Review the current state of the solution by examining contours of velocity magnitude (Figure 16.4: Velocity
Magnitude at Mid-Point of Atomizer Section (p. 565)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 563
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

a. Enable Filled in the Options group box

b. Select Velocity... and Velocity Magnitude from the Contours of drop-down lists.

c. Enable Draw Mesh.

The Mesh Display dialog box will open.

i. Retain the current mesh display settings.

ii. Close the Mesh Display dialog box.

d. Select angle=15 from the Surfaces selection list.

e. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

f. Use the mouse to obtain the view shown in Figure 16.4: Velocity Magnitude at Mid-Point of Atomizer
Section (p. 565).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
564 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 16.4: Velocity Magnitude at Mid-Point of Atomizer Section

10. Modify the view to include the entire atomizer.

View → Display → Views...

a. Click the Periodic Repeats Define... button to open the Graphics Periodicity dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 565
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

i. Select fluid from the Cell Zones selection list.

ii. Retain the selection of Rotational in the Periodic Type list.

iii. Retain the value of 12 for Number of Repeats.

iv. Click Set and close the Graphics Periodicity dialog box.

The graphics display will be updated to show the entire atomizer.

b. Click Apply and close the Views dialog box.

11. Display pathlines of the air in the swirling annular stream (Figure 16.5: Pathlines of Air in the Swirling An-
nular Stream (p. 568)).

Results → Graphics → Pathlines → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
566 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Increase the Path Skip value to 5.

b. In the Release from Surfaces filter, type s to display the surface names that begin with s and select
swirling_air from the selection list.

c. Enable Draw Mesh in the Options group box.

The Mesh Display dialog box will open.

i. Retain the current mesh display settings.

ii. Close the Mesh Display dialog box.

d. Click Display and close the Pathlines dialog box.

e. Use the mouse to obtain the view shown in Figure 16.5: Pathlines of Air in the Swirling Annular
Stream (p. 568).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 567
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

Figure 16.5: Pathlines of Air in the Swirling Annular Stream

16.4.8. Creating a Spray Injection

1. Define the discrete phase modeling parameters.

Physics → Models → Discrete Phase...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
568 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select Interaction with Continuous Phase in the Interaction group box.

This will include the effects of the discrete phase trajectories on the continuous phase.

b. Retain the value of 10 for DPM Iteration Interval.

c. Select Mean Values in the Contour Plots for DPM Variables group box.

This will make the cell-averaged variables available for postprocessing activities.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 569
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

d. Select the Unsteady Particle Tracking option in the Particle Treatment group box.

e. Enter 0.0001 for Particle Time Step Size.

f. Enter 10 for Number of Time Steps.

g. Under the Physical Models tab, select the Temperature Dependent Latent Heat and Breakup (Options
group).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
570 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

h. Under the Numerics tab, select Linearize Source Terms (Source Terms group).

Enabling this option will allow you to run the simulation with more aggressive setting for the
Discrete Phase Sources under-relaxation factor to speed up the solution convergence.

i. Click Injections... to open the Injections dialog box.

In this step, you will define the characteristics of the atomizer.

An Information dialog box appears indicating that the Max. Number of Steps has been changed
from 50000 to 500. Click OK in the Information dialog box to continue.

j. Click the Create button to create the spray injection.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 571
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

k. In the Set Injection Properties dialog box, select air-blast-atomizer from the Injection Type drop-
down list.

l. Enter 600 for Number of Streams.

This option controls the number of droplet parcels that are introduced into the domain at every time
step.

m. Select Droplet in the Particle Type group box.

n. Select methyl-alcohol-liquid from the Material drop-down list.

o. In the Point Properties tab, specify point properties for particle injections.

i. Retain the default values of 0 and 0 for X-Position and Y-Position.

ii. Enter 0.0015 for Z-Position.

iii. Retain the default values of 0, 0, and 1 for X-Axis, Y-Axis, and Z-Axis, respectively.

iv. Enter 263 K for Temperature.

Scroll down the list to see the remaining point properties.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
572 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

v. Enter 8.5e-5 kg/s for Flow Rate.

This is the methanol flow rate for a 30-degree section of the atomizer. The actual atomizer flow
rate is 12 times this value.

vi. Retain the default Start Time of 0 s and enter 100 s for the Stop Time.

For this problem, the injection should begin at and not stop until long after the time period
of interest. A large value for the stop time (for example, 100 s) will ensure that the injection will
essentially never stop.

vii. Enter 0.0035 m for the Injector Inner Diameter and 0.0045 m for the Injector Outer Diameter.

viii.Enter 45 degrees for Spray Half Angle.

The spray angle is the angle between the liquid sheet trajectory and the injector centerline.

ix. Enter 82.6 m/s for the Relative Velocity.

The relative velocity is the expected relative velocity between the atomizing air and the liquid
sheet.

x. Retain the default Azimuthal Start Angle of 0 degrees and enter 30 degrees for the Azimuthal
Stop Angle.

This will restrict the injection to the 30-degree section of the atomizer that is being modeled.

p. In the Physical Models tab, specify the breakup model and drag parameters.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 573
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

i. In the Breakup group, ensure that Enable Breakup is selected and TAB is selected from the
Breakup Model drop-down list.

ii. Retain the default values of 0 for y0 and 2 for Breakup Parcels.

iii. In the Drag Parameters group box, select dynamic-drag from the Drag Law drop-down list.

The dynamic-drag law is available only when the Breakup model is used.

q. In the Turbulent Dispersion tab, define the turbulent dispersion.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
574 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. Enable Discrete Random Walk Model and Random Eddy Lifetime in the Stochastic Tracking
group box.

These models will account for the turbulent dispersion of the droplets.

ii. Click OK to close the Set Injection Properties dialog box.

Note

To modify the existing injection, select its name in the Injections list and click
Set..., or simply double-click the injection of interest.

r. Close the Injections dialog box.

Note

In the case that the spray injection would be striking a wall, you should specify the
wall boundary conditions for the droplets. Though this tutorial does have wall zones,
they are a part of the atomizer apparatus. You need not change the wall boundary
conditions any further because these walls are not in the path of the spray droplets.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 575
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

s. Click OK to close the Discrete Phase Model dialog box.

2. Specify the droplet material properties.

Setup → Materials → methyl-alcohol-liquid → Create/Edit...

When secondary atomization models (such as Breakup) are used, several droplet properties need to be
specified.

a. Ensure droplet-particle is selected in the Material Type drop-down list.

b. Enter 0.00095 kg/m-s for Viscosity in the Properties group box.

c. Ensure that piecewise-linear is selected from the Saturation Vapor Pressure drop-down list.

Scroll down to find the Saturation Vapor Pressure drop-down list.

d. Click the Edit... button next to Saturation Vapor Pressure to open the Piecewise-Linear Profile dialog
box.

e. Retain the default values and click OK to close the Piecewise-Linear Profile dialog box.

f. Select convection/diffusion-controlled from the Vaporization Model drop-down list.

g. Click OK to close the Convection/Diffusion Model dialog box.

h. Click Change/Create to accept the change in properties for the methanol droplet material and close
the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
576 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

16.4.9. Solution
1. Increase the under-relaxation factor for Discrete Phase Sources.

Solution → Controls → Controls...

In the Pseudo Transient Explicit Relaxation Factors group box, change the under-relaxation factor
for Discrete Phase Sources to 0.9.

2. Remove the convergence criteria.

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 577
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

a. Select none from the Convergence Criterion drop-down list.

b. Click OK to close the Residual Monitors dialog box.

3. Enable the plotting of mass fraction of ch3oh.

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Surface Report → Mass-Weighted Average...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
578 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter ch3oh_outlet for Name of the surface report definition.

b. In the Create group box, enable Report Plot and Print to Console.

c. Select Species... and Mass fraction of ch3oh from the Field Variable drop-down lists.

d. Select outlet from the Surfaces selection list.

e. Click OK to save the surface report definition settings and close the Surface Report Definition dialog
box.

Fluent automatically generates the ch3oh_outlet-rplot report plot under the Solution/Monit-
ors/Report Plots tree branch.

4. Enable the plotting of the sum of the DPM Mass Source.

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Volume Report → Sum...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 579
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

a. Enter dpm-mass-source for Name.

b. In the Create group box, enable Report Plot and Print to Console.

c. Select Discrete Phase Sources... and DPM Mass Source from the Field Variable drop-down lists.

d. Select fluid from the Cell Zones selection list.

e. Click OK to save the volume report definition settings and close the Volume Report Definition dialog
box.

Fluent automatically generates the dpm-mass-source-rplot report plot under Solution/Monit-

ors/Report Plots tree branch.

f. Modify the attributes of the dpm-mass-source-rplot report plot axes.

Solution → Monitors → Report Plots → dpm-mass-source-rplot Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
580 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. In the Plot Window group box, click the Axes... button to open the Axes dialog box.

ii. Select Y in the Axis list.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 581
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

iii. Select exponential from the Type drop-down list.

iv. Set Precision to 2.

v. Click Apply and close the Axes dialog box.

vi. Click OK to close the Edit Report Plot dialog box.

5. Create a DPM report definition for tracking the total mass present in the domain.

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → DPM Report → Mass in Domain...

a. Enter dpm-mass-in-domain for Name.

b. In the Create group box, enable Report Plot and Print to Console.

c. Select injection-0 from the Injections selection list.

d. Clear Show Mass Flow / Change Rate.

e. Click OK to save the volume report definition settings and close the DPM Report Definition dialog
box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
582 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Fluent automatically generates the dpm-mass-in-domain-rplot report plot under Solution/Mon-

itors/Report Plots tree branch.

f. Modify the attributes of the dpm-mass-in-domain-rplot report plot axes (in a manner similar to that
for the dpm-mass-source-rplot plot).

Solution → Monitors → Report Plots → dpm-mass-in-domain-rplot Edit...

i. In the Plot Window group box, click the Axes... button to open the Axes dialog box.

ii. Select Y in the Axis list.

iii. Select exponential from the Type drop-down list.

iv. Set Precision to 2.

v. Click Apply and close the Axes dialog box.

vi. Click OK to close the Edit Report Plot dialog box.

6. Create a DPM report definition for tracking the mass of the evaporated particles.

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → DPM Report → Evaporated Mass...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 583
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

a. Enter dpm-evaporated-mass for Name.

b. In the Create group box, enable Report Plot and Print to Console.

c. Select injection-0 from the Injections selection list.

d. Ensure that the Show Mass Flow / Change Rate option is selected.

e. Click OK to save the volume report definition settings and close the DPM Report Definition dialog
box.

Fluent automatically generates the dpm-evaporated-mass-rplot report plot under Solution/Mon-

itors/Report Plots tree branch.

f. Modify the attributes of the dpm-evaporated-mass-rplot report plot axes in a manner similar to that
for the dpm-mass-source-rplot plot.

7. Request 300 more iterations (Figure 16.6: Convergence History of Mass Fraction of ch3oh on Fluid (p. 585),
Figure 16.7: Convergence History of DPM Mass Source on Fluid (p. 585), Figure 16.8: Convergence History
of Total Mass in Domain (p. 586), and Figure 16.9: Convergence History of Evaporated Particle Mass (p. 586)).

Solution → Run Calculation

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
584 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

It can be concluded that the solution is converged because the number of particle tracks are constant
and the flow variable plots are flat.

Figure 16.6: Convergence History of Mass Fraction of ch3oh on Fluid

Figure 16.7: Convergence History of DPM Mass Source on Fluid

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 585
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

Figure 16.8: Convergence History of Total Mass in Domain

Figure 16.9: Convergence History of Evaporated Particle Mass

8. Save the case and data files (spray2.cas.gz and spray2.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

16.4.10. Postprocessing
1. Display the trajectories of the droplets in the spray injection (Figure 16.10: Particle Tracks for the Spray In-
jection (p. 588)).

This will allow you to review the location of the droplets.

Results → Graphics → Particle Tracks → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
586 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enable Draw Mesh in the Options group box.

The Mesh Display dialog box will open.

i. Retain the current display settings.

ii. Close the Mesh Display dialog box.

b. Retain the default selection of point from the Track Style drop-down list.

c. Select Particle Variables... and Particle Diameter from the Color by drop-down lists.

This will display the location of the droplets colored by their diameters.

d. Select injection-0 from the Release from Injections selection list.

e. Click Display. As an optional exercise, you can increase the particle size by clicking the Attributes... button
in the Particle Tracks dialog box and adjusting the Marker Size value in the Track Style Attributes dialog
box.

f. Close the Particle Tracks dialog box.

g. Restore the 30–degree section to obtain the view as shown in Figure 16.10: Particle Tracks for the Spray
Injection (p. 588).

View → Display → Views...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 587
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

i. Click the Define... button to open the Graphics Periodicity dialog box.

ii. Click Reset and close the Graphics Periodicity dialog box.

iii. Close the Views dialog box.

h. Use the mouse to obtain the view shown in Figure 16.10: Particle Tracks for the Spray Injection (p. 588).

Figure 16.10: Particle Tracks for the Spray Injection

The air-blast atomizer model assumes that a cylindrical liquid sheet exits the atomizer, which then disin-
tegrates into ligaments and droplets. Appropriately, the model determines that the droplets should be
input into the domain in a ring. The radius of this disk is determined from the inner and outer radii of
the injector.

Note

The maximum diameter of the droplets is about 4.9x10–5 m or 0.49 mm, which is simililar
to the film height. The inner diameter and outer diameter of the injector are 3.5 mm and
4.5 mm, respectively. Hence the film height is 0.5 mm. The range in the droplet sizes is
due to the fact that the air-blast atomizer automatically uses a distribution of droplet
sizes.

Also note that the droplets are placed a slight distance away from the injector. Once the
droplets are injected into the domain, their behavior will be determined by secondary
models. For instance, they may collide/coalesce with other droplets depending on the
secondary models employed. However, once a droplet has been introduced into the do-
main, the air-blast atomizer model no longer affects the droplet.

2. Display the mean particle temperature field (Figure 16.11: Contours of DPM Temperature (p. 590)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
588 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Ensure that Filled is enabled in the Options group box

b. Disable Draw Mesh.

c. Select Discrete Phase Variables... and DPM Temperature from the Contours of drop-down lists.

d. Disable Auto Range.

The Clip to Range option will automatically be enabled.

e. Click Compute to update the Min and Max fields.

f. Enter 260 for Min.

g. Select angle=15 from the Surfaces selection list.

h. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

i. Use the mouse to obtain the view shown in Figure 16.11: Contours of DPM Temperature (p. 590).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 589
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

Figure 16.11: Contours of DPM Temperature

3. Display the mean Sauter diameter (Figure 16.12: Contours of DPM Sauter Diameter (p. 590)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

a. Enable Autorange in the Options group box.

b. Select Discrete Phase Variables... and DPM D32 from the Contours of drop-down lists.

c. Select angle=15 from the Surfaces selection list.

d. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

Figure 16.12: Contours of DPM Sauter Diameter

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
590 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

4. Display vectors of DPM mean velocity colored by DPM velocity magnitude (Figure 16.13: Vectors of DPM
Mean Velocity Colored by DPM Velocity Magnitude (p. 592)).

Results → Graphics → Vectors → Edit...

a. Select dpm-mean-velocity from the Vectors of drop-down lists.

b. Select Discrete Phase Variables... and DPM Velocity Magnitude from the Color by drop-down lists.

c. Enter 7 for Scale.

d. Select angle=15 from the Surfaces selection list.

e. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 591
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

Figure 16.13: Vectors of DPM Mean Velocity Colored by DPM Velocity Magnitude

5. Create an isosurface of the methanol mass fraction.

Results → Surface → Create → Iso-Surface...

a. Enter methanol-mf=0.002 for the New Surface Name.

b. Select Species... and Mass fraction of ch3oh from the Surface of Constant drop-down lists.

c. Click Compute to update the minimum and maximum values.

d. Enter 0.002 for Iso-Values.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
592 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

e. Click Create and then close the Iso-Surface dialog box.

6. Display the isosurface you just created (methanol-mf=0.002).

Results → Graphics → Mesh → Edit...

a. Deselect atomizer-wall and select methanol-mf=0.002 in the Surfaces selection list.

b. Click the Colors... button to open the Mesh Colors dialog box.

i. Select surface in the Types list and green in the Colors list.

Scroll down the Types list to locate surface. The isosurface will now be displayed in green, which
contrasts better with the rest of the mesh.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 593
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

ii. Close the Mesh Colors dialog box.

c. Click Display in the Mesh Display dialog box.

The graphics display will be updated to show the isosurface.

7. Modify the view to include the entire atomizer.

View → Display → Views...

a. Click Define... to open the Graphics Periodicity dialog box.

i. Select fluid from the Cell Zones list.

ii. Ensure that Rotational is selected from the Periodic Type list and the Number of Repeats is set
to 12.

iii. Click Set and close the Graphics Periodicity dialog box.

b. Click Apply and close the Views dialog box.

c. Click Display and close the Mesh Display dialog box.

d. Use the mouse to obtain the view shown in Figure 16.14: Full Atomizer Display with Surface of Constant
Methanol Mass Fraction (p. 595).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
594 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 16.14: Full Atomizer Display with Surface of Constant Methanol Mass Fraction

e. This view can be improved to resemble Figure 16.15: Atomizer Display with Surface of Constant Meth-
anol Mass Fraction Enhanced (p. 596) by changing some of the following variables:

• Disable Edges in the Mesh Display dialog box

• Select only atomizer-wall and methanol-mf=0.002 in the Surfaces list of the Mesh Display
dialog box

• Change the Number of Repeats to 6 in the Graphics Periodicity dialog box

• Enable Lighting and change it to Flat in the View tab (Display group)

• Enable Headlight check in the View tab (Display group)

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 595
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Evaporating Liquid Spray

Figure 16.15: Atomizer Display with Surface of Constant Methanol Mass Fraction Enhanced

8. Save the case and data files (spray3.cas.gz and spray3.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

16.5. Summary
In this tutorial, a spray injection was defined for an air-blast atomizer and the solution was calculated
using the discrete phase model in ANSYS Fluent. The location of methanol droplet particles after exiting
the atomizer and an isosurface of the methanol mass fraction were examined.

16.6. Further Improvements

This tutorial guides you through the steps to reach an initial solution. You may be able to obtain a more
accurate solution by using an appropriate higher-order discretization scheme and by adapting the mesh.
Mesh adaption can also ensure that the solution is independent of the mesh. These steps are demon-
strated in Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
596 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 17: Using the VOF Model

This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
17.1. Introduction
17.2. Prerequisites
17.3. Problem Description
17.4. Setup and Solution
17.5. Summary
17.6. Further Improvements

17.1. Introduction
This tutorial examines the flow of ink as it is ejected from the nozzle of a printhead in an inkjet printer.
Using ANSYS Fluent’s volume of fluid (VOF) multiphase modeling capability, you will be able to predict
the shape and motion of the resulting droplets in an air chamber.

This tutorial demonstrates how to do the following:

• Set up and solve a transient problem using the pressure-based solver and VOF model.

• Copy material from the property database.

• Define time-dependent boundary conditions with a user-defined function (UDF).

• Patch initial conditions in a subset of the domain.

• Automatically save data files at defined points during the solution.

• Examine the flow and interface of the two fluids using volume fraction contours.

17.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial is written with the assumption that you have completed one or more of the introductory
tutorial Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35) found in this manual and that you are
familiar with the ANSYS Fluent tree and ribbon structure. Some steps in the setup and solution procedure
will not be shown explicitly.

17.3. Problem Description

The problem considers the transient tracking of a liquid-gas interface in the geometry shown in Fig-
ure 17.1: Schematic of the Problem (p. 598). The axial symmetry of the problem enables a 2D geometry
to be used. The computation mesh consists of 24,600 cells. The domain consists of two regions: an ink
chamber and an air chamber. The dimensions are summarized in Table 17.1: Ink Chamber Dimen-
sions (p. 598).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 597
vk.com/club152685050
Using the VOF Model | vk.com/id446425943

Figure 17.1: Schematic of the Problem

Table 17.1: Ink Chamber Dimensions

Ink Chamber, Cylindrical Region: Radius (mm) 0.015

Ink Chamber, Cylindrical Region: Length (mm) 0.050
Ink Chamber, Tapered Region: Final Radius (mm) 0.009
Ink Chamber, Tapered Region: Length (mm) 0.050
Air Chamber: Radius (mm) 0.030
Air Chamber: Length (mm) 0.280

The following is the chronology of events modeled in this simulation:

• At time zero, the nozzle is filled with ink, while the rest of the domain is filled with air. Both fluids are assumed
to be at rest. To initiate the ejection, the ink velocity at the inlet boundary (which is modeled in this simulation

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
598 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

by a user-defined function) suddenly increases from 0 to 3.58 m/s and then decreases according to a cosine
law.

• After 10 microseconds, the velocity returns to zero.

The calculation is run for 30 microseconds overall, that is, three times longer than the duration of the
initial impulse.

Because the dimensions are small, the double-precision version of ANSYS Fluent will be used. Air will
be designated as the primary phase, and ink (which will be modeled with the properties of liquid water)
will be designated as the secondary phase. Patching will be required to fill the ink chamber with the
secondary phase. Gravity will not be included in the simulation. To capture the capillary effect of the
ejected ink, the surface tension and prescription of the wetting angle will be specified. The surface inside
the nozzle will be modeled as neutrally wettable, while the surface surrounding the nozzle orifice will
be non-wettable.

17.4. Setup and Solution

The following sections describe the setup and solution steps for this tutorial:
17.4.1. Preparation
17.4.2. Reading and Manipulating the Mesh
17.4.3. General Settings
17.4.4. Models
17.4.5. Materials
17.4.6. Phases
17.4.7. Operating Conditions
17.4.8. User-Defined Function (UDF)
17.4.9. Boundary Conditions
17.4.10. Solution
17.4.11. Postprocessing

17.4.1. Preparation
To prepare for running this tutorial:

1. Download the vof.zip file here.

2. Unzip vof.zip to your working directory.

3. The files inkjet.msh and inlet1.c can be found in the folder.

4. Use Fluent Launcher to start the 2D version of ANSYS Fluent.

Fluent Launcher displays your Display Options preferences from the previous session.

5. Ensure that the Display Mesh After Reading option is enabled.

6. Enable Double-Precision.

Note

The double precision solver is recommended for modeling multiphase flows simulation.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 599
vk.com/club152685050
Using the VOF Model | vk.com/id446425943

7. Ensure that the Serial processing option is selected.

17.4.2. Reading and Manipulating the Mesh

1. Read the mesh file inkjet.msh.

File → Read → Mesh...

A warning message will be displayed twice in the console. You need not take any action at this point,
as the issue will be resolved when you define the solver settings in General Settings (p. 604).

2. Examine the mesh (Figure 17.2: Default Display of the Nozzle Mesh (p. 600)).

Figure 17.2: Default Display of the Nozzle Mesh

Tip

By zooming in with the middle mouse button, you can see that the interior of the model
is composed of a fine mesh of quadrilateral cells (see Figure 17.3: The Quadrilateral
Mesh (p. 601)).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
600 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 17.3: The Quadrilateral Mesh

3. Set graphics display options

View → Display → Options...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 601
vk.com/club152685050
Using the VOF Model | vk.com/id446425943

a. Ensure that All is selected from the Animation Option drop-down list.

Selecting All will allow you to see the movement of the entire mesh as you manipulate the Camera
view in the next step.

4. Click Apply and close the Display Options dialog box.

5. Manipulate the mesh display to show the full chamber upright.

View → Display → Views...

a. Select front from the Views selection list.

b. Select axis from the Mirror Planes selection list.

c. Click Apply.

The mesh display is updated to show both sides of the chamber.

d. Click the Camera... button to open the Camera Parameters dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
602 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Note

You may notice that the scale of the dimensions in the Camera Parameters dialog
box appear very large given the problem dimensions. This is because you have not
yet scaled the mesh to the correct units. You will do this in a later step.

i. Drag the indicator of the dial with the left mouse button in the clockwise direction until the upright
view is displayed (Figure 17.4: Mesh Display of the Nozzle Mirrored and Upright (p. 604)).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 603
vk.com/club152685050
Using the VOF Model | vk.com/id446425943

Figure 17.4: Mesh Display of the Nozzle Mirrored and Upright

ii. Close the Camera Parameters dialog box.

e. Close the Views dialog box.

17.4.3. General Settings

1. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

ANSYS Fluent will perform various checks on the mesh and report the progress in the console. Make sure
that the reported minimum volume is a positive number.

2. Scale the mesh.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
604 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Domain → Mesh → Scale...

a. Select Specify Scaling Factors from the Scaling group box.

b. Enter 1e-6 for X and Y in the Scaling Factors group box.

c. Click Scale and close the Scale Mesh dialog box.

3. a. Right click in the graphics window and select Refresh Display

b. Click the Fit to Window icon, , to center the graphic in the window.

4. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

Note

It is a good idea to check the mesh after you manipulate it (that is, scale, convert to
polyhedra, merge, separate, fuse, add zones, or smooth and swap.) This will ensure that
the quality of the mesh has not been compromised.

5. Define the units for the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Units...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 605
vk.com/club152685050
Using the VOF Model | vk.com/id446425943

a. Select length from the Quantities list.

b. Select mm from the Units list.

c. Select surface-tension from the Quantities list.

d. Select dyn/cm from the Units list.

e. Close the Set Units dialog box.

6. Retain the default setting of Pressure-Based in the Solver group box of the Physics ribbon tab.

Physics → Solver

7. Select Transient from the Time list.

8. Select Axisymmetric from the drop-down list in the Solver group box.

17.4.4. Models
1. Enable the Volume of Fluid multiphase model.

Physics → Models → Multiphase...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
606 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select Volume of Fluid from the Model list.

The Multiphase Model dialog box expands to show related inputs.

b. Retain the default settings and click OK to close the Multiphase Model dialog box.

17.4.5. Materials
The default properties of air and water defined in ANSYS Fluent are suitable for this problem. In this step,
you will make sure that both materials are available for selection in later steps.

1. Add water to the list of fluid materials by copying it from the ANSYS Fluent materials database.

Physics → Materials → Create/Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 607
vk.com/club152685050
Using the VOF Model | vk.com/id446425943

a. Click Fluent Database... in the Create/Edit Materials dialog box to open the Fluent Database Mater-
ials dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
608 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. Select water-liquid (h2o < l >) from the Fluent Fluid Materials selection list.

Scroll down the Fluent Fluid Materials list to locate water-liquid (h2o < l >).

ii. Click Copy to copy the information for water to your list of fluid materials.

iii. Close the Fluent Database Materials dialog box.

b. Click Change/Create and close the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

17.4.6. Phases
In the following steps, you will define water as the secondary phase. When you define the initial solution,
you will patch water in the nozzle region. In general, you can specify the primary and secondary phases
whichever way you prefer. It is a good idea to consider how your choice will affect the ease of problem setup,
especially with more complicated problems.

Physics → Phases → List/Show All...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 609
vk.com/club152685050
Using the VOF Model | vk.com/id446425943

1. Specify air (air) as the primary phase.

In the Phases dialog box, select phase 1 – Primary Phase and click Edit... to open the Primary
Phase dialog box.

a. Enter air for Name.

b. Retain the default selection of air in the Phase Material drop-down list.

c. Click OK to close the Primary Phase dialog box.

2. Specify water (water-liquid) as the secondary phase.

In the Phases dialog box, select phase 2 – Secondary Phase and click Edit... to open the Secondary
Phase dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
610 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter water-liquid for Name.

b. Select water-liquid from the Phase Material drop-down list.

c. Click OK to close the Secondary Phase dialog box.

3. Specify the interphase interaction.

In the Phases dialog box, click Interaction... to open the Phase Interaction dialog box.

a. Click the Surface Tension tab.

b. Enable Surface Tension Force Modeling.

The surface tension inputs is displayed and the Continuum Surface Force model is set as the default.

c. Enable Wall Adhesion so that contact angles can be prescribed.

d. Select constant from the Surface Tension Coefficient drop-down list.

e. Enter 73.5 dyn/cm for Surface Tension Coefficient.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 611
vk.com/club152685050
Using the VOF Model | vk.com/id446425943

f. Click OK to close the Phase Interaction dialog box.

4. Close the Phases dialog box.

17.4.7. Operating Conditions

1. Set the operating reference pressure location.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → Operating Conditions...

You will set the Reference Pressure Location to be a point where the fluid will always be 100 air.

a. Enter 0.10 mm for X.

b. Enter 0.03 mm for Y.

c. Click OK to close the Operating Conditions dialog box.

17.4.8. User-Defined Function (UDF)

1. Interpret the UDF source file for the ink velocity distribution (inlet1.c).

User Defined → User Defined → Functions → Interpreted...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
612 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter inlet1.c for Source File Name.

If the UDF source file is not in your working directory, then you must enter the entire directory path
for Source File Name instead of just entering the file name. Alternatively, click the Browse... button
and select inlet1.c in the vof directory that was created after you unzipped the original file.

b. Click Interpret.

The UDF defined in inlet1.c is now visible and available for selection as udf membrane_speed in the
drop-down lists of relevant graphical user interface dialog boxes.

c. Close the Interpreted UDFs dialog box.

17.4.9. Boundary Conditions

1. Set the boundary conditions at the inlet (inlet) for the mixture by selecting mixture from the Phase drop-
down list in the Boundary Conditions task page.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → inlet Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 613
vk.com/club152685050
Using the VOF Model | vk.com/id446425943

a. Select udf membrane_speed from the Velocity Magnitude drop-down list.

b. Click OK to close the Velocity Inlet dialog box.

2. Set the boundary conditions at the inlet (inlet) for the secondary phase by selecting water-liquid from
the Phase drop-down list in the Boundary Conditions task page.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → inlet → water-liquid Edit...

a. Click the Multiphase tab and enter 1 for the Volume Fraction.

b. Click OK to close the Velocity Inlet dialog box.

3. Set the boundary conditions at the outlet (outlet) for the secondary phase by selecting water-liquid from
the Phase drop-down list in the Boundary Conditions task page.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → outlet → water-liquid Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
614 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Click the Multiphase tab and retain the default setting of 0 for the Backflow Volume Fraction.

b. Click OK to close the Pressure Outlet dialog box.

4. Set the conditions at the top wall of the air chamber (wall_no_wet) for the mixture by selecting mixture
from the Phase drop-down list in the Boundary Conditions task page.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → wall_no_wet Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 615
vk.com/club152685050
Using the VOF Model | vk.com/id446425943

a. Enter 175 degrees for Contact Angles.

b. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

Note

This angle affects the dynamics of droplet formation. You can repeat this simulation
to find out how the result changes when the wall is hydrophilic (that is, using a small
contact angle, say 10 degrees).

5. Set the conditions at the side wall of the ink chamber (wall_wet) for the mixture.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → wall_wet Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
616 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Retain the default setting of 90 degrees for Contact Angles.

b. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

17.4.10. Solution
1. Set the solution methods.

Solution → Solution → Methods...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 617
vk.com/club152685050
Using the VOF Model | vk.com/id446425943

a. Enable Non-Iterative Time Advancement.

The non-iterative time advancement (NITA) scheme is often advantageous compared to the iterative
schemes as it is less CPU intensive. Although smaller time steps must be used with NITA compared
to the iterative schemes, the total CPU expense is often smaller. If the NITA scheme leads to convergence
difficulties, then the iterative schemes (for example, PISO, SIMPLE) should be used instead.

b. Select Fractional Step from the Scheme drop-down list in the Pressure-Velocity Coupling group
box.

c. Retain the default selection of Least Squares Cell Based from the Gradient drop-down list in the
Spatial Discretization group box.

d. Retain the default selection of PRESTO! from the Pressure drop-down list.

e. Select QUICK from the Momentum drop-down list.

f. Select Compressive from the Volume-Fraction drop-down list.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
618 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

2. Enable the plotting of residuals during the calculation.

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

a. Ensure Plot is selected in the Options group box.

b. Click OK to close the Residual Monitors dialog box.

3. Initialize the solution after reviewing the default initial values.

Solution → Initialization → Options...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 619
vk.com/club152685050
Using the VOF Model | vk.com/id446425943

a. Retain the default settings for all the parameters and click Initialize (either in the ribbon or in the
Solution Initialization task page.

4. Define a register for the ink chamber region.

Solution → Cell Registers New → Region...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
620 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 621
vk.com/club152685050
Using the VOF Model | vk.com/id446425943

a. Enter a setting of 0 mm for X Min and Y Min in the Input Coordinates group box.

b. Enter 0.10 mm for X Max.

c. Enter 0.03 mm for Y Max.

d. Click Save and close the Region Register dialog box.

5. Patch the initial distribution of the secondary phase (water-liquid).

Solution → Initialization → Patch...

a. Select water-liquid from the Phase drop-down list.

b. Select Volume Fraction from the Variable list.

c. Enter 1 for Value.

d. Select region_0 from the Registers to Patch selection list.

e. Click Patch and close the Patch dialog box.

6. Request the saving of data files every 200 steps.

Solution → Activities → Autosave...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
622 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter 200 for Save Data File Every (Time Steps).

b. Ensure that time-step is selected from the Append File Name with drop-down list.

c. Enter inkjet for the File Name.

ANSYS Fluent will append the time step value to the file name prefix (inkjet). The standard .dat
extension will also be appended. This will yield file names of the form inkjet-1-00200.dat,
where 200 is the time step number.

Optionally, you can add the extension .gz to the end of the file name (for example, inkjet.gz),
which instructs ANSYS Fluent to save the data files in a compressed format, yielding file names of the
form inkjet-1-00200.dat.gz.

d. Click OK to close the Autosave dialog box.

7. Save the initial case file (inkjet.cas.gz).

File → Write → Case...

8. Run the calculation.

Solution → Run Calculation

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 623
vk.com/club152685050
Using the VOF Model | vk.com/id446425943

a. Enter 1.0e-8 seconds for the Time Step Size (s).

Note

Small time steps are required to capture the oscillation of the droplet interface and
the associated high velocities. Failure to use sufficiently small time steps may cause
differences in the results between platforms.

b. Enter 3000 for the Number of Time Steps.

c. Click Calculate.

The solution will run for 3000 iterations.

17.4.11. Postprocessing
1. Read the data file for the solution after 6 microseconds (inkjet-1-00600.dat.gz).

File → Read → Data...

2. Create and display a filled contour of water volume fraction after 6 microseconds (Figure 17.5: Contours
of Water Volume Fraction After 6 μs (p. 626)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → New...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
624 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Change the Contour Name to contour-volume-fraction.

b. Enable Filled in the Options group box.

c. Select Phases... and Volume fraction from the Contours of drop-down lists.

d. Select water-liquid from the Phase drop-down list.

e. Click Save/Display.

Tip

In order to display the contour plot in the graphics window, you may need to click the

Fit to Window button.

3. Display contours of water volume fraction after 6, 12, 18, 24, and 30 microseconds (Figure 17.6: Contours
of Water Volume Fraction After 12 μs (p. 626) — Figure 17.9: Contours of Water Volume Fraction After 30
μs (p. 628)).

a. Read the data file for the solution after 6 microseconds (inkjet-1-0600.dat.gz).

File → Read → Data...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 625
vk.com/club152685050
Using the VOF Model | vk.com/id446425943

b. Reload the contour graphic saved in the previous step.

Results → Graphics → Contours → contour-volume-fraction Display

c. Repeat these steps for the 12, 18, 24, and 30 microseconds files.

Figure 17.5: Contours of Water Volume Fraction After 6 μs

Figure 17.6: Contours of Water Volume Fraction After 12 μs

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
626 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 17.7: Contours of Water Volume Fraction After 18 μs

Figure 17.8: Contours of Water Volume Fraction After 24 μs

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 627
vk.com/club152685050
Using the VOF Model | vk.com/id446425943

Figure 17.9: Contours of Water Volume Fraction After 30 μs

17.5. Summary
This tutorial demonstrated the application of the volume of fluid method with surface tension effects.
The problem involved the 2D axisymmetric modeling of a transient liquid-gas interface, and postpro-
cessing showed how the position and shape of the surface between the two immiscible fluids changed
over time.

For additional details about VOF multiphase flow modeling, see the Fluent Theory Guide.

17.6. Further Improvements

This tutorial guides you through the steps to reach an initial solution. You may be able to obtain a more
accurate solution by using an appropriate higher-order discretization scheme and by adapting the mesh.
Mesh adaption can also ensure that the solution is independent of the mesh. These steps are demon-
strated in Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
628 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 18: Modeling Cavitation

This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
18.1. Introduction
18.2. Prerequisites
18.3. Problem Description
18.4. Setup and Solution
18.5. Summary
18.6. Further Improvements

18.1. Introduction
This tutorial examines the pressure-driven cavitating flow of water through a sharp-edged orifice. This
is a typical configuration in fuel injectors, and brings a challenge to the physics and numerics of cavit-
ation models because of the high pressure differentials involved and the high ratio of liquid to vapor
density. Using the multiphase modeling capability of ANSYS Fluent, you will be able to predict the
strong cavitation near the orifice after flow separation at a sharp edge.

This tutorial demonstrates how to do the following:

• Set boundary conditions for internal flow.

• Use the mixture model with cavitation effects.

• Calculate a solution using the pressure-based coupled solver.

18.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial is written with the assumption that you have completed one or more of the introductory
tutorial Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35) found in this manual and that you are
familiar with the ANSYS Fluent tree and ribbon structure. Some steps in the setup and solution procedure
will not be shown explicitly.

18.3. Problem Description

The problem considers the cavitation caused by the flow separation after a sharp-edged orifice. The
flow is pressure driven, with an inlet pressure of 5 x 105 Pa and an outlet pressure of 9.5 x 104 Pa. The
orifice diameter is 4 x 10–3 m, and the geometrical parameters of the orifice are D/d = 2.88 and L/d =
4, where D, d, and L are the inlet diameter, orifice diameter, and orifice length respectively. The geometry
of the orifice is shown in Figure 18.1: Problem Schematic (p. 630).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 629
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Cavitation | vk.com/id446425943

Figure 18.1: Problem Schematic

18.4. Setup and Solution

The following sections describe the setup and solution steps for this tutorial:
18.4.1. Preparation
18.4.2. Reading and Checking the Mesh
18.4.3. Solver Settings
18.4.4. Models
18.4.5. Materials
18.4.6. Phases
18.4.7. Boundary Conditions
18.4.8. Operating Conditions
18.4.9. Solution
18.4.10. Postprocessing

18.4.1. Preparation
To prepare for running this tutorial:

1. Download the cavitation.zip file here.

2. Unzip cavitation.zip to your working directory.

3. The mesh file cav.msh can be found in the folder.

4. Use the Fluent Launcher to start the 2D version of ANSYS Fluent.

Fluent Launcher displays your Display Options preferences from the previous session.

For more information about Fluent Launcher, see starting ANSYS Fluent using the Fluent Launcher
in the Fluent Getting Started Guide.

5. Ensure that the Display Mesh After Reading option is enabled.

6. Ensure that the Serial processing option is selected.

7. Enable Double Precision.

Note

The double precision solver is recommended for modeling multiphase flows simulation.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
630 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

18.4.2. Reading and Checking the Mesh

1. Read the mesh file cav.msh.

File → Read → Mesh...

2. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

3. Check the mesh scale.

Domain → Mesh → Scale...

a. Retain the default settings.

b. Close the Scale Mesh dialog box.

4. Examine the mesh (Figure 18.2: The Mesh in the Orifice (p. 632)).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 631
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Cavitation | vk.com/id446425943

Figure 18.2: The Mesh in the Orifice

As seen in Figure 18.2: The Mesh in the Orifice (p. 632), half of the problem geometry is modeled, with an
axis boundary (consisting of two separate lines) at the centerline. The quadrilateral mesh is slightly graded
in the plenum to be finer toward the orifice. In the orifice, the mesh is uniform with aspect ratios close
to , as the flow is expected to exhibit two-dimensional gradients.

When you display data graphically in a later step, you will mirror the view across the centerline to obtain
a more realistic view of the model.

Since the bubbles are small and the flow is high speed, gravity effects can be neglected and the problem
can be reduced to axisymmetrical. If gravity could not be neglected and the direction of gravity were not
coincident with the geometrical axis of symmetry, you would have to solve a 3D problem.

18.4.3. Solver Settings

1. Specify an axisymmetric model.

Setup → General

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
632 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Retain the default selection of Pressure-Based in the Type list.

The pressure-based solver must be used for multiphase calculations.

b. Select Axisymmetric in the 2D Space list.

Note

A computationally intensive, transient calculation is necessary to accurately simulate the

irregular cyclic process of bubble formation, growth, filling by water jet re-entry, and
break-off. In this tutorial, you will perform a steady-state calculation to simulate the
presence of vapor in the separation region in the time-averaged flow.

18.4.4. Models
1. Enable the multiphase mixture model.

Physics → Models → Multiphase...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 633
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Cavitation | vk.com/id446425943

a. Select Mixture in the Model list.

The Multiphase Model dialog box will expand.

b. Clear Slip Velocity in the Mixture Parameters group box.

In this flow, the high level of turbulence does not allow large bubble growth, so gravity is not important.
It is also assumed that the bubbles have same velocity as the liquid. Therefore, there is no need to
solve for the slip velocity.

c. Click OK to close the Multiphase Model dialog box.

2. Enable the realizable - turbulence model with standard wall functions.

Physics → Models → Viscous...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
634 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select k-epsilon (2 eqn) in the Model list.

b. Select Realizable in the k-epsilon Model list.

c. Retain the default of Standard Wall Functions in the Near-Wall Treatment list.

d. Click OK to close the Viscous Model dialog box.

18.4.5. Materials
For the purposes of this tutorial, you will be modeling the liquid and vapor phases as incompressible.
Note that more comprehensive models are available for the densities of these phases, and could be
used to more fully capture the affects of the pressure changes in this problem.

1. Create a new material to be used for the primary phase.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 635
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Cavitation | vk.com/id446425943

Setup → Materials → Fluid New...

a. Enter water for Name.

b. Enter 1000 kg/m3 for Density.

c. Enter 0.001 kg/m–s for Viscosity.

d. Click Change/Create.

A Question dialog box will open, asking if you want to overwrite air. Click Yes.

2. Copy water vapor from the materials database and modify the properties of your local copy.

a. In the Create/Edit Materials dialog box, click the Fluent Database... button to open the Fluent
Database Materials dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
636 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. Select water-vapor (h2o) from the Fluent Fluid Materials selection list.

Scroll down the list to find water-vapor (h2o).

ii. Click Copy to include water vapor in your model.

water-vapor appears under Fluid in the Materials task page

iii. Close the Fluent Database Materials dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 637
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Cavitation | vk.com/id446425943

b. Enter 0.02558 kg/m3 for Density.

c. Enter 1.26e-06 kg/m–s for Viscosity.

d. Click Change/Create and close the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

18.4.6. Phases

Setup → Models → Multiphase (Mixture) → Phases Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
638 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

1. Specify liquid water as the primary phase.

a. In the Phases dialog box, select phase 1 – Primary Phase and click Edit... to open the Primary Phase
dialog box.

b. Enter liquid for Name.

c. Retain the default selection of water from the Phase Material drop-down list.

d. Click OK to close the Primary Phase dialog box.

2. Specify water vapor as the secondary phase.

a. In the Phases dialog box, select phase 2 – Secondary Phase and click Edit... to open the Secondary
Phase dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 639
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Cavitation | vk.com/id446425943

b. Enter vapor for Name.

c. Select water-vapor from the Phase Material drop-down list.

d. Click OK to close the Secondary Phase dialog box.

3. Enable the cavitation model.

a. In the Phases dialog box, click Interaction... to open the Phase Interaction dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
640 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

b. In the Mass tab, set Number of Mass Transfer Mechanisms to 1.

The dialog box expands to show relevant modeling parameters.

c. Ensure that liquid is selected from the From Phase drop-down list in the Mass Transfer group box.

d. Select vapor from the To Phase drop-down list.

e. Select cavitation from the Mechanism drop-down list.

The Cavitation Model dialog box will open to show the cavitation inputs.

i. Retain the value of 3540 Pa for Vaporization Pressure.

The vaporization pressure is a property of the working liquid, which depends mainly on the tem-
perature and pressure. The default value is the vaporization pressure of water at 1 atmosphere
and a temperature of 300 K.

ii. Set the Bubble Number Density to 1e11.

iii. Click OK to close the Cavitation Model dialog box.

f. Click OK to close the Phase Interaction dialog box.

4. Close the Phases dialog box.

18.4.7. Boundary Conditions

For the multiphase mixture model, you will specify conditions for the mixture (that is, conditions that apply
to all phases) and the conditions that are specific to the primary and secondary phases. In this tutorial,
boundary conditions are required only for the mixture and secondary phase of two boundaries: the pressure
inlet (consisting of two boundary zones) and the pressure outlet. The pressure outlet is the downstream
boundary, opposite the pressure inlets.

Setup → Boundary Conditions

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 641
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Cavitation | vk.com/id446425943

1. Set the boundary conditions at inlet_1 for the mixture. Ensure that mixture is selected from the Phase
drop-down list in the Boundary Conditions task page.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → inlet_1 → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
642 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter 500000 Pa for Gauge Total Pressure.

b. Enter 449000 Pa for Supersonic/Initial Gauge Pressure.

If you choose to initialize the solution based on the pressure-inlet conditions, the Supersonic/Initial
Gauge Pressure will be used in conjunction with the specified stagnation pressure (the Gauge Total
Pressure) to compute initial values according to the isentropic relations (for compressible flow) or
Bernoulli’s equation (for incompressible flow). Otherwise, in an incompressible flow calculation, ANSYS
Fluent will ignore the Supersonic/Initial Gauge Pressure input.

c. Retain the default selection of Normal to Boundary from the Direction Specification Method drop-
down list.

d. Select K and Epsilon from the Specification Method drop-down list in the Turbulence group box.

e. Enter 0.02 m2/s2 for Turbulent Kinetic Energy.

f. Retain the value of 1 m2/s3 for Turbulent Dissipation Rate.

g. Click OK to close the Pressure Inlet dialog box.

2. Set the boundary conditions at inlet-1 for the secondary phase.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → inlet_1

a. Select vapor from the Phase drop-down list.

b. Click Edit... to open the Pressure Inlet dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 643
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Cavitation | vk.com/id446425943

i. In the Multiphase tab, retain the default value of 0 for Volume Fraction.

ii. Click OK to close the Pressure Inlet dialog box.

3. Copy the boundary conditions defined for the first pressure inlet zone (inlet_1) to the second pressure
inlet zone (inlet_2).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → inlet_1

a. Select mixture from the Phase drop-down list.

b. Click Copy... to open the Copy Conditions dialog box.

i. Select inlet_1 from the From Boundary Zone selection list.

ii. Select inlet_2 from the To Boundary Zones selection list.

iii. Click Copy.

A Question dialog box will open, asking if you want to copy inlet_1 boundary conditions to in-
let_2. Click OK.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
644 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

iv. Close the Copy Conditions dialog box.

4. Set the boundary conditions at outlet for the mixture.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → outlet → Edit...

a. Enter 95000 for Gauge Pressure.

b. Select K and Epsilon from the Specification Method drop-down list in the Turbulence group box.

c. Enter 0.02 m2/s2 for Backflow Turbulent Kinetic Energy.

d. Retain the value of 1 m2/s3 for Backflow Turbulent Dissipation Rate.

e. Click OK to close the Pressure Outlet dialog box.

5. Set the boundary conditions at outlet for the secondary phase.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 645
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Cavitation | vk.com/id446425943

Setup → Boundary Conditions → outlet

a. Select vapor from the Phase drop-down list.

b. Click Edit... to open the Pressure Outlet dialog box.

i. In the Multiphase tab, retain the default value of 0 for Backflow Volume Fraction.

ii. Click OK to close the Pressure Outlet dialog box.

18.4.8. Operating Conditions

1. Set the operating pressure.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → Operating Conditions...

a. Enter 0 Pa for Operating Pressure.

b. Click OK to close the Operating Conditions dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
646 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

18.4.9. Solution
1. Set the solution parameters.

Solution → Solution → Methods...

a. Select Coupled from the Scheme drop-down list in the Pressure-Velocity Coupling group box.

b. Retain the selection of PRESTO! from the Pressure drop-down list in the Spatial Discretization group
box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 647
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Cavitation | vk.com/id446425943

c. Select QUICK for Momentum and Volume Fraction.

d. Retain First Order Upwind for Turbulent Kinetic Energy and Turbulent Dissipation Rate.

e. Enable Pseudo Transient.

f. Enable High Order Term Relaxation.

The relaxation of high order terms will help to improve the solution behavior of flow simulations
when higher order spatial discretizations are used (higher than first).

2. Set the solution controls.

Solution → Controls → Controls...

a. Set the pseudo transient explicit relaxation factor for Volume Fraction to 0.3.

3. Enable the plotting of residuals during the calculation.

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
648 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Ensure that Plot is enabled in the Options group box.

b. Enter 1e-05 for the Absolute Criteria of continuity, x-velocity, y-velocity, k, and epsilon.

Decreasing the criteria for these residuals will improve the accuracy of the solution.

c. Click OK to close the Residual Monitors dialog box.

4. Initialize the solution.

Solution → Initialization

a. Retain the default selection of Hybrid from the Initialization group box.

b. Click More Settings... to open the Hybrid Initialization dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 649
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Cavitation | vk.com/id446425943

c. Enable Use Specified Initial Pressure on Inlets in the Initialization Options group box. The velocity
will now be initialized to the Initial Gauge Pressure value that you set in the Pressure Inlet boundary
condition dialog box. For more information on initialization options, see hybrid initialization in the
Fluent User's Guide.

d. Click OK to close the Hybrid Initialization dialog box.

e. Click Initialize to initialize the solution.

Note

For flows in complex topologies, hybrid initialization will provide better initial velocity
and pressure fields than standard initialization. This will help to improve the conver-
gence behavior of the solver.

5. Save the case file (cav.cas.gz).

File → Write → Case...

6. Start the calculation by requesting 400 iterations.

Solution → Run Calculation → Advanced...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
650 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter 400 for Number of Iterations.

b. Click Calculate.

7. Save the data file (cav.dat.gz).

File → Write → Data...

18.4.10. Postprocessing
1. Create and plot a definition of pressure contours in the orifice (Figure 18.3: Contours of Static Pres-
sure (p. 653)).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 651
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Cavitation | vk.com/id446425943

Results → Graphics → Contours → New...

a. Change Contour Name to contour-static-pressure

b. Enable Filled in the Options group box.

c. Enable Banded in the Coloring group box.

d. Retain the default selection of Pressure... and Static Pressure from the Contours of drop-down lists.

e. Click Save/Display and close the Contours dialog box.

The contour-static-pressure contour definition appears under the Results/Graphics/Con-

tours tree branch. Once you create a plot definition, you can use a right-click menu to display
this definition at a later time, for instance, in subsequent simulations with different settings ;or
in combination with other plot definitions.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
652 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 18.3: Contours of Static Pressure

Note the dramatic pressure drop at the flow restriction in Figure 18.3: Contours of Static Pressure (p. 653).
Low static pressure is the major factor causing cavitation. Additionally, turbulence contributes to cavitation
due to the effect of pressure fluctuation (Figure 18.4: Mirrored View of Contours of Static Pressure (p. 654))
and turbulent diffusion (Figure 18.5: Contours of Turbulent Kinetic Energy (p. 654)).

2. Mirror the display across the centerline (Figure 18.4: Mirrored View of Contours of Static Pressure (p. 654)).

View → Display → Views...

Mirroring the display across the centerline gives a more realistic view.

a. Select symm_2 and symm_1 from the Mirror Planes selection list.

b. Click Apply and close the Views dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 653
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Cavitation | vk.com/id446425943

Figure 18.4: Mirrored View of Contours of Static Pressure

3. Create and plot a contour definition of the turbulent kinetic energy (Figure 18.5: Contours of Turbulent
Kinetic Energy (p. 654)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → New...

a. Change Contour Name to contour-tke

b. Enable Filled in the Options group box.

c. Enable Banded in the Coloring group box.

d. Select Turbulence... and Turbulent Kinetic Energy(k) from the Contours of drop-down lists.

e. Click Save/Display.

Figure 18.5: Contours of Turbulent Kinetic Energy

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
654 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Summary

In this example, the mesh used is fairly coarse. However, in cavitating flows the pressure distribution is
the dominant factor, and is not very sensitive to mesh size.

4. Create and plot a contour definition of the volume fraction of water vapor (Figure 18.6: Contours of Vapor
Volume Fraction (p. 655)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → New...

a. Change Contour Name to contour-vf-vapor

b. Enable Filled in the Options group box.

c. Enable Banded in the Coloring group box.

d. Select Phases... and Volume fraction from the Contours of drop-down lists.

e. Select vapor from the Phase drop-down list.

f. Click Save/Display and close the Contours dialog box.

Figure 18.6: Contours of Vapor Volume Fraction

The high turbulent kinetic energy region near the neck of the orifice in Figure 18.5: Contours of Turbulent
Kinetic Energy (p. 654) coincides with the highest volume fraction of vapor in Figure 18.6: Contours of
Vapor Volume Fraction (p. 655). This indicates the correct prediction of a localized high phase change
rate. The vapor then gets convected downstream by the main flow.

18.5. Summary
This tutorial demonstrated how to set up and resolve a strongly cavitating pressure-driven flow through
an orifice, using multiphase mixture model of ANSYS Fluent with cavitation effects. You learned how
to set the boundary conditions for an internal flow. A steady-state solution was calculated to simulate
the formation of vapor in the neck of the flow after the section restriction at the orifice. A more compu-
tationally intensive transient calculation is necessary to accurately simulate the irregular cyclic process
of bubble formation, growth, filling by water jet re-entry, and break-off.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 655
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Cavitation | vk.com/id446425943

18.6. Further Improvements

This tutorial guides you through the steps to reach an initial solution. You may be able to obtain a more
accurate solution by using an appropriate higher-order discretization scheme and by adapting the mesh.
Mesh adaption can also ensure that the solution is independent of the mesh. These steps are demon-
strated in Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
656 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 19: Using the Multiphase Models

This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
19.1. Introduction
19.2. Prerequisites
19.3. Problem Description
19.4. Setup and Solution
19.5. Summary

19.1. Introduction
This tutorial examines a turbulent two-phase flow consisting of air sparged into a water-filled mixing
lab reactor. You will use the Eulerian multiphase model to simulate the mixing tank processes since the
air and water phases are not in equilibrium throughout the simulation.

This tutorial demonstrates how to do the following:

• Set up a multiphase flow simulation involving air and water.

• Use multiple frames of reference.

• Use a degassing outlet boundary condition to enable only air, but not water, to escape from the boundary.

• Calculate a solution using the multiphase coupled solver with the Eulerian model.

• Display the solution results.

• Calculate torque and power requirements.

19.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial is written with the assumption that you have completed the introductory tutorial Fluid
Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35) found in this manual and that you are familiar with
the ANSYS Fluent tree and ribbon structure. Some steps in the setup and solution procedure will not
be shown explicitly.

19.3. Problem Description

The problem to be modeled in this tutorial is shown schematically in Figure 19.1: Problem Schemat-
ic (p. 658).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 657
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Multiphase Models

Figure 19.1: Problem Schematic

The geometry consists of a mixing vessel, four baffles along the vessel wall, a ring sparger, a pitch blade
turbine, a Rushton blade turbine, and a rotating vertical shaft. There is no water flow into or out of the
vessel. Air is injected into the tank at the bottom through the ring sparger at a speed of 0.05 m/s. Small
inlet holes in the sparger ring are ignored, and the air inlet is modeled as a uniform circular strip. The
air mixes with water, producing small bubbles. The Rushton blade turbine agitates the air-water mixture,
evenly distributing the air bubbles. The pitch blade turbine performs dispersion and pumping operations.
Both impellers rotate at 450 rpm in the counterclockwise direction about the Z axis (as viewed from
the top). Dispersed gas bubbles can escape through the top water surface, which is open to the ambient
air. This model can be used as a reasonable representation of the initial conditions in a real mixing tank.

19.4. Setup and Solution

The following sections describe the setup and solution steps for this tutorial:
19.4.1. Preparation
19.4.2. Mesh
19.4.3. Solver Settings
19.4.4. Models
19.4.5. Materials
19.4.6. Phases
19.4.7. Cell Zone Conditions
19.4.8. Boundary Conditions
19.4.9. Solution
19.4.10. Postprocessing

19.4.1. Preparation
To prepare for running this tutorial:

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
658 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

1. Download the mixing_tank.zip file here.

2. Unzip mixing_tank.zip to your working directory.

3. The files, mixing_tank.msh, can be found in the folder.

4. Use Fluent Launcher to enable Double Precision and start the 3D version of Fluent.

Fluent Launcher displays your Display Options preferences from the previous session.

For more information about the Fluent Launcher, see starting Fluent using the Fluent Launcher in
the Fluent Getting Started Guide.

5. Ensure that the Display Mesh After Reading option is enabled.

6. Run in Serial by selecting Serial under Processing Options.

19.4.2. Mesh
1. Read the mesh file mixing_tank.msh.

File → Read → Mesh...

As Fluent reads the mesh file, it will report the progress in the console.

A warning message will be displayed that the degassing boundary condition type is not compatible with
currently enabled models. You will resolve this issue when you enable the Eulerian multiphase model in
a subsequent step.

Click Ok and close the Information dialog box.

2. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

Fluent will perform various checks on the mesh and will report the progress in the console. Make sure
that the reported minimum volume is a positive number.

3. Display the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Display...

a. In the Options group, clear the Faces option and select the Edges option.

b. In the Mesh Display dialog box, select wall_liquid_level, gas-inlet, and Wall (to select all walls) in the
Surfaces selection list.

c. Click Display and close the Mesh Display dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 659
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Multiphase Models

4. Examine the mesh (Figure 19.2: Mesh Display of the Mixing Tank (p. 660)).

Extra

You can use the right mouse button to check which zone number corresponds to each
boundary. If you click the right mouse button on one of the boundaries in the graphics
window, its zone number, name, and type will be printed in the ANSYS Fluent console.
This feature is especially useful when you have several zones of the same type and you
want to distinguish between them quickly.

Figure 19.2: Mesh Display of the Mixing Tank

19.4.3. Solver Settings

Related video that demonstrates steps for setting up, solving, and postprocessing the solution results
for a two-phase turbulent flow within a mixing tank:

• ANSYS Fluent: Simulating Multiphase Mixing within a Sparging Tank Part I

• ANSYS Fluent: Simulating Multiphase Mixing within a Sparging Tank Part II

1. Retain the default Solver settings.

Physics → Solver

2. Set the gravitational acceleration.

Physics → Solver → Operating Conditions...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
660 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. In the Operating Conditions dialog box, enable Gravity to account for gravitational forces.

b. In the Gravitational Acceleration group box, enter -9.81 m/s2 for the Gravitational Acceleration
in the Z direction.

c. Select Specified Operating Density.

d. Retain the default value of 1.225 kg/m3 for Operating Density.

For this simulation, you will model air as an incompressible fluid with a density of 1.225 kg/m3, which
is a default value.

Note

For multiphase flows, the operating density should be set to the density of the least
dense phase.

e. Click OK to close the Operation Conditions dialog box.

f. Click OK to close the Information dialog box.

19.4.4. Models
1. Enable the Eulerian mulptiphase model.

Since you will use the default settings for the Eulerian model, you can enable it directly from the tree by
right-clicking the Multiphase node and choosing Eulerian from the context menu.

Setup → Models → Multiphase Eulerian

Click OK to close the Information dialog box.

2. Enable the standard - turbulence model with standard wall functions.

Physics → Models → Viscous...

a. Select k-epsilon in the Model group box.

b. Retain Standard in the k-epsilon Model group box.

c. Retain Standard Wall Functions in the Near-Wall Treatment group box.

This problem does not use a particularly fine mesh, and standard wall functions will be used.

d. In the Turbulence Multiphase Model group box, select Dispersed.

The dispersed turbulence model is suitable for cases when the dispersed phase is dilute. The model
assumes that turbulence in the primary phase is dominant, while the turbulent quantities of the
secondary phase can be obtained from the mean characteristics of the primary phase.

e. Click OK to close the Viscous Model dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 661
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Multiphase Models

19.4.5. Materials
The default properties for water defined in ANSYS Fluent are suitable for this problem. In this step, you will
make sure that this material is available for selecting in future steps.

1. Add water to the list of fluid materials by copying it from the ANSYS Fluent materials database.

Setup → Materials → Fluid → air → Edit...

a. Click Fluent Database... in the Create/Edit Materials dialog box to open the Fluent Database Mater-
ials dialog box.

i. Select water-liquid (h2o<l>) in the Fluent Fluid Materials selection list.

Scroll down the list to find water-liquid (h2o<l>). Selecting this item will display the default
properties in the dialog box.

ii. Click Copy and close the Fluent Database Materials dialog box.

The Create/Edit Materials dialog box will now display the copied properties for water-liquid.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
662 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

b. Click Change/Create and close the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

19.4.6. Phases
In the following steps you will define the liquid water and air phases that flow in the mixing tank.

1. Specify liquid water as the primary phase.

Setup → Models → Multiphase → Phases → phase-1 Edit...

a. Enter water for Name.

b. Select water-liquid from the Phase Material drop-down list.

c. Click OK to close the Primary Phase dialog box.

2. Specify air as the secondary phase.

Setup → Models → Multiphase → Phases → phase-2 Edit...

a. Enter air for Name.

b. Retain the default selection of air from the Phase Material drop-down list.

c. Enter 0.0015 m for Diameter.

The diameter of the air bubbles that are formed when the air is injected into the tank depends on
the diameter of the inlet holes in the real reactor, which is 1 mm in this example.

d. Click OK to close the Secondary Phase dialog box.

3. Define the interphase interactions formulations to be used.

Setup → Models → Multiphase → Phases → Phases Interactions Edit...

a. In the Drag tab, select grace from the Drag Coefficient drop-down list.

The Grace model is suitable for liquid-gas mixtures with low gas density and bubble sizes of 1-2 mm.

Click OK to close the Grace Swarm Correction dialog box.

b. In the Surface Tension tab, select constant from the Surface Tension Coefficients drop-down list
and enter 0.073.

c. Click OK to close the Phase Interaction dialog box.

19.4.7. Cell Zone Conditions

The mesh has three fluid cell zones: fluid_mrf_1-1 and fluid_mrf_2-0 are zones associated with the Rushton
blade turbine and pitch blade turbine, respectively, and fluid_tank-2 represents the rest of the tank. In this
section, you will use multiple reference frames to define boundary conditions for the cell zones that contain
rotating components. Moving reference frames enable you to model the flow around rotating parts as steady-
state with respect to the moving frames.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 663
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Multiphase Models

Physics → Zones → Cell Zones...

Tip

To visually confirm the location of a cell or boundary zone, you can display it by right-clicking
it in the tree and selecting either Display or Add to Graphics. Conversely, if you click a cell
or boundary mesh in the graphics window, the selected item will be highlighted in the tree.
You can use Ctrl or Shift to select multiple zones.

1. Set up the cell zone conditions for the fluid zone associated with the Rushton blade turbine (fluid_mrf_1-
1).

Setup → Cell Zone Conditions → fluid_mrf_1-1 Edit...

a. In the Fluid dialog box, enter rbt-zone for Zone Name.

This name is more descriptive for the zone than fluid_mrf_1-1.

b. Select Frame Motion.

c. Retain the default values of (0, 0, 1) for X, Y, and Z in the Rotation-Axis Direction group box.

d. Enter 450 rpm for Speed in the Rotational Velocity group box.

e. Click OK to close the Fluid dialog box.

2. In a similar manner, set up the cell zone conditions for the fluid zone associated with the pitch blade turbine
(fluid_mrf_2-0).

Setup → Cell Zone Conditions → fluid_mrf_2-0 Edit...

a. In the Fluid dialog box, enter pbt-zone for Zone Name.

b. Select Frame Motion.

c. Retain the default values of (0, 0, 1) for X, Y, and Z in the Rotation-Axis Direction group box.

d. Enter 450 rpm for Speed in the Rotational Velocity group box.

e. Click OK to close the Fluid dialog box.

3. Retain the default settings for fluid_tank-2, which is stationary in the absolute reference frame.

19.4.8. Boundary Conditions

You will now define the conditions on the boundaries of the domain. Since each wall uses the same reference
frame as the cell zone within which they are located, all walls will use the default stationary wall condition.
A stationary wall condition implies that the wall is stationary with respect to the adjacent cell zone. Therefore,
in the case of a rotating reference frame, a stationary wall is actually rotating with respect to the absolute
reference frame.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
664 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

The degassing boundary condition at the top of the fluid was created in a meshing application. At the de-
gassing outlet, only gas phase can leave the domain. The degassing boundary condition became active after
you enabled the Eulerian multiphase model in Fluent. No input is required for this type of boundary condition.
For this problem, you only need to set the boundary conditions for the velocity inlet. Since this is a multiphase
model, you will set the conditions that are specific to the primary and secondary phases.

1. Set the boundary conditions at the inlet (gas-inlet) for the primary phase (water).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → gas-inlet → water Edit...

Since this is a dispersed turbulent flow, only turbulence must be defined for the water phase.

a. In the Turbulence group box, select Intensity and Hydraulic Diameter as the turbulence Specification
Method.

b. Enter 3% for Turbulent Intensity.

c. Enter 0.0254 m for Hydraulic Diameter.

d. Click OK to close the Velocity Inlet dialog box.

2. Set the boundary conditions at the inlet (gas-inlet) for the secondary phase (air).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → gas-inlet → air Edit...

a. Enter 0.05 m/s for Velocity Magnitude.

b. In the Multiphase tab, enter 1 for Volume Fraction.

A value of unity implies that only air enters the inlet.

c. Click OK to close the Velocity Inlet dialog box.

19.4.9. Solution
1. Specify the discretization schemes.

Solution → Solution → Methods...

In the Solution Methods task page, configure the following settings.

Group Box Setting Value

Pressure Velocity Coupling Scheme Coupled
N/A Pseudo-Transient (Selected)
N/A Warped-Face Gradient Correc- (Selected)
tion

2. Ensure that the plotting of residuals is enabled during the calculation.

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 665
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Multiphase Models

3. Initialize the solution.

Solution → Initialization → Initialize

4. Save the case file (mixing_tank.cas.gz).

File → Write → Case...

5. Start calculation.

Solution → Run Calculation → Advanced...

a. Enter 1500 for Number of Iterations.

b. Retain the default selection of Automatic for the Time Step Method.

c. Retain the default value of 1 for Timescale Factor.

Note

It may take significant time and computer resources to complete the problem calculation.

Figure 19.3: Residual History

6. After the solution has converged, save the case and data files (mixing_tank.cas.gz and mix-
ing_tank.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
666 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

19.4.10. Postprocessing
1. Display the distribution of air on the XZ plane (Figure 19.4: Contours of Air Volume Fraction on the XZ
plane (p. 668)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

a. From the Contours of drop-down lists, select Phases... and Volume Fraction.

b. From the Phase drop-down lists, select air.

c. In the Surfaces selection list, deselect all surfaces by clicking and then select y=0, wall_impeller_1,
and wall_impeller_2.

d. In the Options group box, make sure that Filled is selected.

e. Disable Global Range, Auto Range, and Clip to Range.

f. Enter 0.01 for Max.

The specified range will allow you to better view the volume fraction variation.

g. Clear Draw Mesh and then select this option again to open the Mesh Display dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 667
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Multiphase Models

i. In the Mesh Display dialog box, click next to the Surfaces filter to deselect all surfaces and
then select wall_baffle_1, wall_sparger, and all walls whose names begin with 'wall_shaft'.

ii. Click Close to close the Mesh Display dialog box.

h. In the Coloring group box, select Smooth.

i. Click Display and use the interactive triad to orient the view as shown in Figure 19.4: Contours of Air
Volume Fraction on the XZ plane (p. 668).

Note

You may need to deselect Lighting in the View ribbon tab (Display group).

Figure 19.4: Contours of Air Volume Fraction on the XZ plane

The contour map of the air volume fraction on the XZ plane shows how the air is agitated by impellers
as it moves upward in the mixing tank. The shape of the Rushton blade turbine is forming cavities
below the turbine.

2. Display the distribution of air on the plane z=0.08 (Figure 19.5: Contours of Air Volume Fraction on the
z=0.08 plane (p. 669)).

a. In the Surfaces selection list, deselect y=0 and select z=0.08.

b. Click Display.

c. In the View Tools toolbar, from the Set View drop-down list ( ), select the view from the negative

Z axis ( ) to obtain the view shown in Figure 19.5: Contours of Air Volume Fraction on the z=0.08
plane (p. 669).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
668 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 19.5: Contours of Air Volume Fraction on the z=0.08 plane

Note that the air is collecting on the bottom surface of the Rushton blade turbine disk before its dis-
persed by the impeller’s blades.

3. Display vectors of velocity magnitude for water on the XZ plane (Figure 19.6: Vectors of Water Velocity
Magnitude on the XZ plane (p. 670)).

Results → Graphics → Vectors → Edit...

a. Select Velocity from the Vectors of drop-down list.

b. Select water from the Phase drop-down list.

Since the Eulerian model solves individual momentum equations for each phase, you can choose the
phase for which solution data is plotted.

c. From the Color by drop-down lists, select Velocity... and Velocity Magnitude.

d. Retain the selection of water from the Phase drop-down list.

e. In the Surfaces selection list, deselect all surfaces by clicking and then select y=0, wall_impeller_1,
and wall_impeller_2.

f. Click Display and use the interactive triad to orient the view as shown in Figure 19.6: Vectors of Water
Velocity Magnitude on the XZ plane (p. 670).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 669
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Multiphase Models

Figure 19.6: Vectors of Water Velocity Magnitude on the XZ plane

The vector plot of the water velocity shows that the water moves in a circular motion, creating a
closed loop since it cannot escape the reactor.

4. Display vectors of velocity magnitude for air on the XZ plane (Figure 19.7: Vectors of Air Velocity Magnitude
on the XZ plane (p. 670)).

a. Under Vectors of, select air from the Phase drop-down list.

b. Under Color by, select air from the Phase drop-down list.

c. In the Surfaces selection list, make sure that y=0, wall_impeller_1, and wall_impeller_2 are selected.

d. Click Display.

Figure 19.7: Vectors of Air Velocity Magnitude on the XZ plane

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
670 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Summary

The vector plot of the air velocity shows that the air moves upward all the way to the water surface,
where it escapes. The baffle walls located on the sides of the tank prevent the undesirable vortex
formation.

5. Calculate the torque about the shaft for the Rushton blade turbine.

Results → Reports → Forces...

a. From the Options group box, select Moments.

b. In the Moment Center group box, enter 0, 0, and 0 for X, Y, Z, respectively.

c. In the Moment Axis group box, enter 0, 0, and -1 for X, Y, Z, respectively.

d. From the Wall Zones selection list, deselect all zones by clicking and then select wall_impeller_1.

e. Click Print.

Fluent reports the individual and net values of the pressure moment, viscous moment, total
moment, pressure coefficient, viscous coefficient, and total coefficient about the specified center
in the console.

The power requirement is simply the required torque (0.03767 N m) multiplied by the rotational
speed (450 rpm = 47.12 rad/s): 0.03767 N m * 47.1 rad/s = 1.77 W.

Note that this value does not account for any mechanical losses, motor efficiencies, and so on.

19.5. Summary
This tutorial demonstrated how to set up and solve a turbulent multiphase flow in the mixing tank using
the Eulerian multiphase model. You learned how to set degassing boundary conditions and boundary
conditions for primary and secondary phases. After completing the simulation, you displayed the results
of your calculation and calculated the torque and power requirements. For more information about the
Eulerian multiphase model, see the Fluent User's Guide.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 671
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
672 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 20: Modeling Solidification

This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
20.1. Introduction
20.2. Prerequisites
20.3. Problem Description
20.4. Setup and Solution
20.5. Summary
20.6. Further Improvements

20.1. Introduction
This tutorial illustrates how to set up and solve a problem involving solidification and will demonstrate
how to do the following:

• Define a solidification problem.

• Define pull velocities for simulation of continuous casting.

• Define a surface tension gradient for Marangoni convection.

• Solve a solidification problem.

20.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial is written with the assumption that you have completed one or more of the introductory
tutorial Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35) found in this manual and that you are
familiar with the ANSYS Fluent tree and ribbon structure. Some steps in the setup and solution procedure
will not be shown explicitly.

20.3. Problem Description

This tutorial demonstrates the setup and solution procedure for a fluid flow and heat transfer problem
involving solidification, namely the Czochralski growth process. The geometry considered is a 2D
axisymmetric bowl (shown in Figure 20.1: Solidification in Czochralski Model (p. 674)), containing liquid
metal. The bottom and sides of the bowl are heated above the liquidus temperature, as is the free
surface of the liquid. The liquid is solidified by heat loss from the crystal and the solid is pulled out of
the domain at a rate of 0.001 and a temperature of 500 . There is a steady injection of liquid at
the bottom of the bowl with a velocity of and a temperature of 1300 . Material
properties are listed in Figure 20.1: Solidification in Czochralski Model (p. 674).

Starting with an existing 2D mesh, the details regarding the setup and solution procedure for the solid-
ification problem are presented. The steady conduction solution for this problem is computed as an
initial condition. Then, the fluid flow is enabled to investigate the effect of natural and Marangoni
convection in a transient fashion.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 673
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Solidification | vk.com/id446425943

Figure 20.1: Solidification in Czochralski Model

In the above figure, is the mushy zone constant. For details on modeling the solidification/melting
process, refer to momentum equations in the Fluent Theory Guide.

20.4. Setup and Solution

The following sections describe the setup and solution steps for this tutorial:
20.4.1. Preparation
20.4.2. Reading and Checking the Mesh
20.4.3. Specifying Solver and Analysis Type
20.4.4. Specifying the Models
20.4.5. Defining Materials
20.4.6. Setting the Cell Zone Conditions
20.4.7. Setting the Boundary Conditions
20.4.8. Solution: Steady Conduction
20.4.9. Solution: Transient Flow and Heat Transfer

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
674 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

20.4.1. Preparation
To prepare for running this tutorial:

1. Download the solidification.zip file here.

2. Unzip solidification.zip to your working directory.

3. The file solid.msh can be found in the folder.

4. Use Fluent Launcher to start the 2D single precision (disable Double Precision) version of ANSYS Fluent.

Fluent Launcher displays your Display Options preferences from the previous session.

For more information about the Fluent Launcher, see starting ANSYS Fluent using the Fluent Launcher
in the Fluent Getting Started Guide.

5. Ensure that the Display Mesh After Reading option is enabled.

6. Ensure that the Serial processing option is selected.

20.4.2. Reading and Checking the Mesh

1. Read the mesh file solid.msh.

File → Read → Mesh...

As the mesh is read by ANSYS Fluent, messages will appear in the console reporting the progress of the
reading.

A warning about the use of axis boundary conditions is displayed in the console. You are asked to consider
making changes to the zone type or change the problem definition to axisymmetric. You will change the
problem to axisymmetric swirl later in this tutorial.

2. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

ANSYS Fluent will perform various checks on the mesh and will report the progress in the console. Make
sure that the minimum volume is a positive number.

3. Examine the mesh (Figure 20.2: Mesh Display (p. 676)).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 675
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Solidification | vk.com/id446425943

Figure 20.2: Mesh Display

20.4.3. Specifying Solver and Analysis Type

1. Select Axisymmetric Swirl from the 2D Space list.

Setup → General

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
676 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

The geometry comprises an axisymmetric bowl. Furthermore, swirling flows are considered in this problem,
so the selection of Axisymmetric Swirl best defines this geometry.

Also, note that the rotation axis is the X axis. Hence, the X direction is the axial direction and the Y direction
is the radial direction. When modeling axisymmetric swirl, the swirl direction is the tangential direction.

2. Add the effect of gravity on the model.

Setup → General → Gravity

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 677
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Solidification | vk.com/id446425943

a. Enable Gravity.

b. Enter -9.81 for X in the Gravitational Acceleration group box.

20.4.4. Specifying the Models

1. Define the solidification model.

Setup → Models → Solidification & Melting Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
678 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enable the Solidification/Melting option in the Solidification and Melting dialog box.

The Solidification and Melting dialog box will expand to show the related parameters.

b. Retain the default value of 100000 for the Mushy Zone Constant.

This default value is acceptable for most cases.

c. Enable the Include Pull Velocities option.

By including the pull velocities, you will account for the movement of the solidified material as it is
continuously withdrawn from the domain in the continuous casting process.

When you enable this option, the Solidification and Melting dialog box will expand to show the
Compute Pull Velocities option. If you were to enable this additional option, ANSYS Fluent would
compute the pull velocities during the calculation. This approach is computationally expensive and
is recommended only if the pull velocities are strongly dependent on the location of the liquid-solid
interface. In this tutorial, you will patch values for the pull velocities instead of having ANSYS Flu-
ent compute them.

For more information about computing the pull velocities, see the Fluent User's Guide.

d. Click OK to close the Solidification and Melting dialog box.

An Information dialog box opens, telling you that available material properties have changed for
the solidification model. You will set the material properties later, so you can click OK in the dialog
box to acknowledge this information.

Note

ANSYS Fluent will automatically enable the energy calculation when you enable the so-
lidification model, so you need not visit the Energy dialog box.

20.4.5. Defining Materials

In this step, you will create a new material and specify its properties, including the melting heat, solidus
temperature, and liquidus temperature.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 679
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Solidification | vk.com/id446425943

1. Define a new material.

Setup → Materials → Fluid → air Edit...

a. Enter liquid-metal for Name.

b. Select polynomial from the Density drop-down list in the Properties group box.

c. Configure the following settings In the Polynomial Profile dialog box:

i. Set Coefficients to 2.

ii. In the Coefficients group box, enter 8000 for 1 and -0.1 for 2.

As shown in Figure 20.1: Solidification in Czochralski Model (p. 674), the density of the material is
defined by a polynomial function: .

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
680 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

iii. Click OK to close the Polynomial Profile dialog box.

d. In the Question dialog box, click Yes to overwrite air and add the new material (liquid-metal) to the
Fluent Fluid Materials drop-down list.

e. Click OK in the information dialog box.

f. Set the liquid-metal material properties as follows:

g. Enter 680 for Cp (Specific Heat).

h. Enter 30 for Thermal Conductivity.

i. Enter 0.00553 for Viscosity.

j. Enter 100000 for Pure Solvent Melting Heat.

Scroll down the group box to find Pure Solvent Melting Heat and the properties that follow.

k. Enter 1150 for Solidus Temperature.

l. Enter 1150 for Liquidus Temperature.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 681
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Solidification | vk.com/id446425943

m. Click Change/Create and close the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

20.4.6. Setting the Cell Zone Conditions

1. Set the cell zone conditions for the fluid (fluid).

Setup → Cell Zone Conditions → fluid Edit...

a. Ensure liquid-metal is selected from the Material Name drop-down list.

b. Click OK to close the Fluid dialog box.

20.4.7. Setting the Boundary Conditions

1. Set the boundary conditions for the inlet (inlet).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → inlet Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
682 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter 0.00101 for Velocity Magnitude.

b. Click the Thermal tab and enter 1300 for Temperature.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 683
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Solidification | vk.com/id446425943

c. Click OK to close the Velocity Inlet dialog box.

2. Set the boundary conditions for the outlet (outlet).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → outlet Edit...

Here, the solid is pulled out with a specified velocity, so a velocity inlet boundary condition is used with
a positive axial velocity component.

a. From the Velocity Specification Method drop-down list, select Components.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
684 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

The Velocity Inlet dialog box will change to show related inputs.

b. Enter 0.001 for Axial-Velocity.

c. Enter 1 for Swirl Angular Velocity.

d. Click the Thermal tab and enter 500 for Temperature.

e. Click OK to close the Velocity Inlet dialog box.

3. Set the boundary conditions for the bottom wall (bottom-wall).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → bottom-wall Edit...

a. Click the Thermal tab.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 685
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Solidification | vk.com/id446425943

i. Select Temperature in the Thermal Conditions group box.

ii. Enter 1300 for Temperature.

b. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

4. Set the boundary conditions for the free surface (free-surface).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → free-surface Edit...

The specified shear and Marangoni stress boundary conditions are useful in modeling situations in which
the shear stress (rather than the motion of the fluid) is known. A free surface condition is an example of
such a situation. In this case, the convection is driven by the Marangoni stress and the shear stress is
dependent on the surface tension, which is a function of temperature.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
686 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select Marangoni Stress in the Shear Condition group box.

The Marangoni Stress condition allows you to specify the gradient of the surface tension with respect
to temperature at a wall boundary.

b. Enter -0.00036 for Surface Tension Gradient.

c. Click the Thermal tab to specify the thermal conditions.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 687
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Solidification | vk.com/id446425943

i. Select Convection from the Thermal Conditions group box.

ii. Enter 100 for Heat Transfer Coefficient.

iii. Enter 1500 for Free Stream Temperature.

d. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

5. Set the boundary conditions for the side wall (side-wall).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → side-wall Edit...

a. Click the Thermal tab.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
688 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. Select Temperature from the Thermal Conditions group box.

ii. Enter 1400 for the Temperature.

b. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

6. Set the boundary conditions for the solid wall (solid-wall).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → solid-wall Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 689
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Solidification | vk.com/id446425943

a. From the Wall Motion group box, select Moving Wall.

The Wall dialog box is expanded to show additional parameters.

b. in the Motion group box, in the lower box, select Rotational.

The Wall dialog box is changed to show the rotational speed.

c. Enter 1.0 for Speed.

d. Click the Thermal tab to specify the thermal conditions.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
690 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. Select Temperature from the Thermal Conditions selection list.

ii. Enter 500 for Temperature.

e. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

20.4.8. Solution: Steady Conduction

In this step, you will specify the discretization schemes to be used and temporarily disable the calculation of
the flow and swirl velocity equations, so that only conduction is calculated. This steady-state solution will
be used as the initial condition for the time-dependent fluid flow and heat transfer calculation.

1. Set the solution parameters.

Solution → Solution → Methods...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 691
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Solidification | vk.com/id446425943

a. Select Coupled from the Scheme drop-down list in the Pressure-Velocity Coupling group box.

b. Select PRESTO! from the Pressure drop-down list in the Spatial Discretization group box.

The PRESTO! scheme is well suited for rotating flows with steep pressure gradients.

c. Retain the default selection of Second Order Upwind from the Momentum, Swirl Velocity, and Energy
drop-down lists.

d. Enable Pseudo Transient.

The Pseudo Transient option enables the pseudo transient algorithm in the coupled pressure-based
solver. This algorithm effectively adds an unsteady term to the solution equations in order to improve
stability and convergence behavior. Use of this option is recommended for general fluid flow problems.

2. Enable the calculation for energy.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
692 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Solution → Controls → Equations...

a. Deselect Flow and Swirl Velocity from the Equations selection list to disable the calculation of flow
and swirl velocity equations.

b. Click OK to close the Equations dialog box.

3. Confirm the Relaxation Factors.

Solution → Controls → Controls...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 693
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Solidification | vk.com/id446425943

Retain the default values.

4. Enable the plotting of residuals during the calculation.

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
694 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Ensure Plot is enabled in the Options group box.

b. Click OK to accept the remaining default settings and close the Residual Monitors dialog box.

5. Initialize the solution.

Solution → Initialization

a. Retain the Method at the default of Hybrid in the Initialization group.

For flows in complex topologies, hybrid initialization will provide better initial velocity and pressure
field than standard initialization. This in general will help in improving the convergence behavior of
the solver.

b. Click Initialize.

6. Define a custom field function for the swirl pull velocity.

Parameters & Customization → Custom Field Functions New...

In this step, you will define a field function to be used to patch a variable value for the swirl pull velocity
in the next step. The swirl pull velocity is equal to , where is the angular velocity, and is the radial
coordinate. Since = 1 rad/s, you can simplify the equation to simply . In this example, the value of
is included for demonstration purposes.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 695
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Solidification | vk.com/id446425943

a. From the Field Functions drop-down lists, select Mesh... and Radial Coordinate.

b. Click the Select button to add radial-coordinate in the Definition field.

If you make a mistake, click the DEL button on the calculator pad to delete the last item you added
to the function definition.

c. Click the button on the calculator pad.

d. Click the 1 button.

e. Enter omegar for New Function Name.

f. Click Define.

The omegar item appears under the Parameters & Customisation/Parameters tree branch.

Note

To check the function definition or delete the custom field function, click Manage....
Then in the Field Function Definitions dialog box, from the Field Functions selection
list, select omegar to view the function definition.

g. Close the Custom Field Function Calculator dialog box.

7. Patch the pull velocities.

Solution → Initialization → Patch...

As noted earlier, you will patch values for the pull velocities, rather than having ANSYS Fluent compute
them. Since the radial pull velocity is zero, you will patch just the axial and swirl pull velocities.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
696 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. From the Variable selection list, select Axial Pull Velocity.

b. Enter 0.001 for Value.

c. From the Zones to Patch selection list, select fluid.

d. Click Patch.

You have just patched the axial pull velocity. Next you will patch the swirl pull velocity.

e. From the Variable selection list, select Swirl Pull Velocity.

Scroll down the list to find Swirl Pull Velocity.

f. Enable the Use Field Function option.

g. Select omegar from the Field Function selection list.

h. Ensure that fluid is selected from the Zones to Patch selection list.

i. Click Patch and close the Patch dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 697
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Solidification | vk.com/id446425943

8. Save the initial case and data files (solid0.cas.gz and solid0.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

9. Start the calculation by requesting 20 iterations.

Solution → Run Calculation → Advanced...

a. In the Run Calculation task page, select User Specified for the Time Step Method in both the Fluid
Time Scale and the Solid Time Scale group boxes.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
698 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

b. Retain the default values of 1 and 1000 for the Pseudo Time Step (s) in the Fluid Time Scale and the
Solid Time Scale group boxes, respectively.

c. Enter 20 for Number of Iterations.

d. Click Calculate.

10. Create and display the definition of filled temperature contours (Figure 20.3: Contours of Temperature for
the Steady Conduction Solution (p. 700)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → New...

a. Enter temperature for Contour Name.

b. Enable the Filled option.

c. Enable the Banded option.

d. Select Temperature... and Static Temperature from the Contours of drop-down lists.

e. Click Save/Display (Figure 20.3: Contours of Temperature for the Steady Conduction Solution (p. 700)).

The temperature contour definition appear under the Results/Graphics/Contours tree branch.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 699
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Solidification | vk.com/id446425943

Figure 20.3: Contours of Temperature for the Steady Conduction Solution

11. Display filled contours of temperature to determine the thickness of mushy zone.

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
700 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Disable Auto Range in the Options group box.

The Clip to Range option is automatically enabled.

b. Enter 1100 for Min and 1200 for Max.

c. Click Display (See Figure 20.4: Contours of Temperature (Mushy Zone) for the Steady Conduction
Solution (p. 702)) and close the Contours dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 701
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Solidification | vk.com/id446425943

Figure 20.4: Contours of Temperature (Mushy Zone) for the Steady Conduction Solution

12. Save the case and data files for the steady conduction solution (solid.cas.gz and solid.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

20.4.9. Solution: Transient Flow and Heat Transfer

In this step, you will turn on time dependence and include the flow and swirl velocity equations in the calcu-
lation. You will then solve the transient problem using the steady conduction solution as the initial condition.

1. Enable a time-dependent solution by selecting Transient from the Time list.

Setup → General

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
702 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

2. Set the solution parameters.

Solution → Solution → Methods...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 703
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Solidification | vk.com/id446425943

a. Retain the default selection of First Order Implicit from the Transient Formulation drop-down list.

b. Ensure that PRESTO! is selected from the Pressure drop-down list in the Spatial Discretization group
box.

3. Enable calculations for flow and swirl velocity.

Solution → Controls → Equations...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
704 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select Flow and Swirl Velocity and ensure that Energy is selected from the Equations selection list.

Now all three items in the Equations selection list will be selected.

b. Click OK to close the Equations dialog box.

4. Set the Under-Relaxation Factors.

Solution → Controls → Controls...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 705
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Solidification | vk.com/id446425943

a. Enter 0.1 for Liquid Fraction Update.

b. Retain the default values for other Under-Relaxation Factors.

5. Save the initial case and data files (solid01.cas.gz and solid01.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

6. Run the calculation for 2 time steps.

Solution → Run Calculation → Advanced...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
706 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter 0.1 s for Time Step Size.

b. Set the Number of Time Steps to 2.

c. Retain the default value of 20 for Max Iterations/Time Step.

d. Click Calculate.

7. Display filled contours of the temperature after 0.2 seconds using the temperature contours definition
that you created earlier.

Results → Graphics → Contours → temperature Display

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 707
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Solidification | vk.com/id446425943

Figure 20.5: Contours of Temperature at t=0.2 s

8. Create and display the definition of stream function contours (Figure 20.6: Contours of Stream Function at
t=0.2 s (p. 709)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → New...

a. Enter stream-function for Contour Name.

b. Disable Filled in the Options group box.

c. Disable Global Range.

d. Ensure that the Auto Range is enabled.

e. Select Velocity... and Stream Function from the Contours of drop-down lists.

f. Click Save/Display.

The stream-function contour definition appear under the Results/Graphics/Contours tree

branch.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
708 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 20.6: Contours of Stream Function at t=0.2 s

As shown in Figure 20.6: Contours of Stream Function at t=0.2 s (p. 709), the liquid is beginning to circulate
in a large eddy, driven by natural convection and Marangoni convection on the free surface.

9. Create and display the definition of liquid fraction contours by modifying the stream-function contour
definition (Figure 20.7: Contours of Liquid Fraction at t=0.2 s (p. 710)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → New...

a. Enter liquid-fraction for Contour Name.

b. Enable Filled in the Options group box.

c. Enable Auto Range in the Options group box.

d. Select Solidification/Melting... and Liquid Fraction from the Contours of drop-down lists.

e. Click Save/Display and close the Contours dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 709
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Solidification | vk.com/id446425943

Figure 20.7: Contours of Liquid Fraction at t=0.2 s

The liquid fraction contours show the current position of the melt front. Note that in Figure 20.7: Contours
of Liquid Fraction at t=0.2 s (p. 710), the mushy zone divides the liquid and solid regions roughly in half.

10. Continue the calculation for 48 additional time steps.

Solution → Run Calculation → Advanced...

a. Enter 48 for Number of Time Steps.

b. Click Calculate.

After a total of 50 time steps have been completed, the elapsed time will be 5 seconds.

11. Display filled contours of the temperature after 5 seconds using the contour definition created earlier
(Figure 20.8: Contours of Temperature at t=5 s (p. 711)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → temperature Display

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
710 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 20.8: Contours of Temperature at t=5 s

As shown in Figure 20.8: Contours of Temperature at t=5 s (p. 711), the temperature contours are fairly
uniform through the melt front and solid material. The distortion of the temperature field due to the re-
circulating liquid is also clearly evident.

In a continuous casting process, it is important to pull out the solidified material at the proper time. If
the material is pulled out too soon, it will not have solidified (that is, it will still be in a mushy state). If
it is pulled out too late, it solidifies in the casting pool and cannot be pulled out in the required shape.
The optimal rate of pull can be determined from the contours of liquidus temperature and solidus tem-
perature.

12. Display contours of stream function (Figure 20.9: Contours of Stream Function at t=5 s (p. 712)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → stream-function Display

As shown in Figure 20.9: Contours of Stream Function at t=5 s (p. 712), the flow has developed more fully
by 5 seconds, as compared with Figure 20.6: Contours of Stream Function at t=0.2 s (p. 709) after 0.2
seconds. The main eddy, driven by natural convection and Marangoni stress, dominates the flow.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 711
vk.com/club152685050
Modeling Solidification | vk.com/id446425943

Figure 20.9: Contours of Stream Function at t=5 s

To examine the position of the melt front and the extent of the mushy zone, you will plot the contours
of liquid fraction.

13. Display filled contours of liquid fraction (Figure 20.10: Contours of Liquid Fraction at t=5 s (p. 713)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → liquid-fraction Display

The introduction of liquid material at the left of the domain is balanced by the pulling of the solidified
material from the right. After 5 seconds, the equilibrium position of the melt front is beginning to be es-
tablished (Figure 20.10: Contours of Liquid Fraction at t=5 s (p. 713)).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
712 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Further Improvements

Figure 20.10: Contours of Liquid Fraction at t=5 s

14. Save the case and data files for the solution at 5 seconds (solid5.cas.gz and solid5.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

20.5. Summary
In this tutorial, you studied the setup and solution for a fluid flow problem involving solidification for
the Czochralski growth process.

The solidification model in ANSYS Fluent can be used to model the continuous casting process where
a solid material is continuously pulled out from the casting domain. In this tutorial, you patched a
constant value and a custom field function for the pull velocities instead of computing them. This ap-
proach is used for cases where the pull velocity is not changing over the domain, as it is computationally
less expensive than having ANSYS Fluent compute the pull velocities during the calculation.

For more information about the solidification/melting model, see the Fluent User's Guide.

20.6. Further Improvements

This tutorial guides you through the steps to reach an initial set of solutions. You may be able to obtain
a more accurate solution by using an appropriate higher-order discretization scheme and by adapting
the mesh. Mesh adaption can also ensure that the solution is independent of the mesh. These steps
are demonstrated in Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 713
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
714 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 21: Using the Eulerian Granular Multiphase Model with

Heat Transfer
This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
21.1. Introduction
21.2. Prerequisites
21.3. Problem Description
21.4. Setup and Solution
21.5. Summary
21.6. Further Improvements
21.7. References

21.1. Introduction
This tutorial examines the flow of air and a granular solid phase consisting of glass beads in a hot gas
fluidized bed, under uniform minimum fluidization conditions. The results obtained for the local wall-
to-bed heat transfer coefficient in ANSYS Fluent can be compared with analytical results [1].

This tutorial demonstrates how to do the following:

• Use the Eulerian granular model.

• Set boundary conditions for internal flow.

• Compile a User-Defined Function (UDF) for the gas and solid phase thermal conductivities.

• Calculate a solution using the pressure-based solver.

21.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial is written with the assumption that you have completed one or more of the introductory
tutorial Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35) found in this manual and that you are
familiar with the ANSYS Fluent tree and ribbon structure. Some steps in the setup and solution procedure
will not be shown explicitly.

In order to complete the steps to compile the UDF, you will need to have a working C compiler installed
on your machine.

21.3. Problem Description

This problem considers a hot gas fluidized bed in which air flows upwards through the bottom of the
domain and through an additional small orifice next to a heated wall. A uniformly fluidized bed is ex-
amined, which you can then compare with analytical results [1]. The geometry and data for the problem
are shown in Figure 21.1: Problem Schematic (p. 716).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 715
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eulerian Granular Multiphase Model with Heat Transfer

Figure 21.1: Problem Schematic

21.4. Setup and Solution

The following sections describe the setup and solution steps for this tutorial:
21.4.1. Preparation
21.4.2. Mesh
21.4.3. Solver Settings
21.4.4. Models
21.4.5. UDF
21.4.6. Materials
21.4.7. Phases
21.4.8. Boundary Conditions
21.4.9. Solution
21.4.10. Postprocessing

21.4.1. Preparation
To prepare for running this tutorial:

1. Download the eulerian_granular_heat.zip file here.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
716 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

2. Unzip eulerian_granular_heat.zip to your working directory.

3. The files, fluid-bed.msh and conduct.c, can be found in the folder.

4. Use Fluent Launcher to enable Double Precision and start the 2D version of ANSYS Fluent.

Fluent Launcher displays your Display Options preferences from the previous session.

For more information about the Fluent Launcher, see starting ANSYS Fluent using the Fluent
Launcher in the Fluent Getting Started Guide.

5. Ensure that the Display Mesh After Reading option is enabled.

6. Run in Serial by selecting Serial under Processing Options.

7. Ensure that Set up Compilation Environment for UDF is enabled in the Environment tab of the Fluent
Launcher window. This will allow you to compile the UDF.

Note

The double precision solver is recommended for modeling multiphase flow simulations.

21.4.2. Mesh
1. Read the mesh file fluid-bed.msh.

File → Read → Mesh...

As ANSYS Fluent reads the mesh file, it will report the progress in the console.

2. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check → Perform Mesh Check

ANSYS Fluent will perform various checks on the mesh and will report the progress in the console. Make
sure that the reported minimum volume is a positive number.

3. Examine the mesh (Figure 21.2: Mesh Display of the Fluidized Bed (p. 718)).

Extra

You can use the right mouse button to check which zone number corresponds to each
boundary. If you click the right mouse button on one of the boundaries in the graphics
window, its zone number, name, and type will be printed in the ANSYS Fluent console.
This feature is especially useful when you have several zones of the same type and you
want to distinguish between them quickly.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 717
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eulerian Granular Multiphase Model with Heat Transfer

Figure 21.2: Mesh Display of the Fluidized Bed

21.4.3. Solver Settings

1. Enable the pressure-based transient solver.

Setup → General

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
718 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Retain the default selection of Pressure-Based from the Type list.

The pressure-based solver must be used for multiphase calculations.

b. Select Transient from the Time list.

2. Set the gravitational acceleration.

Setup → General → Gravity

a. Enter -9.81 m/s2 for the Gravitational Acceleration in the Y direction.

21.4.4. Models
1. Enable the Eulerian multiphase model for two phases.

You will use the default settings for the Eulerian model, so you can enable it directly from the tree by
right-clicking the Multiphase node and choosing Eulerian from the context menu.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 719
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eulerian Granular Multiphase Model with Heat Transfer

Setup → Models → Multiphase Eulerian

2. Enable heat transfer by enabling the energy equation.

Setup → Models → Energy On

An Information dialog box appears reminding you to confirm the property values. Click OK in the
Information dialog box to continue.

3. Retain the default laminar viscous model.

The decision to use the laminar model should be based on the Stokes number for the particles suspended
in the fluid flow.

Setup → Models → Viscous Model → Laminar

21.4.5. UDF
1. Compile the user-defined function, conduct.c, that will be used to define the thermal conductivity for
the gas and solid phases.

User Defined → User Defined → Functions → Compiled...

a. Click the Add... button below the Source Files option to open the Select File dialog box.

i. Select the file conduct.c and click OK in the Select File dialog box.

b. Click Build.

ANSYS Fluent will create a libudf folder and compile the UDF. Also, a Warning dialog box will
open asking you to make sure that UDF source file and case/data files are in the same folder.

c. Click OK to close the Warning dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
720 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

d. Click Load to load the UDF.

21.4.6. Materials
1. Modify the properties for air, which will be used for the primary phase.

Setup → Materials → air → Edit...

The properties used for air are modified to match data used by Kuipers et al. [1]

a. Enter 1.2 kg/m3 for Density.

b. Enter 994 J/kg-K for Cp.

c. Select user-defined from the Thermal Conductivity drop-down list to open the User Defined Functions
dialog box.

i. Select conduct_gas::libudf from the available list.

ii. Click OK to close the User Defined Functions dialog box.

d. Click Change/Create.

2. Define a new fluid material for the granular phase (the glass beads).

Setup → Materials → air → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 721
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eulerian Granular Multiphase Model with Heat Transfer

a. Enter solids for Name.

b. Select solids from the Fluent Fluid Materials drop-down list.

c. Enter 2660 kg/m3 for Density.

d. Enter 737 J/kg-K for Cp.

e. Retain the selection of user-defined from the Thermal Conductivity drop-down list.

f. Click the Edit... button to open the User Defined Functions dialog box.

i. Select conduct_solid::libudf in the User Defined Functions dialog box and click OK.

A Question dialog box will open asking if you want to overwrite air.

ii. Click No in the Question dialog box.

g. Click Change/Create and close the Materials dialog box.

21.4.7. Phases
You will now configure the phases.

1. Define air as the primary phase.

Setup → Models → Multiphase → Phases → phase-1 - Primary Phase → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
722 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter air for Name.

b. Ensure that air is selected from the Phase Material drop-down list.

c. Click OK to close the Primary Phase dialog box.

2. Define solids (glass beads) as the secondary phase.

Setup → Models → Multiphase → Phases → phase-2 - Secondary Phase → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 723
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eulerian Granular Multiphase Model with Heat Transfer

a. Enter solids for Name.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
724 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

b. Select solids from the Phase Material drop-down list.

c. Enable Granular.

d. Retain the default selection of Phase Property in the Granular Temperature Model group box.

e. Enter 0.0005 m for Diameter.

f. Select syamlal-obrien from the Granular Viscosity drop-down list.

g. Select lun-et-al from the Granular Bulk Viscosity drop-down list.

h. Select constant from the Granular Temperature drop-down list and enter 1e-05.

i. Enter 0.6 for the Packing Limit.

j. Click OK to close the Secondary Phase dialog box.

3. Define the interphase interactions formulations to be used.

Setup → Multiphase → Phase Interactions Edit...

a. In the Drag tab, select syamlal-obrien from the Drag Coefficient drop-down list.

b. In the Heat tab, select gunn from the Heat Transfer Coefficient drop-down list.

The interphase heat exchange is simulated, using a drag coefficient, the default restitution coefficient
for granular collisions of 0.9, and a heat transfer coefficient. Granular phase lift is not very relevant
in this problem, and in fact is rarely used.

c. In the Interfacial Area tab, select ia-symmetric from the Interfacial Area drop-down list.

The default ia-particle method is best suited for typical dispersed flow applications with a volume
fraction lower than 30%. In this analysis, the volume fraction of the secondary phase is relatively high
(close to 60%). The ia-symmetric correlation is more accurate for such cases because it considers
the volume fraction of both the primary and secondary phases in the interfacial area calculation.

d. Click OK to close the Phase Interaction dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 725
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eulerian Granular Multiphase Model with Heat Transfer

21.4.8. Boundary Conditions

For this problem, you need to set the boundary conditions for all boundaries.

Setup → Boundary Conditions

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
726 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

1. Set the boundary conditions for the lower velocity inlet (v_uniform) for the primary phase.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → v_uniform

For the Eulerian multiphase model, you will specify conditions at a velocity inlet that are specific to the
primary and secondary phases.

a. Select air from the Phase drop-down list.

b. Click the Edit... button to open the Velocity Inlet dialog box.

i. Retain the default selection of Magnitude, Normal to Boundary from the Velocity Specification
Method drop-down list.

ii. Enter 0.25 m/s for the Velocity Magnitude.

iii. Click the Thermal tab and enter 293 K for Temperature.

iv. Click OK to close the Velocity Inlet dialog box.

2. Set the boundary conditions for the lower velocity inlet (v_uniform) for the secondary phase.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → v_uniform

a. Select solids from the Phase drop-down list.

b. Click the Edit... button to open the Velocity Inlet dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 727
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eulerian Granular Multiphase Model with Heat Transfer

i. Retain the default Velocity Specification Method and Reference Frame.

ii. Retain the default value of 0 m/s for the Velocity Magnitude.

iii. Click the Thermal tab and enter 293 K for Temperature.

iv. Click the Multiphase tab and retain the default value of 0 for Volume Fraction.

v. Click OK to close the Velocity Inlet dialog box.

3. Set the boundary conditions for the orifice velocity inlet (v_jet) for the primary phase.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → v_jet

a. Select air from the Phase drop-down list.

b. Click the Edit... button to open the Velocity Inlet dialog box.

i. Retain the default Velocity Specification Method and Reference Frame.

ii. Enter 0.25 m/s for the Velocity Magnitude.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
728 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

In order for a comparison with analytical results [1] to be meaningful, in this simulation you will
use a uniform value for the air velocity equal to the minimum fluidization velocity at both inlets
on the bottom of the bed.

iii. Click the Thermal tab and enter 293 K for Temperature.

iv. Click OK to close the Velocity Inlet dialog box.

4. Set the boundary conditions for the orifice velocity inlet (v_jet) for the secondary phase.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → v_jet

a. Select solids from the Phase drop-down list.

b. Click the Edit... button to open the Velocity Inlet dialog box.

i. Retain the default Velocity Specification Method and Reference Frame.

ii. Retain the default value of 0 m/s for the Velocity Magnitude.

iii. Click the Thermal tab and enter 293 K for Temperature.

iv. Click the Multiphase tab and retain the default value of 0 for the Volume Fraction.

v. Click OK to close the Velocity Inlet dialog box.

5. Set the boundary conditions for the pressure outlet (poutlet) for the mixture phase.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → poutlet

For the Eulerian granular model, you will specify conditions at a pressure outlet for the mixture and for
both phases.

The thermal conditions at the pressure outlet will be used only if flow enters the domain through this
boundary. You can set them equal to the inlet values, as no flow reversal is expected at the pressure
outlet. In general, however, it is important to set reasonable values for these downstream scalar values,
in case flow reversal occurs at some point during the calculation.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 729
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eulerian Granular Multiphase Model with Heat Transfer

a. Select mixture from the Phase drop-down list.

b. Click the Edit... button to open the Pressure Outlet dialog box.

i. Retain the default value of 0 Pascal for Gauge Pressure.

ii. Click OK to close the Pressure Outlet dialog box.

6. Set the boundary conditions for the pressure outlet (poutlet) for the primary phase.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → poutlet

a. Select air from the Phase drop-down list.

b. Click the Edit... button to open the Pressure Outlet dialog box.

i. In the Thermal tab, enter 293 K for Backflow Total Temperature.

ii. Click OK to close the Pressure Outlet dialog box.

7. Set the boundary conditions for the pressure outlet (poutlet) for the secondary phase.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → poutlet

a. Select solids from the Phase drop-down list.

b. Click the Edit... button to open the Pressure Outlet dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
730 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. In the Thermal tab, enter 293 K for the Backflow Total Temperature.

ii. In the Multiphase tab, retain default settings.

iii. Click OK to close the Pressure Outlet dialog box.

8. Set the boundary conditions for the heated wall (wall_hot) for the mixture.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → wall_hot

For the heated wall, you will set thermal conditions for the mixture, and momentum conditions (zero
shear) for both phases.

a. Select mixture from the Phase drop-down list.

b. Click the Edit... button to open the Wall dialog box.

i. In the Thermal tab, select Temperature from the Thermal Conditions list.

ii. Enter 373 K for Temperature.

iii. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

9. Set the boundary conditions for the heated wall (wall_hot) for the primary phase.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → wall_hot

a. Select air from the Phase drop-down list.

b. Click the Edit... button to open the Wall dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 731
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eulerian Granular Multiphase Model with Heat Transfer

c. Retain the default No Slip condition and click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

10. Set the boundary conditions for the heated wall (wall_hot) for the secondary phase (solids) same as that
of the primary phase.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → wall_hot

For the secondary phase, you will retain the default no slip condition as for the primary phase.

11. Set the boundary conditions for the adiabatic wall (wall_ins).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → wall_ins

For the adiabatic wall, retain the default thermal conditions for the mixture (zero heat flux), and the
default momentum conditions (no slip) for both phases.

21.4.9. Solution
1. Select the second order implicit transient formulation and higher-order spatial discretization schemes.

Solution → Solution → Methods...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
732 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select Second Order Implicit from the Transient Formulation drop-down list.

b. Modify the discretization methods in the Spacial Discretization group box.

i. Select Second Order Upwind for Momentum.

ii. Select Quick for Volume Fraction and Energy.

2. Set the solution parameters.

Solution → Controls → Controls...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 733
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eulerian Granular Multiphase Model with Heat Transfer

a. Enter 0.5 for Pressure.

b. Enter 0.2 for Momentum.

3. Ensure that the plotting of residuals is enabled during the calculation.

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

4. Define a custom field function for the heat transfer coefficient.

User Defined → Field Functions → Custom...

Initially, you will define functions for the mixture temperature, and thermal conductivity, then you will
use these to define a function for the heat transfer coefficient.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
734 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Define the function t_mix.

i. Select Temperature... and Static Temperature from the Field Functions drop-down lists.

ii. Ensure that air is selected from the Phase drop-down list and click Select.

iii. Click the multiplication symbol in the calculator pad.

iv. Select Phases... and Volume fraction from the Field Functions drop-down list.

v. Ensure that air is selected from the Phase drop-down list and click Select.

vi. Click the addition symbol in the calculator pad.

vii. Similarly, add the term solids-temperature * solids-vof.

viii.Enter t_mix for New Function Name.

ix. Click Define.

b. Define the function k_mix.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 735
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eulerian Granular Multiphase Model with Heat Transfer

i. Select Properties... and Thermal Conductivity from the Field Functions drop-down lists.

ii. Select air from the Phase drop-down list and click Select.

iii. Click the multiplication symbol in the calculator pad.

iv. Select Phases... and Volume fraction from the Field Functions drop-down lists.

v. Ensure that air is selected from the Phase drop-down list and click Select.

vi. Click the addition symbol in the calculator pad.

vii. Similarly, add the term solids-thermal-conductivity-lam * solids-vof.

viii.Enter k_mix for New Function Name.

ix. Click Define.

c. Define the function ave_htc.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
736 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. Click the subtraction symbol in the calculator pad.

ii. From the Field Functions drop-down lists, select Custom Field Functions... and k_mix and click
Select.

iii. Use the calculator pad and the Field Functions lists to complete the definition of the function.

iv. Enter ave_htc for New Function Name.

v. Click Define and close the Custom Field Function Calculator dialog box.

5. Define the point surface in the cell next to the wall on the plane .

Domain → Surface → Create → Point...

a. Enter y=0.24 for New Surface Name.

b. Enter 0.28494 m for x0 and 0.24 m for y0 in the Coordinates group box.

c. Click Create and close the Point Surface dialog box.

6. Create a surface report definition for the heat transfer coefficient.

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Surface Report → Facet Average

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 737
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eulerian Granular Multiphase Model with Heat Transfer

a. Enter surf-mon-1 for Name of the surface report definition.

b. In the Create group box, enable Report File, Report Plot and Print to Console.

c. Select Custom Field Functions... and ave_htc from the Field Variable drop-down lists.

d. Select y=0.24 from the Surfaces selection list.

e. Click OK to save the surface report definition settings and close the Surface Report Definition dialog
box.

surf-mon-1-rplot and surf-mon-1-rfile that are automatically generated by Fluent appear in

the tree (under Solution/Monitors/Report Plots and Solution/Monitors/Report Files, respect-
ively).

f. Rename the report output file.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
738 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Solution → Monitors → Report Files → surf-mon-1-rfile Edit...

i. Enter htc-024.out for Output File Base Name.

ii. Click OK to close the Edit Report File dialog box.

7. Define a cell register for the lower half of the fluidized bed.

Solution → Cell Registers New → Region...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 739
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eulerian Granular Multiphase Model with Heat Transfer

a. Enter 0.3 m for Xmax and 0.5 m for Ymax in the Input Coordinates group box.

b. Click Save to close the Region Register dialog box.

c. Click Close to close the Region Register dialog box.

This register is used to patch the initial volume fraction of solids in the next step.

8. Initialize the solution.

Solution → Initialization → Options...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
740 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select all-zones from the Compute from drop-down list.

b. Retain the default values and click Initialize.

9. Patch the initial volume fraction of solids in the lower half of the fluidized bed.

Solution → Initialization → Patch...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 741
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eulerian Granular Multiphase Model with Heat Transfer

a. Select solids from the Phase drop-down list.

b. Select Volume Fraction from the Variable selection list.

c. Enter 0.598 for Value.

d. Select region_0 from the Registers to Patch selection list.

e. Click Patch and close the Patch dialog box.

At this point, it is a good practice to display contours of the variable you just patched, to ensure that the
desired field was obtained.

10. Display contours of Volume Fraction of solids (Figure 21.3: Initial Volume Fraction of Granular Phase
(solids) (p. 743)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

a. Enable Filled in the Options group box.

b. Select Phases... from the upper Contours of drop-down list.

c. Select solids from the Phase drop-down list.

d. Ensure that Volume fraction is selected from the lower Contours of drop-down list.

e. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
742 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 21.3: Initial Volume Fraction of Granular Phase (solids)

11. Save the case file (fluid-bed.cas.gz).

File → Write → Case...

12. Start calculation.

Solution → Run Calculation → Advanced...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 743
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eulerian Granular Multiphase Model with Heat Transfer

a. Set 0.00015 for Time Step Size(s).

b. Set 12000 for Number of Time Steps.

c. Enter 50 for Max Iterations/Time Step.

d. Click Calculate.

The plot of the value of the mixture-averaged heat transfer coefficient in the cell next to the heated wall
versus time is in excellent agreement with results published for the same case [1].

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
744 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 21.4: Plot of Mixture-Averaged Heat Transfer Coefficient in the Cell Next to the Heated
Wall Versus Time

13. Save the case and data files (fluid-bed.cas.gz and fluid-bed.dat.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

21.4.10. Postprocessing
1. Display the pressure field in the fluidized bed (Figure 21.5: Contours of Static Pressure (p. 746)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 745
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Using the Eulerian Granular Multiphase Model with Heat Transfer

a. Select mixture from Phase drop-down list.

b. Select Pressure... and Static Pressure from the Contours of drop-down lists.

c. Click Display.

Figure 21.5: Contours of Static Pressure

Note the build-up of static pressure in the granular phase.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
746 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 References

2. Display the volume fraction of solids (Figure 21.6: Contours of Volume Fraction of Solids (p. 747)).

a. Select solids from the Phase drop-down list.

b. Select Phases... and Volume fraction from the Contours of drop-down lists.

c. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

d. Zoom in to show the contours close to the region where the change in volume fraction is the greatest.

Note that the region occupied by the granular phase has expanded slightly, as a result of fluidization.

Figure 21.6: Contours of Volume Fraction of Solids

21.5. Summary
This tutorial demonstrated how to set up and solve a granular multiphase problem with heat transfer,
using the Eulerian model. You learned how to set boundary conditions for the mixture and both phases.
The solution obtained is in excellent agreement with analytical results from Kuipers et al. [1].

21.6. Further Improvements

This tutorial guides you through the steps to reach an initial solution. You may be able to obtain a more
accurate solution by using an appropriate higher-order discretization scheme and by adapting the mesh
further. Mesh adaption can also ensure that the solution is independent of the mesh. These steps are
demonstrated in Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35).

21.7. References
1. J. A. M. Kuipers, W. Prins, and W. P. M. Van Swaaij “Numerical Calculation of Wall-to-Bed Heat Transfer
Coefficients in Gas-Fluidized Beds", Department of Chemical Engineering, Twente University of Technology,
in AIChE Journal, July 1992, Vol. 38, No. 7.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 747
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
748 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 22: Modeling One-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI)

Within Fluent
This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
22.1. Introduction
22.2. Prerequisites
22.3. Problem Description
22.4. Setup and Solution
22.5. Summary

22.1. Introduction
This tutorial examines turbulent air flow through a cylindrical test chamber that includes a steel probe.
You will enable a structural model in order to simulate the deformation of the probe as a result of the
fluid flow. It is assumed that the deformation will be small enough that this problem can be modeled
as a one-way fluid-structure interaction (FSI) simulation; that is, the fluid flow will affect the deformation
of the structure, but not vice versa. Because Fluent performs all of the structural calculations (as opposed
to using a separate structural program), it is referred to as "intrinsic FSI".

This tutorial demonstrates how to do the following:

• Run a journal file to complete an initial fluid flow simulation without structural calculations.

• Enable a structural model.

• Define structural material properties, a solid cell zone, and related boundary conditions.

• Turn off flow and turbulence equations.

• Complete a one-way FSI simulation.

• Postprocess the deformation of a solid cell zone.

22.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial is written with the assumption that you have completed the introductory tutorial Fluid
Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35) found in this manual and that you are familiar with
the ANSYS Fluent Outline View window and ribbon structure. Some steps in the setup and solution
procedure will not be shown explicitly.

22.3. Problem Description

The problem to be modeled in this tutorial is shown schematically in Figure 22.1: Problem Schemat-
ic (p. 750).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 749
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling One-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI) Within Fluent

Figure 22.1: Problem Schematic

Taking advantage of the symmetry of the problem, only half of the geometry is modeled. The cylindrical
test chamber is 20 cm long, with a diameter of 10 cm. Turbulent air enters the chamber at 100 m/s,
flows around and through the steel probe, and exits through a pressure outlet.

22.4. Setup and Solution

The following sections describe the setup and solution steps for this tutorial:
22.4.1. Preparation
22.4.2. Structural Model
22.4.3. Materials
22.4.4. Cell Zone Conditions
22.4.5. Boundary Conditions
22.4.6. Solution
22.4.7. Postprocessing

22.4.1. Preparation
To prepare for running this tutorial:

1. Download the fsi_1way.zip file here.

2. Unzip fsi_1way.zip to your working directory.

The files probe.msh and fluid_flow.jou can be found in the folder. Note that the solid cell zone
in the mesh file is appropriate for an intrinsic FSI simulation, which requires that only hexahedral and/or
tetrahedral cell types are used and that a conformal mesh exists between the solid and fluid zones.

3. Use Fluent Launcher to start the 3D version of Fluent, with the Double Precision and Display Mesh After
Reading options enabled. You must make sure that the Working Directory (in the General Options tab)
is set to the one created when you unzipped fsi_1way.zip.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
750 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

4. Read the journal file fluid_flow.jou.

File → Read → Journal...

This journal file will read the mesh file probe.msh and set up and solve a fluid flow simulation that
will serve as the starting point for the structural calculations. It is not necessary to separate these calcu-
lations, but it is a advantage of one-way FSI simulation that structural calculations can be simply added
to an existing fluid flow case and data file. Separating the calculations allows you to easily discern and
resolve any convergence issues that are solely related to the fluid simulation.

As Fluent reads the journal file, it will report the text commands and solution progress in the console.
You can also view the journal file in a text editor to see the settings used in this simulation. The final
text command in the journal file will display contours of the velocity magnitude (Figure 22.2: Velocity
Magnitude on the Symmetry Plane (p. 751)).

Figure 22.2: Velocity Magnitude on the Symmetry Plane

5. Save the initial case and data files as probe_fluid.cas.gz and probe_fluid.dat.gz.

File → Write → Case & Data...

Having completed the initial fluid flow simulation, the remaining steps are all concerned with setting up the
structural calculations and obtaining the deformation results for the solid cell zone as a result of the flow
pressure.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 751
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling One-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI) Within Fluent

22.4.2. Structural Model

1. Verify that a solid cell zone is already defined, as this is necessary to be able to enable a structural model.
You can view the existing cell zones in the Outline View window.

2. Enable the linear elasticity structural model.

Setup → Models → Structure Edit...

a. Select Linear Elasticity from the Model list.

This model enables structural calculations for the solid cell zone such that the internal load is linearly
proportional to the nodal displacement, and the structural stiffness matrix remains constant.

b. Click OK to close the Structural Model dialog box.

22.4.3. Materials
1. Add steel to the list of solid materials by copying it from the ANSYS Fluent materials database.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
752 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Setup → Materials → Solid → aluminum Edit...

a. Click the Fluent Database... button in the Create/Edit Materials dialog box to open the Fluent
Database Materials dialog box.

i. Select solid from the Material Type drop-down list.

ii. Select steel in the Fluent Solid Materials selection list.

Scroll down the list to find steel. Selecting this item will display the default properties in the dialog
box.

iii. Click Copy and close the Fluent Database Materials dialog box.

The Create/Edit Materials dialog box will now display the copied properties for steel.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 753
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling One-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI) Within Fluent

b. Enter 2e+11 for the Youngs Modulus.

c. Click Change/Create and close the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

22.4.4. Cell Zone Conditions

1. Set up the cell zone conditions for the solid zone associated with the probe (solid).

Setup → Cell Zone Conditions → solid Edit...

a. Select steel from the Material Name drop-down list.

b. Click OK to close the Solid dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
754 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

22.4.5. Boundary Conditions

You must ensure that the boundary conditions are appropriately defined for every wall that is immediately
adjacent to the solid zone.

1. Set the boundary conditions for solid-top, which is located where the probe attaches to the top of the
test chamber. You will define it as being fixed (that is, undergoing no displacement).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → solid-top Edit...

a. Click the Structure tab.

b. Retain the default settings for the displacement boundary conditions (that is, Node X-Displacement
from the X-Displacement Boundary Condition drop-down list with 0 for the X-Displacement, and
so on).

c. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

2. Set the boundary conditions for all of the wall zones of the solid cell zone that lie on the plane of symmetry
and represent the center of the probe. In this case there are two: they should be free to move with no
stress in the X- and Y-directions, but fixed in the Z-direction.

a. Set the boundary conditions for solid-symmetry.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → solid-symmetry Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 755
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling One-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI) Within Fluent

i. Click the Structure tab.

ii. Select Stress Free from the X- and Y-Displacement Boundary Condition drop-down lists.

iii. Retain the default settings for the Z-Displacement Boundary Condition drop-down list and the
Z-Displacement field (that is, Node Z-Displacement and 0, respectively).

This ensures that the zone does not move out of the plane of symmetry.

iv. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

b. Copy the boundary conditions from solid-symmetry to solid-symmetry:011.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → solid-symmetry Copy...

i. Make sure that solid-symmetry is selected in the From Boundary Zone list.

ii. Select solid-symmetry:011 in the To Boundary Zones list.

iii. Click the Copy button.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
756 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

A Question dialog box will open, asking if you want to copy the boundary conditions to all of
the selected zones. Click OK.

iv. Close the Copy Conditions dialog box.

3. Set the boundary conditions for all of the two-sided walls (that is, the wall / wall-shadow pairs) between
the solid and fluid cell zones. In this case there is one pair of walls, which represent the outer surface of
the probe.

a. Set the boundary conditions for fsisurface-solid-shadow.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → fsisurface-solid-shadow Edit...

Note that the Adjacent Cell Zone for this wall is flow, which is the fluid zone. The side of the wall
/ wall-shadow pair that is immediately adjacent to the fluid does not require any settings in the
Structure tab, and so this tab is not available.

i. Retain the default settings in the Momentum tab.

ii. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

b. Set the boundary conditions for fsisurface-solid.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 757
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling One-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI) Within Fluent

Setup → Boundary Conditions → fsisurface-solid Edit...

Note that the Adjacent Cell Zone for this wall is solid, which is the solid zone. The side of the wall
/ wall-shadow pair that is immediately adjacent to the solid does require structural settings (that is,
displacement boundary conditions).

i. Click the Structure tab.

ii. Select Intrinsic FSI from the X-, Y-, and Z-Displacement Boundary Condition drop-down lists.

This specifies that the displacement results from pressure loads exerted by the fluid flow on the
faces. This setting is only available for two-sided walls.

iii. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

22.4.6. Solution
1. Enable the inclusion of operating pressure into the fluid-structure interaction force by entering the following
text command:
> define/models/structure/expert/include-pop-in-fsi-force?
Include operating p into fsi force [no] yes

2. Review the convergence criteria for the displacement residual equations.

Solution → Monitors → Residual Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
758 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Retain the default settings for the x-, y-, and z-displacement equations.

b. Click OK to close the Residual Monitors dialog box.

3. Disable the flow and turbulence equations, since in a one-way FSI simulation they will not change from
their converged state.

Solution → Controls Equations...

a. Deselect Flow and Turbulence from the Equations selection list.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 759
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling One-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI) Within Fluent

b. Retain the selection of Structure.

c. Click OK to close the Equations dialog box.

4. Save the case file (probe_fsi_1way.cas.h5).

File → Write → Case...

In order to ensure quality for structural model files, only the Hierarchical Data Format (HDF) is supported.

5. Start the calculation by requesting 2 iterations in the Solution ribbon tab (Run Calculation group box)..

Solution → Run Calculation

a. Enter 2 for No. of Iterations.

Since only structural calculations will be performed, you do not need a large number of iterations to
reach convergence.

b. Click Calculate.

6. After the solution has been calculated, save the case and data files (probe_fsi_1way.cas.h5 and
probe_fsi_1way.dat.h5).

File → Write → Case & Data...

22.4.7. Postprocessing
1. Create a field function that can calculate the total displacement of the structure using the displacement
components along each axis.

This function will be based on the Pythagorean theorem for three dimensions.

Parameters & Customization → Custom Field Functions New...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
760 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Click the SQRT button on the calculator pad to add sqrt to the Definition field.

b. Click the ( button.

c. Select Structure... and X Displacement from the Field Functions drop-down lists and click the Select
button.

d. Click the X button.

e. Continue in this manner to complete the Definition shown in the previous figure: sqrt (x-dis-
placement * x-displacement + y-displacement * y-displacement + z-dis-
placement * z-displacement).

Tip

If you make a mistake, click the DEL button on the calculator pad to delete the last
item you added to the function definition.

f. Enter total-displacement for the New Function Name.

g. Click Define and close the Custom Field Function Calculator dialog box.

The total-displacement item appears under the Parameters & Customization / Custom Field
Functions branch in the Outline View.

2. Display the total displacement of the probe (Figure 22.3: Contours of Total Displacement (p. 763)).

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 761
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling One-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI) Within Fluent

a. Disable the Draw Mesh option.

b. Select Custom Field Functions... and total-displacement from the Contours of drop-down lists.

c. Deselect all surfaces in the Surfaces selection list by clicking , and then select solid.

d. Click Display and rotate and magnify the view as shown in Figure 22.3: Contours of Total Displace-
ment (p. 763).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
762 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Summary

Figure 22.3: Contours of Total Displacement

22.5. Summary
This tutorial demonstrated how to set up and solve a one-way intrinsic FSI simulation. You learned how
to enable a structural model and define the solid material and boundary conditions. After completing
the simulation, you displayed the resulting displacement of the structure. For more information about
intrinsic FSI simulations, see the Fluent User's Guide.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 763
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
764 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 23: Modeling Two-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI)

Within Fluent
This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
23.1. Introduction
23.2. Prerequisites
23.3. Problem Description
23.4. Setup and Solution
23.5. Summary

23.1. Introduction
This tutorial examines turbulent air flow through a duct that includes vertical flaps. You will enable a
structural model in order to simulate the deformation of the flaps as a result of the fluid flow. It is as-
sumed that the deformation will be large enough that this problem must be modeled as a two-way
fluid-structure interaction (FSI) simulation; that is, the fluid flow will affect the deformation of the
structures, and vice versa. Because Fluent performs all of the structural calculations (as opposed to using
a separate structural program), it is referred to as "intrinsic FSI".

This tutorial demonstrates how to do the following:

• Run a journal file to complete an initial steady-state fluid flow simulation without structural calculations.

• Set up a transient calculation.

• Enable a structural model.

• Define structural material properties, a solid cell zone, and related boundary conditions.

• Set up dynamic mesh zones for the fluid-structure interaction.

• Create solution animation definitions for a scene, contour, and mesh.

• Complete a two-way FSI simulation.

• Postprocess the fluid flow and the deformation of a solid cell zone.

23.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial is written with the assumption that you have completed the introductory tutorial Fluid
Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35) found in this manual and that you are familiar with
the ANSYS Fluent Outline View window and ribbon structure. Some steps in the setup and solution
procedure will not be shown explicitly.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 765
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Two-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI) Within Fluent

23.3. Problem Description

The problem to be modeled in this tutorial is shown schematically in Figure 23.1: Problem Schemat-
ic (p. 766).

Figure 23.1: Problem Schematic

Flow through a simple duct with vertical flaps is simulated as a 2D planar model. The duct is 10 cm
long and 4 cm high, and the flaps are 1 cm tall and 0.3 cm thick. Turbulent air enters the duct at 30
m/s, flows around the flaps, and exits through a pressure outlet. Symmetry allows only half of the duct
to be modeled.

23.4. Setup and Solution

The following sections describe the setup and solution steps for this tutorial:
23.4.1. Preparation
23.4.2. Solver and Analysis Type
23.4.3. Structural Model
23.4.4. Materials
23.4.5. Cell Zone Conditions
23.4.6. Boundary Conditions
23.4.7. Dynamic Mesh Zones
23.4.8. Solution Animations
23.4.9. Solution
23.4.10. Postprocessing

23.4.1. Preparation
To prepare for running this tutorial:

1. Download the fsi_2way.zip file here.

2. Unzip fsi_2way.zip to your working directory.

The files flap.msh and steady_fluid_flow.jou can be found in the folder. Note that the cell
zone in the mesh file that will represent the solid zone is appropriate for an intrinsic FSI simulation,

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
766 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

which requires that only quadrilateral and/or triangular cell types are used and that a conformal mesh
exists between the zones that will represent the solid and the fluid.

3. Use Fluent Launcher to start the 2D version of Fluent, with the Double Precision and Display Mesh After
Reading options enabled. You must make sure that the Working Directory (in the General Options tab)
is set to the one created when you unzipped fsi_2way.zip.

4. Read the journal file steady_fluid_flow.jou.

File → Read → Journal...

This journal file will read the mesh file flap.msh and set up and solve a steady fluid flow simulation
that will serve as the starting point for the transient FSI simulation. Solving the steady flow problem
first allows you to easily discern and resolve any convergence issues that are not related to the fluid-
structure interaction.

As Fluent reads the journal file, it will report the text commands and solution progress in the console.
You can also view the journal file in a text editor to see the settings used in this simulation. The final
text command in the journal file will display contours of the velocity magnitude (Figure 23.2: Steady-
State Velocity Magnitude (p. 767)).

Figure 23.2: Steady-State Velocity Magnitude

1. Mirror the display across the centerline (Figure 23.3: Duct with Mirroring (p. 768)).

View → Display → Views...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 767
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Two-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI) Within Fluent

a. Select symmetry.2 in the Mirror Planes selection list.

b. Click Apply to refresh the display.

c. Close the Views dialog box and reposition the view as shown in Figure 23.3: Duct with Mirroring (p. 768).

Figure 23.3: Duct with Mirroring

• Save the initial case and data files as flap_fluid.cas.gz and flap_fluid.dat.gz.

File → Write → Case & Data...

Having completed an initial steady fluid flow simulation, the remaining steps are all concerned with setting
up the structural calculations and obtaining the transient results for the deformation of the solid flaps.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
768 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

23.4.2. Solver and Analysis Type

1. Specify the solver settings.

Physics → Solver

a. In the Solver group of the Physics tab, select Transient from the Time list.

b. Retain the default selection of Pressure-Based from the Type list.

23.4.3. Structural Model

1. Verify that a solid cell zone is already defined, as this is necessary to be able to enable a structural model.
You can view the existing cell zones in the Outline View window.

2. Enable the linear elasticity structural model.

Setup → Models → Structure Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 769
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Two-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI) Within Fluent

a. Select Linear Elasticity from the Model list.

This model enables structural calculations for the solid cell zone such that the internal load is linearly
proportional to the nodal displacement, and the structural stiffness matrix remains constant.

b. Click OK to close the Structural Model dialog box.

23.4.4. Materials
1. Create a new solid material for the flap.

Setup → Materials → Solid New...

a. Clear the Chemical Formula field.

b. Enter 954 for the Density.

c. Enter 2e+6 for the Youngs Modulus.

d. Enter 0.35 for the Poisson Ratio.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
770 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

e. Click Change/Create and close the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

23.4.5. Cell Zone Conditions

1. Set up the cell zone conditions for the solid zone associated with the flap (solid.5).

Setup → Cell Zone Conditions → solid.5 Edit...

a. Select solid-1 from the Material Name drop-down list.

b. Click OK to close the Solid dialog box.

23.4.6. Boundary Conditions

You must ensure that the boundary conditions are appropriately defined for every wall that is immediately
adjacent to the solid zone.

1. Set the boundary conditions for flap_attach, which is located where the flap attaches to the duct. You will
define it as being fixed (that is, undergoing no displacement).

Setup → Boundary Conditions → flap_attach Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 771
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Two-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI) Within Fluent

a. Click the Structure tab.

b. Retain the default settings for the displacement boundary conditions (that is, Node X-Displacement
from the X-Displacement Boundary Condition drop-down list with 0 for the X-Displacement, and
so on).

c. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

2. Set the boundary conditions for all of the two-sided walls (that is, the wall / wall-shadow pairs) between
the solid and fluid cell zones. In this case there is one pair of walls, which represent the outer surface of
the flap.

a. Set the boundary conditions for flap_wall-shadow.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → flap_wall-shadow Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
772 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Note that the Adjacent Cell Zone for this wall is fluid.4, which is the fluid zone. The side of the
wall / wall-shadow pair that is immediately adjacent to the fluid does not require any settings in the
Structure tab, and so this tab is not available.

i. Retain the default settings in the Momentum tab.

ii. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

b. Set the boundary conditions for flap_wall.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → flap_wall Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 773
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Two-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI) Within Fluent

Note that the Adjacent Cell Zone for this wall is solid.5, which is the solid zone. The side of the
wall / wall-shadow pair that is immediately adjacent to the solid does require structural settings (that
is, displacement boundary conditions).

i. Click the Structure tab.

ii. Select Intrinsic FSI from the X- and Y-Displacement Boundary Condition drop-down lists.

This specifies that the displacement results from pressure loads exerted by the fluid flow on the
faces. This setting is only available for two-sided walls.

iii. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

23.4.7. Dynamic Mesh Zones

For two-way FSI simulations, you must define dynamic mesh properties to allow the mesh to handle
the deformation of the solid zone.

Domain → Mesh Models → Dynamic Mesh...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
774 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

1. Enable the Dynamic Mesh option.

2. Make sure that the Smoothing option is enabled in the Mesh Methods group box, and click the Settings...
button to open the Mesh Method Settings dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 775
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Two-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI) Within Fluent

a. Select Linearly Elastic Solid from the Method list.

b. Click OK to close the Mesh Method Settings dialog box.

3. Retain the default settings in the Options group box (that is, with the options disabled). These options are
not supported for FSI simulations, except for Implicit Update. The Implicit Update option may be required
for more complex cases in which the stability of the FSI simulation may be an issue, but for a simple case
such as this one, it is not required.

4. Click the Create/Edit... button to open the Dynamic Mesh Zones dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
776 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Select po.3 (the pressure outlet) from the Zone Names drop-down list, select Stationary from the
Type list, and click Create. This ensures the boundary zone does not deform.

b. In a similar manner, create stationary dynamic zones for the other boundary zones that are not deforming:
symmetry.2, velocity_inlet.1, and wall.

c. Select flap_wall-shadow (the side of the wall / wall-shadow pair that is immediately adjacent to the
fluid) from the Zone Names drop-down list, select Intrinsic FSI from the Type list, and click Create.
This specifies that the wall / wall-shadow pair deforms according to the deformation of the adjacent
solid zone.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 777
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Two-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI) Within Fluent

d. Close the Dynamic Mesh Zones dialog box.

23.4.8. Solution Animations

By setting up animation definitions, you will be able to capture results for your transient simulation as
it calculates the solution, so that you can later display how the fluid flow and flap shape change over
time.

1. Create a scene that can be used in an animation definition for the fluid flow.

Scenes are used when you want to display multiple graphics objects within a single window. In this case,
the animation will include not only contours of the fluid velocity, but also boundary zones.

Results → Scene New...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
778 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter vel_bound for the Name.

b. Click New Object and select Mesh... from the drop-down list to open the associated dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 779
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Two-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI) Within Fluent

i. Enter boundaries for the Mesh Name.

ii. Disable the Faces option.

iii. Deselect all surfaces in the Surfaces selection list by clicking , and then select flap_wall, po.3,
velocity_inlet.1, and wall.

iv. Click Save/Display and close the Mesh Display dialog box.

c. Click New Object and select Contours... from the drop-down list to open the associated dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
780 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. Enter vel_mag for the Contour Name.

ii. Select Velocity... and Velocity Magnitude from the Contours of drop-down lists.

iii. Disable the Auto Range option and enter 68 and 87 for the Min and Max, respectively.

Disabling the Auto Range ensures that all of the results in the animation have the same scale.
The velocity of the fluid will not change very much in this particular solution, and so using a
narrow range of values will make it easier to identify the small contour changes.

iv. Deselect all surfaces in the Surfaces selection list by clicking .

For 2D cases, if no surface is selected, contouring is done on the entire domain.

v. Click the Save/Display button and close the Contours dialog box.

d. Click the Save & Display button, and then click Cancel to close the Scene dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 781
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Two-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI) Within Fluent

2. Create an animation definition for the fluid velocity and boundaries scene.

Solution → Calculation Activities → Solution Animations New...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
782 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter vel_animation for the Name.

b. Enter 5 for Record after every and select iteration from the drop-down list.

c. Select In Memory from the Storage Type drop-down.

The In Memory option is acceptable for a small 2D case such as this. For larger 2D or 3D cases,
saving animation files with either the PPM Image or HSF File option is preferable, to avoid using
too much of your machine’s memory.

d. Select vel_bound from the Animation Object list.

e. Make sure that the Window Id is set to 3.

f. Click OK to create the animation definition.

3. Create a field function that can be used in an animation definition for the total displacement of the flap.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 783
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Two-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI) Within Fluent

This function will calculate the total displacement using the displacement components along each axis,
and is based on the Pythagorean theorem for two dimensions.

Parameters & Customization → Custom Field Functions New...

a. Click the SQRT button on the calculator pad to add sqrt to the Definition field.

b. Click the ( button.

c. Select Structure... and X Displacement from the Field Functions drop-down lists and click the Select
button.

d. Click the X button.

e. Continue in this manner to complete the Definition shown in the previous figure: sqrt (x-dis-
placement * x-displacement + y-displacement * y-displacement).

Tip

If you make a mistake, click the DEL button on the calculator pad to delete the last
item you added to the function definition.

f. Enter total-displacement for the New Function Name.

g. Click Define and close the Custom Field Function Calculator dialog box.

The total-displacement item appears under the Parameters & Customization / Custom Field
Functions branch in the Outline View.

4. Create an animation definition for the flap displacement.

Solution → Calculation Activities → Solution Animations New...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
784 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter disp_animation for the Name.

b. Enter 5 for Record after every and select iteration from the drop-down list.

c. Select In Memory from the Storage Type drop-down.

d. Click New Object and select Contours... from the drop-down list to open the associated dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 785
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Two-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI) Within Fluent

i. Enter disp for the Contour Name.

ii. Select Custom Field Functions... and total-displacement from the Contours of drop-down lists.

iii. Disable Auto Range and enter 0 and 7.07e-05 for Min and Max, respectively.

iv. Select solid.5 from the Surfaces list.

v. Click Save/Display and close the Contours dialog box.

e. Select disp from the Animation Object list.

f. Make sure that the Window Id is set to 4.

g. Click OK to create the animation definition.

5. Create an animation definition for the mesh.

Solution → Calculation Activities → Solution Animations New...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
786 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. Enter mesh_animation for the Name.

b. Enter 5 for Record after every and select iteration from the drop-down list.

c. Select In Memory from the Storage Type drop-down.

d. Click New Object and select Mesh... from the drop-down list to open the associated dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 787
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Two-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI) Within Fluent

i. Enter mesh for the Mesh Name.

ii. Disable the Faces option.

iii. Deselect all surfaces in the Surfaces selection list by clicking , and then select fluid.4 and solid.5.

iv. Click Save/Display and close the Mesh Display dialog box.

e. Select mesh from the Animation Object list.

f. Make sure that the Window Id is set to 5.

g. Click OK to create the animation definition.

23.4.9. Solution
1. Disable the checking of convergence for the displacement residual equations.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
788 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Solution → Monitors → Residual Edit...

a. Disable the Check Convergence options for the x- and y-displacement equations.

b. Click OK to close the Residual Monitors dialog box.

2. Save the case file (flap_fsi_2way.cas.h5).

File → Write → Case...

In order to ensure quality for structural model files, only the Hierarchical Data Format (HDF) is supported.

3. Start the calculation.

Solution → Run Calculation → Advanced...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 789
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Two-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI) Within Fluent

a. Enter 0.0002 for Time Step Size.

b. Enter 2 for Number of Time Steps.

c. Enter 40 for Max Iterations/Time Step.

d. Click Calculate.

4. After the solution has been calculated, save the case and data files (flap_fsi_2way.cas.h5 and
flap_fsi_2way.dat.h5).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
790 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

File → Write → Case & Data...

23.4.10. Postprocessing
1. View the animations of the results.

Results → Animations → Solution Animation Playback Edit...

a. Select Auto Repeat from the Playback Mode drop-down list.

b. Disable the Use Stored View option.

c. Select vel_animation from the Animation Sequences list.

d. Decrease the Replay Speed by clicking the button four times.

e. Click the play button (the second from the right in the group of buttons in the Playback group box).

f. Magnify the view as shown in Figure 23.4: Contours of Velocity Magnitude (p. 792).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 791
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Modeling Two-Way Fluid-Structure Interaction (FSI) Within Fluent

Figure 23.4: Contours of Velocity Magnitude

g. Click the button to stop the animation.

h. Select disp_animation from the Animation Sequences list.

i. Click the play button.

j. Magnify the view as shown in Figure 23.5: Contours of Total Displacement (p. 792).

Figure 23.5: Contours of Total Displacement

k. Click the button to stop the animation.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
792 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Summary

l. Select mesh_animation from the Animation Sequences list.

m. Click the play button.

n. Magnify the view as shown in Figure 23.6: The Mesh of the Displaced Flap (p. 793).

Figure 23.6: The Mesh of the Displaced Flap

o. Click the button to stop the animation.

23.5. Summary
This tutorial demonstrated how to set up and solve a two-way intrinsic FSI simulation. You learned how
to enable a structural model and define the solid material, boundary conditions, and dynamic mesh
zones. After completing the simulation, you viewed animations of the resulting fluid velocity contours
and displacement of the structure. For more information about intrinsic FSI simulations, see the Fluent
User's Guide.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 793
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
794 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 24: Using the Adjoint Solver – 2D Laminar Flow Past a

Cylinder
This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
24.1. Introduction
24.2. Prerequisites
24.3. Problem Description
24.4. Setup and Solution
24.5. Summary

24.1. Introduction
ANSYS Fluent’s adjoint solver is used to compute the sensitivity of quantities of interest in a fluid system
with respect to the user-specified inputs, for an existing flow solution. Importantly, this also includes
the sensitivity of the computed results with respect to the geometric shape of the system. The adjoint
design change tool is a powerful component that can use the sensitivity information from one or more
adjoint solutions to guide systematic changes that result in predictable improvements in the system
performance, which can be made subject to various types of design constraints if desired.

This tutorial provides an example of how to generate sensitivity data for flow past a circular cylinder,
how to postprocess the results, and how to use the data to perform a multi-objective design change
that reduces drag and increases lift by morphing the mesh. The tutorial makes use of a previously
computed flow solution, and demonstrates how to do the following:

• Select the observable of interest.

• Access the solver controls for advancing the adjoint solution.

• Set convergence criteria and plot and print residuals.

• Advance the adjoint solver.

• Postprocess the results to extract sensitivity data.

• Use the design change tool to modify the cylinder shape to simultaneously reduce the drag and increase
the lift.

24.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial is written with the assumption that you have completed one or more of the introductory
tutorial Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35) found in this manual and that you are
familiar with the ANSYS Fluent tree and ribbon structure. Some steps in the setup and solution procedure
will not be shown explicitly.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 795
vk.com/club152685050
Using the Adjoint Solver| –vk.com/id446425943
2D Laminar Flow Past a Cylinder

24.3. Problem Description

The configuration is a circular cylinder, bounded above and below by symmetry planes. The flow is
laminar and incompressible with a Reynolds number of 40, based on the cylinder diameter. At this
Reynolds number, the flow is steady.

24.4. Setup and Solution

The following sections describe the setup steps for this tutorial:
24.4.1. Step 1: Preparation
24.4.2. Step 2: Define Observables
24.4.3. Step 3: Compute the Drag Sensitivity
24.4.4. Step 4: Postprocess and Export Drag Sensitivity
24.4.5. Step 5: Compute Lift Sensitivity
24.4.6. Step 6: Modify the Shape

24.4.1. Step 1: Preparation

1. Download the adjoint_cylinder.zip file here.

2. Unzip adjoint_cylinder.zip to your working directory.

3. The files cylinder_tutorial.cas and cylinder_tutorial.dat can be found in the folder .

4. Use Fluent Launcher to start the 2D version of ANSYS Fluent, with the Double Precision and Display
Mesh After Reading options enabled.

5. Load the converged case and data file for the cylinder geometry.

File → Read → Case & Data...

When prompted, browse to the location of the case and data files and select cylinder_tutori-
al.cas to load. The corresponding data file will automatically be loaded as well.

Note

After you read in the mesh, it will be displayed in the embedded graphics windows,
since you enabled the appropriate display option in Fluent Launcher.

The data file contains a previously computed flow solution that will serve as the starting point for
the adjoint calculation. Part of the mesh and the velocity field are shown below:

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
796 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 24.1: Mesh Close to the Cylinder Surface

Figure 24.2: Contours of Velocity Magnitude

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 797
vk.com/club152685050
Using the Adjoint Solver| –vk.com/id446425943
2D Laminar Flow Past a Cylinder

24.4.2. Step 2: Define Observables

Begin setting up the adjoint solver by opening the Adjoint Observables dialog box. Here you will
create lift and drag observables. Clicking on any GUI widget under Adjoint-Based Design will activate
the adjoint solver.

Design → Adjoint-Based → Observable...

Figure 24.3: Adjoint Observables Dialog Box

1. Click the Manage... button to open the Manage Adjoint Observables dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
798 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 24.4: Manage Adjoint Observables Dialog Box

2. Click the Create... button in the Manage Adjoint Observables dialog box to open the Create New Ob-
servable dialog box.

Figure 24.5: Create New Observable Dialog Box

3. In the Create New Observable dialog box:

a. Ensure that Observable types is selected.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 799
vk.com/club152685050
Using the Adjoint Solver| –vk.com/id446425943
2D Laminar Flow Past a Cylinder

b. Select force from the selection list.

c. Enter force-drag for Name.

d. Click OK to close the dialog box.

4. In the Manage Adjoint Observables dialog box, the newly created force-drag observable appears and
must now be configured. (Figure 24.6: Manage Observables Dialog Box (p. 800)):

a. Select force-drag in the Observables list.

Figure 24.6: Manage Observables Dialog Box

b. Select wall under Wall Zones. This is the cylinder wall on which you want the force to be evaluated.

c. Ensure that the X-Component direction is set to 1 and the Y-Component direction is set to 0.

d. Click Apply to commit the settings for force-drag.

5. Repeat the process in the Manage Adjoint Observables dialog box to create a lift observable with the
following settings:

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
800 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Name force-lift
Wall Zones wall
X-Component 0
Y-Component 1

Tip

If the Name field is not available in the Create New Observable dialog box, select a
different observable type and then select force again to make it available.

When you have configured the force-lift observable, click OK to commit the settings for force-lift and
close the Manage Adjoint Observables dialog box.

24.4.3. Step 3: Compute the Drag Sensitivity

1. In the Adjoint Observables dialog box (Figure 24.7: Adjoint Observables Dialog Box (p. 801)) specify that
you will solve for the drag sensitivity.

Figure 24.7: Adjoint Observables Dialog Box

a. Select force-drag in the list of Observable Names.

The selection in the Adjoint Obervables dialog box determines the observable for which sensitivities
will be computed. You will first compute the drag sensitivities.

b. Select Minimize from the Sensitivity Orientation list, because you are trying to reduce the drag force.
This indicates that postprocessed results for the drag sensitivity will be displayed such that a reduction
in drag is achieved by a design change in the positive sensitivity direction.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 801
vk.com/club152685050
Using the Adjoint Solver| –vk.com/id446425943
2D Laminar Flow Past a Cylinder

c. Click Evaluate to print the value of the drag force on the wall in the console.
Observable name: force-drag
Observable Value (n) = 1271.7444

This value is in SI units, with n denoting Newtons.

2. Adjust the solution controls.

The default solution control settings are chosen to provide robust solution advancement for a wide
variety of problems, including those having complex geometry, high local flow rates, and turbulence.
Given sufficient iterations, a converged result can often be obtained without modifying the controls.

For this simple laminar flow case, more aggressive settings will yield faster convergence.

Open the Adjoint Solution Controls dialog box (Figure 24.8: Adjoint Solution Controls Dialog
Box (p. 802)).

Design → Adjoint-Based → Solver Controls...

Figure 24.8: Adjoint Solution Controls Dialog Box

a. Disable the Solution-Based Controls Initialization and Auto-Adjust Controls options.

This prevents Fluent from automatically choosing and adjusting the solution controls for you.

b. Enable Show Advancement Controls.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
802 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

c. Ensure that the Apply Preconditioning option is enabled.

Preconditioning can help the calculation progress in a stable manner.

d. Enter 100 for Courant Number.

Higher Courant Number values correspond to more aggressive settings / faster convergence,
which is appropriate for a simple case such as this.

e. Enter 0.05 for Artificial Compressibility.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 803
vk.com/club152685050
Using the Adjoint Solver| –vk.com/id446425943
2D Laminar Flow Past a Cylinder

f. Click OK to close the dialog box.

3. Configure the adjoint solution monitors by opening the Adjoint Residual Monitors dialog box (Fig-
ure 24.9: Adjoint Residual Monitors Dialog Box (p. 804)).

Design → Adjoint-Based → Monitors...

Figure 24.9: Adjoint Residual Monitors Dialog Box

In the Adjoint Residual Monitors dialog box, you set the adjoint equations that will be checked
for convergence, as well as set the corresponding convergence criteria.

a. Make sure that the Print to Console and Plot options are enabled.

b. Keep the default values of 1e-05 for Adjoint continuity and Adjoint velocity, and 0.001 for Adjoint
local flow rate. These settings are adequate for most cases. Make sure that the Check Convergence
options are enabled.

c. Click OK to close the dialog box.

4. Run the adjoint solver using the Run Adjoint Calculation dialog box (Figure 24.10: Run Adjoint Calculation
Dialog Box (p. 805)).

Design → Adjoint-Based → Calculate...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
804 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 24.10: Run Adjoint Calculation Dialog Box

a. Click the Initialize button. This initializes the adjoint solution everywhere in the problem domain to
zero.

b. Set the Number of Iterations to 200. The adjoint solver is fully configured to start running for this
problem.

c. Click the Calculate button to advance the solver to convergence.

Figure 24.11: Residuals for the Converged Solution

d. When the calculation is complete, Close the Run Adjoint Calculation dialog box.

24.4.4. Step 4: Postprocess and Export Drag Sensitivity

In this section, postprocessing options for the adjoint solution are presented.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 805
vk.com/club152685050
Using the Adjoint Solver| –vk.com/id446425943
2D Laminar Flow Past a Cylinder

24.4.4.1. Boundary Condition Sensitivity

1. Open the Adjoint Reporting dialog box (Figure 24.12: Adjoint Reporting Dialog Box (p. 806)).

Design → Adjoint-Based → Reporting...

Figure 24.12: Adjoint Reporting Dialog Box

2. Select inlet under Boundary choice and click the Report button to display a report in the console of the
available scalar sensitivity data on the inlet:
Updating shape sensitivity data.
Done.

Boundary condition sensitivity report: inlet

Observable: force-drag
Velocity Magnitude (m/s): 40 Sensitivity ((n)/(m/s)): 54.556259
Decrease Velocity Magnitude to decrease force-drag

3. Close the Adjoint Reporting dialog box.

24.4.4.2. Momentum Source Sensitivity

1. Open the Contours dialog box.

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

2. Select Sensitivities... and Sensitivity to Body Force X-Component (Cell Values) from the Contours of
drop-down lists.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
806 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 24.13: Contours Dialog Box When Plotting Adjoint Fields

3. Enter 25 for Levels.

4. Click Compute and then Display to view the contours (Figure 24.14: Adjoint Sensitivity to Body Force X-
Component Contours (p. 808)) and then Close the Contours dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 807
vk.com/club152685050
Using the Adjoint Solver| –vk.com/id446425943
2D Laminar Flow Past a Cylinder

Figure 24.14: Adjoint Sensitivity to Body Force X-Component Contours

Figure 24.14: Adjoint Sensitivity to Body Force X-Component Contours (p. 808) shows how sensitive
the drag on the cylinder is to the application of a body force in the -direction in the flow. If a body
force is applied directly upstream of the cylinder, for example, the disturbed flow is incident on the
cylinder and modifies the force that it experiences.

24.4.4.3. Shape Sensitivity

1. Open the Vectors dialog box (Figure 24.15: Vectors Dialog Box (p. 809))

Results → Graphics → Vectors → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
808 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 24.15: Vectors Dialog Box

2. Select Sensitivity to Shape from the Vectors of drop-down list.

3. Select Sensitivities... and Sensitivity to Mass Sources (Cell Values) from the Color by drop-down
lists.

4. Select wall from the Surfaces selection list.

5. Enter 1e-8 for Scale.

6. Click the Display button to view the vectors (Figure 24.16: Shape Sensitivity Colored by Sensitivity to
Mass Sources (Cell Values) (p. 810)) and then Close the Vectors dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 809
vk.com/club152685050
Using the Adjoint Solver| –vk.com/id446425943
2D Laminar Flow Past a Cylinder

Figure 24.16: Shape Sensitivity Colored by Sensitivity to Mass Sources (Cell Values)

This plot shows how sensitive the drag on the cylinder is to changes in the surface shape. The drag is
affected more significantly if the cylinder is deformed on the upstream rather than the downstream
side. Maximum effect is achieved by narrowing the cylinder in the cross-stream direction.

24.4.4.4. Exporting Drag Sensitivity Data

Before computing the sensitivity for the force-lift observable, you need to define the region that will
be subject to geometry morphing, and export the drag sensitivity data so it can be used later in the
multi-objective optimization.

1. Open the Design Tool dialog box.

Design → Adjoint-Based → Design Tool...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
810 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 24.17: The Design Tool Dialog Box

2. In the Region tab, define the region that will be modified for the design change.

a. Ensure that Cartesian is selected from the Region Geometry drop-down list.

b. Click Get Bounds....

c. Select wall in the Bounding Region Definition dialog box.

This will initialize the morphing region to the bounding box around the cylinder wall.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 811
vk.com/club152685050
Using the Adjoint Solver| –vk.com/id446425943
2D Laminar Flow Past a Cylinder

d. Click Update Region to update the view of the bounding box illustration in the graphics window.

You can use the Mesh Display dialog box to also display the mesh, in order to review it prior to
morphing.

e. Click Larger Region several times until the X and Y Limits are ±1.907349 m (Figure 24.18: Morphing
Region Around Cylinder (p. 812)).

Figure 24.18: Morphing Region Around Cylinder

f. In the Objectives tab, click Manage Data....

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
812 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 24.19: The Design Tool Dialog Box Objectives Tab

g. In the Manage Sensitivity Data dialog box, click Export... and save the sensitivity data as force-
drag.s.

24.4.5. Step 5: Compute Lift Sensitivity

1. Select force-lift from the Observable Names selection list and select Maximize from the Sensitivity
Orientation list in the Adjoint Observables dialog box.

Design → Adjoint-Based → Observable...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 813
vk.com/club152685050
Using the Adjoint Solver| –vk.com/id446425943
2D Laminar Flow Past a Cylinder

2. Initialize and Calculate the adjoint solution using the Run Adjoint Calculation dialog box to obtain the
sensitivities for the force-lift observable.

Design → Adjoint-Based → Calculate...

You can export the sensitivity data for the lift observable as you did for the drag, but it is not strictly
necessary if you plan to perform the multi-objective optimization in the current Fluent session.

24.4.6. Step 6: Modify the Shape

In this section, you will load the previously saved force-drag sensitivity data and perform the multi-
objective design change.

1. Open the Design Tool dialog box if it is not already open.

Design → Adjoint-Based → Design Tool...

force-lift is now displayed in the Design Change tab because it is the currently selected observable.
The Design Change tab functions as a dashboard for the design modification, where you can select
which boundaries are subject to modification, enable or disable conditions that you have defined,
specify relative weighting if you have multiple freeform objectives, and view predicted results. You
will return to it to perform the design change after you have configured the objectives and the
morphing region.

2. Retain the default selection of Polynomials from the Morphing Method list.

This morphing method is appropriate when you prefer mesh quality over adherence to the design con-
ditions; otherwise the Direct Interpolation is recommended.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
814 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

3. Load the previously saved force-drag sensitivity data.

a. Open the Objectives tab.

The force-lift observable is already listed because Include current data is enabled.

b. Click Manage Data... to open the Manage Sensitivity Data dialog box.

c. Click Import Sensitivities... and select the force-drag.s file you created earlier. Click OK.

d. Close the Manage Sensitivity Data dialog box.

4. Define the objective for each observable.

For this example, you will seek a design change that increases the lift and results in a 10% reduction
in drag.

a. In the Objectives tab, select the force-lift observable. The current value of the lift is displayed along
with options to specify the objective for the lift.

b. Select Increase Value from the Objective list.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 815
vk.com/club152685050
Using the Adjoint Solver| –vk.com/id446425943
2D Laminar Flow Past a Cylinder

This indicates that you want to increase the lift, but are not prescribing a specific target change.

c. Enter 100 for Target/Reference Change.

This setting is used to normalize the scale of the change in value of the observable, which can be
important in cases where multiple observables are considered that may be of different scales.

d. Click Apply.

e. Select force_drag.s in the list of observables.

f. Select Target Change In Value from the Objective list.

This indicates that you are prescribing a specific change in the value of the observable, rather than
a freeform increase or decrease.

g. Enter -10 for Target/Reference Change and enable the As Percentage option.

10% is a generally a reasonable maximum target change for a design change. Using a target
change that is too large may result in very large deformations and/or overshooting the local op-
timum.

h. Click Apply.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
816 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

5. Configure the morphing region.

You already specified the dimensions of the region earlier when exporting the force-drag sensitivity.
Now you will also configure the control-point density.

a. Click the Region Conditions tab in the Design Tool dialog box.

b. Enter 30 for Points in the X Motion and Y Motion group boxes.

c. Click Apply.

You can use the Mesh Display dialog box to display the mesh, in order to see the increase in
control points.

Many other settings are available in the Region Conditions tab, including constraints on control-
point motion, symmetry conditions, and continuity conditions. For additional information, see the
section on defining region conditions in the Fluent User's Guide manual.

6. Compute the design change and modify the mesh.

a. Return to the Design Change tab.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 817
vk.com/club152685050
Using the Adjoint Solver| –vk.com/id446425943
2D Laminar Flow Past a Cylinder

b. Select wall in the Zones To Be Modified selection list.

Only zones that are selected in the Zones To Be Modified list (or that have prescribed motions
applied) will be modified as part of the design change.

c. If multiple freeform objectives were defined (that is, multiple objectives with Increase Value or De-
crease Value selected in the Objectives tab), you would need to specify the Weight for each. In this
case only one objective (force-lift) is freeform, so no input is required for Weight.

d. Retain the default settings of Control-Point Spacing for Freeform Scaling Scheme, and 0.1 for
Freeform Scale Factor.

These settings allow you to adjust the magnitude of the attempted design change (Freeform Scale
Factor) and the basis for the scaling (Freeform Scaling Scheme).

e. Click Calculate Design Change.

The Results list is updated to reflect the Expected change for each observable.

Note that the drag is predicted to decrease by 10% as you requested, and the lift is predicted
to increase.

f. Click the Preview... button in the Mesh group box to preview the design change in the graphics
window.

g. Select wall on the Preview Morphing dialog box and click Display.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
818 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 24.20: Morphing Preview of Cylinder

h. Click the Modify Mesh button to apply the calculated mesh deformation that will reposition the
boundary and interior nodes of the mesh. Information regarding the mesh modification is printed
in the console:
Updating mesh (steady, mesh iteration = 00001, pseudo time step 1.0000e+00)...
Dynamic Mesh Statistics:
Minimum Volume = 3.46267e-04
Maximum Volume = 6.36270e-01
Maximum Cell Skew = 3.69248e-01 (cell zone 11)
Minimum Orthogonal Quality = 6.30752e-01 (cell zone 11)

i. Display the new mesh geometry.

Results → Graphics → Mesh → Edit...

The effect on the mesh is shown in Figure 24.21: Mesh After Deformation (p. 820):

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 819
vk.com/club152685050
Using the Adjoint Solver| –vk.com/id446425943
2D Laminar Flow Past a Cylinder

Figure 24.21: Mesh After Deformation

j. Re-converge the conventional flow calculation for this new geometry in the Run Calculation task
page.

Solution → Run Calculation → Calculate

The currently loaded case file already has report definitions defined for lift and drag, or you
can Evaluate the new values in the Adjoint Observables dialog box.

Design → Adjoint-Based → Observable...

The new values for drag and lift are reported to be:
Observable name: force-drag
Observable Value (n): 1151.1881

Observable name: force-lift

Observable Value (n): 122.87648

Note that the drag has changed by -120.4 N or -9.5% compared to the drag on the undeformed
cylinder. This value compares very well with the change of -127.2 N (-10%) that was predicted
from the adjoint solver. The lift has increased by 122.8 N, which again compares very well with
the predicted change of 127.6 N.

24.5. Summary
This tutorial has demonstrated how to use the adjoint solver to compute the sensitivity of the drag and
lift on a circular cylinder to various inputs for a previously computed flow field. The process of setting
up and running the adjoint solver was illustrated. The steps to perform various forms of postprocessing
were also described. The design change tool was used to make a multi-objective change to the design
that reduced the drag and increased the lift in a predictable manner.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
820 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Summary

This example considered multiple objectives at a single flow condition. Another powerful application
of the design tool is to perform multi-objective design changes using sensitivities computed for multiple
flow conditions. This allows you to identify design changes that improve performance across a range
of anticipated operating conditions, potentially of differing importance. The design tool also offers a
rich set of additional capabilities for including prescribed deformations, bounding planes / surfaces,
and fixed-wall constraints in your multi-objective design change. For full details about how to use the
design tool, refer to the Fluent User's Guide.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 821
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
822 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 25: Simulating a Single Battery Cell Using the MSMD Battery
Model
This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
25.1. Introduction
25.2. Prerequisites
25.3. Problem Description
25.4. Setup and Solution
25.5. Summary
25.6. Appendix
25.7. References

25.1. Introduction
This tutorial is used to show how to set up a battery cell simulation in ANSYS Fluent.

This tutorial demonstrates how to do the following:

• Load the Battery module add-on

• Set up a battery cell simulation using the NTGK battery submodel

• Perform the calculations for different battery discharge rates and compare the results using the postprocessing
capabilities of ANSYS Fluent

• Use the reduced order method (ROM) in a battery simulation

• Simulate a battery pulse discharge

• Introduce external and internal short-circuits in a battery simulation

25.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial is written with the assumption that you have completed one or more of the introductory
tutorial Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35) found in this manual and that you are
familiar with the ANSYS Fluent tree and ribbon structure. Some steps in the setup and solution procedure
will not be shown explicitly.

25.3. Problem Description

The discharge behavior of a lithium-ion battery described in the Kim’s paper [2] will be modeled in this
tutorial. You will use the NTGK model. The battery is a 14.6 Ah LiMn2O4 cathode/graphite anode battery.
The geometry of the battery cell is shown in Figure 25.1: Schematic of the Battery Cell Problem (p. 824).
You will study the battery’s behavior at different discharge rates.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 823
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a Single Battery Cell Using the MSMD Battery Model

Figure 25.1: Schematic of the Battery Cell Problem

For external and internal short-circuit treatment, you will consider an extreme case where external and
internal short-circuits occur at the same time. You will simulate post-short-circuit battery processes. You
can assume that the internal short is caused by a nail penetration occurring near the center of the
battery.

25.4. Setup and Solution

The following sections describe the setup and solution steps for this tutorial:
25.4.1. Preparation
25.4.2. Reading and Scaling the Mesh
25.4.3. Loading the MSMD battery Add-on
25.4.4. NTGK Battery Model Setup
25.4.5. Postprocessing
25.4.6. Simulating the Battery Pulse Discharge Using the ECM Model
25.4.7. Using the Reduced Order Method (ROM)
25.4.8. External and Internal Short-Circuit Treatment

25.4.1. Preparation
1. Download the battery_cell.zip file here.

2. Unzip battery_cell.zip to your working directory.

3. The input file unit_battery.msh, unit_battery.cas, and unit_battery.dat can be found

in the folder.

4. Use Fluent Launcher to start the 3D version of ANSYS Fluent.

5. Enable Double Precision.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
824 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

6. Ensure that the Display Mesh After Reading option is enabled.

7. Select either Serial or Parallel under Processing Options. In this tutorial, Serial is selected for demon-
stration only.

25.4.2. Reading and Scaling the Mesh

1. Read the mesh file unit_battery.msh.

File → Read → Mesh...

When prompted, browse to the location of the unit_battery.msh and select the file.

Once you read in the mesh, it is displayed in the embedded graphics windows.

The geometry is already in the correct scale. You don’t need to scale it.

2. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Check

25.4.3. Loading the MSMD battery Add-on

1. To load the MSMD battery add-on into ANSYS Fluent, type the following in the console window:
define/models/addon-module

A list of ANSYS Fluent add-on modules is displayed.

Fluent Addon Modules:
0. None
1. MHD Model
2. Fiber Model
3. Fuel Cell and Electrolysis Model
4. SOFC Model with Unresolved Electrolyte
5. Population Balance Model
6. Adjoint Solver
7. Single-Potential Battery Model
8. Dual-Potential MSMD Battery Model
9. PEM Fuel Cell Model
10. Macroscopic Particle Model
11. Reduced Order Model
Enter Module Number: [0] 8

2. Enter 8 to load the MSMD battery itself.

During the loading process, a scheme library containing the graphical and text user interface, and
a library of user-defined functions (UDFs) containing a set of UDFs for the battery module are loaded
into ANSYS Fluent. Fluent reports the progress in the console.

Once the MSMD battery add-on is loaded, MSMD Battery Model appears in the Models task page
and under the Models tree branch. The UDF library also becomes visible as a new entry in the UDF
Library Manager dialog box.

25.4.4. NTGK Battery Model Setup

The following sections describe the setup steps for this tutorial:
25.4.4.1. Specifying Solver and Models

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 825
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a Single Battery Cell Using the MSMD Battery Model

25.4.4.2. Defining New Materials for Cell and Tabs

25.4.4.3. Defining Cell Zone Conditions
25.4.4.4. Defining Boundary Conditions
25.4.4.5. Specifying Solution Settings
25.4.4.6. Obtaining Solution

25.4.4.1. Specifying Solver and Models

1. In the Solver group of the Physics ribbon tab, enable a time-dependent calculation.

Physics → Solver → Transient

2. To solve for the temperature field, enable the Energy equation (in the Models group).

Physics → Models → Energy

3. Enable the battery model.

Physics → Models → More → Dual Potential MSMD Battery Model

a. In the MSMD Battery Model dialog box, select Enable MSMD Battery Model.

The dialog box expands to display the battery model’s settings.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
826 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 25.2: Model Options

b. Under the Model Options tab (Figure 25.2: Model Options (p. 827)), configure the following battery
operation conditions:

i. Under E-Chemistry Models, retain the default selection of NTGK Empirical Model.

ii. Ensure that Solving Transport Equation is selected for Solution Method for E-field.

iii. Under Electrical Parameters, retain the default value of 14.6 Ah for Nominal Cell Capacity.

iv. Retain the default selection of Specified C-Rate and the value of 1 for C-Rate.

v. Retain the default value of 3 V for Min. Stop Voltage.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 827
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a Single Battery Cell Using the MSMD Battery Model

c. Under the Model Parameters tab, retain the default settings for Y and U coefficients. For details, see
the Fluent Advanced Add-On Modules documentation.

Note

• If in your case, Y and U functions are not in the same function form as in the Kim’s paper,
you need to modify the cae_user.c source code file. See the Fluent Advanced Add-On
Modules documentation for details.

• For a given battery, you can perform a set of constant current discharging tests, and then
use the battery's parameter estimation tool to obtain the Y and U functions. See the Fluent
Advanced Add-On Modules documentation for details.

d. Under the Conductive Zones tab (Figure 25.3: Conductive Zones (p. 829)), configure the following set-
tings:

Group Control or List Value or Selection

Active Components Zone (s) e-zone
Tab Components Zone (s) tab_nzone
tab_pzone

For this single cell case, there are no busbar zones. Electro-chemical reactions occur only in the
active zone. Battery tabs are usually modeled as passive zones, in which the potential field is
also solved.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
828 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 25.3: Conductive Zones

e. Under the Electric Contacts tab (Figure 25.4: Electric Contacts (p. 830)), configure the contact surface
and external connector settings as follows:

Group Control or List Value or Selection

External Connectors Negative Tab tab_n
Positive Tab tab_p

The corresponding current or voltage boundary condition will be applied to those boundaries
automatically.

Under the Electric Contacts tab, you can also define extra contact resistance for each zone.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 829
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a Single Battery Cell Using the MSMD Battery Model

Figure 25.4: Electric Contacts

f. Click the Print Battery System Connection Information button.

ANSYS Fluent prints the battery connection information in the console window:
Battery Network Zone Information:
-------------------------------------
Battery Serial 1
Parallel 1
N-Tab zone: tab_nzone
Active zone: e_zone
P-Tab zone: tab_pzone
-----------------------------------

Active zone list at odd level: e_zone

Active zone list at even level:

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
830 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Number of battery series stages =1; Number of batteries in parallel per series stage=1
****************END OF BATTERY CONNECTION INFO**************

g. Verify that the connection information is correct.

h. Click OK to close the MSMD Battery Model dialog box.

In the background, Fluent automatically hooks all the necessary UDFs for the problem.

i. Click OK to close the Information dialog box.

25.4.4.2. Defining New Materials for Cell and Tabs

Define the new e_material material for the battery’s cell, p_material for the positive tab, and n_material
for the negative tab.

In the battery model, two user defined scalars, uds0 and uds1, are solved for the positive and negative
potentials, respectively. To specify the electric conductivity of the active material you need to define
the UDS diffusivity.

Important

For the battery active material, you must define the electric conductivity via the UDS diffus-
ivity on a per-scalar basis. ANSYS Fluent will use these two UDS scalars to solve the differential
equations; for details, see the Fluent Advanced Add-On Modules documentation.

For the battery passive conductive zones, such as tabs or busbars, you must define the UDS
diffusivity using a user-defined function (UDF) and define the material’s electric conductivity
using the Electrical Conductivity entry field.

1. Create the electric material.

Physics → Materials → Create/Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 831
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a Single Battery Cell Using the MSMD Battery Model

a. In the Create/Edit Materials dialog box, select solid from the Material Type drop-down list.

b. Enter e_material for Name and e for Chemical Formula.

c. Under Properties, set Density to 2092 [kg/m3].

d. Set CP (Specific Heat) to 678 [J/kg-K].

e. Set Thermal Conductivity to 18.2 [W/m-K].

f. Ensure that define-per-uds is selected from the UDS Diffusivity drop-down list and click Edit... next
to UDS Diffusivity.

Note

If the UDS Diffusion Coefficients are defined through the defined-per-uds option,
the Fluent solver does not use the value for Electrical Conductivity.

g. In the UDS Diffusion Coefficients dialog box, specify the user-defined scalars.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
832 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. Select uds-0 in the User-Defined Scalar Diffusion list.

ii. Retain constant from the Coefficient drop-down list.

iii. Set Coefficient to 1.19e6 [1/ohm-m].

iv. In a similar way, set uds-1 to 9.83e5 [1/ohm-m] and close the UDS Diffusion Coefficients dialog
box.

Note

The units for UDS Diffusivity are 1/ohm-m, and cannot be modified.

v. In the Question dialog box, click No to retain aluminum and add the new material (e_material) to
the materials list.

Note

Refer to Appendix (p. 859) for information on how to calculate the battery cell
property values.

2. Create a new material for the positive tab by modifying copper from the solid material database.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 833
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a Single Battery Cell Using the MSMD Battery Model

The UDS Diffusivity for tab materials must be defined through the UDF as described below.

a. In the Create/Edit Materials dialog box, click Fluent Database....

b. In the Fluent Database Materials dialog box, make sure that solid is selected for Material Type.

c. Select copper from Fluent Solids Materials and click Copy and then Close.

The Create/Edit Materials dialog box now displays the copied properties for copper.

d. Enter p_material for Name and pmat for Chemical Formula.

e. Set the Electrical Conductivity to 1.0e7 [1/ohm-m].

f. Under Properties, select user-defined from the UDS Diffusivity drop-down list.

g. In the User-Defined Functions dialog box that opens, verify that battery_e_cond::msmdbatt is selected
and click OK.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
834 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Fluent hooks the battery_e_cond::msmdbatt UDF to the busbar material.

h. In the Question dialog box, click Yes to overwrite copper.

The new material (p_material) appears under Materials.

3. Create a new material for the negative tab with the same properties as the material for the positive tab.

Note

You do not need to create two different materials for the positive and negative tabs if
the positive and negative tabs are made of the same material. In this tutorial, the two
different tab materials with the same physical properties have been created for demon-
stration purposes only.

a. From Fluent Solid Materials drop-down list, select p_material.

b. Enter n_material for Name and nmat for Chemical Formula.

c. Click Change/Create.

d. In the Question dialog box, click No to retain p_material and add the new material (n_material) to the
materials list.

e. Close the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

25.4.4.3. Defining Cell Zone Conditions

Assign e_material to the cell zone, p_material to the positive tab and n_material to the negative tab.

1. Assign e_material to the e_zone zone.

Setup → Cell Zone Conditions → e_zone → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 835
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a Single Battery Cell Using the MSMD Battery Model

a. In the Solid dialog box, select e_material from the Material Name drop-down list.

b. Click OK.

2. In a similar manner, assign p_material to tab_pzone and n_material to tab_nzone.

25.4.4.4. Defining Boundary Conditions

Define the thermal boundary conditions for all walls for the cell, and positive and negative tabs.

1. Set the convection boundary condition for wall_active.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → wall_active → Edit...

a. In the Wall dialog box, under the Thermal tab, under Thermal Conditions, enable Convection.

b. Set Heat Transfer Coefficient to 5 [w/m2K].

c. Retain the default value of 300 [K] for Free Stream Temperature.

d. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

You do not need to change the settings under the UDS tab since the boundary conditions
for the two UDS scalars have been set automatically when you defined the cell zone condi-
tions.

2. Copy the boundary conditions for wall_active to wall_p and wall_n.

Setup → Boundary Conditions → wall_active → Copy...

25.4.4.5. Specifying Solution Settings

1. Turn off the flow equation.

Solution → Controls → Equations...

a. In the Equations dialog box, deselect Flow from the Equation selection list.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
836 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

b. Click OK.

2. Remove the convergence criteria to ensure that automatic convergence checking does not occur.

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

a. In the Residual Monitors dialog box, select none from the Convergence Criterion drop-down list.

b. Click OK.

3. Create a surface report definition for the voltage at the positive tab.

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Surface Report → Area-Weighted Average

a. In the Surface Report Definition dialog box, enter voltage_vp for Name.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 837
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a Single Battery Cell Using the MSMD Battery Model

b. Select User Defined Scalars... and Potential Phi+ from the Field Variable drop-down lists.

c. From the Surfaces selection list, select tab_p.

d. In the Create group box, enable Report File, Report Plot and Print to Console.

e. Click OK to save the voltage_vp report definition and close the Surface Report Definition dialog box.

f. Rename the report output file.

Solution → Monitors → Report Files → voltage_vp-rfile Edit...

i. Enter ntgk-1c.out for Output File Base Name.

ii. Click OK to close the Edit Report File dialog box.

g. Modify the attributes of the plot axes.

Solution → Monitors → Report Plots → voltage_vp-rplot Edit...

i. In the Edit Report Plot dialog box, under the Plot Window group box, click the Axes... button to
open the Axes dialog box.

ii. Select the X axis and set Precision to 0.

iii. Click Apply.

iv. Select the Y axis and set Precision to 2.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
838 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

v. Click Apply and close the Axes dialog box.

Note

You must click Apply to save the modified settings for each axis.

vi. Make sure that time-step is selected from the Get Data Every drop-down list.

vii. Click OK to close the Edit Report Plot dialog box.

4. Create a volume report definition for the maximum temperature in the domain.

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Volume Report → Max...

a. In the Volume Report Definition dialog box, enter max_temp for Name.

b. Select Temperature... and Static Temperature from the Field Variable drop-down lists.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 839
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a Single Battery Cell Using the MSMD Battery Model

c. From the Cell Zones selection list, select all zones.

d. In the Create group box, enable Report File, Report Plot and Print to Console.

e. Click OK to save the volume report definition settings and close the Volume Report Definition dialog
box.

f. Rename the report output file.

Solution → Monitors → Report Files → max_temp-rfile Edit...

i. Enter max-temp-1c.out for Output File Base Name.

ii. Click OK to close the Edit Report File dialog box.

g. Modify the axis attributes by setting the Precision to 0 for the X axis and to 2 for the Y axes (in a
manner similar to the surface plot definition).

h. Click OK.

5. Save the case file.

File → Write → Case...

25.4.4.6. Obtaining Solution

1. Initialize the field variables using the Standard Initialization method.

Solution → Initialization

a. Retain the selection of the Standard method (Initialization group).

b. Click Initialize.

You do not need to modify Initial Values in the Solution Initialization task page, because these
values are not used for initialization. The ANSYS Fluent solver automatically computes the initial
condition for UDS0 and UDS1.

2. Run the simulation.

Solution → Run Calculation

a. Set Time Step Size to 30 seconds and No. of Time Steps to 100.

b. Click Calculate.

The residual plot, the report for voltage at the positive tab and the history of the maximum
temperature in the domain are shown in Figure 25.5: Residual History of the Simulation (p. 841),
Figure 25.6: Report Plot of Discharge Curve at 1 C (p. 841), and Figure 25.7: History of Maximum
Temperature in the Domain (p. 842), respectively.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
840 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 25.5: Residual History of the Simulation

Figure 25.6: Report Plot of Discharge Curve at 1 C

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 841
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a Single Battery Cell Using the MSMD Battery Model

Figure 25.7: History of Maximum Temperature in the Domain

3. Save the case and data files (unit_battery.cas.gz and unit_battery.cas.gz).

File → Write → Case & Data...

25.4.5. Postprocessing
In this section, postprocessing capabilities for the MSMD battery model solution are demonstrated.

1. Display the contour plot of the phase potential for the positive electrode.

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
842 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. In the Contours dialog box, in the Options group box, enable Filled.

b. From the Contours of drop-down list, select User Defined Scalars... and Potential Phi+.

c. Click the Toggle Tree View button next to the Surfaces filter and from the drop-down list, select
Surface Type (under Group by).

d. From the Surfaces selection list, under Wall, select tab_p, wall_active, and wall_p.

e. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 843
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a Single Battery Cell Using the MSMD Battery Model

Figure 25.8: Contour Plot of Phase Potential for the Positive Electrode

2. In a similar manner, display the contour plot of the phase potential for the negative electrode.

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

a. In the Contours dialog box, in the Options group box, enable Filled.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
844 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

b. From the Contours of drop-down list, select User Defined Scalars... and Potential Phi-.

c. From the Surfaces selection list, select tab_n, wall_active, and wall_n.

d. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

Figure 25.9: Contour Plot of Phase Potential for the Negative Electrode

3. Display the contour plot of the temperature.

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 845
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a Single Battery Cell Using the MSMD Battery Model

a. In the Contours dialog box, in the Options group box, enable Filled.

b. From the Contours of drop-down list, select Temperature... and Static Temperature.

c. Select Wall in the Surfaces selection list.

The surfaces listed under Wall are automatically selected in the Surfaces list.

d. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

Note

Use the Axes dialog box to set the precision for the colormap labels.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
846 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 25.10: Contour Plot of Temperature

4. Display the vector plot of current density.

Results → Graphics → Vectors → Edit...

a. In the Vectors dialog box, select current-density-j from the Vectors of drop-down list.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 847
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a Single Battery Cell Using the MSMD Battery Model

b. Select User Defined Memory... and Magnitude of Current Density from the Color by drop-down
list.

c. Click the Toggle Tree View button next to the Surfaces filter and from the drop-down list, select
Surface Type (under Group by).

d. From the Surfaces selection list, select Wall.

e. In the Options group, enable Draw Mesh and in the Mesh Display dialog box, set the mesh display
options as desired.

f. Click Display and close the Vectors dialog box.

Figure 25.11: Vector Plot of Current Density

5. Save the case file as ntgk.cas.gz. You will use this saved case later to treat electric short-circuits.

6. Repeat the simulation for the following charge rates and time steps:

C-Rate Number of Time Steps

0.5 C 230
5C 23

Make the following changes in the model’s settings:

a. In the MSMD Battery Model dialog box, under the Model Options tab, specify the value listed in the
above table for the C-Rate.

b. Modify the output filename for the voltage_vp-rfile report file by entering ntgk-C-Rate.out for
Output File Base Name in the corresponding Edit Report File dialog box, where C-Rate is the value
of the battery discharge rate. (For example, for C-Rate = 0.5 C, you will enter ntgk-0.5c.out for the
filename).

c. Similarly, modify the output filename for max_temp-rfile by entering max-temp-C-Rate.out for
Output File Base Name in the corresponding Edit Report File dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
848 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

d. Initialize and run the solution for the number of the times steps specified in the above table.

Note

The Fluent solver will stop either after completing the specified number of time steps
or when the Min. Stop Voltage condition is reached.

7. Display the discharge curves for the positive tab for the different discharge rates.

Results → Plots → File...

a. In the File XY Plot dialog box, click Load....

b. In the Select File dialog box, change File of Types to All Files (*), click ntgk-0.5c.out and
click OK.

c. Under Legend Entries, in the lowest text-entry box, enter 0.5c and click Change Legend Entry.

d. Do the same for ntgk-1c.out and ntgk-5c.out and change their legend entries accordingly.

e. In the Legend Title text-entry box, enter Discharge Rate.

f. Click Plot and close the File XY Plot dialog box.

Note

Use the Axes dialog box to set the precision for the plot axes.

The Figure 25.12: NTGK Model: Discharge Curves (p. 849) shows the discharge curves for different
discharge rates in the function of time.

Figure 25.12: NTGK Model: Discharge Curves

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 849
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a Single Battery Cell Using the MSMD Battery Model

8. In a manner similar to the previous step, load the files max-temp-0.5c.out, max-temp-1c.out, and
max-temp-5c.out and display the maximum temperature curves in the domain.

Figure 25.13: NTGK Model: Maximum Temperature in the Domain (p. 850) shows the maximum tem-
perature curves in the simulation for different discharge rates.

Figure 25.13: NTGK Model: Maximum Temperature in the Domain

25.4.6. Simulating the Battery Pulse Discharge Using the ECM Model
1. In the MSMD Battery Model dialog box, under E-Chemistry Models, select Equivalent Circuit Model.

2. Under Electrical Parameters, retain the default value of 14.6 Ah for Nominal Cell Capacity.

3. Retain the default selection of Specified C-Rate and enter 1 for C-Rate.

4. Under the Model Parameters tab, retain the battery specific parameters.

For a given battery, these model parameters can be obtained using the battery's HPPC testing data.
See Using the Dual-Potential MSMD Battery Model Text User Interface in the ANSYS Fluent Advanced
Add-On Modules for details.

5. Click OK to apply the ECM battery model settings and close the MSMD Battery Model dialog box

6. Click OK in the Warning dialog box informing you that the re-initialization of the battery model is required.

7. Disable writing the maximum temperature in the domain over time to a file.

Solutions → Report Definitions → max_temp Edit...

a. In the Volume Report Definition dialog box, under Report Files, deselect max_temp-rfile.

b. Click OK to close the Volume Report Definition dialog box.

8. In a similar manner, disable writing the time-dependent voltage at the positive tab to a file.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
850 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

9. In the Solution Initialization task page, click Initialize to re-initialize the field variables.

10. Simulate the battery pulse discharge by changing the battery operating conditions each time after running
the calculation for five minutes.

a. In the Run Calculation task page, set Number of Time Steps to 10 and click Calculate.

b. Once the calculation is complete, set C-Rate to 0 and run the calculation for 10 more time steps.

c. Continue the simulation by alternating the value of C-Rate between 1 C and 0 C until, until the battery
is fully discharged.

Note

Instead of doing this manually, you can use the Using Profile option in the MSMD
Battery Model dialog box and load a profile file with specified C-rate fluctuations to
drive the whole process. For more information about the usage of a profile file, refer
to Specifying Battery Model Options in the ANSYS Fluent Advanced Add-On Modules..

The battery pulse discharge is summarized in Figure 25.14: Battery Pulse Discharge (p. 851).

Figure 25.14: Battery Pulse Discharge

25.4.7. Using the Reduced Order Method (ROM)

You will use the ntgk.cas.gz case file that you saved earlier to illustrate how to use the ROM for
time-efficient calculations. This section assumes that you are already familiar with the ANSYS Fluent
battery model; only the steps related specifically to using the ROM for problem solution are discussed
here.

1. Read the NTGK model case file ntgk.cas.gz.

2. Initialize the problem.

3. In the Run Calculation task page, enter 3 for Number of Time Steps and click Calculate.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 851
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a Single Battery Cell Using the MSMD Battery Model

Click No in the Question dialog box when asked if you would like to append the new data to the
existing file, and then click Yes in the Warning dialog box to overwrite the existing file.

4. Once the calculation is complete, enable the ROM.

Setup → Models → MSMD Battery Model Edit...

a. In the MSMD Battery Model dialog box, select Reduced Order Method.

b. Set Number of Sub-Steps/Time Step to 10.

5. Continue running your simulation from the direct method solution.

The solution of the simulation using the ROM is significantly faster than when using the direct
method without any changes in results.

25.4.8. External and Internal Short-Circuit Treatment

You will again use the ntgk.cas.gz case file that you saved earlier to illustrate how to treat external
and internal short-circuits in a battery simulation. It is assumed that the battery is experiencing external
and internal short-circuit simultaneously. This extreme case will be used to demonstrate the problem
setup and postprocessing in a short simulation. This section assumes that you are already familiar with
the ANSYS Fluent battery model, only the steps related to short simulation are emphasized here.

25.4.8.1. Setting up and Solving a Short-Circuit Problem

1. Read the NTGK model case file ntgk.cas.gz.

2. Set up the external electric short-circuit.

a. In the MSMD Battery Model dialog box, under the Model Options tab, in the Solution Options group
box, enable Specified Resistance.

b. For External Resistance, enter 0.5 Ohm and click OK.

3. Set up the internal electric short-circuit in the center of the battery cell.

a. Mark the short-circuit zone shown in Figure 25.15: Internal Short Circuit Region Marked for Patch-
ing (p. 853) using the region adaption feature.

Solution → Cell Registers New → Region...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
852 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 25.15: Internal Short Circuit Region Marked for Patching

i. In the Region Register dialog box, enter the following values for Input Coordinates.

X Min X Max Y Min Y Max Z Min Z Max

-0.01 0.01 -0.01 0.02 -1 1

ii. Click Save.

Fluent reports in the console that 12 cells were marked for refinement.

4. Initialize the field variables using the standard initialization method.

5. Patch the internal short circuit zone with the short resistance value.

Solution → Initialization → Patch...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 853
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a Single Battery Cell Using the MSMD Battery Model

a. In the Solution Initialization task page, click Patch.

b. In the Patch dialog box, select Short Circuit Resistance under Variable.

c. Select region_0 under Registers to Patch.

d. For Value, enter 5.0e-7.

e. Click Patch and close the Patch dialog box.

6. Save the case file as ntgk_short_circuit.cas.gz.

7. Run the simulation for 5 seconds.

Solution → Run Calculation

a. Set Time Step Size to 1 second and No. of Time Steps to 5.

b. Click Calculate.

8. Save the case and data files (ntgk_short_circuit.cas.gz and ntgk_short_circuit.dat.gz).

25.4.8.2. Postprocessing
1. Compute the battery tab voltage .

Results → Reports → Surface Integrals...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
854 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

a. In the Surface Integrals dialog box, from the Report Type drop-down list, select Area-Weighted Av-
erage.

b. From the Field Variable drop-down lists, select User Defined Scalar... and Potential Phi+.

c. In the Surfaces filter, type t to display surface names that begin with "t" and select tab_p from the
selection list.

d. Click Compute.

The battery tab voltage of approximately 4.077 V is printed in the Area-Weighted Average field
and in the Fluent console.

2. Compute the battery tab current .

Results → Reports → Volume Integrals...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 855
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a Single Battery Cell Using the MSMD Battery Model

a. In the Report Type group box, select Volume Integrals.

b. From the Field Variable drop-down lists, select User Defined Memory... and Volumetric Current
Source.

c. From the Cell Zones selection list, select e_zone.

d. Click Compute.

Fluent reports in the Total Volume Integral field and in the console that the total volume integral
for the volumetric current source is approximately 8.155 A.

The computed values of the battery tab current and voltage satisfy the tab boundary condition
.

3. Display the vector plot of current at the positive and negative current collectors.

Results → Graphics → Vectors → Edit...

a. In the Vectors dialog box, select current-density-jp from the Vectors of drop-down list.

b. Select User Defined Memory... and Magnitude of Current Density from the Color by drop-down
lists.

c. From the Surfaces selection list, select Wall.

The surfaces of the "wall" type are automatically selected in the Surfaces list.

d. Click Display.

e. The plot shows the vector plot of electric current flow in the positive current collector of the battery
cell.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
856 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 25.16: The Vector Plots of Current at the Positive Current Collectors

f. In a similar manner, display the current for the negative current collector by selecting current-density-
jn from the Vectors of drop-down list.

The plot shows the vector plots of electric current flow in the negative current collector of the
battery cell. These plots clearly show that besides providing tab current, short current flows from
positive electrode to the negative electrode through the short area.

Figure 25.17: The Vector Plots of Current at the Negative Current Collectors

g. Close the Vectors dialog box.

4. Display the contour plot of the temperature as you did previously.

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 857
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a Single Battery Cell Using the MSMD Battery Model

a. In the Contours dialog box, under Options, enable Filled.

b. From the Contours of drop-down list, select Temperature... and Static Temperature.

c. From the Surface Types selection list, select wall.

d. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

Figure 25.18: Contour Plot of Temperature

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
858 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Appendix

Figure 25.18: Contour Plot of Temperature (p. 858) shows a temperature hotspot in the internal
shorted area of the battery cell.

5. Check for different electric current flow rates in the manner described in step 2.

a. Generate volume integral reports for the field variables listed in the table below.

Field Variable Notation Reported Value

Volumetric Short Current Source 15.844 A
Volumetric ECHEM Current Source 23.999 A

b. Verify that the total produced electric current equals to the sum of tab and short current, that is
.

6. Check for different types of heat generation rates.

a. As you did for the current source reports, generate reports for the field variables listed in the table below.

Field Variable Notation Reported Value

Volumetric Ohmic Source 0.0339 W

Electrochemistry Source 1.092 W

Short-Circuit Heat Source 64.607 W
Total Heat Generation Source 65.733 W

b. Verify that the total heat generation rate is the sum of different contributions, that is
.

Note that, as battery's temperature increases, thermal runaway may occur. If thermal runaway starts,
some undesirable exothermic decomposition reactions will occur. For thermal runaway simulations, the
default electrochemistry model cannot be used. Short treatment can only capture the thermal ramp-up
process before the onset of thermal runaway.

25.5. Summary
In this tutorial, you studied how to solve a battery cell problem using the NTGK submodel with the
default settings. You then used the ROM to speed up the computation time of the battery model sim-
ulation. In addition, you learned how to use the MSMD model capability to treat external and internal
short-circuits.

For more information about using the Dual-Potential MSMD Battery model, see the Fluent Advanced
Add-On Modules documentation.

25.6. Appendix
The battery cell cross-section is shown in the figure below.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 859
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a Single Battery Cell Using the MSMD Battery Model

You can estimate the material properties for your battery cell using the following correlations:

• For density , heat capacity , and thermal conductivity :

where is the effective property value of a material property (such as density, heat capacity, or
thermal conductivity), is the thickness. The subscripts , , and refer to current collector, electrode,
and separator, respectively. The superscripts and refer to positive and negative, respectively.

• For electric conductivity :

The material properties are taken from Kim’s papers [2] and [1]. The computed material properties for
the battery cell presented in the tutorial are shown in the table below.

Zone Total
[um] 20 150 12 145 10 322

[kg/m3] 2700 1500 1200 2500 8960 2092

[J/kg-K] 900 700 700 700 385 678

[W/m-K] 238 5 1 5 398 18.2
[s/m] 3.83e7 13.9 100 6.33e7 = 1.19e6

= 9.83e5

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
860 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 References

25.7. References
1. U. S. Kim et al,“Effect of electrode configuration on the thermal behavior of a lithium-polymer battery”,
Journal of Power Sources, Volume 180 (2), pages 909-916, 2008.

2. U. S. Kim, et al.,“Modeling the Dependence of the Discharge Behavior of a Lithium-Ion Battery on the En-
vironmental Temperature”, J. of Electrochemical Soc., Volume 158 (5), pages A611-A618, 2011.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 861
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
862 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 26: Simulating a 1P3S Battery Pack Using the MSMD Battery
Model
This tutorial is divided into the following sections:
26.1. Introduction
26.2. Prerequisites
26.3. Problem Description
26.4. Setup and Solution
26.5. Summary

26.1. Introduction
This tutorial is used to show how to set up a battery pack (battery system connected in parallel/series
pattern) simulation in ANSYS Fluent. All the three submodels are available for a pack simulation.

This tutorial illustrates how to do the following:

• Load the Battery module add-on

• Set up a battery pack simulation using the NTGK battery submodel in ANSYS Fluent

• Define active, tab, and busbar conductive zones

• Define electric contacts for the contact surface and external connectors

• Define electric conductivity for the active material using the user-defined scalars

• Define electric conductivity for the passive material using the user-defined function

• Obtain the battery pack simulation results and perform postprocessing activities

Most problem setup procedures are similar to the single cell simulation. The differences in the problem
setup will be emphasized in this tutorial.

26.2. Prerequisites
This tutorial is written with the assumption that you have completed one or more of the introductory
tutorial Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer in a Mixing Elbow (p. 35) found in this manual and that you are
familiar with the ANSYS Fluent tree and ribbon structure. Some steps in the setup and solution procedure
will not be shown explicitly.

26.3. Problem Description

This problem considers a small 1P3S battery pack, that is, the three battery cells connected in series. A
schematic of the problem is shown in Figure 26.1: Schematic of the Battery Pack Problem (p. 864).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 863
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a 1P3S Battery Pack Using the MSMD Battery Model

Figure 26.1: Schematic of the Battery Pack Problem

The discharging process of the battery pack is occurring under constant power of 200 W. The nominal
cell capacity is 14.6 Ah.

You will create a material for the battery cells (an active material) and define the electric conductivity
for the active material using the user-defined scalars (UDS). You will create a material for busbars and
tabs (a passive material) and define the electric conductivity for the passive material using the provided
user-defined function (UDF). You will use the same material for busbars and tabs.

In this tutorial, you will use the NTGK battery submodel to simulate the discharging process under
constant power conditions.

26.4. Setup and Solution

The following sections describe the setup and solution steps for this tutorial:
26.4.1. Preparation
26.4.2. Reading and Scaling the Mesh
26.4.3. Loading the MSMD battery Add-on
26.4.4. Battery Model Setup
26.4.5. Postprocessing

26.4.1. Preparation
1. Download the battery_pack.zip file here.

2. Unzip battery_pack.zip to your working directory.

3. The input file 1P3S_battery_pack.msh, 1P3S_battery_pack.cas, and 1P3S_bat-

tery_pack.dat can be found in the folder.

4. Use Fluent Launcher to start the 3D version of ANSYS Fluent.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
864 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

5. Enable Double Precision.

6. Ensure that the Display Mesh After Reading option is enabled.

7. Select either Serial or Parallel under Processing Options. In this tutorial, Serial is selected for demon-
stration only.

26.4.2. Reading and Scaling the Mesh

1. Read the mesh file 1P3S_battery_pack.msh.

File → Read → Mesh...

When prompted, browse to the location of the 1P3S_battery_pack.msh and select the file.

Once you read in the mesh, it is displayed in the embedded graphics windows.

2. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Perform Mesh Check

3. Scale the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Scale

a. In the Scale Mesh dialog box, select Specify Scaling Factors in the Scaling group.

b. Enter 0.1 for X, Y and Z in the Scaling Factors group.

c. Click Scale and close the Scale Mesh dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 865
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a 1P3S Battery Pack Using the MSMD Battery Model

d. Right click in the graphics window and select Refresh Display

e. Clicking the Fit to Window icon, , to fit and center mesh in the graphics window.

4. Check the mesh.

Domain → Mesh → Perform Mesh Check

26.4.3. Loading the MSMD battery Add-on

1. To load the MSMD battery add-on into ANSYS Fluent, type the following in the console window:
define/models/addon-module

A list of ANSYS Fluent add-on modules is displayed.

Fluent Addon Modules:
0. None
1. MHD Model
2. Fiber Model
3. Fuel Cell and Electrolysis Model
4. SOFC Model with Unresolved Electrolyte
5. Population Balance Model
6. Adjoint Solver
7. Single-Potential Battery Model
8. Dual-Potential MSMD Battery Model
9. PEM Fuel Cell Model
10. Macroscopic Particle Model
11. Reduced Order Model
Enter Module Number: [0] 8

2. Enter 8 to load the MSMD battery itself.

During the loading process, a scheme library containing the graphical and text user interface, and
a library of user-defined functions (UDFs) containing a set of UDFs for the battery module are loaded
into ANSYS Fluent. Fluent reports the progress in the console.

Once the MSMD battery add-on is loaded, MSMD Battery Model appears in the Model task page
and under the Models tree branch. The UDF library also becomes visible as a new entry in the UDF
Library Manager dialog box.

26.4.4. Battery Model Setup

The following sections describe the setup steps for this tutorial:
26.4.4.1. Specifying Solver and Models
26.4.4.2. Defining New Materials
26.4.4.3. Defining Cell Zone Conditions
26.4.4.4. Defining Boundary Conditions
26.4.4.5. Specifying Solution Settings
26.4.4.6. Obtaining Solution

26.4.4.1. Specifying Solver and Models

1. Enable a time-dependent calculation by selecting Transient in the Solver group of the Physics tab.

Physics → Solver → Transient

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
866 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

2. To solve for the temperature field, enable the Energy equation (in the Models group).

Physics → Models → Energy

3. Enable the battery model.

Physics → Models → More → Dual Potential MSMD Battery Model

a. In the MSMD Battery Model dialog box, select Enable MSMD Battery Model.

The dialog box expands to display the battery model’s settings.

Figure 26.2: Model Options

b. Under the Model Options tab (Figure 26.2: Model Options (p. 867)), configure the following battery
operation conditions:

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 867
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a 1P3S Battery Pack Using the MSMD Battery Model

i. Under E-Chemistry Models, enable NTGK Empirical Model.

ii. In the Electrical Parameters group, retain the default value of 14.6 Ah for Nominal Cell Capacity.

iii. Enable Specified System Power in the Solution Options group and set System Power to 200
W.

c. Under the Model Parameters tab, retain the default settings for Y and U coefficients. For details, see
the Fluent Advanced Add-On Modules documentation.

d. Under the Conductive Zones tab (Figure 26.3: Conductive Zones (p. 869)), configure the following set-
tings:

Group Control or List Value or Selection

Active Components Zone (s) cell_1
cell_2
cell_3
Tab Components Zone (s) n_tabzone_1
n_tabzone_2
n_tabzone_3
p_tabzone_1
p_tabzone_2
p_tabzone_3
Busbar Components Zone (s) bar1
bar2

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
868 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 26.3: Conductive Zones

e. Under the Electric Contacts tab (Figure 26.4: Electric Contacts (p. 870)), configure the contact surface
and external connector settings as follows:

Group Control or List Value or Selection

External Connectors Negative Tab tab_n
Positive Tab tab_p

The corresponding current or voltage boundary condition will be applied to those boundaries
automatically.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 869
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a 1P3S Battery Pack Using the MSMD Battery Model

Figure 26.4: Electric Contacts

f. Click the Print Battery System Connection Information button.

ANSYS Fluent prints the battery connection information in the console window:
Battery Network Zone Information:
-------------------------------------
Battery Serial 1
Parallel 1
N-Tab zone: n_tabzone_1
Active zone: cell_1
P-Tab zone: p_tabzone_1
Battery Serial 2
Parallel 1
N-Tab zone: n_tabzone_2
Active zone: cell_2
P-Tab zone: p_tabzone_2
Battery Serial 3
Parallel 1

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
870 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

N-Tab zone: n_tabzone_3

Active zone: cell_3
P-Tab zone: p_tabzone_3
-----------------------------------
Busbar zone 1: bar1
Busbar zone 2: bar2

Active zone list at odd level: cell_1 cell_3

Active zone list at even level: cell_2

Number of battery seriel =3; Number of parallel per serial=1

****************END OF BATTERY CONNECTION INFO**************

g. Verify that the connection information is correct. If an error message appears or if the connections are
not what you want, redefine the conductive zones in the Conductive Zones tab (Figure 26.3: Conductive
Zones (p. 869)). Repeat this process until you confirm that the battery connections are set correctly.

Important

To set a valid connection, you must connect the negative tab to the positive tab
through conductive zones.

h. Click OK to close the MSMD Battery Model dialog box.

In the background, Fluent automatically hooks all the necessary UDFs for the problem.

i. Click OK to close the Information dialog box.

26.4.4.2. Defining New Materials

Define the new e_material material for all the battery’s cells and busbar_material material for the battery
pack’s busbars and tabs.

Important

For the battery active material, you must define the electric conductivity via the UDS diffus-
ivity on a per-scalar basis. ANSYS Fluent will use these two UDS scalars to solve the differential
equations; for details, see the Fluent Advanced Add-On Modules documentation.

For the battery passive material(s), you must define the UDS diffusivity using a user-defined
function (UDF).

1. Create the electric material.

Setup → Materials → Solid → aluminum Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 871
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a 1P3S Battery Pack Using the MSMD Battery Model

a. In the Create/Edit Materials dialog box, enter e_material for Name and e for Chemical Formula.

b. Set Thermal Conductivity to 20.

c. Under Properties, ensure that define-per-uds is selected from the UDS Diffusivity drop-down list
and click Edit... next to UDS Diffusivity.

d. In the UDS Diffusion Coefficients dialog box, set the constant value of 1.0 e6 for the both user-defined
scalars.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
872 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

i. Select uds-0 in the User-Defined Scalar Diffusion list.

ii. Retain constant from the Coefficient drop-down list.

iii. Set 1.0 e6 [s/m] for Coefficient.

iv. In a similar way, set uds-1 to 1.0 e6 and close the UDS Diffusion Coefficients dialog box.

Note

• The units for UDS Diffusivity are s/m, and cannot be modified.

• In this tutorial, the electric conductivities are the same for the two scalars UDS0 and
UDS1, so you will need to define only one material for all cell zones. If the electric
conductivities are different for positive and negative electrodes, you will need to define
two different materials, as described in the Fluent Advanced Add-On Modules docu-
mentation.

v. In the Question dialog box, click No to retain aluminum and add the new material (e_material) to
the materials list.

e. Ensure that e_material (e) is selected from the Fluent Solid Materials drop-down list.

f. Close the Create/Edit Material dialog box.

Note

If the UDS Diffusion Coefficients are defined through the defined-per-uds option,
the Fluent solver does not use the value for Electrical Conductivity.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 873
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a 1P3S Battery Pack Using the MSMD Battery Model

2. Create the busbar_material material for busbars and tabs by modifying e-material you have created in the
previous step.

Setup → Materials → Solid → e-material Edit...

As stated in the problem description, you will use the same material for busbars and tabs.

Note

If the busbar and tab materials are different, you need to define the two different mater-
ials and assign them to the busbars and tabs, respectively.

The UDS Diffusivity for both busbar and tab materials must be defined through the UDF as described
below.

a. In the Create/Edit Materials dialog box, enter busbar_material for Name and bus for Chemical
Formula.

b. Under Properties, select user-defined from the UDS Diffusivity drop-down list.

c. In the User-Defined Functions dialog box that opens, verify that battery_e_cond::msmdbatt is selected
and click OK.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
874 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

d. In the Question dialog box, click No to retain e-material and add the new busbar_material material
to the materials list.

Fluent hooks the battery_e_cond::msmdbatt UDF to the busbar material.

e. Close the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

f. Edit the busbar_material material and ensure that busbar_material (bus) is selected from the
Fluent Solid Materials drop-down list.

g. Set Thermal Conductivity to 20.

h. Retain the default value of 3.541 e7 [1/ohm-m] for Electrical Conductivity.

i. Click Change/Create.

j. Close the Create/Edit Materials dialog box.

26.4.4.3. Defining Cell Zone Conditions

Assign e_material to all the cell zones and busbar_material to all the tabs and busbars.

1. Assign e_material to the cell_1 cell zone.

Setup → Cell Zone Conditions → cell_1 → Edit...

a. In the Solid dialog box, select e_material from the Material Name drop-down list.

b. Click OK.

2. Copy the cell zone condition for the cell_1 zone to the cell_2 and cell_3 cell zones.

Setup → Cell Zone Conditions → cell_1 → Copy...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 875
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a 1P3S Battery Pack Using the MSMD Battery Model

a. In the Copy Conditions dialog box, select cell_1 in the From Cell Zone list.

b. In the To Cell Zones list, select cell_2 and cell_3.

c. Click Copy.

d. Click OK in the Question dialog box to copy the cell zone conditions and close the Copy Conditions
dialog box.

3. In a similar manner, assign busbar_material to all the tabs and busbars cell zones.

26.4.4.4. Defining Boundary Conditions

Define the thermal boundary conditions for all walls for the cells, busbars, and tabs. The boundary
conditions for the two UDSs have been set automatically when you defined the cell zone conditions.

1. Set the convection boundary condition for wall-cell_1.

Physics → Zones → Boundaries

a. In the Boundary Conditions task page, double-click wall-cell_1.

b. In the Wall dialog box, under the Thermal tab, configure the following settings:

i. Under Thermal Conditions, enable Convection.

ii. Set Heat Transfer Coefficient to 5 [w/m2K].

iii. Set Free Stream Temperature to 300 [K].

iv. Click OK to close the Wall dialog box.

2. Copy the boundary conditions for wall-cell_1 to wall-cell_2, wall-cell_3 and all the tab
and busbar wall zones (a boundary zones that have names starting with the "wall" string and containing
the "bar" or "tabzone" string).

Setup → Boudnary Conditions → wall-cell_1 → Copy...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
876 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

26.4.4.5. Specifying Solution Settings

1. Turn off the flow equation.

Solution → Controls → Equations...

a. In the Equations dialog box, deselect Flow from the Equation selection list.

b. Click OK.

2. Remove the convergence criteria to ensure that automatic convergence checking does not occur.

Solution → Reports → Residuals...

a. In the Residual Monitors dialog box, select none from the Convergence Criterion drop-down list.

b. Click OK.

3. Create a surface report definition for the voltage at the positive tab.

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Surface Report → Area-Weighted Average

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 877
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a 1P3S Battery Pack Using the MSMD Battery Model

a. In the Surface Report Definition dialog box, enter surf-mon-1 for Name.

b. Select User Defined Scalars... and Potential Phi+ from the Field Variable drop-down lists.

c. From the Surfaces selection list, select tab_p.

d. In the Create group box, enable Report Plot and Print to Console.

e. Click OK to save the surface report definition and close the Surface Report Definition dialog box.

f. Modify the attributes of the plot axes.

Solution → Monitors → Report Plots → surf-mon-1-rplot Edit...

i. In the Edit Report Plot dialog box, under the Plot Window group box, click the Axes... button to
open the Axes dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
878 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

ii. Select the X axis and set Precision to 0.

iii. Click Apply.

iv. Select the Y axis and set Precision to 2.

v. Click Apply and close the Axes dialog box.

Note

You must click Apply to save the modified settings for each axis.

vi. Click OK

g. Ensure that time-step is selected from the Get Data Every drop-down list.

h. Click OK.

4. Create a volume report definition to monitor the maximum temperature in the domain.

Solution → Reports → Definitions → New → Volume Report → Max...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 879
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a 1P3S Battery Pack Using the MSMD Battery Model

a. In the Volume Report Definition dialog box, enter vol-mon-1 for Name.

b. Select Temperature... and Static Temperature from the Field Variable drop-down lists.

c. From the Cell Zones selection list, select all zones.

d. In the Create group box, enable Report Plot and Print to Console.

e. Click OK to save the volume report definition settings and close the Volume Report Definition dialog
box.

f. Modify the attributes of the plot axes.

Solution → Monitors → Report Plots → vol-mon-1-rplot Edit...

i. In the Edit Report Plot dialog box, under the Plot Window group box, click the Axes... button to
open the Axes dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
880 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

ii. Select the X axis and set Precision to 0.

iii. Click Apply.

iv. Select the Y axis and set Precision to 2.

v. Click Apply and close the Axes dialog box.

vi. Ensure that time-step is selected from the Get Data Every drop-down list.

vii. Click OK to close the Edit Report Plot dialog box.

5. Save the case file.

File → Write → Case...

26.4.4.6. Obtaining Solution

1. Initialize the field variables using the Standard Initialization method.

Solution → Solution Initialization

a. Retain the selection of Standard from the Initialization Methods group box.

b. Click Initialize.

You do not need to modify the Initial Values in the Solution Initialization task page, because
these values are not used for initialization. The ANSYS Fluent solver automatically computes the
initial condition for UDS0 and UDS1.

2. Run the simulation.

Solution → Run Calculation

a. Set Time Step Size to 30 seconds and No. of Time Steps to 50.

b. Click Calculate and run the simulation up to 1500 seconds.

The residual plot, the history of the voltage at the positive tab and the history of the maximum
temperature in the domain are shown in Figure 26.5: Residual History of the Simulation (p. 882),
Figure 26.6: Surface Report Plot of Discharge Curve at 200W (p. 882), and Figure 26.7: Volume
Report Plot of Maximum Temperature in the Domain (p. 883), respectively.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 881
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a 1P3S Battery Pack Using the MSMD Battery Model

Figure 26.5: Residual History of the Simulation

Figure 26.6: Surface Report Plot of Discharge Curve at 200W

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
882 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 26.7: Volume Report Plot of Maximum Temperature in the Domain

26.4.5. Postprocessing
In this section, postprocessing options for the MSMD battery model solution are presented.

1. Display the vector plot of current density.

Results → Graphics → Vectors → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 883
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a 1P3S Battery Pack Using the MSMD Battery Model

a. In the Vectors dialog box, select current-density-j from the Vectors of drop-down list.

b. Select User Defined Memory... and Magnitude of Current Density from the Color by drop-down
list.

c. Click the Toggle Tree View button next to the Surfaces filter and from the drop-down list, select
Surface Type (under Group By).

d. From the Surfaces selection list, select Wall.

The surfaces of the "wall" type are automatically selected in the Surfaces list.

e. In the Options group, enable Draw Mesh and set the mesh display options as desired.

f. Set Scale to 0.003.

g. Click Vector Options....

i. In the Vector Options dialog box, enable Fixed Length.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
884 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

All vectors in your plot will be displayed with the same lengths.

ii. Click Apply and close the Vector Options dialog box.

h. Click Display and close the Vectors dialog box.

Figure 26.8: Vector Plot of Current Density

Note

Use the Headlight and Lighting display options under the View ribbon tab to ma-
nipulate the graphics display.

2. Display the contour plot of the temperature.

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 885
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a 1P3S Battery Pack Using the MSMD Battery Model

a. In the Contours dialog box, in the Options group box, enable Filled.

b. From the Contours of drop-down list, select Temperature... and Static Temperature.

c. Click the Toggle Tree View button next to the Surfaces filter and from the drop-down list, select
Surface Type (under Group By).

d. From the Surfaces selection list, select Wall.

e. Click Display and close the Contours dialog box.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
886 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Setup and Solution

Figure 26.9: Contour Plot of Temperature

3. In a similar manner, display the contour of Ohmic heat source.

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

a. From the Contours of drop-down list, select User Defined Memory... and Volumetric Ohmic Source.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 887
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Simulating a 1P3S Battery Pack Using the MSMD Battery Model

b. Click Display.

Figure 26.10: Ohmic Heat Generation Rate

4. In a similar manner, display the contour of the total heat source.

Results → Graphics → Contours → Edit...

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
888 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Summary

a. From the Contours of drop-down list, select User Defined Memory... and Total Heat Generation
Source.

b. Click Display.

Figure 26.11: Total Heat Generation Rate

26.5. Summary
This tutorial has demonstrated the use of the MSMD battery add-on to perform electrochemical and
heat transfer simulations for battery packs. You have learned how to set up and solve the problem for
the battery pack of the 1P3S configuration using the NTGK Battery submodel. You have also learned
some of the postprocessing capabilities available in the MSMD battery model.

As an exercise, you can obtain solutions using the Equivalent Circuit Model and Newman P2D Model.
For details, see the Fluent Advanced Add-On Modules documentation.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 889
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
890 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Chapter 27: In-Flight Icing Tutorial Using Fluent Icing

27.1. Fluent Airflow on the NACA0012 Airfoil
The objective of this tutorial is to obtain an airflow solution around a rough NACA0012 airfoil using
Fluent, within the Fluent Icing framework, and to use this solution for water catch and ice accretion
simulations. The NACA0012 grid corresponds to the case file produced at the end of Flow Solution on
the Clean NACA0012 Airfoil within the FENSAP-ICE Tutorial Guide. The computational grid consists of
114,700 nodes and 56,810 hexahedral cells. Symmetry conditions are imposed on each spanwise
boundary of the grid. The airfoil chord length is 0.5334 meters (21 inches) and the depth of elements
along the span (Z-direction) is 0.1 meters. A no-slip wall boundary is imposed on the airfoil surface.
Since the flow is viscous and turbulent, grid points have been clustered around the airfoil to better
capture the boundary layer and wake. The initial cell height is 2.5e-6 chords, set up such that the
maximum Y+ is below 1 in the first layer, and the expansion ratio is 1.14 in the normal direction which
is a fine-grid setting that is required for capturing boundary layers. Far-field conditions are imposed on
the outer surface of the grid. The mesh density can be considered medium.

Note

This tutorial uses the same in-flight conditions as In-Flight Icing using FLUENT within FENSAP-
ICE within the FENSAP-ICE Tutorial Guide.

FENSAP-ICE modules used in Fluent Icing solve 2-D problems using a volume mesh of a
single layer of 3-D elements instead of surfaces, for generalized implementation of the gov-
erning equations. This requires Fluent to be executed in 3-D mode even if the computational
domain is in fact 2-D.

Figure 27.1: NACA0012 Structured C-Mesh Overview and Close-Up

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 891
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
In-Flight Icing Tutorial Using Fluent Icing

For more information on how to set up the input parameters of Fluent for in-flight icing simulations,
you are invited to read Recommendations to Set up a Fluent Calculation within the FENSAP-ICE User
Manual or the Recommended settings section under Fluent Icing within the Fluent User's Guide.

27.2. Flow Solution on the Rough NACA0012 Airfoil

Ice forms surface roughness where it accretes. This roughness increases the momentum deficit and skin
friction, which in turn thickens the boundary layer and increases drag. Convective heat flux is also in-
creased through additional turbulent conductivity within the boundary layer. It is therefore essential
to properly model the roughness produced naturally by the ice accretion process to obtain realistic ice
shapes. Fluent Icing can model sand-grain roughness by means of modifying the wall turbulence
model boundary conditions and eventually increasing the intensity of the eddy (turbulent) viscosity in
the boundary layer. The micro scale roughness is usually in the range of 0.1 ~ 3.0 mm. It can be specified
on each wall as a constant value, or as a distribution via empirical or analytical methods. Roughness
value greatly influences the final ice shape; therefore, it must be chosen appropriately. See Surface
Roughness within the FENSAP-ICE User Manual or Set-up → Boundary Conditions → Wall and Set-up →
Ice under Fluent Icing within the Fluent User's Guide for more details on surface roughness.

Download the FLUENT_ICING.zip file here.

1. Create a working directory folder and name it FLUENT_ICING_NACA0012.

2. Go to file ../workshop_input_files/Input_Grid/Naca0012/naca0012.clean.cas. Copy

this case file along with its data file (naca0012.clean.dat) into your working directory FLU-
ENT_ICING_NACA0012.

This case contains all the proper airflow settings required to conduct in-flight icing simulations using
the following flight condition. See Flow Solution on the Clean NACA0012 Airfoil within the FENSAP-
ICE Tutorial Guide for more detail.

3. Table 27.1: Flight Condition Table

Characteristic Length 0.5334 m

Speed 102.8 m/s
AoA 4 deg
Pressure 101325 Pa
Temperature 265.67 K (7.48 °C)

In this tutorial, only the wall boundaries require set-up as the original .CAS file corresponds to a
clean surface.

4. Launch Fluent Icing from your working directory.

5. Go to File → Preferences…. Select Icing on the left hand-side of the Preferences window. Assign a
number of CPUs, 2 to 4 CPUs, next to Default Fluent CPU, check Define working directory and set
Working directory to the location of your working directory. Click Ok. A message box that asks you to
confirm your changes appears. Press Yes.

6. Go to File → Open Case, and browse to and select the file naca0012.clean.cas located in your
working directory.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
892 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Flow Solution on the Rough NACA0012 Airfoil

7. A message window will ask you to import the data file and then to launch Fluent, click Yes in both cases.
In your Fluent Icing window, a new simulation tree appears under naca0012_clean.cas (loaded) in the
Outline View window.

8. Select Set-up under naca0012_clean.cas (loaded) and, in its Properties window, uncheck Particles and
Ice.

9. Inside the Outline View window, right on the Airflow icon located under Set-up and select Update with
Fluent Case settings to make sure that the Fluent simulation settings are properly transferred to Fluent
Icing.

10. Under Set-up → Airflow, check Sync. with Fluent ref. conditions to synchronize the Properties of Airflow
panel with the Reference Values panel of Fluent.

11. Under Set-up → Boundary Conditions, update the following wall surfaces:

• Select the wall-5 boundary. In the Wall roughness section of the Airflow panel, select High roughness
for icing and set its Roughness Height (m) to 0.0005 m.

• Repeat this process for wall boundaries wall-6, wall-7, and wall-8.

12. Under Solve, right-click Airflow from the side menu. Select Initialize. A Hybrid initialization is executed
using the settings of the original case file.

13. Under Solve → Airflow, increase the Number of iterations to 1000. A steady state simulation will be ex-
ecuted since the original case file contains steady state settings.

Note

Transient calculations are not yet supported. Therefore, the original case file must contain
a steady state set-up.

14. Right-click the Airflow icon under Solve and select Calculate to launch this simulation.

15. Once the simulation is complete, go to File → Save Case as… and save this calculation in the project dir-
ectory FLUENT_ICING_NACA0012. Name this simulation naca0012_rough.

16. Take a look at the convergence history of this simulation in the Graphics window located at the right of
your screen. The following two figures show the convergence of residuals and lift and drag coefficients.
You can enlarge and move the legend box in the Graphics windows by dragging one side of or whole the
box.

In the console, the residuals and coefficients are provided at each iteration. As it is not possible to
zoom in on the graphs, the printed values in the log can be referred to if needed. Examine the
convergence of lift and drag coefficients listed as “report-lif” and “report-dra”. Lift and drag coefficients
have converged to 0.40367 and 0.019842 respectively.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 893
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
In-Flight Icing Tutorial Using Fluent Icing

Figure 27.2: Scaled Residuals

Figure 27.3: Convergence of Lift and Drag Coefficients of the Rough Airfoil

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
894 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Droplet Impingement on the NACA0012

17. Go to the ribbon bar of your Fluent Icing window and, under View → Quick-view → Contour, choose Heat
flux (walls) to output the convective heat flux over the rough NACA0012. See figure below.

Figure 27.4: Convective Heat Flux over the NACA0012

27.3. Droplet Impingement on the NACA0012

The objectives of this tutorial are to compute the droplet concentration around the NACA0012 airfoil
and to compare the collection efficiency of a monodispersed droplet simulation to a statistically-distrib-
uted droplet diameter solution. Completion of Flow Solution on the Rough NACA0012 Airfoil (p. 892) is
required before continuing.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 895
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
In-Flight Icing Tutorial Using Fluent Icing

In a monodispersed droplet calculation, a single droplet diameter represents the icing cloud the aircraft
is flying in. In reality, icing clouds never contain only one size of droplets; there is always a distribution
of droplet sizes in a cloud. When running a single droplet diameter, the median volumetric diameter
(MVD) of the droplets in the cloud is chosen as the monodispersed value. If a more accurate droplet
solution is needed, then a distribution of droplet sizes can be solved for, where the MVD of this distri-
bution matches that of the cloud.

You are invited to read sections Set-up → Droplets and Set-up → Boundary Conditions → Inlet Types
under Fluent Icing within the Fluent User's Guide for more information on how to set up the input
parameters of droplets and/or crystals.

27.3.1. Monodispersed Calculation

In this section, you will learn how to set-up and launch a monodispersed droplet simulation using Fluent
Icing.

1. Launch Fluent Icing from your working directory, FLUENT_ICING_NACA0012.

2. Go to File → Preferences…. Select Icing on the left hand-side of the Preferences window. Assign a
number of CPUs, 2 to 4 CPUs, next to Default Fluent CPU and set Default work folder to the location of
your working directory.

3. Go to File → Open case…. Browse to and select the file naca0012_rough.cas, created in Flow Solution
on the Rough NACA0012 Airfoil (p. 892).

4. A message window will ask you to launch Fluent, click Yes. A new simulation tree appears under
naca0012_rough.cas(loaded) in the Outline View window.

Note

Alternatively, if you did not close your Fluent Icing window of Flow Solution on the Rough
NACA0012 Airfoil (p. 892), you can follow the next steps to set-up this tutorial inside the
Simulation naca0012_clean.cas(loaded) of Flow Solution on the Rough NACA0012 Air-
foil (p. 892).

5. Select Set-up under naca0012_rough.cas(loaded). In its Properties window, make sure that Airflow and
Particles are checked, and uncheck Ice.

Note

Set-up, Solve and Results settings of the airflow around the NACA0012 have been carried
from Flow Solution on the Rough NACA0012 Airfoil (p. 892). Therefore, they do not need
to be updated.

6. Under Set-up → Particles, activate Droplets in Type. Leave the other options unchecked.

7. Go to Droplets, inside Set-up → Particles. In the Properties window of Droplets,

• under Droplet conditions, set the LWC [kg/m3] to 0.00055 and the Droplet diameter [microns] to
20.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
896 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Droplet Impingement on the NACA0012

• under Particles distribution, keep Monodispersed since we will conduct a water catch simulation using
a single droplet size.

• under Model, keep Water as the Droplet drag model. This is the default drag law for droplet particles.

8. Under Set-up → Boundary Conditions, go to pressure-far-field and make sure that, under Particles,
Automatic is selected and Droplet custom velocity remains unchecked. The Automatic option will apply
the Droplet conditions at the inlet of the pressure-far-field, in this case, the LWC and the MVD. If Droplet
custom velocity remains unchecked, the airflow velocity is imposed as the droplet velocity at the inlet. In
other words, the relative velocity between air and droplets is considered to be zero at far-field.

Note

When configuring particle flow simulations, boundary conditions are only specified at
inlets.

9. Under Solve → Particles, set 300 as the Number of Iterations in Run settings. Keep the default settings
in Solver and Initialization.

Note

Inside Initialization, From airflow conditions uses the airflow direction specified in Set-
up → Airflow as the initial velocity of droplets.

10. Right-click Particles under Solve and choose Initialize to apply the initialization parameters of step 9.

11. Right-click Particles under Solve and choose Calculate to launch the droplet particle simulation in stan-
dalone mode.

The calculation stops when the convergence level reaches the convergence limits set on the residual
cut-off and on the change in total beta. Otherwise, the simulation continues until it reaches 300 it-
erations. In the Graphics window, you can look at Momentum, LWC, Average residual curves and
the Total Beta and Change in Total Beta convergence curves.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 897
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
In-Flight Icing Tutorial Using Fluent Icing

Figure 27.5: Convergence of Momentum, LWC and Average Residuals

Figure 27.6: Convergence of Total Beta and Change in Total Beta Curves

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
898 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Droplet Impingement on the NACA0012

Often the solution in the wake of the droplet flow is still converging while the impingement at the
surfaces is fully converged. If you wish to converge the wake and the shadow zones further, the
Residual cut-off of the Particles panel under Solve should be reduced. The droplet wake usually
is not of interest and it is sufficient to achieve convergence of the total beta alone.

12. When calculations are completed, go to the ribbon bar of your Fluent Icing window and, under View →
Quick-view → Contour, choose Collection Efficiency to output the water catch of the monodispersed
droplets over the NACA0012. See figure below.

Figure 27.7: Collection Efficiency of Monodispersed Droplets over a NACA0012

13. Repeat these steps to easily output the LWC around the NACA0012. Blue contours define the shadow zone,
absence of water droplets. See figure below.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 899
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
In-Flight Icing Tutorial Using Fluent Icing

Figure 27.8: LWC of Monodispersed Droplets Around a NACA0012

14. Go to File → Save Case as… and save this calculation in the project directory FLUENT_ICING_NACA0012.
Name this simulation nac0012_rough_mvd. Do not close this Fluent Icing session.

27.3.2. Langmuir-D Distribution

There are several cloud droplet size distributions that have been published in the literature. The distri-
butions published by Langmuir have been used by NACA to determine the MVDs currently listed in
Appendix C, which is used for icing certification of aircraft. Advisory Circular No 20-37A from FAA suggests
using Langmuir-D distribution for MVDs up to 50 microns. For more details on these distributions,
youcan consult the Advisory Circular, and also the book by Irving Langmuir, The Collected Works of Irving
Langmuir (New York, Pergamon Press, 1960).

The most important reason for considering an analysis using a distribution is that there are droplets
larger than the MVD in the distribution, which can impinge further back on the top and bottom of the
airfoil, creating a thin but rough layer of ice that can have adverse effects on aerodynamics and control.
In this case, solutions for each droplet size of a given distribution are calculated separately. The final
solution is then created as a composite of all solutions using weights on each droplet size.

In this tutorial, you will use the set-up created in Monodispersed Calculation (p. 896) as a starting point.

1. Without closing the previous Fluent Icing session (Monodispersed Calculation (p. 896)), go to Set-up →
Particles → Droplets. In the Properties window, under Particles distribution, choose Langmuir D as
Droplet distribution.

Note

The current version of Fluent Icing only supports pre-defined droplet size distributions
(Langmuir B to E). User defined distributions are not yet supported. Below is a represent-
ation of a Langmuir D distribution and the droplet diameters that are used to represent
this distribution. Please note that this figure is taken from FENSAP-ICE native user interface
and is currently unavailable in the Fluent Icing UI.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
900 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Droplet Impingement on the NACA0012

The droplet diameters are on the horizontal axis, and the weights (the percentage of droplets of a
given diameter contained in the cloud) are on the vertical axis. The individual weights are shown
with the blue curve, and the overall sum, cumulative weight, is shown with the red curve. On the
red curve, the data points are plotted at the mid-range of their cumulative weight intervals. For
example, the 20 microns droplet, which happens to be the MVD, covers the cumulative weight range
of 35% to 65% and it is therefore plotted at 50% cumulative weight on the red curve.

A Particle droplet simulation is ran for each droplet size shown in the above table.

2. Go to Solve → Particles, in its Properties window, check Save distribution solutions under Output. This
will allow you to save a droplet solution for each droplet size simulated. Otherwise, only the combined
solution of the distribution is saved.

3. Keep all the other settings the same.

4. Go to File → Save Case as… and save this calculation in the project directory FLUENT_ICING_NACA0012.
Name this simulation naca0012_rough_LangD. This will allow you to save the droplet solution for each
droplet size using a different name than naca0012_rough_mvd.

Note

When Save distribution solutions is enabled, Fluent Icing saves the droplet solution for
each droplet size using the most recent case file name saved in memory (current case
file).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 901
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
In-Flight Icing Tutorial Using Fluent Icing

5. Right-click Particles under Solve, select Initialize and then choose Calculate to run the calculation. Indi-
vidual runs will be executed one after the other, and the results will be combined.

6. When calculations are completed, go to the ribbon bar of your Fluent Icing window and, under View →
Quick-view → Contour, choose Collection Efficiency to output the water catch of the Langmuir D droplet
distribution over the NACA0012. See figure below.

Figure 27.9: Collection Efficiency of Droplets with Langmuir-D Distribution over a NACA0012

7. Repeat these steps to easily output the LWC around the NACA0012. Blue contours define the shadow zone,
absence of water droplets. See figure below.

Figure 27.10: LWC of Droplets with Langmuir-D Distribution Around a NACA0012

8. Go to File → Save Case as… and save this calculation in the project directory FLUENT_ICING_NACA0012.
Name this simulation naca0012_rough_LangD. This action will save the combined solution of the dis-
tribution. Do not close this Fluent Icing session if you would like to proceed to the next section.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
902 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Droplet Impingement on the NACA0012

27.3.3. Post-Processing Using Quick-View

To complement the built-in post-processing, ANSYS distributes Viewmerical and CFD-Post with the in-
stallation package. In this tutorial, you will use Viewmerical to post-process your droplet results. In the
next tutorial, you will use CFD-Post to post-process your icing results.

Viewmerical is a light-weight graphical display tool specifically designed for in-flight icing solutions and
applications. Viewmerical can display solution field contours, velocity vectors, planar cuts through the
volumes, 2D graphs of variables, streamlines, etc. This tutorial will demonstrate some basic features of
Viewmerical while comparing the two droplet solutions obtained in the previous sections.

1. While inside your Langmuir D simulation run, go to the ribbon bar of your Fluent Icing window and under
View → Quick-view → Contour, choose View with VIEWMERICAL. The program will launch and show an
isometric display of the entire grid showing the first solution field, Droplet LWC, of the combined Langmuir
D solution.

2. Rename this dataset by double-clicking on the original name, data-naca0012_rough_LangD.droplet.tmp.

A Rename dataset window appears, write LangD in the text box.

3. Go to the Data tab and then change the Color range to Spectrum 2 – 16.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 903
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
In-Flight Icing Tutorial Using Fluent Icing

4. Align the view angle with the Z-symmetry plane by right-clicking on the 3D axes on the lower left, and by
choosing Top (Z). Alternatively, you can left-click the Z axis itself.

5. Zoom in on the airfoil. You can use Ctrl + left-click to draw a zoom box, or scroll the mouse wheel to zoom
in and middle-click to pan.

6. Change the font of your legend to bold. Click on the top left corner of the window and select Command
window; then type BIGFONTS in the command line of the 3dview console and hit Enter. The legend
fonts now become bold.

7. Using the camera icon on the upper left corner, you can take a snapshot of the solution window to capture
the following image.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
904 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Droplet Impingement on the NACA0012

Figure 27.11: LWC of a Langmuir D Droplet Cloud over a NACA0012 at an AoA of 4 Degrees,
Showing the Shadow Zone (Blue Region)

Examine the LWC distribution in the area close to the airfoil. The blue region is called the shadow
zone, where no droplets exist. In between the shadow zone and the free stream, there are bands
of high LWC concentrations which are the enrichment zones forming due to the constriction of
stream tubes in the continuum domain. These features can be of special interest for downstream
aircraft components.

8. Go to the Data tab and choose Collection efficiency-Droplet. Collection efficiency is only displayed on
the walls of your geometry. Go to Objects tab and uncheck BC_1004 and BC_4300 to display the collection
efficiency distribution only on the walls (BC_2005, BC_2006, BC_2007, and BC_2008).

Use the left mouse button to rotate, the middle mouse button to pan, and the right-mouse button
to zoom in the airfoil surface to obtain the following figure.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 905
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
In-Flight Icing Tutorial Using Fluent Icing

Figure 27.12: Collection Efficiency of a Langmuir D Droplet Cloud on the Surface of the Airfoil
at an AoA of 4 Degrees

9. For a more in-depth quantitative view, it would be possible to create 2D data plots using Viewmerical. Click
the Query tab and enable 2D Plot.

Change the Cutting plane to Z and the horizontal axis to Y.

On the lower right corner of Viewmerical, you can directly modify data sets and solution fields. Leave
them as they are now.

10. The color and thickness of the data curve displayed in the graph can be changed by left clicking on the
cube menu located on the top right and by choosing Curve Settings. Set the curve color to red and the
curve widths to 2 and press OK.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
906 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Droplet Impingement on the NACA0012

Finally, the following 2D plot is generated.

Figure 27.13: Collection Efficiency of a Langmuir D Droplet Cloud on the Surface of the Airfoil
at an AoA of 4 Degrees

The maximum beta occurs at the stagnation point, just below the leading edge in this case. The
points on the upper and lower surfaces where beta becomes zero are the impingement limits. In
rime icing cases, all the water that impinges is frozen instantly, therefore icing limits are the same
as the impingement limits. In glaze icing, water can runback and freeze past the impingement limits.
Maximum beta is usually no more than 1.0, and reduces as the droplet flow becomes tangent to
the surface.

11. To save data points of this collection efficiency distribution, go to the cube menu on the top right and
choose Save one file. A new window pups up to browse and name the file that should contain these data
points.

12. You can also open and compare several solution files using Viewmerical. Let’s display simultaneously all 7
droplet size solutions obtained in Langmuir-D Distribution (p. 900).

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 907
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
In-Flight Icing Tutorial Using Fluent Icing

13. Go to the Objects panel, uncheck LangD and click on the button located at the right corner of the
panel. A window appears to load a pair of files, a grid file and its solution file.

14. Click on the folder icon of Grid file and select the naca0012_rough_LangD.grid.tmp file located
inside your working directory.

15. Click on the folder icon of Solution file (optional) and select the
naca0012_rough_LangD.droplet.dist.01 file located inside your working directory.

16. Press the Load button. A new data set is added to the Object panel. Rename this dataset by double-clicking
on its original name and enter LangD-01 in the window Rename dataset.

17. Repeat steps 13 to 16 for the remaining droplet solutions from *.dist.02 to *.dist.07.

18. Go to the Data panel and click Shared located under Color range. Switch the Data field to Collection
efficiency- Droplet.

19. Go to Query tab, enable 2D plot, and switch the Cutting plane to Z. The graph should display 8 individual
beta distributions. Click on LangD, to disable the LangD curve from the 2D plot. You can change the color
and thickness of the data curve displayed in the graph via the cube menu on the top right and by choosing
Curve Settings. You can also draw a zoom box by Shift + left-click.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
908 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Droplet Impingement on the NACA0012

Figure 27.14: Collection Efficiency on the Surface of the Airfoil at an AoA of 4 Degrees, Langmuir
D Droplet Solutions

The curve with the lowest beta corresponds to the smallest droplet size, and the one with the largest
beta corresponds to the largest droplet size. Smallest droplets are less ballistic, tend to follow the
air flow and avoid the aircraft therefore reducing their collection efficiency and impingement limits.
Larger droplets are more ballistic and they do not tend to follow the airflow. Therefore, their collection
efficiency and impingement are usually higher than the smallest droplets. In general, this information
is crucial to properly design the IPS power requirements and coverage.

Note

The difference between beta curves of different droplet sizes become more pronounced
as the aircraft surface size increases. The effect can be dramatic on large blunt surfaces
like fuselage noses or radomes where the contribution from the smaller size droplets can
be negligible if compared to the largest ones. As a result, the composite or combined
solution of a Langmuir simulation can be very different from the solution of the MVD.

20. To compare the LangD result to that of the monodispersed (MVD), go to the Objects panel, check LangD
and uncheck all the other LangD-* objects.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 909
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
In-Flight Icing Tutorial Using Fluent Icing

21. Click on the button located at the right corner of the Object panel. A window appears to load a pair
of files, a grid file and its solution file.

22. Click on the folder icon of Grid file and select the naca0012_rough_LangD.grid.tmp file located
inside your working directory. Both the LangD and the MVD solutions originate from the same Fluent
.CAS file. Therefore, both solutions share the same grid.

23. Click on the folder icon of Solution file (optional) and select the naca0012_rough_mvd.droplet
file located inside your working directory.

24. Press the Load button. A new data set is added to the Object panel. Rename this dataset by double-clicking
on its original name and enter MVD in the window Rename dataset.

25. Go to Query tab, enable 2D plot, and switch the Cutting plane to Z. The graph should display 9 individual
beta distributions. Click on LangD-01 to LangD-07 to disable these curves from the 2D plot. Change the
color of the MVD to red and of the LangD to blue via the cube menu on the top right and by choosing
Curve Settings. You can also draw a zoom box by Shift + left-click.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
910 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Droplet Impingement on the NACA0012

Figure 27.15: Collection Efficiency on the Surface, Langmuir D vs. Monodisperse

The LangD solution is fairly close to that of the MVD. The impingement limits of the Langmuir D
solution will always be further back due to the inclusion of larger droplets in the distribution. The
maximum beta of the composite is lower than the MVD here. This is not always the case. Based on
the size and shape of the impingement surface, the Langmuir D solution can have a maximum beta
that is several times higher than the MVD. In this case, however, the results of the MVD and the
distribution are close.

26. You will now compare the LWC of the largest and smallest droplet of a Langmuir D distribution. Go to
Objects panel, uncheck LangD and MVD objects and check LangD-01 (largest droplets) and LangD-07
(smallest droplets).

27. On the lower right corner of Viewmerical, change Collection efficiency-Droplet to Droplet LWC (kg/m^3).

28. Select LangD-01 in the Objects panel and choose Horizontal-Left under Split screen menu.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 911
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
In-Flight Icing Tutorial Using Fluent Icing

29. Go to the Data tab and change the color range to Spectrum 2 –16.

30. Align the view angle with the Z-symmetry plane and zoom in to capture the following image:

Figure 27.16: Lwc Distribution and Shadow Zones for 44.4 Micron Droplets (Left) and 6.2
Micron Droplets (Right)

Observe the difference in the shadow zones. The smallest droplets follow the airfoil very closely but
avoiding it while the largest droplets barely change their path and hit almost straight on, leaving a
larger shadow zone.

27.4. Fluent Icing Ice Accretion on the NACA0012

The objective of this tutorial is to compute ice accretion and water runback on the NACA0012 airfoil at
different icing temperatures. Icing temperature refers to the free stream of air temperature at which
the icing is to be computed. Inside Ice, this temperature can be different than what was used for the
airflow free stream temperature. Indeed, the formulation of the heat fluxes in Ice allows to use an air
solution obtained at a temperature different than the intended icing temperature. In this manner, sev-
eral icing temperatures can be investigated using the same airflow solution.

Note

The option to change icing air temperature in icing parameters is provided as a quick
method to obtain different ice shapes with different ambient temperatures. It should be
understood that this method is not identical in terms of accuracy to running air and droplet
flows independently for each of those temperatures. Change in ambient air temperature

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
912 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Fluent Icing Ice Accretion on the NACA0012

would result in a proportional change in air density which would change the momentum
transfer between air and particles. This would ultimately affect particle flow paths and collec-
tion efficiency. For internal flows, where particle thermal equation and/or vapor transport is
enabled, icing air temperature should be kept the same as the reference air temperature.

You are invited to read Set-up → Ice and Set-up → Boundary Conditions → Wall within the Fluent
User's Guide for more information on how to set up the input parameters of the Ice module.

1. Launch Fluent Icing from your working directory, FLUENT_ICING_NACA0012.

2. Go to File → Preferences…. Select Icing on the left hand-side of the Preferences window. Assign a
number of CPUs, 2 to 4 CPUs, next to Default Fluent CPU and set Default work folder to the location of
your working directory.

3. Go to File → Open case…. Browse to and select the file naca0012_rough_mvd.cas, created in Mon-
odispersed Calculation (p. 896).

4. A message window will ask you to launch Fluent, click Yes. A new simulation tree appears under
naca0012_rough_mvd.cas(loaded) in the Outline View window. All airflow and droplet conditions and
solutions previously configured and computed in the previous simulation are automatically imported under
that .CAS.

5. Select Set-up under naca0012_rough_mvd.cas(loaded). In its Properties window, make sure that Airflow,
Particles and Ice are checked.

6. Under Set-up → Ice,

• In Ice accretion conditions,

– Set the Recovery factor to 0.9.

– Check Specify Icing air temperature to simulate an icing temperature that is different than the ref-
erence/far-field air temperature.

– Set the Icing air temperature to 248.15 K (-25 °C).

• In Model,

– Make sure that Icing model is set to Glaze.

• Leave the other settings as default.

7. In general, there is nothing to set in the Boundary Conditions of Ice unless icing is to be turned off on
certain surfaces to reduce computational effort or sink boundaries are to be declared. Examine the options
available at each wall without performing any changes.

8. Go to Solve and inside the Properties window, change Log verbosity to Complete to output extra exe-
cution and post-processed data in the Console Window.

9. Right-click Particles under Solve, and select Load. A window appears to specify a *.droplet file to load.
Select naca0012_rough_mvd.droplet since we will use the monodispersed cloud solution computed
in Monodispersed Calculation (p. 896) to accrete ice over the NACA0012.

10. Go to Solve → Ice,

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 913
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
In-Flight Icing Tutorial Using Fluent Icing

• Under Time, keep the Total time of ice accretion [s] at 420 seconds and the Automatic time step
option checked. The Ice feature in Fluent Icing is an explicit time-accurate code where the stability of
the solution strongly depends on the value of the time step. The automatic time stepping option calculates
the optimal stable time step at every iteration, which can change greatly depending on the size of the
geometry and the mesh density.

• Under Output, keep the option for grid displacement unchecked to skip the morphing of the volume
mesh due to ice displacement.

11. Right-click Ice under Solve and choose Calculate to run the calculation.

12. After the simulation is complete, save the solution by selecting File → Save Case as… and name it
naca0012_rough_mvd_m25C.

Look through the Console window of Fluent Icing. The accumulated time, value of the time step,
total impingement, film, and mass of ice are printed at selected iterations. Heat flux and ice mass
per wall boundary condition are listed in the following two tables. Finally, energy and mass conser-
vation tables are printed. Most of the items in these tables are self-explanatory except perhaps mass
of clipped film and runback flux. Clipped film refers to any film that is removed by sink boundaries
and on certain nodes which collect and shed water (trailing edges, wing and blade tips, etc.) that
are detected automatically. Runback flux is the sum of all edge fluxes in the domain which will be
equal to the film removed by sink boundaries, or close to zero (mass conservation).

Figure 27.17: Mass Conservation Table Printed in the Log File of Fluent Icing

13. Cycle through the Graphs window. You will observe the progress of the total mass of ice in a sub-window
and the change in instantaneous ice growth, water film thickness, and ice surface temperature with time
in the next sub-window. Since the input flow and droplet solutions are steady-state solutions, the icing
solutions will eventually reach a steady-state where instantaneous ice growth, water film thickness, and
ice surface temperature do not change after a while.

14. Go to Ribbon menu and select View. In Quick-view, click Ice cover → Ice over - Viewmerical to see the
ice shape and the original surface in Viewmerical. You can change the Metallic + Smooth option to other
choices in the Object box to see the wireframe profiles and the surface meshes. In the Data panel, you
can adjust the Ice thickness threshold based on ice growth to reduce display interlacing due to the over-
lapping of iced and clean surfaces.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
914 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Fluent Icing Ice Accretion on the NACA0012

Figure 27.18: Ice View in Viewmerical Showing Shaded + Wireframe, -25 °C

At -25 °C (248.15 K), the result is a pure rime ice shape.

15. Do not close the Fluent Icing session and run two more calculations at warmer temperatures.

16. Right-click Ice under Solve and select Reset to delete the previous ice solution.

17. Select Set-up → Ice and set the Icing air temperature value to 263.15 K (-10 °C) in Ice accretion condi-
tions.

18. Right-click Ice under Solve and click Calculate to run the calculation.

19. After the simulation is complete, save the ice solution by selecting File → Save Case as… and name it
naca0012_rough_mvd_m10C.

20. Repeat steps 16 to 19. This time with an Icing air temperature value of 265.67 K (-7.48 °C), same as the
airflow Temperature [K] in Set-up → Airflow → Conditions. After the simulation is complete, save the
ice solution and name it naca0012_rough_mvd_m7p5C.

21. Now that there are 3 different ice shapes computed, we will analyze them using Quick-View.

22. Go to Ribbon menu and select View. In Quick-view, click Ice cover → Ice cover – Viewmerical. This opens
the ice solution calculated in the previous simulation.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 915
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
In-Flight Icing Tutorial Using Fluent Icing

Figure 27.19: Ice View in Viewmerical Showing Metallic + Smooth, , -7.5 °C

23. Rename this object by double-clicking on its original name in the Object window and enter Ice -7.5C
in the window Rename dataset.

24. To load the -10 °C and -25 °C solutions, click on the button located at the right corner of the Object
panel. A window appears to load a pair of files, a grid file and its solution file.

25. Click on the folder icon of Grid file and select the naca0012_rough_mvd_m10C.ice.grid file
located inside your working directory.

26. Do not specify a solution file as you will only compare ice shapes.

27. Press the Load button. A new data set is added to the Object panel.

28. Rename this new object by double-clicking on its original name in the Object window and enter Ice -
10C in the window Rename dataset.

29. Repeat steps 23 to 27 for the remaining ice shape, file naca0012_rough_mvd_m25C.ice.grid.

30. Click the lock button at the bottom right of the data set list window located in the Objects panel to enable
all the grids in the 2D plot.

31. Go to Query panel and enable the 2D plot. Change the Cutting plane to Z and the horizontal axis to X.
All four data sets should be plotted in Geometry mode. Change the color and thickness of the curves by
right-clicking on the cube menu on the top right and then by choosing the Curve Settings menu.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
916 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943 Fluent Icing Ice Accretion on the NACA0012

Figure 27.20: Ice Shapes at -25, -10, and -7.5 C

At -25 °C (248.15 K), the cooling effects are large and all droplets freeze almost instantly producing
a rime ice shape. This shape generally resembles the original airfoil profile and can be considered
somewhat aerodynamic. As the icing temperature increases, more water can run back away from
the stagnation zone and freeze where cooling effects become more predominant. This mechanism
initiates the growth of ice horns on the upper and lower sides of the airfoil. These geometric features
are common in glaze icing conditions and induce flow separation therefore they dramatically change
the aerodynamic performance of the airfoil.

To properly capture the shape of the horns, a multishot computation is recommended where the
grid, air and droplet solutions are updated at certain time intervals.

32. Finally, we will compare the film height of the three solutions. Uncheck all Ice* objects.

33. Click on button located at the right corner of the Object panel. A window appears to load a pair of
files, a grid file and its solution file.

34. Click on the folder icon of Grid file and select the naca0012_rough_mvd_m7p5C.map.grid file
located inside your working directory.

35. Click on the folder icon of Solution file (optional) and select the
naca0012_rough_mvd_m7p5C.swimsol file located inside your working directory.

36. Press the Load button. A new data set is added to the Object panel. Rename this dataset by double-clicking
on its original name and enter -7.5C in the window Rename dataset.

37. Repeat steps 32 to 35 for the remaining pairs of *.map.grid and *.swimsol files of -10 °C and -25 °C
cases.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 917
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
In-Flight Icing Tutorial Using Fluent Icing

38. In the Data panel, inside Files, choose Film Thickness as the Data field. Click Shared inside Color range.

39. Go to the Query panel and activate the 2D plot. Set the Mode to Data and Cutting plane to Z. Set the
horizontal axis to Y. The three curves showing the film height for the 3 different temperatures should be
visible. Change the curve colors and thickness using the Curve Settings in the cube menu located at the
top right.

Figure 27.21: Film Height Variation over the Ice at -25, -10, and -7.5 C

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
918 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Postprocessing an Ice Accretion Solution Using CFD-Post Macros

The film height and extent grow with increasing icing temperatures. At -25 °C, all droplets freeze
upon impact and there is no water film and runback on the surface, producing a rime ice shape. In
the contrary, the amount of film and water runback of the other two cases clearly produce ice horns
and form glaze ice shapes.

40. Do not close this Fluent Icing session if you would like to proceed to the next section.

27.5. Postprocessing an Ice Accretion Solution Using CFD-Post Macros

In this tutorial, you will learn how to quickly post-process one-shot Ice results (Ice shape and ice solution
fields) using two dedicated CFD-Post macros: Ice Cover – 3D-View and Ice Cover – 2D-Plot. For this
purpose, the icing solution of your icing simulation at -7.5 °C of Fluent Icing Ice Accretion on the
NACA0012 (p. 912) is used and, therefore, completion of Fluent Icing Ice Accretion on the
NACA0012 (p. 912) is required.

For more information regarding these macros, consult CFD-Post Macros within the FENSAP-ICE User
Manual.

1. Inside your Fluent Icing window, go to Ribbon menu and select View. In Quick-view, click Ice cover → Ice
cover – CFD-Post.

2. After opening CFD-Post, a Domain Selector window will request confirmation to load the following domains:
ice swimsol, map grid, and map swimsol. Click OK to proceed.

3. Go to the Calculators tab and double-click on Macro Calculator. The Macro Calculator’s interface panel
will be activated and displayed.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 919
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
In-Flight Icing Tutorial Using Fluent Icing

Note

The Macro Calculator can also be accessed by selecting Tools → Macro Calculator from
the CFD-Post’s main menu.

4. Select the Ice Cover – 3D-View macro script from the Macro drop-down list. This will bring up the user
interface which contains all input parameters required to view ICE3D output solutions in the CFD-Post 3D
Viewer.

5. The default settings inside the Macro Calculator panel will allow you to automatically output the ice shape
of a one-shot icing simulation by pressing Calculate. The figure below shows the output of the default
settings of the macro.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
920 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Postprocessing an Ice Accretion Solution Using CFD-Post Macros

Figure 27.22: Ice View with CFD-Post, Ice Cover

Note

To change the style of the ice shape display, go to Display Mode and select one of fol-
lowing options: Ice Cover, Ice Cover – Shaded, Ice Cover (only) or Ice Cover (only) -
shaded. To output the surface mesh of the ice shape, go to Display Mesh and select
Yes. The figure below shows the output of activating Ice Cover under Display Mode
and of selecting Yes under Display Mesh.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 921
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
In-Flight Icing Tutorial Using Fluent Icing

Figure 27.23: Ice View in CFD-Post, Ice Cover with Display Mesh

6. To display the solution fields of your icing simulation, you can either select Ice Solution – Overlay, Ice
Solution or Surface Solution under Display Mode. In this case, you will output the ice accretion rate over
the ice layer. To do this, select Ice Solution – Overlay in Display Mode, Instant. Ice Growth (kg s^-1 m^-
2) in Display Variable and No in Display Mesh to turn off the displaying surface mesh.

7. Click Calculate to view the instantaneous ice growth over the ice shape. The figure below shows the output
of the macro.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
922 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Postprocessing an Ice Accretion Solution Using CFD-Post Macros

Figure 27.24: Ice View in CFD-Post, Instantaneous Ice Growth over Ice Cover Surface

Note

Users are invited to modify the input parameter of Display Variable to view different
fields of the ICE3D solution.

8. You will now explore some quick post-processing capabilities of the Ice Cover – 2D-Plot macro. In the
Macro drop-down list of the Macro Calculator panel, change the macro to Ice Cover – 2D-Plot.

Note

This switches the macro from Ice Cover – 3D-View to Ice over – 2D-Plot. Switch back
to Ice Cover – 3D-View in the same way if needed.

9. Change Plot’s Title from default, ICE SHAPE PLOT, to Ice Shape at -7.5 C, since you will be first
creating a 2D-plot of the ice shape.

10. Inside 2D-Plot (with),

• Set Mode to Geometry to output an ice shape. The other options output the ice solution fields.

• Set Cutting Plane to Z plane. Specify a Z=0 plane by setting X/Y/Z Plane to 0.

• Set the X-Axis to X and the Y-Axis to Y.

11. To center the 2D-Plot around the leading edge of the NACA0012, in 2D-Plot (with),

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 923
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
In-Flight Icing Tutorial Using Fluent Icing

• Change the (x)Range of the X-Axis from Global to User Specified. Specify values of 0.075 and -0.01
in the input boxes of (Usr.Specif.x)Max and (Usr.Specif.x)Min, respectively.

• Change the (y)Range of the Y-Axis from Global to User Specified. Specify values of 0.03 and -0.03
in the input boxes of (Usr.Specif.y)Max and (Usr.Specif.y)Min, respectively.

12. Leave the other default settings unchanged and click Calculate to create a 2D-Plot of the ice shape in a
floating ChartViewer of CFD-Post. Adjust the output window’s size. The figure below shows the output
of the macro.

Figure 27.25: 2D-Plot in CFD-Post, Clean Wall Surface and Ice Cover Surface

13. To create a 2D-plot of an ice solution field, first change the name of the plot. In this case, enter Water
Film at -7.5 C in the Plot’s Title field since you will create a water film 2D plot along the thickness
of the airfoil.

14. Inside 2D-Plot (with),

• Set Mode to Solution (on Map Surfaces) to output the water film over the NACA0012. Selecting Solution
(on Ice Surfaces) will output the ice field over the ice shape.

• Set Cutting Plane to Z plane. Specify a Z=0 plane by setting X/Y/Z Plane to 0.

• Set the X-Axis to Y.

• Set the Y-Axis to Film Thickness (m).

15. To center the 2D-Plot around a meaningful scale to clearly see the water film distribution, in 2D-Plot (with),

• Make sure that (x)Range of the X-Axis is set to User Specified. Enter values of 0.01 and -0.03 for
(Usr.Specif.x)Max and (Usr.Specif.x)Min, respectively.

• Set (y)Range of the Y-Axis to Global. The macro will use the max./min. values of the water film thickness
to define the range of the Y-axis.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
924 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Multi-Shot Ice Accretion with Automatic Mesh Displacement

16. Leave the other default settings unchanged and click Calculate to update the 2D plot in the ChartViewer.
The figure below shows the output of the macro.

Note

Users are invited to modify the input parameter of 2D-Plot (with) → Y-Axis to view dif-
ferent fields of the ICE3D solution.

Figure 27.26: 2D-Plot in CFD-Post, Water Film Distribution

27.6. Multi-Shot Ice Accretion with Automatic Mesh Displacement

As ice grows, the geometric profile of the contaminated airfoil changes which changes the flow of air
and water droplets around it. The quasi-steady multishot approach allows simulation of realistic and
accurate ice shapes. In this approach, the total time of ice accretion is divided into smaller steady-state
intervals (shots), where the mesh used to calculate the airflow, the droplet impingement, and the ice
accretion is updated at the end of each shot to account for the ice shape produced at each shot.

In the current version of Fluent Icing, multishot runs are done using automatic mesh displacement,
where the ice surface is used to displace the contaminated walls and consequently the volume mesh
around these walls. This process keeps the number of nodes and elements constant. As the ice shape
grows, the total area covered by the boundary wall mesh increases which changes the size and the
aspect ratio of the elements near the ice. This may result in a less than optimal grid spacing if the initial
(undeformed) mesh is not fine enough. For complex ice shapes, manual remeshing maybe required in
order to continue the multishot process when using automatic mesh displacement.

Note

FENSAP-ICE is able to utilize automatic remeshing in addition to the classic mesh de-
formation when simulating multi-shot icing. Remeshing of the iced surface refines and
reorganizes the mesh topology on and around the ice, leading to more stable and ac-

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 925
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
In-Flight Icing Tutorial Using Fluent Icing

curate air and droplet solutions for the next shot. Negative volume elements that often
form with large mesh deformations are also avoided with remeshing. These options are
not yet supported by Fluent Icing. For more information regarding automatic remeshing,
consult Automated Sequences and Multishot Icing Calculations within the FENSAP-ICE
User Manual

1. Launch Fluent Icing from your working directory, FLUENT_ICING_NACA0012.

2. Go to File → Preferences…. Select Icing on the left hand-side of the Preferences window. Assign a
number of CPUs, 2 to 4 CPUs, next to Default Fluent CPU and set Default work folder to the location of
your working directory.

3. Go to File → Open case…. Browse to and select the file naca0012_rough_mvd_m7p5C.cas, created
in Fluent Icing Ice Accretion on the NACA0012 (p. 912). In this tutorial, you will simulate 3 quasi-steady shots
using the same in-flight icing conditions of the naca0012_rough_mvd_m7p5C.cas.

4. A message window will ask you to launch Fluent, click Yes. A new simulation tree appears under
naca0012_rough_mvd_m7p5C.cas(loaded) in the Outline View window. All airflow, droplet and ice
conditions and solutions previously configured and computed in the previous simulation are automatically
imported under that .CAS.

5. Go to Set-up → Ice and its Properties window and check Beading under Model. Beading is the roughness
model of the Ice component. At the end of each shot, Beading will produce a roughness distribution that
is used by the airflow solver (Fluent or FENSAP (beta)) during the next shot. This approach removes any
arbitrary specification of roughness value and removes empiricism in the specification of roughness. The
first shot always needs some initial roughness, 0.5 mm in Flow Solution on the Rough NACA0012 Air-
foil (p. 892), since Ice is not run a priori. However, the remaining shots will use the distribution obtained
from the beading model.

Note

Alternatively, the initial shots could be conducted over small time intervals where the
surface roughness can be allowed to grow from 0 to a reasonable level, removing the
need to specify an initial roughness value. For internal flows, it is not recommended to
start with a non-zero initial roughness instead. Roughness should be allowed to build
progressively using shorter icing shots.

6. Click on Solve and, in its Properties window, under Multi-shot:

• Set Number of shots to 3

• Check Save files at each shot to examine the steady-state solutions at the end of each shot.

7. Under Solve → Ice,

• In Time, change the Total time of ice accretion [s] from 420 to 140 which corresponds to 1/3rd of the
total time.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
926 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Multi-Shot Ice Accretion with Automatic Mesh Displacement

• In Output, check Run grid displacement to update the grid at the end of each shot.

Note

As the grid quality may deteriorate after each shot, it might be necessary to change
several settings in Solve to improve the robustness and convergence of these simulations.
In this manner, the number of iterations can be increased for Airflow and Particles and
the CFL number can be lowered in the case of Particles.

8. Right-click Ice under Solve and choose Reset to erase the solution of the previous one shot simulation.

9. Go to File → Save Case as …, and name it naca0012_rough_mvd_m7p5C_multi. All multishot solutions

will start with this name followed by the shot number and a suffix that describes the nature of the output
file.

10. Launch the multishot calculation by right-clicking Solve and then by selecting Run multishot.

11. Once all the computations are complete, go to Ribbon menu and select View. In Quick-view, click Ice
cover → Multishot ice cover - Viewmerical to see the final ice shape of the multishot calculation.

Figure 27.27: 3-Shots Ice Shape at -7.5 C

12. Compare the ice shape of the multishot run to that of the single shot run while the Viewmerical window
that displays the multi-shot ice shape is up.

13. In the Objects panel, rename this object by double-clicking on its original name in the Object window
and enter -7.5C, 3 shots in the window Rename dataset.

14. Click on the button located at the right corner of the Object panel. A window appears to load a pair
of files, a grid file and its solution file.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 927
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
In-Flight Icing Tutorial Using Fluent Icing

15. Click on the folder icon of Grid file and select the naca0012_rough_mvd_m7p5C.ice.grid file
located inside your working directory.

16. Press the Load button. A new data set is added to the Object panel. Rename this dataset by double-clicking
on its original name and enter -7.5C, 1 shot in the window Rename dataset.

17. Click the lock icon at the lower right of the data set list in the Objects window.

18. Go to the Query panel and activate the 2D plot. Set the Mode to Geometry and Cutting plane to Z. Set
the horizontal axis to X. The three curves showing NACA0012 and the ice shapes should be visible. Change
the curve colors and thickness using the Curve Settings in the cube menu located at the top right. You
can also draw a zoom box by Shift + left-click.

Note

The multishot simulation produces an upper horn that is more pronounced due to
higher water droplet catch area and higher heat fluxes with increase in curvature. The
lower part of the ice is also thicker where the roughness has grown beyond the initial
0.5mm to about 1mm (average), which causes the water film to freeze sooner and show
less runback compared to the single shot solution.

Note

The curves that have the -map suffix refer to the original surface and the curves that
have the -ice suffix refer to the final iced surface (at 420 s).

Figure 27.28: Ice Shapes at -7.5 C, Obtained Using One Shot and Three Shots Computations

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
928 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Multi-Shot Ice Accretion with Automatic Mesh Displacement – Postprocessing Using
CFD-Post
27.7. Multi-Shot Ice Accretion with Automatic Mesh Displacement –
Postprocessing Using CFD-Post
In this tutorial, you will learn how to quickly post-process and generate figures and animations of a
multishot ice accretion simulation (ice shape and ice solution fields) using two dedicated CFD-Post
macros: Ice Cover – 3D-View and Ice Cover – 2D-Plot. For this purpose, the multishot icing solution of
Multi-Shot Ice Accretion with Automatic Mesh Displacement (p. 925) is used and, therefore, completion
of Multi-Shot Ice Accretion with Automatic Mesh Displacement (p. 925) is required.

For more information regarding these macros, consult CFD-Post Macros within the FENSAP-ICE User
Manual.

1. Inside your Fluent Icing window, go to Ribbon menu and select View. In Quick-view, click Ice cover →
Multishot -ice cover – CFD-Post.

2. After opening CFD-Post, a Domain Selector window will request confirmation to load the following domains:
ice swimsol, map grid, and map swimsol. Click OK to proceed.

3. Go to the Calculators tab and double-click on Macro Calculator. The Macro Calculator’s interface panel
will be activated and displayed.

Note

The Macro Calculator can also be accessed by selecting Tools → Macro Calculator from
the CFD-Post’s main menu.

4. Select the Ice Cover – 3D-View macro script from the Macro drop-down list. This will bring up the user
interface which contains all input parameters required to view ICE3D output solutions in the CFD-Post 3D
Viewer.

5. The default settings inside the Macro Calculator panel will allow you to automatically output the ice shape
of the first shot of the multishot simulation. Output the ice shape at the end of the multishot simulation
of Multi-Shot Ice Accretion with Automatic Mesh Displacement (p. 925), this corresponds to the ice shape

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 929
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
In-Flight Icing Tutorial Using Fluent Icing

of shot 3, by specifying 3 besides the MultiShot Num and then by clicking Calculate. The figure below
shows the output the final ice shape.

Figure 27.29: Ice View in CFD-Post, Final Ice Shape

Note

To change the style of the ice shape display, go to Display Mode and select one of fol-
lowing options: Ice Cover, Ice Cover – Shaded, Ice Cover (only) or Ice Cover (only) -
shaded. To output the surface mesh of the ice shape, go to Display Mesh and select
Yes.

6. To display the solution fields of your icing simulation, you can either select Ice Solution – Overlay, Ice
Solution or Surface Solution under Display Mode. In this case, you will output the ice accretion rate over
the ice layer of the 3rd shot. To do this, select Ice Solution – Overlay in Display Mode, Instant. Ice Growth
(kg s^-1 m^-2) in Display Variable and No in Display Mesh to turn off the displaying surface mesh.

7. Click Calculate to view the instantaneous ice growth over the ice shape. The figure below shows the output
of the macro.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
930 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Multi-Shot Ice Accretion with Automatic Mesh Displacement – Postprocessing Using
CFD-Post
Figure 27.30: Ice View in CFD-Post, Instantaneous Ice Growth over Ice Cover Surface, Final Ice
Shape

8. You can also generate and save animations that highlight the ice shape evolution of your multishot simu-
lation. Follow these steps to create and save a custom animation.

• Set MultiShot Num. to 1. The animation starts at the assigned shot number in MultiShot Num. to the
last shot of the simulation.

• Set (Multishot) Movie to On and click Calculate to see the animation on the 3D Viewer window.

• To save this animation, in (Mulitshot) Movie,

– Set Save to Yes.

– Select an export Format. Two formats are supported, WMV and MPEG4. The default is WMV.

– Specify a Filename.

• Click Calculate to generate and save the animation. A message will appear to notify the user of the
location where the animation is saved and of the first shot used to generate the animation.

Note

If CFD-Post was opened using Fluent Icing, the animation will be saved in your working
directory. If CFD-Post was opened in standalone mode, the animation will be saved in
the Window’s system default folder.

9. Select Ice Cover – 2D-Plot from the Macro drop-down list to create 2D-plots of the multishot simulation.
You will create a 2D-Plot that contains all the ice shapes generated by the multishot simulation.

10. Make sure that MultiShot Num. is set to 1.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 931
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
In-Flight Icing Tutorial Using Fluent Icing

11. Change Plot’s Title from default, ICE SHAPE PLOT, to Multishot Ice Shape at -7.5 C (3
shots).

12. Select Multi-Shots in 2D-Plot (with). The macro will generate a series of 2D plot curves, starting from the
assigned shot number in MultiShot Num. to the last shot of the simulation.

13. Inside 2D-Plot (with),

• Set Mode to Geometry to output an ice shape. The other options output the ice solution fields.

• Set Cutting Plane to Z plane. Specify a Z=0 plane by setting X/Y/Z Plane to 0.

• Set the X-Axis to X and the Y-Axis to Y.

14. To center the 2D-Plot around the leading edge of the NACA0012, in 2D-Plot (with),

• Change the (x)Range of the X-Axis from Global to User Specified. Specify values of 0.06 and -0.025
in the input boxes of (Usr.Specif.x)Max and (Usr.Specif.x)Min, respectively.

• Change the (y)Range of the Y-Axis from Global to User Specified. Specify values of 0.025 and -0.035
in the input boxes of (Usr.Specif.y)Max and (Usr.Specif.y)Min, respectively.

15. Leave the other default settings unchanged and click Calculate to create a 2D-Plot of the multiple ice
shapes in a floating ChartViewer of CFD-Post. Adjust the output window’s size. The figure below shows
the output of the macro.

Figure 27.31: 2D-Plot in CFD-Post, Ice Shapes of the Multishot Simulation

Note

To create 2D plots of the ice solution fields, go to 2D-Plot (with) → Mode and select
either Solution (on Ice Surfaces) or Solution (on Map Surfaces). Then go to 2D-Plot
(with) → Y-Axis and select the ice solution field of interest. Specify a (x)Range and a

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
932 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943
Multi-Shot Ice Accretion with Automatic Mesh Displacement – Postprocessing Using
CFD-Post

(y)Range that are suitable. Click Calculate to output the 2D-Plot of the ice solution field
in a floating ChartViewer.

16. The 2D-Plot macro can also export all plotted curves to a CSV format file and simultaneously save the plot
as a figure. Keep all input parameters above unchanged and follow these steps.

• To export all plotted curves to a .CSV file, set Export (to csv) to Yes and specify a file name under File-
name (csv).

• To save a figure of the 2D-Plot, set Save Figure to Yes, select a Format for the figure (PNG or BMP) and
specify a Filename to save the figure.

• Click Calculate to generate the 2D plot, export all data points to a .CSV file and save the plot into a
figure file. A message will appear to notify the user of the location where the .CSV and figure file are
saved.

Note

If CFD-Post was opened using Fluent Icing, both the CSV and figure files will be saved
in the working directory. If CFD-Post was opened in standalone mode, both files will
be saved in the Windows’ system default folder.

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. 933
vk.com/club152685050 | vk.com/id446425943

Release 2019 R1 - © ANSYS, Inc. All rights reserved. - Contains proprietary and confidential information
934 of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.